Skip to main content

Full text of "The First Part of Jacobs and Döring's Latin Reader: Adapted to Andrews and Stoddard's Latin ..."

See other formats


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 








%\xkty 3tm of f atin ^t\m\ ^oolis* 



* ^V*ii^S^A^N/W>/VS/S/S^Si^^tf^^^^^^^^ 

THE LATIN SCHOOL BOOKS prepared by Prof. E. A. Andrews, cxclu. 

"sive of his Latiu-English Lexicon, founded on tlie Latin-German Lexicon of 

Dr. Freund, constitute two distinct series, adapted to different and distinct pur* 

poses. The basis of the First Series is Andrews' First Latin Book; of the 

Second, Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar. 


This Series is designed expressly for those who commence the study of Latin 
at a very early age, and for such as intend to pursue it to a limited extent only, 
or merely as subsiuiaiy to the acquisition of a good English education. It con- 
sists of tne following works, yiz. : — 

1. Andrews' First Latin Book : or Progressive Les- 
sons in Reading and Writing Latin. This small volume contains most of the 
leading principles and grammatical forms of the Latin lan^age, and, by the 
logical precision of its lailes and definitions, is admirably htted to serve as an 
introduction to the study of general grammar. The work is divided into les- 
sons of convenient lengtli, which are so airangcd that the student will, in all 
cases, be prepared to enter upon the study of each successive lesson, by pos- 
sessing a thorough knowledge of those wtich preceded it. The lessons gen- 
erally consist of three parts : — 1st. The statement of important principles in 
the form of rules or definitions, or the exhibition of orthographical or etymo- 
logical forms; 2(1. Exercises, designed to illustrate such principles or forms; 
and 3d. Questions, intended to assist the student in preparing his lesson. In 
addition to the grammatical lessons contained in this volume, a few pages 
of Reading Lessons are annexed, and these are followed by a Dictionary com- 
prising all the Latin words contained in the work. This book is adapted to 
the use of all schools above the «'ade of primary schools, including also Acad- 
emies and Female Seminaries. It is prepared in such a manner that it can be 
used with little diflficulty by any intelligent parent or teacher, with no previous 
knowledge of the language. 

2. The Latin Reader, with a Dictionary and Notes, 

containing explanations of difiicult idioms, and numerous references to the 
Lessons contained in the First Latin Book. 

3. The Viri RomSBy with a Dictionary and Notes, re- 
ferring, like those of the Reader, to the First Latin Book. This series of three 
small volumes, if faithfully studied according to the directions contained in them, 
will not only render the student a very tolerable proficient in the principles or 
the Latin language and in the knowledge of its roots, from which so many words 
of his English language are derived, but will constitute the best preparation for 
a thorough study of the English grammar. 


Note.— The " Latin Reader" and the " Viri Romae," in this aeries, are the aaxxtb as in 
the first tteries. 

This Series is designed more especially for those who are intending to become 
thoroughly acquainted with the Latin language, and with the principal classical 
authors ol that language. It consists of me following works: — 

1. Latin Lessons. This small volume is designed for the 
younger classes of Latin students, who intend ultimately to take up the larger 
Grammar, but to whom that work would, at first, appear too formidable. It 
contains tlie prominent principles of Latin grammar, expressed in the same 
language as in the larger Grammar, and likewise Reading and Writing Lessons, 
with a Dictionary of the Latin words and phrases occurring in the Lessons. 



2t Latill Orammar. Revised, with Corrections and Ad- 
ditions. A Grammar of the Latin Language, for the use of Schools and Col- 
leges. By Professors E. A. Andrews and S. Stoddard. This work, which 
for many years has been the text-book in the department of Latin Grammar, 
claims the merit of having first introduced into the schools of this country the 
subject of grammatical analysis, which now occupies a conspicuous place in 
so many ^mmars of the l^nglish lanj^naee. More than twenty years have 
elapsed since the first publication of this Grammar, and it is hardly necessary 
to say that its merits — ^placine it in a practical view, preeminently above every 
other Latin Grammar — have been so mlly appreciated that it has been adopted 
as a Text Book in nearly every College and Seminary in the country. The 
present edition has not only been thoroughly reviud ana corrected {two years of 
conixfiwyoi hbor having been devoted to its careful revision and to the purpose of 
rendering it conformabU in all retpects to the advanced position tohith it aims to 
occi^,) but it contains at least one third more matter than the previous editions. 
To unite the acknowledged excellencies of the older English manuals, and of 
the more recent German grammars, was the special aim of the authors of this 
work; and to this end pai'ticular attention was directed: — 1st. To theprqparOf 
tion of more extended t^ltsfor the pronunciation of the language ; 2d. To a clear 
exposition of its wfltctional changes ; 3d. To a [nvper basis of its syntax ; and 
4tn. To greater precision in ruits and definitions. 

3. Ctuestions on the Grammar. This little volume is 

intended to aid the student in preparuig his lessons, and the teacher in con- 
ducting his recitations. 

4. A Synopsis of Latin Grammar, comprising the 

Latin Paradigms, and the Principal Rules of Latin Etymology and Syntax. 
The few pages composing this work contain those portions of the Grammar to 
which the student has occasion to refer most frequently in the preparation of 
his daily lessons. 

5. Latin Reader. The Reader, by means of two separate 

and distinct sets of notes, is equally adapted for use in connection either with 
the First Latin Book or the Latin Grammar. 

6. Viri Somfld. This volume, like the Reader, is furnish- 
ed with notes and references, both to the First Latin Book and to the Latin 
Grammar. The principal difference in the two sets of notes found in each of 
these volumes consists in the somewhat greater fulness of those which belong 
to the smaller series. 

7. Iiatin Exercises. This work contains exercises in 
every^ department of the Latin Grammar, and is so arranged that it may be 
studied in connection with the Grammar through every stage of the prepara- 
tory course. It is designed to prepare the way for original composition in the 
Latin language, both in prose and verse. 

8. A Key to Latin Exercises. This Key, in which 

all the exercises in the preceding volume are fully corrected, is intended for 
the fise of teachers only. 

9. Csesar's Conmientaries on the Gallic War, with a 
Dictionary and Notes. The text of this edition of Cssar has been formed br 
reference to the best German editions. The Notes are principally grammatical. 
The Dictionary^ which, like all the others in the series, was prepared with great 
labor, contains the usual significations of the words, together with an explanar 
tion of all such phrases as might otherwise perplex the student 

10. Sallust. Sallust's Jugurthine War and Conspiracy 
of Cataline, with a Dictionary and Notes. The text of this work, which was 
based upon that of Ck)rtiu8, mis been modified by reference to the best modem 
editions, especially by those of Kritz aad Geriach; and Its orthography is, in 



general, conformed to that of Pottier and Planche. The Btctlonaries of Oesar 
and Sallust connected with this series are original works, and, in connection 
with the Notes in each volume, furnish a very complete and satisfactory appa- 
ratus for the study of these two authors. 

11. Ovid. Selections from the Metamorphoses and Heroides 

of Ovid, with Notes, Grammatical References, and Exercises in Scanning. 
These selections from Ovid are designed as an introduction to Latin poetry. 
They are accompanied with numerous brief notes explanatory of aifficult 
phrases, of obscure historical or mythological allusions, and especially of gram- 
matical difficulties. To these are added such Kxercises in Scanning as serve 
fully to introduce the student to a knowledge of Latin prosody, and especially 
of ue structure and laws of hexameter and pentameter verse. 

In announcing the Revised Edition of Andkews and Stoddard*s Latdt 
Grammar, the Publishers believe it to be quite unnecessary to speak of the 
merits of the work. The fact tliat in the space of about Twenty YearSy Sixtt- 
FivE Editions, numbering above Two Hundred Thousand Copies. 
bave been required for the purpose of meeting the steadily increasing demand 
for the work, sufficiently evinces the estimation in which it has been held. 
In preparing this Kevised and Enlarged Edition, every portion of the original 
work nas been reconsidered in the light of the experience of twenty years 
spent by the present editor in studies connected with this department of''^edii« 
cation, and with the aid of numerous publications in the same department, 
which, during this period, have issued from the European press. Tno results 
of this labor are apparent on almost every pa^e, in new modifications of the 
old materials, and especially in such additioniu information in regard to its 
various topics as the present advanced state of classical education in this 
country seemed obviously to demand. The publishers commend this new 
edition to the attention of Teachers throughout the country, and express the 
hope that in its present form it will be deemed worthy of a continuance of the 
favor which it has so long received. 

The following are exti'acts from a few of the many letters the Publishers 
have received from teachers from aU parts of the country in commendation 
of this work: — 

The revised edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar is without doubt the 
best published in America. I have no doubt that the time is near at hand when this 
series of works will, by all lovers of the classics, be considered as the ^ National Series.* 
The pronunciation is now by the same class considered the American Standard. I will 
hadl with joy the day when every college and school in our country shall have adopted 
Prof Andrews' series as the foundation of true classic knowledge. As such I consider 
it, and for tiiat reason have I used it since I first knew its eadstenoe.— Afortm Armstrong^ 
Potomac Seminary^ Rofntuy^ Yd. 

Allow me to say, after a careftal examination, that, In my Judgment, it is the best 
manual of Latin Grammar to be found in the English language. In revising it the 
author has preserved the happy medium between saying too much and too little, so de- 
sirable for a Latin text-book for tills country. In ptulosophical arrangement, simplicity 
of expression, and for brevity and ftilness. it must entitle the author to the first rank 
in American classical scholarship. I shall use it in my classes, and recommend it to all 
teachers of Latin in this country. — N. E. CobUigh, ProfeMor of Ancient Languagts CMd 
LUerature^ in Lawrence University^ Appteton^ Wis. 

I most heartily concur In the above recommendation. — F. O. JSbiir, Professor in Law 
rtnee University, 

The Grammar, as revised, Is, I think, for school purposes superior to- any work of the 
kind yet published in America. Philosophic in its arrangement and cjiBfinltions, and fall 
and accurate in its details, it sets Ibrth the results of the learned researclies of the Ger- 
mans in language easy of comprehension and suitable f6r raferenoe in daily recitations.— 
Xt. H. Deneen^ Lebanon^ lUinois. 

I am hii^y pleased with tlie Berised Edition, and consider the additions as decided 
Improvement. lu my opinion Dr. Andrews' works surpass all others in the market. 
I see no reason why tha Grammar should not now supersede even Zumpt's, both in tlM 
•tody and recitation rooms.— 5u;(jMy A. Norton, Hamilton, Ohio, 



I hare reason to belieTe that the improvements, introduced into the lant edition of 
Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar by my respected and lamented friend Dr. An- 
drews, a little before his death, add very decidedly to the value of a worlc, which has 
done more to give the knowledge of that language to the youth of this country than any, 
perhaps than all others. — Theodore W. Woolsey, President of Yale CoUege, New Haven. 

No book, probably, has done more to improve rlassical traioing in American schoolg 
than Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar. Its use is almost univertuil ; and where it 
has not itself been adopted as a manual, it has made graniman of similar excellence 
necessary. The last edition, the sixty-fifth, was carefully revised by the lamented Dr. 
Andrews, not long before his death, by whom it was greatly enlarged by the incorpora- 
tion of much valuable information, derived mainly from the last edition of the Latin 
Grammar of Professor Zvuupt. It will therefore be found to be much improved as a re- 
pository of the principles and facts of the Latin language. — Thomas A. Thaeher, Profes- 
sor of Latin in Yale CoUege^ New Haven. 

It is unnecessary to commend a I^tin Grammar, which has been for twenty yean in 
common use in our Colleges, and has generally superseded all others. The Revised 
Edition contains the results of the labors of Dr. Andrews, during all that time, on va- 
rious lAtin Classics, and on his g^at Latin Lexicon; and cannot, thoreforc, but he 
greatly improved. — Bt/ward Robinson, D. D.^ LL. D., Prof, of Biblical Literature in 
Union Tkeol. Seniinaryy New York City. % 

I regard Andrews' and Sioddard's new Latin Grammar, as an exceedingly valuable 
work. It evidently contains the results of the Author^s careful and long continued in- 
vestigation, and from itz fulness, clearness, and accurs'^y, will UTidoubt(^ly become the 
Standard Latin Grammar of this Continent. In Western New York, we have for a long 
time been using the earlier editions, and they have rapidl}' won upon the public regard. 
This new edition will give it a stronger claim upon our favor. It must rapidly super- 
§ede all others. I can unhesitatingly recommend the New Grammar as the best in use. — 
Lewis H. dark J Principal of Sodus Academy, Wayne Co., N. Y. 

I have looked over the new edition of the Grammar with great interest. It is now 
eighteen years since I introduced it into this college, and I have never felt inclined to 
change it for any other. The revision, without changing its general character, lias added 
greatly to its fulness and completeness. It is now fully equal to Zumpt's in these re- 
spects, and far superior to it in adaptation to the cla.<ts room. There is no ot'ier school 
grammar that can pretend to compare with it. I have introduced the new edition here, 
and have no idea I shall ever wish to substitute another. The services of Prof. Andrews 
in the cause of classical learning in the United States cannot be over estimated. — M. Stur- 
gus, Professor in Hanover College, Indiana 

I am willing to say that I am decidedly in favor of Andrews' Latin Series. — Geo. Gale^ 
GcUesville University, Wisconsin. 

Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar I consider decidedly the best Latin Grammar 
ever published. — Ransom Norton^ North Livermore, Maine. 

Such a work as Andrews and Stoddard's Revised Latin Grammar needs no recommend- 
ation, it speaks for itself. — A. A. Keen, Professor of Greek and Latin, Tufts College, 
Msdfordj Ms. 

I Iiave examined the revi.sed edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar, and 
think it a complete success. I see it has all of Zumpt's merits and none of his defects, 
and welcome its advent with great pleasure. — James M. W?uto7i, Hopkins Grammar 
School, New Haven, Conn. 

I have examined Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar, and say. without hesita- 
tion, that the principles of the Latin language can be more easily and sytntomatically 
acquired firom it than any work I have ever seen. The arrangement and simplicity of its 
terms are such as to make it easily comprehended by the beginner, while, at the same 
time, its copiousness is sufficient for the most advanced student. The author has evi- 
dently noted and profited by the defects in this respect of meet of the Latin Grammara 
now in use. — C. W. Field, Mauch Chunk. Pa, 

The superior merits of the original work are too well known and appreciated to need 
any commendation from me. I have had some means of knowing how great pains and 
labor Dr. Andrews has bestowed upon this final revision and improvement of the work, 
and. therefore, was not unprepared to find its acknowledged excellence materially in- 
creased, and I do not hesitate to say, that its value has been greatly enhanced, and that 
it has been brought as near as practicable to the present state of philological science.— 
John D. Philhrick, Superintendent of Public Schools, city of Boston. 

I have looked the Grammar through with much care and a great degree of satisfaction, 
and I unhesitatingly pronounce it superior to any liatin Grammar in method and man* 
ner of discussion, and happily adapted to the wants of both teachers and pupils.— Jl W. 
SimondSi Principal of New England Christian Institute, Andover, N. H. 



We haye lately introduo«d the Revised Edition, and regard it as a grreat Improyement 
upon former editions. We sliall use it exclusively in future. — E. Flinty Jr.^ Principal 
of Lee High School. 

After a due examination. I am happy to state that the Author has admirably accom- 
plished the objects which he aimed at in malcing this last revision. He has added much 
that is in the highest degree valuable without materially changing the arrangement of 
the original work. The work appears to me well adapted to the dAily use of our Classi- 
cal Schools, and I shall hereafter direct my classes to use it. — C. L. Cushtnan^ Principal 
of Peabody High Sdwol^ South Danvers, Ms, 

The Revised Grammar seems to me greatly improved and to be every thing a scholar 
oould wish. — Z. B. SturgM^ Charlestowny Indiana. 

I have subjected the Revised Edition to the test of actual use in the recitation room, 
and am persuaded that in its present form it decidedly surpasses every other Latin Gram- 
mar in point of adaptation to the wants of students in our Academies, lUgh Schools 
and Colleges. — William S. Palmer ^ Central High School, Cleaveland, Ohio. 

I think Andrews' Series of Latin Works the most systematic and best arranged course I 
have ever seen, — and believe if our pupils would use them altogether, we should find 
them much better scholars. I shall use them wholly in my school. — A. C. Stocking 
Principal of Monmouth Academy, Maine. 

The examination of the Revised Edition has afforded me very great pleasure, and leads 
me to. express the deep and sincere conviction that it is the most complete Grammar of 
the Latin language with which I am acquainted, and best adapted for ready consultation 
upon any subject connected with the study of Latin Authors. The paper, the typography, 
and the binding, — the whole style of publication— are such as to commend the good taste 
and judgment of the Publishers. — J. R. Boyd, Principal of Maplewood Young Ladies 
Jbtstitute, Pittsjieldj Mass. 

I find the Revised Edition to be just what is needed for a Latin Grammar, — clear, com- 
prehensive, yet concise, in the subject matter. I shall introduce it as a permanent text- 
book. — B. F. Dake, Principal of Clyde High School, Wayne Co., N. Y. 

I have carefully examined your Revised Edition throughout, particularly the Correc- 
tions and Additions. It now appears to me all that can be desired. It seems like part- 
ing with a &miliar friend to lay aside the old edition, with its many excellencies, and 
adopt the neto^ but I shall cheerfully make the sacrifice for the greater benefit that will 
accrue to those commencing the study of Latin from time to time. — J. H. GraJuim, Prin- 
eipal of NorthfieUl Institution, Vermont. 

I thought before that the old edition was entitled to the appellation of " The Latia 
Grammar," but I perceive its value has been much increased by the numerous emenda- 
tions and additions of Prof. Andrews. The Grammar is now fitted to be a complete 
hand-book for the Latin scholar during his whole course. — E. W. Johnson, Canton Acad" 
tmy, Canton, N. Y. 

I unhesitatingly pronounce the Revised Edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin 
Grammar the best Grammar of the Latin Language, and shall certainly use my influence 
in its behalf.— ir. E. J. Clute, Edinboro\ Plot. 

After a thorough examination, I have no hesitation in pronouncing it the best Latin 
Grammar for the purposes of the recitation room that I have ever examined. In its 
present form it ought certainly to displace a large majority of the Grammars in common 
use. Its rules of Syntax are expressed with accuracy and precision, and are in &ct, 
what all rules ought to be, reliable guides to the learner. — James W. Andrews, Principal 
qf Hopewell Academy, Penn. 

Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar, in the arrangement and adaptation to the 
learner, has excelled all others, and the revised edition is certainly a great improvement, 
and I do believe is better adapted to the wants of the student than any other. The 
whole seems to be critically revised and corrected. Prof. Andrews was truly the stu- 
dent's benefactor. — M. L. Severance, North Troy, Vermont, 

It gives me great pleasure to bear my testimony to the superior merits of the Latin 
Grammar edited by Professor Andrews and Mr. Stoddard. I express most cheerfully, 
unhesitatingly, and decidedly, my preference of this Grammar to that of Adam, which 
has, fbr so long a time, kept almost undisputed sway In our schools. — Dr. C. Beck, Cam^ 

I know of no Grammar published in this country, which promises to answer so well 
the purposes of elementary classical instruction, and shall be glad to see it introduced 
into our best schools. — Charles K. DiUaway, Boston. 

Tour new Latin Grammar appears to me much better suited to the use of students 
than any other grammar I am acquainted with. — Prof. Wm. M. Holland, Hartford, Ct 



I hare adopted ih« Latin Grammar of Andrews and Stoddard In the ichool under mj 
charge, believing it better adapted, upon the whole, for elementary instmction than anj 
ctmilar work which I haxe examined. It combines the improyemenca of the recent Gei^ 
nan worka on the sulyect with the beet features of that old ikvorite of the HcbooU, Sr. 
▲dam-8 Latin Grammar. — Henrjf Drisler. Professor of Latin in QUumbia (^tttge, 

A earefiil review of the Revised Edition of Andrews and Stoddard^s Latin Grammar, 
■hows that this fovorite text-book still continues to deserve the affections and confidence 
of TMchers and Pupils, incorporating as it does the results of Prof. Andrews* own con- 
stant studv (br many years ulth the investigations of Knglish and German Philologista. 
No other 6rammar is now so well fitted to meet the wants of the country as the rapid 
demand for It will show beyond doubt. — A. S, Hartweli, Vniversitff of St. Loui*, 

This Grammar of the Latin Languaf^. now universally pronounced the v^ry besiyj^ 
neatly improved by the corrections, revisions and additions of this revised edition. We 
do not believe a text-book was ever written which introduced so great an improvement 
In the method of teaching Latin, as this has done. We wish the revised edition the 
greatert saoceaa, which we are sure it merits. — Shade Jsland Schoolmaster, 

I have examined your revised edition with considerable care, and do not hesitate to 
pronounce it a great improvement upon the old editions, and as near perfection as we 
are likely to have. I have no doubt it wUl come into general use. — A. WiUiamSj Professor 
of Latin^ Jefferson College^ Cdnonsbttrg^ Pa. 

I have been much interested in the Revised Edition. The improvement is very striking, 
and T shall no longer think of giving it up and putting Zumpt in its place. I am muoh 

C* ised with the great improvement in the typography. Tou have given to our schools a 
k fifty per cent better in every respect, and I trust you will have your reward in 
largely increased sales. — William J. Rolfe^ Master of Oliver High School, Lawrence , Ms. 

I can with much pleasure say that your Grammar seems to me much better adapted 
to the present condition and wants of our schools than any one with which I am ac- 
quainted, and to supply that which has long been wanted— a good Latin Grammar for 
common uw. — F. Gardner, Prindpal of Boston Latin Schoot. 

The Latin Grammar of Andrews and Stoddard is deserving, in my opinion, of the ap- 
probation which so many of our ablest teachers have bestowed upon it. It is believed 
that, of all the grammars before the public, this has greatly the advantage, in regard 
both to the excellence of its arrangement, and the accuracy and copiousness of its infor- 
mation. — H. £. Hackett, Prof, of Biblie«U lAteratttre in Newton TheoU^cal Seminary. 

The universal fiivor with which this Grammar is received was not unexpected. It will 
bear a thorough and discriminating examination. In the use of well-defined and ex- 
pressive terms, especially in the syntax, we know of no Latin or Greek grammar which 
H to be compared to tiiis. — American Quarterly Register, 

Tliese works will fhmish a series of elementary publications for the study of Lattn 
altogether in advance of any thing which has iiitherto appeared, either in this countzy 
or in Koghuid.— vlmerteon. Bibiical Repository. 

I cheerfully and decidedly bear testimony to the superior excellence of Andrews and 
Stoddard's Latin Grammar to any manual of the kind with which I am acquainted. 
Svcary part bears the impress of a careful compiler. Tlie principles of syntax are happilj 
developed in the rules, whilst those relating to the moods and tenses supply an importanl 
deficiency in our former grammars. The rules of prosody are also clearly and foUy ex- 
hibited. — Rev. Lyman QAemany Manchester, Vt. 

This work bears evident marks of great care and skill, and ripe and accurate scholar- 
ship in the authors. We cordially commend it to the student and teacher. — BSbHeal 

Andrews and Stoddard^s Latin Grammar is what I expected It would be— «n excellent 
book. We cannot hesitate a moment in laying aside the books now in use, and intro- 
ducing this. — Rev. J. Penney, D. D., New York. 

Andrews and Stoddard^s Latin Grammar bears throughout evidence of original anA 
fhoroufi^ investigation and sound criticism. It is, in my apprehension, so fiur as sim^ 
plicity is concerned, on the one hand, and philosophical views and sound scholarship on 
the other, fiur preferable to other g^mmars ; a work at the same time highly creditable to 
its authors and to our country. — Professor A. Packard, Bowdoin CoUege, Maine. 

I do not hesitate to pronounce Andrews and Stoddard^s Latin Grammar superior to 
any other with which I am acquainted. I have never seen, any where, a greater amount 
of valuable matter compressed within limits equally narrow.— ifon. Joim Holly PrtMeipal 
of Ellington School, Conn. 

We have no hesitation in prononndng this Grammar deddedly superior to any now 
In use. — Boston Recorder, 



Bobinson's Hebrew Lexicon. Sixth Edition, Beyised 

and Stereotyped. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, in- 
cluding the Biblical Ghaldee. Translated from the Latin of William Gesenins, 
late Professor of Theology in the University of Halle-Wittemberg. By Edwabd 
Robinson, D. D., LL. D., Professor of Biblical Literature in me Union The- 
ological Seminary, New York. A new edition, with corrections and large ad- 
ditionsj partly furnished by the author in manuscript, and partly condensed 
firom his larger Thesaurus, as compiled by I^oediger. These corrections and 
additions were made by Dr. Gesenius. during an interval of several years, 
while carrying his Thesaurus through tne press, and were transcribed and fur- 
nished by him expressly for this edition. They will be found to be very 
numerous, every pa^e having been materially corrected and enlarged, and a 
large number oi^ articles havmg been re-written. It is printed on a new type, 
the face and cut of which is very beautiful, and has been highly commenoea 
and approved. 

Dr. Robinson had already been trained to the bnsiness of lexicographical labor, when 
he began the translation of the present work. He is, in an uncommon degree, master 
of his own native tongue. He has diligence, patience, perseverance — ^yea, the iron dili- 
gence of Goseniua himself, for aught that I have yet been able to discover, all that can 
reasonably be expected or desired, has been done by the translator; not only as to ren- 
dering the work into English, but as to the manner and the accuracy of printing. The 
work will speak for itself, on the first opening. It does honor, in its appearance, to edi- 
tor, printers, and publishers. I have only to add my hearty wish, that its beautiful 
white pages may be consulted and turned over, until they become thoroughly worn witii 
the hands of the purchasers. — Prof. Stuart, in the Biblical Repository, 

There is no lexicon in English that can be put on a level with Robinson's. I recommend 
the present as th<) best Lexicon of the Hebrew and Biblical Ghaldee which an English 
scholar can have. — Rev. Dr. Samuel Davidson, of London. 

Gesenius^ Lexicon is known wherever Hebrew is studied. On the merits of this work 
criticism has long ago pronounced its verdict of approval. — London Jewish Chronide. 

This is a very beautiful and complete edition of the best Hebrew Lexicon ever yet 
produced. Gesenius, as a Hebrew philologist, is unequalled. — London Clerical Journal, 

This is decidedly the most complete edition of Gesenius' Manual Hebrew Lexicon.— 
London Journal of Sacred Literature. 

Ilobkon s parmmig of % §ti^th, m §xuk 

A Harmony of the Four Gospels, in Greek, accord- 
ing to the text of Hahn. Newly arranged, with Explanatory Notes, by Edward 
RoBixsox, D. D., LL. D., Professor of Biblical Literature in the tinion The- 
ological Seminaiy, New York. Revised Edition. 

This work of Dr. Robinson confines itself to the legitimate sphere of a Harmony of the 
Gospels; and we do not hesitate to say that in this sphere it will be found to be all that 
a Harmony need or can be. The original text is printed with accuracy and elegance. 
It is a feast to the eyes to look upon a page of so much beauty. Its arrangement is dis- 
tinguished for simplicity and convenience. No one will ever be able to comprehend the 
relations of the Gospels to each other, or acquire an exact knowledge of their contents, 
unless he studies them with the aid of a Harmony. The present work furnishes In this 
respect just the facility which is needed; and we trust that among its other eflteete, it 
will serve to direct attention more strongly to the importance of this mode of study.— 
Ftof. Hacketty of Newton Theological Seminary. 

lalratt's ^tii\miiit. 

Arithmetic^ Oral and Written, practically applied by means 
of Suggestive Questions. By Thomas H. Palmer, Author of the Prize 
EsBay on Education, entitled the " Teacher's Manual,** ^ The Moral Instruc- 
tor," etc. 



liobinson's ^annonj d i\t fepels, in €nglis|* 

A Harmony of the Four Oospels, in English, accord- 
ing to the common version ; newly arranged, with Explanatory Notes. By 
Edward Kobinson, D. D., LL. D. 

The object of this work is to obtain a full and consecntive account of all the 
facts of our Lord's life and ministry. In order to do this, the four gospel nar- 
ratives have been so brought together, as to present as nearly as possible the 
true chronological order, and wuere the same transaction is described by more 
than one writer, the different accounts are placed side by side, so as to fill out 
and supply each other. Such an arrangement affords tlie only full and perfect 
survey af all tlie testimony relating to any and every portion of our Lora's his- 
tory'. The evangelists are thus made their own best mterpreters ; and it is 
shown how woinlcrfully they are supplementary to each other in minute as 
well n« in important particulars, and in this way is brought out fully and 
clearly the fundamental characteristics of their testimony, unity in diversity. 
To Bible classes, Sabbath schools, and all who love and seek the truth in their 
closets and in their families, this work will be found a useful assistant. 

I have used " Robinson's Enf^lish Harmony '' in teaching a Bible Class. The result, in 
my own mind, is a ronviction of the great merits of this work, and its adaptation to im- 
part the highest life and interest to Bible Class exercises, and generally to the diligent 
study of the Go8pcl. It is much to be desired that every one accustomed to searching 
the Si-riptures should have this inraluable aid. — Rev. Dr. Skinner^ New York. 

Robinson's Bible Dictionary. A Dictionary for the 

use of Schools and Young Persons. By Edward Robinson, D. D., LL. D. 
Illustrated with Engravings on wood, ana Maps of Canaan, Judea, Asia Muior, 
and the Teninsula of Mount Sinai, Idumea, etc. 

(ghranits 0f |istr0R0m^. 

The Elements of Astronomy ; or Tm World as it is 

and as it Appears. By the author of " Theory of Teaching," " Edward's First 
Lessons in Grammar," etc. Revised in manuscript by George P. Bond, Esq., 
of the Cambridge Observatory, to whom the author is also indebted for super- 
intending its passage through the press. 

^taiVs lamils §ibU. 

Scott's Family Bible. Boston Stereotype Edition. 

6 vols, royal 8vo., containing all the Notes, Practical Observations, Marginal 
References, and Critical Remarks, as in the most approved London edition, 
with a line engraved likeness of the Author, Family Record, etc. 

This Edition is the only one that has, or can have, the benefit of the final 
Additions and Emendations of the Author. The extent of these may be 
judged fiom_the fact that upwards of Four Hundred Fa(je$ of letter-jiress were 
added ; and as they consist chiefly of Critical Remarks, thek importance to 
the Biblical student is at once apparent. The Preface to the entire work con- 
tains an elaborate and compendious view of the evidences that the Holy Scrip- 
tures were given by inspiration of God. Prefixed to each Book, both in the 
Old and New Testament, is an Introduction, or statement of its purport and 
intent. There are also copious Marginal References, with viu*ious Tables, a 
Chi'ouological Index, and a copious 'i opical Index. 

_ Orders solicited. 














• • 

1 • 


■ • 
• • • 

» •» 


: : ?• • 

• • • 


• • 

• • 

• • * 

• ■• V 

w ■* 


47 Washinqtow Street. 



£atered» ueording to Aet of Congr?8i, in thie yesr 18I8* 


In the Clerk's Offiee of the Diitrict Cowi of HasMehoMtte. 




• 4 

• • 

• •• 4. 

» • • •> 

• • • 

» * 
• • •. 

• * 


Tub Latin Reader, a new edition of which is h&re pre- 
sented to the public, was originally prepared by its present 
editor, as the first of a series of elementary works adapted 
to the Grammar of Andrews and Stoddard. This series 
now comprises, in addition to the Grammar above men- 
tioned, Questions on the Grammar, Latin Lessons, The 
Latin Reader, Latin Exercises, A Key to Latin Exercises, 
Viri Roms, Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War, 
Sallust, and Selections from Ovid. In the present edition, 
the adaptation of this work to the Grammar, and to its 
place in the series above enumerated, remains unaltered; 
but, in addition to its original design, the Reader is now 
intended to constitute the second part of a less extended 
series, comprising the editor^s First Latin Book, the Latin 
Reader, and the Viri Roms. The latter series is designed 
especially for those who commence the study of Latin at a 
very early age, and also for such as intend to pursue the 
same study to a limited extent only, or merely as a part of 
general education. 

The references at the foot of the pages relate to the 
sections and subordinate divisions of Andrews and Stod- 
dard^s Latin Grammar. The references to Andrews' First 
Latin Book may be found at the close of the volume. The 
marks of reference in the text refer both to the notes at the 
foot of the page and to those at the end of the book. In 
the latter series, indeed, other notes are occasionally added, 
and their place is denoted by quoting the words of the text 
to which such notes relate. 

4 PBCriCE. 

The following extracts from the preface to the first edi- 
tion will sufficiently explain the manner in which the 
Reader was originally prepared by its present editor. 

Three things were found to claim particular attention, in 
preparing a new edition of this work. The first was the ar- 
rangement of the Introductory Lessons, so as best to illus- 
trate the principles of the Grammar, to which they were to 
be adapted. The second was to furnish such grammatical 
notep and references as should be necessary, in order to 
explain the more difficult forms and constructions occur- 
ring in the work. The third was the preparation of a 
vocabulary more perfectly adapted, than those usually 
found in introductory works, to the purpose for which it 
was intended. 

To accomplish the first purpose, it was found necessary 
to make a few additions to the original work, with the in- 
tention of illustrating more fully the principal rules of Latin 
construction. That the object of the Introductory Lessons 
may be better understood, and the place which each lesson 
occupies in syntax more fully apprehended, each section 
is prefaced by a series of questions relating to those parts 
of tl}e Grammar intended to be illustrated. 

In the notes appended to this edition, the editor has 
carried into effect a design, which he had long since 
formed, of explaining the idioms of the language, in intro- 
ductory works, by references to the Grammar, rather than 
by remarks couched in different language from that with 
which the student is already, in some degree, familiar. 
He has hoped, by this means, to aid the student in forming 
a clear, connected, and consistent view of the idiomatic 
peculiarities of the language, and a habit of referring every 
difficulty, whether in form or construction, to its appropriate 
place in the Grammar. It is a matter of common observa- 
tion, that, to most students, the philological notes usually 


found in elementary works are in a great degree lost, in 
consequence of their connection with the grammar not 
being sufficiently evident. This evil cannot, indeed, be 
avoided, while the grammar with which the student ii 
furnished does not fully explain the idioms of the language. 
While referring to the Grammar, the editor has endeavored 
to keep in view the fundamental principle of education, thai 
the only efficient help which the student can receive, is thai 
which leads him ultimately to exercise his own faculties. 
While, therefore, the less prominent difficulties are usually 
explained upon their first occurrence, the student is after- 
wards, in most cases, left to perceive the additional instances 
in which the same principle is to be applied. In cases of 
greater difficulty, however, reference is repeatedly made to . 
the same principle ; and this is more particularly the case in 
regard to idioms which are either imperfectly exhibited, or 
altogether overlooked, in the grammars heretofore in com- , 
mon use. It is not improbable that, to some teachers, the . 
references may appear too numerous, while, to others, the 
unexplained difficulties may still seem too formidable for a 
majority of those for whose use the work is intended. No 
plan of assistance can be equally well adapted to all students ; . 
but the hope is entertained, that a system which sends them 
back to their Grammar for information, will be liable to as 
few objections and abuses as any which can be devised. 

The preparation of the vocabulary has occasioned more 
labor than any other part of the Reader; and, in its present 
form, I trust that it will be found better adapted to its pur- 
pose than such vocabularies usually are. The meanings 
assigned to the words have been selected with careful^ 
reference to all the places where those words occur in the 
Reader. In this part, more than in any other, the former 
editions of this work were defective, and that in a degree 
that would scarcely be suspected by one who had not ex- 
amined them in reference to this subject 



The partieipl€8 occurring in the Reader may generally 
bc( found in tlie vocabulary ; but in some cases, and especial- 
ly when regularly formed from verbs of the first conjugation, 
they have been intentionally omitted, since their formation 
is as easy as that of any other part of the verb. The defi- 
nitions of the participles have, in general, been omitted, 
except in cases in which their meaning cannot be easily 
inferred from that of their verbs. The formation of the 
passive voice is seldom given, since its omission can occa- 
sion no embarrassment to one who is moderately acquainted 
with the paradigms of the Grammar. On the other hand, 
the oblique cases of nouns and pronouns, and the perfect 
tenses of verbs, when peculiarly irregular, are inserted in 
their alphabetical order, with a reference to the words from 
wliidh* they whb derived. The derivation of words, except 
Wlien they immediately follow their primitives, is, in general, 
giten in the vocabulary. The quantity of the penult, in 
all words of more than two syllables, when not determined 
by general rules, is marked throughout this volume, as weU 
as in the (jrammar to which it refers, in the hope that early 
habits of incorrect pronunciation may, by this means, be in 
m great measure prevented. 

The references, at the foot of the pages, relate to the 
sections and subdivisions of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin 


Ksw BaiTAnr, Sept^ 1849. 



Subject-Nominative and Vebb. 

What is the rule for the agreement of a verb P Qram« $ 209, (&t.) 
Of what does a sentence consist? §200,6. What Is a ompltf 
sentence P § 201 , 10. Of what does a proposition ooasist P f TOl^ U 
What is the subject of a proposition? §201,2. What is the predi- 
cate? §201,3. What is the grammatical subject? §202,2. Wh^lL, 
is the grammatical predicate? §203,2. Define moods« §143. 
Define the indicative mood. § 143, 1. Define the active voice. 
§ 141, 1. 1. Give the personal terminations of the active v<»oe. 
§147,3. What is the connecting vowel of a verb? § 150, 5. 
How does the present tense represent an action ? §145^L What 
are the terminations of the active voice, indicative mdOd, present^- 
tense, in each conjugation ? § 152. 

Ego amo. Tu mones. Rex* regit. Nos audimus.^ 
Vos videtb. Pueri * iudunt. 

Why are the nominatives tgOy ft«, nos^ and tH>9, usually omitted ? 

Audio. Amas. Aves' volant. Scribimus. Vocatis 
Reges* regunt. 

Voco. Jubes. Musa** canit. Rusticus* arat* Au- 
ditis. Pueri legunt. Crescit arbor. 

• §§28 and 78, 2. »§§28and46. *§§G2and74. '§39,1. 



Speiiinus. Praeceptor* docet. Labor* vincit* Fata*' 
vocant* Manus * tangunt. Sol luceU 

Tempus' fugit. Venit hiems/ Mois*^ venit Latrant 
canes/ Fudunt nubes/ 

How does the imperfect tense represent an action? f 145, II 
What are the terminations of tlie active voice, indicative mood, 
imperfect tense, in each conjugation ? § 152. 

Elram.' Ambulabas. Silva^ stabat. Monebamus. 
Dormiebatis. Fulgebant stellae/ 

What does the futare tense denote ? $ 145, III. What are the 
terminatbns of the active voice, inclicative mood, future tense, in 
each conjugation ? 4 I^ 

'Vid^. Audies. Deus dabit« Uret ignis/ Crescent 
arbores.' Tempora venient. 

How iloes the perfect tense represent an action ? f 145, IV. 
What are the terminations of the active voice, indicative mood, 
perfect tense? § 152. 

Veni, vidi, vici. Fuisti.* Fortuna dedit. Cecinit 
aijfi. jCepunus* Audivistis** Hostes' fugerunt. 

How does the pluperfect tense represent an action ? $ 145^ V. 
What are the terminations of the active voice, indicative mood, 
pluperfect tense ? § 152. 

Fug&at umbra. Dixeras. Hannibal jui-aveiat."* Cep- 
eratis. Pueri legerant. 

What does the future perfect tense denote ? § 145, VI. What 
are the terminations of the active voice, indicative mood, fUtnro 
perfect tense ? § 152. 

•§§28 and 70. ' §§ 66 and 76,1. *§§ 62 and 73,1.* §§63 and 74. 
*§§58and70. / § § 62 and 77, 2. « § 153. >§§61and70.' 

• § 46. ' §§ 30 and 74. / § 41. «* § 150, 3. 

' §§87 and 88, 1. 


' Hiseio. VIderis. Veneftt hora. Pomum ceciderit 
Ambulaverimus. Canes cuci|iTerint. 

Define the subjunctive mood. § 143, 2. What are the termina- 
tions of the active voicei subjunctive mood, present tense, in each 
conjugation ? $ 152. 

Laboret manus. Faveat Fortune Sol* fulgeat. Ve- 
nial t^npus. Canamus. Capiatis. Arbores cadant. 

What are the terminations of the active voice, subjunctivi 
mood, imperfect tense, in each conjugation r 4 1^* 

Philomela cantaret. Pomum penderet. Liuna micaret. 
Essetis. Vellemus,* Troja* staret. 

What are the terminations of the active voice, subjanetiTe 
mood, perfect tense ? } 152, 

Amaverim. Docueris. Oculus' videriu Latraverint 
canes. Axboi'es crcverint. 

What are the terminations of the active voice, subjunctive 
mood, pluperfect tense ? \ 152. 

Fuissem.' Potuisses.*^ Miles pugnaviss^. Lepores 
cucurrissent Canes momordissenL 

Define the imperative mood. § 143, 3. 
Surge/ Legito.' Studete. Disce. Dicite. Eqqus 

currito. Facitote.' Pueri scrlbunto/ 

Define the passive voice. § 141, I. 2. What is frequently 
omitted or left indefinite in the active voice? What in the 
passive voiee? $141, R. 2. What are the terminations of the 
passive voice, indicative mood, present tense, in each conjugation ? 

•§$66, E. and 70. '$'A2. '$153. '$207. 

*$ 178,1. '$46. /§ 154,11.7. 


Aiiior. - Moneris. Vox* auditur. Laudamur. Au- 
dimini. Teinpora mutantur. 

Dacccb; Vincitur liostis. Flos* carpiuir. Fabuia' 
narraipr. jCannina' leguntur. 

What ore the terminations of the passive voice, indicative mood, 
imperfect tense, in each conjugation ? $ 152. 

Aqua' (uiidebatur. Oppiduni' defendebatur. P^ndo- 
bantur portae. Saxa' volvebantur. Bella parabantur. 

What are the terminations of the passive voice, indicative mood, 
future tense, in each conjugation ? § 1512. 

Domus^ edificabitur. Narrabuntur fabulas. Epistola' 
mittetur. Cul|iabiiiiinL 

What are tlic terminations of the passive voice, indicative mood, 
, perfect tense ? — pluperfect tense ? — future perfect tense ? § ' 15S2. 

Auditus es. Naves nierss sunt. Datae sunt leges.* 
Spaisa erant (blia/ Hostes victi erant. Alissi erimus. 

What are tlie terminations of the passive voice, subjunctive 
mood, present tense ? — imperfect tense ? — perfect tense ? — plu- 
perfect tense ? § 152. 

Praernia dentur. Funis eiiiatur. Premeretur caseiis. 
Veherer. Tegerelur caput. Victus sit miles. Hostes 
capti essent. 

What are the terminations of tlie pSKsive voice, imperative 
mood ? $ 152. 

Laudator' industria. Puniuntor fures. 
Oves non ubique tondentur. A liter psittacus loquitur, 
aliter hoino/ Oculi sxpe nieiuiuntur* 

'>§fG2and78. '§§66and71. '§267. 

*§§58and75. '§46. ^ §§ 31,l,and69,E.2. 

« § 4J. / §§ 88 and 89. 


iktroductoky exercis^s» 11 



^What is the rule for the predicate-nomiiiative ? § 210L 

Europa est pe7iinsula» ^'' 

Ossa* ejus* lajns fiunt. 

Ego poeta\ saKitor. 

Inertia est vitium. 

Homo siinu 

Ebrietas'* est insqnia. 

Dux' electus est Q. Fabius. 


Agreement of Adjectives. 

What UUte rule for the agreement of adjectiYcs? § 305. 
What is the logical subject of a proposition? $ 202, 3. What is 
the logical predicate ? § 903, 3. 

Fugaces-^ labuntur anni, 

Fugit irreparabile tern pus. 
Venit glacialis hienis.' 
Silva velus* stabat. 
Culpa tua* est. 
Dira parantur bella. 
Nulla^ mora est. 
Brevis es^ voluptas.* 
Parvar res crescunt. 
' Brevis est via. 
Teira est rotunda. 
Vfera amicitia^est sempitema. v. 

'•if fc 

• §§ 61, and 75, E. 1. * §§ 30 and 78. * § i:». 

Mail /§§115and78. / § !07. 

•§28. . '§§eaand77,2. 

< §§62 and 72. • J 1J:5, 3. 


Fames et sitis sunt* molestae.* 
Plurimae' stellae sunt soles. 
Ebrietas est vitanda/ 
Nemo semper' felix est. 
Non' omnes milites-^ sunt (brtes. 
Maximum ' animal ' terrestre est elephas*^ 
Fortes' laudabuntur, ignavi' vituperabuntur. 
Ursi interdum bipedes^ ingrediuntur. 
AquHas semper sole prsdantur. 
Bonus' laudatur, improbus vituperatur. 
Omnes moriemur/ alii ' citiusi** alii serius.* 
Avarus nunquam erit contentus. 

The Accusatiye atter Active Verbs. 

What 18 the rale for the object of an actife verb ? $ 'iS9, ' 

Diem^ perdTdi. 

Terra parit ^/Zore«. 

CrocodHus* ova* parit. 

Elephantus* odit' murem^ et suem*^ ^* ' \ 

Cameli diu sitim' tolerant. 

Accipltres' non edunt carda* avium. 

Lanae nigrae nulhan} colarem bibunt. 

Senes* minime"* sentiunt morhos contagidioi. 

Cervi comua sua* quotannis amittunt. 

• § 209, R. 18. * § 205,R.7, (1.) t §§67,E.4,and76,B.3. 
»{aa5,R.3. / §210.R.3,(2.) ** § § SO, and 76, £. a 

• § 125, 5. * § 209, R. 1. • § 79, 2. 
«§274,R.a ^^107. < §§68aiid71,E.l. 
•§277, 1. •§194,2. *§§61and7],£.2. 
/ § 73. • § 90, E. *• § 78, 2, (2.) 
'§§66and7D. * § 46. '§206. 
M§62,E.l,and72,E.2. '§ 183,3, N.3. 


Ceres* frumentwn invenit; Bacchu3 «ini«fi;* Meicu- 
rius litteraa^ 

/thanes soli* dommoi suos* bene' novere/ soli namma' -• 
kua* agnoscunt. 

Hystrix cuyuleos longi' jaculatur. , 

f Stumi^ et psittaci humdnas voces* iraitantur.l 
/^Miltiades Athmas* ^o^amque Chnedam liberavii.^ 



Wliat is the rule for words in apposition ? § 204. 

. Plurimi* Scythae, beUicosissmV homines, lacte"* vescuntur. 

DclphlnuSy aminaV homini'' amicum, cantu' gaudet. 

Caitliago' atque Corinthus,* opdentisswuB^ urhes,^ e5- 
dera anno* a Romaiiis' evensae sunt. 

Quam brevi* tempoi'e* populi Romani, omnium gen- 
tium* victoris, libertas fracta est! 

Milhridatem, Ponti regem, Tigranes, rex AnneniuSj 

Genitive after Nouns. 

What is the rule for tlie genitive after nouns? $ 211. 

Crescit amor nummi, 

Honos est praemium* virtutis. 

•§73, E. 2. *§J62and78. «§2!>,2. 

» § 229, R. 3, 1. / § JK>. •■ §§ 62 and 77. 

• § 107. .» § lafi, 5. • § 253. 

' * § 908. « § 124. « § 248, 1. 

*\ W2y II. 1. • § 245, r. • § 113, 1. 

/ § 183, 3, N. 3. •§§66 and 70. •§83,n,3. 

f§§66and71. •\'J^,S. •§210. 

* § 46- ' § 247, 1, (2.) 



Sill est lux mundu 
Seinirainis erat A'lnt uxor, 
liifiiiita est iiniliitudu* murltorum. 
Jjitterarum usiis est anuc|iijssiimis. 
Asia el Africa greges feronim asinorum alit.* 
Magna est linguarmn inter ' boniines varietas. 
Canis vestigia yerancm diligentissiine scrutatun 
Neino non' benignus est W judex. 
Ltonvm anhni index'' cauda/ 

Genitive after Adjectives. 

What is the rule for the genitive afler adjectives? §213.— 
after partitives? $ 21ia. 

Semjier fragilitntts hummids sis^ memor. 
Elephanti frigoris' iinpatientes sunL 
Stultissuna' tnUmaHum^ sunt lanata. 
Velocisstmuni' omnium animalinm est delphinus. 
Neque stultortim quisquam' beatus, neque sapienttum 
non beatus. 

Gallorum omnium foilissinii sunt Belgse. 


What is the rule for the dative afler verbs? §223. — after 
adjectives? §222,3. 

Anna' fecit Vulcanus AchlHu 

Redditur terra corpus. 

Oves nobis suam* lanam pnebent. 

«§§59,2,and69, E. 1. 

• § 209, R. 4. 


» § 20J), R. 12, (2.) 

/ § 260, R. 6. 


• \ 277, R. 4. 

'§§66 and 76. 


' § 210. 

» i83,U.l. 

< §835. 

9 T»i - 


Tiistftjam et metum* tradam ren^is. 
Natura ammafiiuf varia tegumental tribiiiti testas, ooria, 
spinas, villoSy setas, pennas, squamam. 
Hamni 90W avaritia et ambitio' data est.* 
Inter omQes bestias'^ simia homm sroillima ' est 
JLeain} vis* summa est iii pectore. 
Antiguisilmisf homijubus^ specus erant pro dcHnibus.* 
Gallinacei leonlbus^ ierrdri^ sunt. 
Homo fiiriusus ne"* Ktieris quidem* nds parcit. 
Grata*" mihi tua epistola fiiit. 

Accusative after Prepositions. 

What 18 a preposition ? § 195. What is the rule for the icea- 
«ative after preposiuoas? } 235^ 

Ad Jinem propero. 

A pud Romanos mortui^ pleruinqtie creniabantur. 

Culices^ acida' petunt ; ad dtdda non ad volant. 

Nulla habeinus anna contra mortem* 

Vir' generosus niilis est erga victos* 

Germani habitant trans JUiaium. 

Nulla est firma ainicitia inter malos. 

Camelus naturale odium adversus equos gent. 

Piclae vestes jam apud Uomcrum cominemorantur. 

Comets ob raritatem et spedem sunt inirab3es." 

Navigatio' juxta litus saepe est periculosa. 

i .1 ,, i ■ , 

• § 278. ' § 125, 8. • § «79, 3, (a.) & (d,) 

• § 102, III. 4. * § 226. * \ 2iK>, N. I. 

• § 107. « § K>. • § "Mrr,, K. 7. (1.) 

• §§ 59, 1, and 69. / § 124. f § 78, 2, (2.) 

• § 20ir, R. 12, (2.) * § 241. t § *^h\ a. 7, (3.) 
/ § 212, R. 2, N. 4. * § 227. ' § 4P, 2. 


A pud jEthiopu max mil etephatiti in sflvis^ vagantur. 
lf>|>()oiiotaiuus scgetes* ckta A*ilum depaseitur/ 

, h ^P Sub, 
What is the niifi form and fii&f 4235^(^) 

AquTIae nidincant' in tvptlnts et arborSms/ 

Coccyx senijier pant m aKhmnidia. 

In senectute* hebesctint^ sensus; visas, auditus debili* 

In India gignuntur maxima animalia. 

Hya?naB pluriinae in -^yrica gtgniintur. 

In Africa^ nee' cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur. 

In iSym nigri {eSnes reperiuntur. 

Circa Cyllenen/ montein in Arcadia^ merulae candidate 

Senis in ooeJwn redeas/ 

\'icti Pers« ui naves confiigenmt. 

ISunia Pompilius annum in duodecim menses distribuit. 

1 *ontiiis Theleslnus Romanos sub pigum misiu 

Callia sub sejttentrionibus |X)sita est. 

Ablative after Prepositions. 

What is the rule for the ablative afler prepositions ? $ 241. 

Litlerae a Plutfiklbiu^ inventae sunt. 
Cartliago, CorinUnis, Numantiay «t mult® aliae urbes, 
a Itomdnis^ eversae sunt. 

■ I ■!■ . ■ I I I I I I II 

•§535,(2.) • § § 67, 2, and 76, E. 2. • § 2G0, R. 6. 

* §§61,1, and 73. /§ 187, 11. 2. i § 248^ I. 

• § 145,1.1. »§278,R.7. 
' §278. *§44. 



Quidam* homines nati sunt cum denfJm^ 
Xerxes cum jMiuo^jimu mUWibus^ ex Graeid aufugit' 
Metellus primus' elephantos ex primo Pwilco bcUo 
duxit in triumpho. 
X^antabit vacuus coram latrone victor. 
(Sldera ab ortu ad occamm commeaiU^ ~: 
Britannia a Pluenidbus inventa est. 
A))es sine rege esse^ non possunt. 
Infan$' niliil^ sine aKend ope potest. 
Dulce est pro patrid mori.' 
Venenum aliquando pro rem^dio fuit. 
Aqua Trebiae flumlnis erat ptctanbu$ tenus* 

Ablative without ▲ Preposition. 

What is the nile for nouns denoting the cniure, }/taitner, &c. ? 
§247. What is tlie rule for uior^ &c.? §245, I.-^for nitor, 
innitor, &c. ? § 245, II. ~ for verbs signifying to abound^ ^c. ? 
§ 250, 2, (2.) — for a noun denoting the titne at or within which 
any tiling is said to be or to be done ? § 25^ — for a limiting noun 
denoting a propertii, cfutracter^ or quality f § 211, R, C— for tlie 
price of a tiling ? § 252. 

Apri in morbis sibi^ medentur hedira, 
Pyrrhus rex* tactu poUicis in dextro pede' liendsis' 

Oko insecta exanimantur. 

Fene domanturyhme atque verberibus.* 

Anacreon poeta* acino uvas passs exstinctus est. 

• § 207, R. 33. 
» § 64, 1. 

• § 241), III. 
' § 1%, K 1. 

• § 205, R. 15. 


'§§30 and 77, 2. 

* § 23«, (2.) 

• §260. 

» § 270, 9. 

' §§58,and73,E.l 




CroGodBus pdk durissiimd'^ contra omnes ictus iminltut. 

In Africa^ elephant!' capiuntur^oeu. 

Elephant! spirant, bibunt, odorantur probascide. 

Popul! quidani' lociutis vescuntur. 

Dentes usu* atteruntur, sed igne^ non cremantur. 

Mures Alpini binis pedUnu gradiuntur, prioribusrpxe ut 
manUus utuntur. 

Lexnaeyuia carent. 

Elephant! maxime dmnlhua gaudent/ 

Apes timiUu sris gaudent eoque convocantur. 

Quibusdam in locis^ anseres bis anno velluntur. 

Color luscinianim enUumno mutatur. 

Hime urs! in antris donniunt. 

Nemo mortaliuni * omnibus horis sapit* 

Primores dentes septmo mense gignuntur ; sepimo iidem 
decidunt' anno, 

Antipater Sidonius, poeta, qnotannb, die natali suo^ 
fcbrt corripiebatur. 

jUstate dies sunt longiores quam hteme* 

Reperiiintur interduni cer\n caiuFido coloreJ 

Isocrates oi*ator unam orationcin viginti takntis ven- 

Luscinia Candida, sex sestertiis Romae venit. 

Leones facile per triduum cibo carent. 


Upon what may the infinitive depend? $ 270. After what 
classes of verbs is the infinitive used without a subject? §271. 

• H24. *i 207, R. 33. ' § 142, 2. • § 1<53, E. 1. 
»§2rv|,R.3. •§«7. *§212. /§2U, R.6. 

• § 99. / § 63, 1. 


Whbse acdon must an infinitive denote, when used eller ft ferb 
withoatasabject? §371,iLa 

Te cupio videre. 
Volui rfomlre. 
Aude contemnere opes* 
Carmina* possumus donSre. 
Poteram* contingere ramos. 
Nihil' amplius s€ri/)ere possum. 
Ego cupio ad te venire. 
Jnielligere non possum. 
Cessator esse noli. 
Cur timet flavum Tiberim tangere 1 
Philippas volebaf* amarL 
Alexander metm volebat. 
Tecum* vivcre amo. 
Naturam mutdre pecunia nescit. 
Bene fcrre disce magnara fortilnam. 
Angustam pauperiem pati puer discat/ 
Did beatus' ante obituin nemo debet. 
^ JE(|uam memento* rebus in ^rduis servare mentem. 
Aurum vestibus* intexlre invenit rex Attalus. 
Non omnes homines aequo amore' com^Atcti possumus. 
Illec&brds voluptalis vitare debemus. 
Romae elephantes per funes inccdere docebanlur,' 

What ie the rule for the infinitive a«. a sttbjtd ? § 2G9. 

Errare est* humanum.' 
Turpe' est* beneficium repetere. 

« §§ 66 and 71. « § i:», 4. * § 2^. 

» § 154,B. 7. / § aOO, R. 6. / § *I7. 

« ^ 94. ' $ 210, R. 1. * § 200, R. 3, (5.) 

<iU^>n. A {183,3. <^205,R.8. 


Beneficiis* gratiani non referre etiaro turpius est* 
Parentes sues* non atnart est iropium. 

Gebunds and Gerundives. 

By what cases are gehinds followed ? § ^^5, 1. What is ths 
rule for the genitive of gerunds and gerundives? § !I75, 111. R, 1. 

Pluritnae sunt illecSbrae peccandL 

Artem scriLtndi Phoenices, ail^n acu' pingendt 
Phiyges' invenerunt. 

Cupiditas vivendi nunquani immensa esse debet* 

Honestissiina' est contentio beneficib' beneficia vhir 

Homo natural est cupidus nova semper videndi et 

Libri sunt inutlles ignaro' legefidt. 

Initum^ est consilium urbis^ i/e/enJce/ civium trucidan- 
ddruniy noniinis Komani exstingiiendu 

What is the rule for the dative of gerunds and gerundives ? 
§ 275, m* R. 2. 

Olim calamus adliibebatui^ scrihendo. 

Aqua manna inutilis est bUmido. 

Culex habet telum et* fodietido et* sorbendo idoneum. 

What is the rule for the accusative of gerunds and gerundives ^ 
§ 275, 111. R. a. 

Non omnes squaliter'' ad discmdum proni sumus* 

• 5 223. • 5 205, N. 1. « § 275, II. 

» §§ 208, and 269, R. 1 / § 249, II. > § 145, II. I. 

• § 247. ' S 25>2, 3. » § 278, R. 7. 
< 1 78. * i 1^1 R. 3. ' § 192 11. 2. 

Omnes Gnecias ciyitatos peeimiam ad ^ed^kandam!^ 

classem dederunt. 

What is the rule for the ablative of gerunds and gerundives P 
§ 275, III. R. 4 

Funem ^brumpe? nimium* tmdendo* 

Docendo discimus. 

Mens alitur discendo et cogitando. 

Lacedaemonii exercebant* juvenes, venandoy cwrrendoj 
auriendo, sitiendo, algeiida, astuando. 

Sirniae catulos saepe"^ coinplectendo necant. 

Amicus amicum semper .aliqud re juvabit, aut re, aut 
consilio, aut consolando certe.* 


What is a coinpound sentence ? § 201, 12. How may the members 
of a compound sentence be coiinected ? ^ 203, III. ^. 


What is the rule for copuiativc and disjunctive conjunctions ? 
§ 27a 

Sol niit ei montes urabrantur. 

Vir** bonus et prudens dici delector ego. 

Immensa est, Rnemgue' potentia Dei non habet. 

Accijiere pj-aestat-^ quam facere injuriam. 

Rapere atque abire semper assuevit lupus. 

Semjwr honos, nomengi^c tuum, laudes^ue manebunt. 

• What does this adverb modify ? 

• § 275, U. • § 14,% II. 1. • § 198, n. 1. 

» § 192, II. 4, (b,) * § 210. / § 209, R. 3, (5.) 

82 INTRODUCTOmr cxebcises. 

Sapieotem ne^* paupertas/ ntqut* mors, ntqiu^ vin- 
ciila terrent. 

Juno erat Jovb et soror tt conjux, 

Nox * erat el fulgebat luoa. 

In praelio cita mors venit, avi victoria laeta. 

Alarius et Sylla civile belliim gesserunt.* 

Leti vis rapuit, rapiet^ue gentes. 

Non formasus erat, $ed* erat facundus Ulysses. 

Si* divitis feliciiatem praestant, avaritia prima virtus 


^uoiies literas tnas lego, omnem milii'^ prsteritorura 
tcm|)orum memoriam in mentem revoco. 

Magna debenius suscipere, dum vii-es suppetunt. 

Cervi, qiiamdiu comibus carent, noctu ad pabuia pro* 

Quidam crocodlluni,' quanuliu vivat,* crescere* existj« 
mant, vivit autein^ niultos annos/ 

Gloria virtCiteni, tanquam umbra, sequjtur. 


What are tlie two ways of cxpreflsinflf a comparison by meana 
of the comparative degree ? § 256, 1, & 2. 

Canes Indici ' grandiores sunt quam ceteri.* 
Nullum malum est vehenienlius * et iiniwrtunius * qmm 

• § 278, R. 7. /§ 211, R. 5,(1.) * § «J6. 

» § § ()2, and 78, 2, & 4. ' § 2:«). » § f^, I. 2. 

• § 201), R. 12. » § 2<»5, 1. • § 278. 
«« § 108, 9. « § 272. " § 194. 

• § 198, 5. i \ 279, 3, &(<?.) 


interdum ferirum anlmos mitlGres* invenunus quam 

Latro fene est similior quam homin!.* 

Major est animi voluptas quam corporis.^ 

In montibus aer' purior est et tenuior quam in vallibus. 

What is the rule for the ablativt after coroparatives ? $ 1I56L 

Nih3 est ckmefUid divinius. 

Aurum gravius est argenio. 

Adamas durior estferro; ferrum' durius ctteris mettdBi* 

Luna terrae propior est sok. 

Quid magis est durum saxOf quid moUius aqudf 

Relative Pronouns. 
What is the rale for the construction of rebittres? § 906. 

Non omnis ager, qui sentur, fert*^ fivges/ 

Psittacus, quern India mittit, reddit verba, qua accepit 

Achilles, cujus res gestas Homeri carmina cdlSbrant, ad 

Hellespontum sepuUus est, 
Myrraecides quidam quadrigam fecit ex ebore/ quam 

musca alis ' btegebau 

Qui bonb^ non recte utltur, ei * bona mala fiunt.' 
Bene&ium reddit, qui ejus** bene memor est. 
Grues** in itineribus ducetn, quern sequantur,* el]^;unt« 
Copias suas Caesar in proximum collem subduxit, equi- 

tatumque, qui sustineret * hostium impetum, misit. 

• § 134.^ 

/ 5 179. 

M 206, (3^ («.) 

ft §211,11. 7. 


< § 180. 


A § 71, E. 3. 



• §947. 


• i 909, R. 4. 

i § 945, 1. 

* §964,6. 

24 nmumtjcToiir cxEiicitBir. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

What mood does eim take ? § 2G3, 5. What is the rule for 
ekm in narration ?, § 3G3, 5, K. 2. 

Platea, cum devoratis se implevU conchb^* testas 

Ceres fi-umenta' invcnit, dm antea homines glandibus' 

. Nave'' pnmus' m Graeciaja Danaus advenit, cum antea 
ratibus-^ navigaretur/ 

Alexander, rex^ MacedonioSy cum Thebas cepissety 
Pindari vatis * familine * pepercit. 

What is the general rule fofr the sul^unctive afler putides? 

Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut^ siib una ficu * tuimte 
equitum ' candantur. 

Ursi per hiemem* tarn gravisomno* premontur, n/*' ne* 
Yulneribus quidem'' excitentw. 

Delphini tanta interdum vi e mari* exsiliunt, ti<^ vela^ 
^ navium transvoleni. 

In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudinem adolescunt, 
ui intSgros tuturumt cervos taurosque. 

Fac,* ut homines animum tuum pluris *" yaaa?i^, qti&m 
omnia, que illis' tribuere possb.' 

• §249,1. 

A §204. 

• § 82, E. 1. 

* § 102, 4. 

« § 223, R. a. 

f § 233. 

• § 245, 1. 

J § 262, R. 1. 


'§§62 and 74. 

M 235,(2.) 

' S 214. 

• § 205, R. 15. 

» § 31. 

• § 223. 

/ § 247, 

• § 236, R. 5. 

> § 266, 1. 

^ M209,R.3,(8.) 



iimtoDGCTOjar cxejicisbs.: 35 

Alexander edixit, ne qujs ipsum* praeter ApcQem 

Pythagoreis interdictum fiiit^ ne fabb' vescerentwr. 

Oculi ipalpSbris * sunt muniti, ne quid inadat* 

Nihil fere'^ tarn reconditum est, quin' qusrendo^ in- 

Nunquam tarn mane egredior, neque tarn respSn do* 
mum'^ revertor, qum* te in fiindo ctmspcer^ ibdere/ aut 
arare,* aut aliquid /acere.* 

Xerxes non dubitabat, qyin ' copiis suis Graecos fecili 
swperaturus euetJ^ 

In what mood is the verb put in dependent claoses containing 
an indirect question ? % 265* 

Qusritur, unus ne iit* mundus, an plures.** 

DisputaJbant veteres plulosopht, casu ne fadus tit mun- 
dus, an mente divin&. 

Augustus cum amjcis suis consultabaty utrum imperium 
$erv(trety an d^anereU 

Perperam quarilur, mini in amici gratiam jus TOlari 

Ciconiae qmnam e loco venianty aut in quas se regidnes 
canferanty incompertum est." 

Qub numerare potesti qm^ per totam vitam lacrfmas 
Jitdirit 1 

What is the rule for the infinitive with the accusative ? § STSL 

Aristoteles tradity in Latmo, Cariae monte, hoipUes a 
scorpionibus' non ladi, indigmas intermi. 

• § 207, R. 28. / § 277, R. 1. ^^ § 272, R. 6. 

• § 258,2,(2.) ' § 2G2, R. 10,2. < § 258,2, (1.) 

• 5 245, 1. * § 275, III. R. 4.^ • § 110. 
<§§l3aiidl5. •§258,1,(1.). « § 209, R. 3, (5.) 

• } 258, 1, (2.) i § 237, R 4. • $ 248, 1. ^ 


96 nrrnoDucTORT exercises. 

M. Varro nanrat, a cuniculis* mffosnan^ m Hispania 
oppidum* a talpis in Thessalia ; ab ranis incolat urbis in 
Gallia pulMOM,^ ab locustis in Afiie&; ex 6}'aio insiila 
imcolas a muribus Jvgaiosj^ in Italia Am^clat * a serpenti- 
biis deleku use. 

Observatum est,' pestOentiam semper a meridianis 
partibus ad occidentem ire. 

Homcms Pygmaos, populum ad oceanum, a gruibus 
infestdri prodidit; Aristoteles eosdem in cavemb vivere 

Posteri aliquando querentur nostra culpa mares eversas 

Vuri^ius per testamentum ' jusserat carmSna sua cremari ; 
id^ Augustus ^/ieri vetuit. 

Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, quam* Hispaniss 
geoies fatidkam esse credebant. 

Ulustre est inter philosophos nomen Anaxagorse/ quern 
veteres nunquam in vita risisse ferunt. 


What is the rule for the agreement of participles ? § 205. By 
what cases are participles followed ? § 274, 1. What is said of 
the time of the present^ perfect, and future active participles? 

Exempla ibrtunae variantis sunt mnumera. 

Galli diem venientem cantu * nuntiant. 

Cecrops urbem* a se* conditam appellabat Cecropiam.* 

•§ 248,1. < § 209, R. 3, (5.) '§44. 

» } 270, R. a • 5 247, R. 4. * § 247. 

• § 239. / § 206, (13.) * § 230. 


Augustus primus * RomaB * tigrin * ostendit maTuvc" 

: Gymnosophista in India toto die* ferventHnu arenis* 
insistunt, Solem^ intuentei. 

Eplmenides puer/ aestu* et itinere fessus, septem et 
quinquagijnta annos '' in specu donnivisse dicitur. 

Julius Caesar simul dictare/ et Ugentem^ audke solebat* 

Ij&q prostratis" parcit. 

Aves adtincos ungues habefites came ' vescuntur, nee 
unquam congregantur. 

' Canis venatieus venatorem camtantem loro* ad ferantm 
lustra tmhit. 

Beneficium non in eoT consistit, quod datur, sed in 
ipso dantis^ animo. 

Strudiiocameli Afnci altitudmetn ecpiitis equo' mtidentis 

'- Interduin * delplmii conspecti saint, defwictum delphlnum 
porianteSy et quasi * funus agenies, 

Multa, quae de inlantibus ferarum lacte niUritis produn- 
tur, fabulosa videntur. 

Homo quidam, lapTde ictusy oblttus est literas;' alius, 
ex praealto tecto lapstUy matris et affinium nomlna dicere 
non potuit. 

L. Siecius Dentatus, centies vieies prmliatusj quadraginta 
quinque cicatrices advecso cor|)ore' habebat, nullam in 
tergo/ • 

• § 205, R. 15. ' § 204. « § 245, 1. 

» § 221, 1. * § 247. " § 205, R. 7, (2.> 

' § 80, 1., E. 2. « § 271. • § 277. 

*§236. / § 2a5, R. 7, (1 .) •§216. 

• § 224. * § 223, R. 2. ' § 254, R. 3. 
/ § 22i). 


LeTines ioiiaii innoxii sunt 

Elepliantes neinini * nocent, nisi laceultu 

Elephantes anmem * trannturi ' mmimos prsmiuunt. 

Pavo laudatm ' gemmatam pandk cauclanu 

GaUusy ab adversario '' victusy* occultatur* siUnsy et 
servitium patitur. 

Leo vulneratui ' percussurem mtelligity et in quantalibet 
multitudine appetit. 

Olores iter facientes coUa imponunt pnteedeniUnu;* 
fessos duces ad terga recipiunt. 

Testudines in mari'^ degentes conchyliis' vivunt; in 
terram egresste, lierbis/ 

Sarrnattt, longinqua itinera faduri^ inedia pridie pnepa- 
rant equos, potum exiguum impcr^ento^ ;. atque ita lon« 
gissTmain nam continuo cursu conficiunt. 

Elephanti, equitatu ciraonventi, infirmos aut fessos vu{- 
fieratosf\{ie in medium aginen recipiunt* 

Multos morientes cura sepultune angit. 

DanaiiSy ex ^gypto in Gneciam advectus, rex * Argivo- 
mm factus est. 

Alexander, Bucephalo equo defuncto^ duxit exequias, 
urbemque Bucephalon appellatam ejus tumulo* circum* 
dedit. ^ 

P. Catienus Plotinus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, heres 
omnibus eju^ bonis^ insUtutus, in rogum ejus, se conjiceret * 
et concremaretur.' 

* occiiUdiur, instead of 

M occitUat, hides himself. § 248, 1. B. 1, 


• § 22:j, R. 2. 
» § 2:J3. 

« § 274, 3. 
« §5M8, 1. 

• §224. 

/§ 8a, E. 1. 

' § 245, II. 4. 

* § 210. 

« § 224, R. 1. 
S § 211, R. 5. 
* § 2G2. 
« §278 


Erinacei volutati super poitiay humi'^ JacenHay ilia 
spinis ^ qffixa in cavas arb&^ p<»rtant. 

Indicum mare testudines tantas magnitudinis ' alit, ut 
singulae tugurio iegendo* sufSciant.' 

Leones, senes yoc/f, appetunt homines, quoniam ad 
perseqtiendas^ feras vires non suppetunt. 

Smitbiocamdis f ungulas slint cervuiis similes, eom* 
prehendendis '^ lapidibus utiles, quos in itigfi contra sequent 
/c* * jaculaiuur. L 

Ablative Absolute. 
What is tlie rule for the ablative absolute ? § 257. 

Sencsccnte Lund* ostrea tabescere dlcuntur, crescenit 
e^dem, gljscunt. Cepe contra, Lund deficieiite, revires- 
cerc, adolescefite, inarescere dicltur. 

Geryone * interempto, Hercules in Italiam * venit. 

Salmiis* debeUdthy Tarquinius triuinphans Romam-' 


Jasone* Lycio interfecto, canis, quem habebat, cibum 

capere noluit, inediaque confectuS est. 

Regis Lysimacbi canis, domino accensae pyrae ' itnpositOy 
in flanimas se conjecit. 

JNicomcde rege mterfecto, equus ejus vitam finivit inedia. 

Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus,* Jilio victare ' Olym- 
pic," pr« gaudio exspiravit. 

- ■ ■ 

* What 18 denoted in this case by the ablative absolute ? 

•§221, 1,R.3. /§27u,lI.,&IU.R.3. / § 237. 

»§294. «^§22r). * § 212, R. 2, N. 4. 

• § 211, R. 6. M 205, R. 7, (1.) ' § 257, R. 7, (a.) 

< $ 275, II., and III. R. 2. « § 237, R. 5 *§ 221. 1. 


Apes, aeuleo amiito^ statim emori eaustimantur. E»- 
deni| rege wierfecto aut morbo amtumpto^ iaiue* luctuque 

Pavoy Cauda amissi^ pudibundus ac moereDS qusrit 

Erinaceiy ubi senscre venantenii eantraeta are ptdibu^ 
que, CQDVolTuntur * b finmain pil»| ne quid ^ comprebendi 
ponit ' pneter aculeos. 

* eofwdhunturt for m convolmmt^ roll themselTes. } 248, 1. R. 1, (2.) 
•{917. *§13B. •^aSi 


1. AcjciPiTU irr Columbjc. 

CoLUMBA milvii metu* accipltrem rogaverunt^ ut eas 
defenderet/ Hie annuit. At in* columbare receptus, 
uno die ' inaj5rei.ii stragem edidit, quam milvius longo 
tempore ' potuisset * edere. 

Fabi3a docet, malorum * patrocinium'^ vitandum ' esse/ 


Milvius laqueis* irretitus musculum^ exoravit, ut eum, 
corrosis pla^ps/ liberareL* Quo* facto, milvius liberatus 
murem arripuit et' devoravit 

Haec Tabula ostendit,** quam gradam mali' pro beneficiis 
reddere** soleant/ 

3. HffiDUs ET Lupus. 
HoeduSy stans in* tecto domus, lupo' pnstereunti* 

• Supply ducUB, § 247, R. 2, (ft.) 

•§368. '§a74,R.a "§229,R.5 

»§235,(2.) M27a. •§271. ' 

• I 233. * § 247. • i 365. 
<{§ 154,R.7,and260,n. S f 231,ind R. 3»(ft.)' § 225. 

• i 205, R. 7, (1.) * § 257, and R. 1. t § 182, and R. a 
/ 1839 < §278 

32 rABLKS rROM JB80P. 

niaiedixit. Cui * lupus, Hon tu, inquit/ 9ed tectum miki 

Saspe locus et leinpus honiiues timidos audioes reddit«f 

4. Grus et Pato* 

Pavo, cohim <rrue pennas saas ' expITcanSy Qti/into est* 
mf\\x\Xj^ formo8Ua$ mea et iua defonmias! At grus ev&* 
lans, Et quanta est, inquit, leviias mea et tua tarditas ! 

Monet haec fabula, ne ob alTquod bonum, quod^ nobis* 
natura tribuit, alioB' contemnainus/ quibus natura alia^ 
et-' ibrtasse niajora dedit. 

5. Pavo 

Pavo graviter* conquerebatur ' apud Junonem, domi- 
nam"* suain, quod vocis suavTtas sibi negata esset,* duin 
luscinia, avis tam parurn decora, cantu excellat." Cui 
Juno, Et m^iritOy inquit ; non enim ' omnia bona * in unum 
conftrri oportuit/ 

6. Anskkrs et Grues. 

In' eodeni quondam praio pascebantur' anseres et 
grues. Ad ven ienle dommo'' prati, grues facile avolabant; 
sed anseres, impediti corporis gravitate,' deprehensi et' 
inactati sunt. 

Sic saepe pauperes, cum potentiorlbus in eodem crimine 

deprehensi, soli dant' pcenam, dum illi salvi evadunt. 

i.-_ — .1 I .1 I . ■ ^ 

• § 223. * § 2rj, 2. " § 279, 3, (a.) & (c.) 

» § 279, 6. « § 2()5, R. 7, (2.) ' § 273, 4. 

^ • \ 2IM), R. 12, (7.) &{«.) f k^S. « § 235, (2.), 

- § 2«)9, R. 12, (2.) - * § ll»2, n. a» •• § 257. 

■ \ 2tW. ' § 145, II. 1. • § 1M7. 

/ § 2fl6 * § 204. • § 145, 1. 1 

« 5 205, R. 7, (1.) *§ 206,3. 

V4BU8 riioM iBnof* 98 

7. Capra et Lupus. 

Lupus capram* in alti rape stantem conspicatuSy Our 
non^ inquity reHnqtds nuda iUa et sterUia locOj et hue 
descendis in hetindoi compos, qui tibi latum pabulum 
offerunt 1 Cid lespondit caprat JUf&i * mm at in mmo^ 
dulcia * tutiM ' prug^onere.* 

8. Venter et Mejibra* 

Membra quondam dicebant ventri: Nome* te semper^ 
mimsterio' nostra alemus,^ dum ipse swnmo otio^ Jrueris J 
Non faciemusJ^ Dum igitur ventri' cibum subdiicunty 
corpus debilitatur, et membra^ sero invidiae' suae pcenituit. . 

9. Canis et Botes. 

Canis jacebat "* In pKcsejH ** bovesquelatrando* a pabij- 
lo arcebat. Cui unus bouin/ Q^uanta ista*, inquity invidia 
tsty quod non pafhisy u/ eo dbo" vescaiauTy quern tu ipse 
capiere nee velis* nee possis ! 

Hffic fabula invidiae mdolem decl&rat. 

10. VuLPEs et Leo. 

VuIpeSy quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei*^ ibrt^ 
occurrisset," ita est perlerrita, ul* paene moreretur' ibrmidr 


* Supply Am. 

• 5 274, 1. 

« § 245, 1. 

« § 907, R. 25. 

* § 226. 

S § 224, R. 2. 

•• § 245, 1. 

• $ 206, R. 7, (2.) 

* § 229, R. 6. 



' §215,(1.) 

< § 266, 1. 

• § 279, 3, (a.) & (c.) 

•§ 146,11.1. 


/ § 279, 15, (a.) 

•§82, E. 1. 

* § 263, R. 2. 

' 5 347. 

• §275,n.R.4. 

• ^ 262, R. 1. 

* § 209, R. 1, (a.) & (b.) f § 212. 


34 riBLcs ntOM jcsop. 

ine.* Eundem conspicata* ttenim, txmuit quidem/ sed 
neqiiaquain/ ut antea.* Teiti6 illi' obviam fiicta, ausa' 
est etiam piopiusf accederei eumque' alloquL 

11. Cancri. 

Cancer dicebat* filio: Mi* Jili/ ne* sic ohCiquis semper 
gressVms^ incctUy sed recta via* perge, Cui ille, Mi 
pateTj respondit, libenter ttds praceptis* obsequaty si te 
prius idem fadcntem tidlro,^ 

Docet haec Tabula, adolescentiam* null& re* magis, 
quain exemplis*, instrui/ 

12. BovKS* 

In eodein prato pascebantur^ tres boves in maxima* 
conconiia, et sic ab oiimi' ferarum incursione tuti eranU 
Sed dissuUo' inter illos orto, singuli a feris' petiti et laniati 

Fabula docet, quantum boni" sit* in concordia. 

13. AsiNus, 

Asinus, pelle* leonis iiidutus, territabat bommes et 
bestias, tanquam leo esset.' Sed forte, dum se celerius' 

* Wlwt do HtiquAquam and anUa inodity ? 
t What is undertftuud ^Xi»t [rrvpiusf 

• § 247. M 62. •- § 279, 7, (a.) 
» § 274, 1. * § 2157, R. 1. • § 257. 

• § 27S), 3, (a.) & (£?.) ' § 22:J, R. 2. « § 248, 1. 
^ ^ 277. " § 145, VI. • § 212, R. 3. 

• § 228. • S 239. • § 2C5. 

/ § 142, 2. • § 278. • I 249, 1. 

'§233. 'S2ra. •§263,2. 

A § 145, II. 1. « § 125, 5. V § 256, R. 9, {a,) 
« § 139. 


inovet, aure9 eminebant; unde agnitus in pisUinum ab- 
ductus est, uhi poenas petulantiae dedit* 

Hsec fabula stolidos* notat, qui knmentis bonoiibus* 


Mulier qusdam habebat gallmam, quas ei quotidie ovum 
pariebat aureum. Hinc suspicari' ccepit, illam auri 
massam intus celare/ et galluiam occidit. Sed nihil in ea 
repent, nisi quod' in aliis gallinis repeiiri' solet. Itaque 
dum majoribus divitiis*^ inhiabat, etiam minores* per- 


Duo* qui una iter faciebant, asinum oberrantem in 
solitudine conspicati, accurrunt Isti, et uterque eum sibi 
vindicare coepit, quod eum prior* conspexisset/ Dum 
vero contendunt et rixantur, nee* a^ verberibus abstinent, 
asinus auiugit, et neuter eo^ potitur. 


Corvus partem prsdae petebat a lupis/ quod eos totum 
diem"* comitatus esset.^ Cui iUi, Nan tu nos, inquiunt, 
sed pradam sectdtus es^ idqtte eo avSmo^^ ui ne tiostrii 
qmdewT corponbus* parceresj^ n exaimuiTentur.' 

* With what noun does minOres agree ? 

•§205,11.7,(1.) '§205,R.15. >§S31,IL8. 

*§847. »§ 266,3. ■•§236. 

•§27L « § I98,n.l,&(c.) •§279,3. 

'§272. / §242,andB.l. *§223,R.a 

•§206,(4.) »§245,L '§261.1. 


AlentcV in Actionibus non spectatiiry quid fiat,* sed quo 

aninio fiat.* 

.- - • ■ . "■ . ' 

17. Pastures et Lupus. 

• ' • ■ * 

Pastdresc«s& ove* conviviuin celebrabaut. Quod' quum 
lupus cemerel,' JE^^ inquit, ii agnum rapuissem* quantus tut^ 
thuttus Jih-et !■ At isti/ impikfie avem comeHunt ! Tumtmus 
illorum/ Nos enim,'' inquit, nostra, nan alidnd ove* ^pulanatr* 

18. Carbonariits et Fullo. 

Carbonariils, qui spatiosani ' habebat domum, invitavit 
fuUonem, ut'ad se commigraret.^ Hie respondit : Quttndm 
inter no$ esse possit'' soaStasI quum tu testes, ques egB 
nifidas reddidissem,^ fuliglne et maculis inquinaturus essesJ^ 

Haec fabula docet di^iniilia" non debere"* conjungi.' 

19. TuBlCEN. 

TubTcen ab hostibus* captiis, Ne^ me, inquit, interjicite ; 
nom inermis sum, neque' quidquam habeo pmter hone 
tubam* At hostes, Prater hoc ipsym, inquiunt/ te wterir 
memus, quod, qwm ipse pugnandi* sis* inventus, alio* 
ad pugnaminciUare soles. 

'Fabula docet, non solum maleficos* esse puniendos,* 
seid etiahi eos,' qui alios ad male faciendum' uritent.' 

^•§265.„ /§273,2, - •" § 267, R. I. 

» § 257. » § 260, II. R. 5. * § 198, 1, & (a.) 

• I 206, (13.) ' « § 266, 1. « § 2i9, 6. 
*§263,5. ■•|260,n.R.7,(20 ■§ 275,111. R.,!. 

• § 261, 1. * • § 205, R.7, (2.) • § 206, R. 7, (1.) 
/ § 207, R. Jfe. • § m, ' • § 274, R. 8. 
*^^§212. ' ''5 271. • §278. 

• { 198, 7,& (a.) « § 248, 1. » § 275; III., R. 1 

• § 245, II. 4. 


Accipitres quondam acermne inter se beffigerabant. 
Hos columbae in gratiam redubere'" eon&ts effecerunt/ ut 
Bli paqem inter se^ faoerent* Qua'' finD&ta, aodpitres 
vim suam in tpsas columbas coiiveitenint. 

Hsc iabula docet^ poleationim di^coidiad' MnbeeillioEi- 
bos*^ siepe prodesse. 

21. MULIER ET .GaLlInA. 

.. . Mulier vidua galUnam habebat, ^ae. ei q^oticUQ. uwm 
f^Y^foa^ pariebat. . Ilia eiicistiniabaly* A ^dlinam dilig^tius 
#agin^et/ fore/ ut 31a bina' i^ut tenia ova, quoddie 
|iaieret« Quum autem cibo superfluo . galima {nngius 
esset^ iacta, plane ova parere"" desiit.* 

H»c fabiaa docet, avaritiam s«pe damnosam* esse. 

22. VtTLPEa £T Uvju 

' Vulpes uvam in vke conspicata ad illam subriliit omni- 
um virium suarum contentionie/ si earn (atth attingera pos- 
set.^ Tandem dieiatigata inini labore discCdend dudt : At 
nunc etiam acerba surU^ iv^ tat in ti& reperias^ toUiren^* 
Hxc fabula docet, multos ea oontemneve, fpm se' 
assequi posse desperent. 

* What 18 the object of exMmdbtUP 

§ 839, It 5. 


' $ 960. 

"§278, R. 4. 


(6.) M 268, R. 4. (6.) 


•§ SOS- 

« § H9, III 


'S 257. 

i § 963|5,&B.2. 




• § 168,7. 


< §947. 


88 wmLEs rmou jssor* 

23. VuLPES ET LejENJl. 

Vulpes lexnae exprobrabat, quod nonnisi unum catulum 
parereU* Huic dicitur respondisse, Untan^ sed lednem. 

Hxc fiibula, non copiam sed bonitatem rerum sstiman 
dam* esse, docet. 

24. Mures. 

Mures aliquando habuerunt consUium, quoinodo sibi' a 
fele caverent.* Multis aliis* propositis, omnibus -^ placuit, 
ut ei' tintinnabulum annecteretur ; sic enim ipsos^ sonitu 
admonitos earn iiigere posse.' ' Sed quum jam inter 
mures quaereretur,' qui fell' tintinnabulum annecteret/ 
nemo repertus est. 

Fabula docet, in suadendo * plunmos esse audaces/ sed 
in ipso periciilo timldos." 

25. Cams mordax. 

Cani ' mordaci paterfamiUas jussit tintinnabulum ex ere 
app^di,* ut omnes eum cavere possent.' Ille vero asris 
tinnitu' gaudebat, et, quasi' virtutis sua premium*' esset,* 
alios canes prae se contenmere coepit. Cui unus seniori 
O te' stolidum, inquit, qui ignorare ' videris, isto tinnttu 
pravitatem marum tuorum indicdri / " 

• What is 



of esset f 

• § 866, 3. 

* § a08, (4.) 

• §202. 

» § 274^ R. 8. 

« § 270, R. 2: 

P § 247, 1, (2.) 


/ §263,5, R. 2. 

« §263,2. 


» § 275, III. R. 4. 

•- § 210. 

' § 205, R. 7, 


> § 205, N. 1. 

• § 238, 2 

•/ i 223, R. 2. 

■•§ 278. 

« § 271. 


• § 273,2. 



Haec fabula scripta est in* eos, qui sibP insignibus flagi- 
tiorum suorum placBnt. 

— ■ .-•■.,■>* 



26, Cams et Lupus. 

Lupus canera videus bene saginatum, Quanta ^9t, 
inquit, fblidtas tua! Tuy ut videtUTy knUi viouy at ego 
fame etiecor. Turn canis, Licety inquit, mecuni' in urbcm 
veniasy'^ et eadem felidtdte^ fiuafis. Lupus conditionem 
accepit. Dum una eunt, animadvertit lupus in coilo canb 
altritos ^ pllos. Quid hoc est 7 * inquit.f Num jugtm 
fustines 1 cervix enim tua iota est glabra. . ^ihil esty 
Ci^nis respondit. Sed inierdiu me alUganty aU noctu sim 
vigilantior ; atque hac sunt vestigia coUdrisy quod cervld' 
circumdari solet. Turn lupus, Valcy inquit, amtccl^ 
nihiV moror feUcitdtem servitute emptam! 

Haec Tabula docet, liberis^ nullum conuDoduui tanti'' 
esse, quod servitutis calamitatem compensare possit.' 

27. Lupus et Grus. 

In faucibus lupi os inhaeserat. Mercede igitur conducit 
gniem, qui lUud extrahat."* Hoc* grus longitudine colli 
facile efieclt. Quum autem mercedem postulai*et, subri- 
dens lupus et dontibus infrendens, Num tibiy inquit, parva 
merces' videturyX quod caput incolume ex htpi faucibus 

• What is 

the predicate-nominative of e«tf 

t What is 

the object of inquit f 

X What is 

Uie subject oi'vuieturT 

§ 202, JLU. B. 3. 

* h 235, (2.) 

/ 5 270, R. 3. 

* § 214. 

» § U^y R. 2. 

' § 224, R. 1. 

< § 264, 1. 

• § 133, 4. 

* § 240. 

" 5 264, 6. 

* § 262, R. 4. 

• §214,R.2,N.2 

. • § 206, (13.) (a.) 

• § 245, 1. 

/ $ 211, R. 5. 

• § 210. 

40 vables vaom jbsot. 

28. Aghicola et Anguis. 

Agricola anguem repent frigore psene extincUim. Mise> 
ricordia* motus eum fovit smu/ et subter alas' recondidit. 
Mox anguis recreatus vires' recepit, et agricolie' pro 
beneficb let&le vulnus ihflixit. 

Haec fabiSa docet, qualem inercSdem mall pro beneficiis 
leddere soieanty 

29.. AsiNUs ET Ectuus. 

AsTnus eqimm beatum' prsdicibat, qui tain copi&ii 
pasceretur,'' qiium sibi post molestissimos labores ne* 
pales qtridem sati» praeberentur.^ Forte autem bello* 
exorto equu3 in prGBlium agitiir, et circumventus' ab 
hostibus, post incredibiles labdres tandem, multis vulneir- 
bus confossus, collabitur. Haec omnia asinus cohspicatus, 
O me sioMum^ inquit, qui beatiiwRntm ex'' proisentu 
iemj)aris fortma teMtimaverim!^ 

30. Agricola tr Filii. 

Agricola senex, quum mortem sibi' appropinquare 
sentiret, filios convocavit, quos, ut fieri solet," interdum 
discordare* noveral, el fascem virgularum afferri* jubet. 
Quibus* allaiis, filios hortatur, ut hunc fascem frangerenl/ 

Quod' quum facere non jxissent, distribuit singulas virgas^ 

— —^-^—^^—' 

* What is here denoted by the ablative absolute ? § 257. 

• § 247, R. 2, (6.) '§»«). * § 196, R. 2. 

» § 2r>4, R. 3. * § 9(54, 8, (1.) * § 209, R. 3, (C.) 

• § 235, (4.) « § 279, a • § 272. 
-§85. i §263,5. '§273,2. 
•§224. ».§257. »|20<>,(13.) 
/§265. * §§248, 1., and 274,1. 

FABLES FBOH Ms6r. 4 1 

iisque celeiiter fractis^ docuit* illos, quam firma resf esset* 
Concordia, quamque imbecillis discordia. 


Asinus onustus sarclnis equum ro^^t, ut aliqua parte* 
oneris se* levaret/ si se* vivum \idepe vellet,* Sed ille 
asini preces repudiavit. Paulo post igitur asinus labore 
consuniptus in via conruit, et efflavit animam. Turn 
agitator omnes sarcinas, qims asmus portaverat, atque 
insuper etiam pellem asino-^ detractam in equum imposuit. 
Ibi ille sero priorem superbiam depldrans, O me' mUenw^ 
in quit, qui parvulum onu9 in me recipere noluerimy^ qmim 
nunc cogar tantas mrdnas ferre, una cum peUe comitii 
n^i, aijus preces tarn superbe contempserctm, 

32, MuLiER ET Ancillj:. 

Mulier vidua, quae texendo' vitam sustentabat, solebat 
anciUas suas de nocte excitare ad opus, quum primum 
gain cantum audivisset. At illae diutumo labore fatigatae 
statuemnt gallum interficere.-' Quo* facto, deteriore con- 
ditioned quam priusj esse coeperunt. Nam domina, de 
hora noctis incerta,"* nunc famulas saepe jam prima nocte 

• What is the accusative of the "thing" after docMtV/ §231,B.3,(6.) 

f What is the subject-nominatiye of esset f 

t Supply^ fuifani • . ' 

•?251. /§224, R.2. / § 271 , and R. 3. 

* § 265. ' § 238, 2. » § 206, (13.) (a.) 

• § 208, (1.) * § 264, 8, (1.) ' « § 2U. R. 6, (3.) 

' § 273, 2. * § 275, ni. R. 4. •• § 213, R. 4. and {4.\ 

*§ 266,1. 


FABUBS num jsaop. 

33. TestSdo et A<{uiLA. 

Teftudo aqullam magnopere orabat, ut sese* volare 
doceret.^ AquBa ^ ostendebat quidem, earn' rem' petere 
l|fitur»' 8Uie oontraiiain; sed 3Ia nihTl(/ minus instsibat, 
et oi>secrabat aqu3am/ ut se^ volucrem facere veQeu' 
Itaque ungulis arreptam* aquBa sustulit in sublime, et 
denmit illam, ut per aennn ferretur. Turn in saxa inctdens 
comminuta interiit. 

Hsec fabuia docet, multos cupiditatibus suis^ occoecatos 
consilia prudentidrum fespuSre, et in exitium mere stul- 
titia* sua« 

« • 

34. LusciNiA ET AccipIter. 

Accipiter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quie, quum intel- 
ligeret sibi' mortem' impendere, ad preces conversa orat 
accipltrem/ ne $e perdnt sine causA. Se enimT artVwi- 
mum ventrem URtu nan posse"" explercj ti suadere adeo, 
ut grandiares (diquas volicres venetur.* Cui accipiter, 
hisamrcm* mquit, si partam pradatn amHterey et incerta' 
pro certhl^ sectari vdlttn.* 

■ 35. Senex et.Mors. 
Senex m sUva ligna ceciderat,* iisque*' sublatis domum' 

■ I I ■■ I I II u i I II iiiiiiiii ■■ ■ III I I I I ■ . 11 ^ 1 . > 

* With what does arrq>tam agree ? 

•55 133, R. 2, and 908,(1.) * 5 8^8. 0) * 5 270, R. 2, (6.) 

' * 5 209, R. 2, (1,) (6.) * 5273,2.. •5 261,1. 

• 5 239. M 20». f 5 205, R. 7, (8,) 

' 5 229. ^ » 5 247. t 5 145, V. 

•5222,3. V5 2a4. •^ 5257. 

/ 5 256, R. 16. "5198,7. f5 237,R.4. 

' 5 231, R. 3, (6.) 

Tja^iu wwm JB80F. 43 

riKlire coepit Quum aliquantum* vise' progressus esset, 
ct* onere et via defatigatus fiiscem deposuit, eC secum' 
sBt&tis et inopiae mala* contemplatus Mortem clara voce 
invocavit, c]pae ipsum ab omnibus his maKs'' liberaret/ 
Turn Mors senis precibus auditis^ subito adstititj* et, 
quid vellet,* percunctatur.' At Senex, quem^ jam vo- 
torum* su5nim poenitebat,' Ai/a/,f inquit, ied reyn^Of 
qui'* <mus paulullim aUevet/ dim ego rursus iubeo.X 

36. Inimici. 

In eadem navi vehebantur. duo,** qui inter se* capitalia 
odia exercebant. Unus eorum' in prora, alter in puppi 
residebat. Orta tempestate ingenti, quum omnes Vie vita 
desperarent, interrogat || is, qui in ptippi sedebat, gubema« 
torem, Utram partem navi^ prius submermm in eonstima^ 
rei^ Cui gubemator, Proram^V respondit. Turn iUe, 
Jam mors mihi non moksta est^ qmm iniwaci mei mortem 
adspecturus simJ 

37. HiNNULEcs £T Cebvus. 

Htnnuleus quondam patrem suum his verbis interro- 
gasse' dicitur: Mi* pater, quum multo"" sis m/cgor cambus* 

• Supply ««nt. t Supply iMi2o. % Supply t<i. 

II What 18 the accusative of the " thingr ** after interrdgat f § Si3l, R. 3 
iff To what does prora correspond ' § 13M, R. 11. * - 

• § 236. « § 265. ' § 212. 

» § 212, R. 3. M 389, R- 6. « § 258, R. 1, (to.) 

• § 278, R. 7. » § 215, (1.) •^ § 260, R. 7, 0L) 
<§ 133,R.4. « § 209, R. 3, (4.) • § 162,7. 

• § 274, 1. ■* § 206, (4.) « § 139. 
/§251,R.l. •§ 206, R. 7,(1.) • § 236, R. 16. 
'§2C4,5. •§235,R;2. • J 256. 



44 FABLES PROM 'K90r. 

tt tmn*urdua conma habeas* quibut a te tnm prcputwe^ 
possis,^ qui fit,"* ut eaties tantopere mttuoil ibi benhis 
ridens, Mi natty inquit, vera memaroi; miki* tamen, neuia 
quo pactOy semper aoAdit^ til aiudUa canum* voccy in 
fugam statim convertdr. 

Haec Tabula docet, natura' formidolusos nuUis rationibus 
fortes'^ reddt posse. 

38. Hosnus et Lupus. 

Quum hoedus evasisset lupum, et confiigisset in caulam 
ovium/ Quid^ tu, stulte, inquit ille,f hk te sahum futu- 
rum* speras, idn quotidie pecudes rapi et diis mdctari 
videasV Non euro, Inquil hoedus; nam si moriendum* 
sit, quanto^ pfreclarius'* mihi " erit, meo cruore aspergii 
aras* deorum imtnortalium, quam irrigdri siccas lupv 

Hswr fdhula docet, bonos mortem, quae' omnibus' 
inirninet, non thnere/ si cum lionesiSLte* et laude conjuncta' 

39. Cqrvus et Vulpes. 

Corvus alicunde caseum' rapuerat, et cum illo in aham 
arborem subvolamt.* Vulpecula ilium caseum appetens 
corvum Wandis verbis adontur ; quumque primiim formam 

• What is tlie subject of this verb ? 

t To what does iUe relate? § 307, R. 23. 

• § 278. * § 231, R. 5, (a.) • § 239. . 
» § 200, U • § 270, R. 3. ' § 206. 

• § 223. i § 2G6, 1. t 5 224. 

<» § 83, n. 2, E. * § 225, III., R. 1. •" § 272. - 

• § 24D, II; « § 2r>6, R. 16. • § 260. 

/ § 210, R. 1. ■* § 205, R. 8.- « § 162, 7. 

'§83,n.2. •§222,3. 

ejus* peonanimque niturem laudassetj Polf mquitj ie 
avium* regem esse didrenif* si cantos pukhntudim* iua 
ttsfondhr^i* Turn ille laudibus vu1{hs mflatus etiam 
eontu se iridere (toonstrlre voluiu Ita vero* e losOD 
aperto caseus delapsus est, quem viilpes aiieplum devoid 

HaBC fabula docet, vitandas'^ esse adulatorum voces, qui 
blanditiis suis nobb' insidiantiin 

40, Leo. 

Societatem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra^ ovis. Pras- 
da* autem, quam ceperaht, in quatuor partes sequales 
divisa, leo> FrimOy ait, mea est;* debetur* enim hoc 
prastantia mea. ToUam et secundam, quam merctur 
robur metm, Tertiam vindlcat sibi* egregitis labor mem. 
Qmrtam qui sibi arrogare voluerit/ is^ sdat^^ se kabU 
t&nmT me inimicum sibi.'' Quid facereiit* inibecillef 
bestiae, aut qus :^ ^bi leonem infestum habere veilei i * 

41. MUS ET RusTicus. 

Mus a rustico' in* caricarum acervo depreliensus tarn 
aeti morsu ejus digitos vulneravit, ut *" ille eum dimitterety 
dicens : Nihilj mehercuky tarn pusiUmn est^ quod de salute 
daperare debeaty modb^ se defendere et vim dejmlsare velit* 

* What is the subjiect of this verb ? 
f Supply htstia, 

• § 208, (6.) (a.) * § 257. • § W^, 

» § 83,n.2. « §208. '§24tf, 1. 

• § aCJ, 1. ^ § 206, I. » § 27», 10. 

• § 22:j. » § 206, (3,) (a.) *• \ »Rl, R, t 

• \ 279,3, (a.)&(<^0 ' § ^^1 R- 6. . • i2li4, 1. 
/ \ 274, R. 8. • § 270, R. 3. « §^,203,2. 
' 5 224. • § 222, 3. 

48 riBUBs moM JBsor* 


* Comix CSoiiunbs gratulabattir* fiBcuiuUtalem, quod 
singulis mensibus {nillos excludereu* At ilia, iVe met, 
inquity doloris caiuam cammemcrei/ Nam qifos * pullos 
eJacOy e9$ dominus rqptos aiU ipte camedity aut alUs 
comedcndtM* vcndit* lia mihi mea fascunditcu tuHmm 
semper luctum parit. 

.49. Leo, Asinus, et Vulpes. 

. Vulpes^ asinus, et leo venatum"^ iverant/ Ampli 
pneda fiicti, leo asTnum illam partiri jubet/ Qui quum 
singulis singulas partes poneret lequales, leo eum correptum 
dilaniavit, et vulpeculs partiendi' negotium tribuit. Ilia 
astutior leoni^ partem maximam apposuit, sibi vix mini- 
mam reservans particulam. Turn leo subridens ejus 
prudendam laudare, et unde hoc didicerit* interrogare, 
coepit. Et vulpes, Hvjus me, inquit, catanutas docuit^ 
quid minares potentwnbus debeanU^ 

50. MyscjB. 

; E^Tusa mellis copia est : Muscae advSIant : f 
PascuDtur. .At mox impeditis cruribus 
Revolaxe' nequeunt."* Heu miseramy inquiunt, vtcemt^ 

* What is the accusative of the '< thing " after iaeml f 
t Supply ad md, 

• § 223, and (1.) / § 276, II. » § 365. 
» § 266, 3. f § 209, a. 13. « § 271. 

• \ 260, R. 6. * § 273, 2. * § 182,R,3,N. 
f 1:306, (3.) * § 275, III., R. 1. * § 338, 8. 

• § 274, R- 7, (a.) / §224. 


CibiLs iste bhnduSy qui pellexit iuavitety 
Nunc fraud iikntiis qmm cruderuer necat! 
Pbrfidn voKtptas fabula hac depiiigitur 

51. Cancer. 

» ■ • •■ 

Alare cancer olim deseruit, in Iftore 
Pascendi" cupidus. Vulpes hunc simul adspTcit 
Jejuna, siinul acciirril,* el pi-aidam capit. 
N(S, dixit iWe, jure plector, qui, salo^ 
(^uum fucrim nativs, volmrim' solo ingredi! 

Suus uniculque'' prnefinUiis est locus. 
Quern pnctcrire sine perido non licet/' 


52. CuLKX ET Taurus. 

In coniu tauri paryulus quondam culex 
Conscdit ; seque-' dixit, mole si sua;; 
Euni' gravaret, avolatfmirri* illlcp. - 
Atille:* Nee tcconsidcntem urtscram. 


53. De Vitus HojaiNUM. 

P(»ras imix)suit Jupiter nobis duas !r " . 

Pmpriis repU'tamf vitiis post tergum dedit, 
Alirmis ante pectus suspendit gravem.f * 

Hac re videre nostra niala nori ]v6ssSitiuS"; 
Alii siniul delinquunt, censdres sumus. ' ■ 


r •■ 9 

. • Supply 

» § 275, rJL, K I. 
* § ^>1, a.3. 

« § *^, e, (1.) 



■ • » 
enm, * ) SuppXy peram. ^. . 

i^§97f^,T4. M 208, (6,) (-a.) 
• • § 27:V4. (^O *§270,R.8. * 


.1. Caduub, Agenoris filius,* qu6d dracoiiem, Martis 
fflium, fixitis cujusdam in Boeoda custodeni/ occideraty 
onmem ^ suam prolem interemptain vidh, et ipse cum 
Haimonia/ ux5re su&, in Illyriam fiigit, ubi ambo' > 
draeones conversi sunt. 

2. Amj^usy Neptuni filius, rex Bebrycis, omnes, qp 
m -ejus regna vonissent/. cogebat caestibus secum conten- 
dere, et victos Qccidebat, Hie quum Argonautas ad cer- 
tainen . provocasset/ Pollux cum eo contendit, et eum in- 

3. Otos et Ephialtes, Aloei filii/ mira magnitudme'^ 
fuisse' dicuntur. Nam singulb mensibus^ novem digitis' 
crescebant. Itaque quum essent' annorum novem/ in 
coelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic facl^ 
bant/ uC montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent, aliosque 
prcterea montes exstruerent. Sed ApoUinis sagittb btorw 
empti sunt* _ . 

4. D^dalus, Euphemi filiuSi artifex peritissimusi ob 

•§a04.. •§204, R. 6. «|236. 

» § $M9,.1II^ /.§ 21]i IL 6. M 145, If. 

f|9G4, 12. '§211,iL6,(2.) * § 205, R. 8, (l.) 


naedem Athenis* commissam in Cretam* abiit ad regem 
Minoem. Ibi labyrinthum exstruxit. A Min5e' aliqiiaiido 
in custodlam conjectus, sibi et Icaro filio alas cera'' aptavii, 
et cum eo* avolavtt. Dum icanis aitius^ evolabat, cera 
solis calore calefacta, in mare decidit, quod ex eo Icarium 
pelagus' est appellatum. Dsed^us autem in Siciliam 

5. iBsculapius, ApoIIInis filius, medicus praestantissi- 
mus, HippolytOy Thesei filio, viiam reddidisse dicitur. Ob 
id facinus Jupiter eum fulmine percussit. Turn A|X)Ilo, 

'quod filii mortem in Jove iilcisci non ix)terat, Cyclopes, 
qui fulmina feccrant, iritereiniu Ob tioc factum, A |iol* 
Hn6m Jupiter Admeto, te^ Tbessaliae, in servituteni 
dedit. -■' 

6. Alcestim,'^ Pelise filiam, quum multi in matritiumiimi 
peterent, Pelias promisit, se' filiam ei esse daturum, qui 
feras currui junxisset/ Admeuis^ qui €»am perdite jinia- 
bat, Apollmem rogavit, ut se in hoe negotio adju\'aivt« 
Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei* serviebat, liberaiiter csssct 
tractatus, aprum ei et leonem curnii junxit,' (|uibus^ ilia 
Alcestim avexit. Idem gravi morbo luipliciuis, muniis ab 
Apolline accepit, lit pnesens periculum effiigeret, ^ quis 
sponte pro eo moreretur.* Jam quum neque pater, neque 
mater Admed pix> eo mori voluissent," uxor se Alcestis 
mortj obtulit, quam Hercules foite adveniens . Orci raani-- 
bus* eripuit et Admeto reddidit. 

7. Cassi5pe filiae suae Andromedae formam Nerei'dum 

• §254. 

/ § 25C, R. 9, & (flf.) 

* §223, R. 2. 

» § 237, R. 5. 

' § 210. 

» § 227r 

' § 248, 1. 

* §80, I.,E.2. 

* § 260, If . * 


• § 2(1(5, a. 

• § 909, R. 1% 

• $ 249, III. 

i § 2C6, 2, R. 4. 

* $'224,R>,9. 


hanx 9iit6posiiit.* Ob hoc crimeo ills a Neptuuo* 
pot^uilavt'i'uiu,* ut Andromeda ceto iinniani, qui ora£ 
IK)]nilal)attir, olijiceretur/ Qus quuin ad saxum alligata 
esset, Perseus ex Libya, ubi Medusani. Occident, advolavit^ 
et, beilua * devicta et intereinpta, Aiulixnuedam liberavit. . 

8. Quam quum abduceie vellet victor, Agenor, ci|i 
antea desponsata fuerat, Peiiseo bsidias struxit, ut euQi 
interficeret, S])onsainque enperet. llle, re' cognita, caput 
Medusa tnsidiantibus ostendit, quo viso,t onines in saxi 
mutati sunt, Perseus auteiiL cum Andmrntida-^ in patiiam 

9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio periisset, 
Alcyone, conjugis morte audita, se in mare praecipitavii. 
Tinn deonun misericordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, quae 
Aic}'ones appellantur. Hs aves pariunt hibcmo tempore. 
Per Ulo» dies' mm-e tram|uiliiim esse dicitur ; unde nautes 
tranquillos et ser^nos dies Alcyoneos appellare soleiit. 

10. Tantalus, Jo vis (ilius, uini cams fuit diis,^ yt 
Jupiter ei consilia sua concretieret,^ eumque ad epulas 
di*on»n admitteret. At ille, (fuae-^ apud Jovem audiverat, 
cum mortal ibus cominunicaliat. Ob id crimen dicitur/ 
apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse-, seniperque sitire. 
Mam, quoties haustuin aquae suinptfmis' est, aqua recedit. 
Turn etiam poma ei "* su{)er caput pendent ; sed, quoties 
ea decer[)ere conatur, rami vento moti recedunt. Alii 

• What is the accusative of the " thing " ? J 831 , R. 3, (6.) 
t What does Uiis ablative absolute deuote ? § 2o7. 

• § 224. / § 249, III. J § 206, (4.) 
»§231,a.2. '§236, R. 5. *5 271,R. 2. 

• $ 273, 2. * § 53.. « § 274, R. 6. 

< § 257. « § 145, U. I. " ^ 211, R. 5, (1.) 


mrrHOLOoT* 63 

saxum ejus capTti* iinpendere dicunt, cujus nmiam timeol 
perpetuo metu cruciatur. 

11. In nuptiis Pelei et Thetidis cxnnes dii mi^ti 
erant praster Discordiarn. Haec ira commota malum mi^t 
in medium, cui* inscripta erant verba: PtJchernma me 
haheto. Tum Juno, Venus et Minerva 31ud simul 
appetebant; magnaque inter eas discordia ^corta, Jupiter 
Mercurio^ imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami filium, 
duceret/ qui in monte Ida greges pascebat; hune earum 
litem dirempturum esse/ Huic' Juno, si se pulcherrvnam 
judicasset/ omnium terrarum regnum est pollicita; Mi- 
nerva ei splendTdam inter homines fiunam promisit ; 
Venus autem' Helenam,^ Ledae et Jora filiam, se' ei b 
conju^um dare^ spopondit. Paris, hoc dono* prioiibus* 
anteposito, Venerem pulchernmam esse judicavit. Postea 
Veneris hortatu Lacedsemonem ' ]m)fectus, Helenam con* 
jugi" suo" Menelao eripuit Hinc helium Trojanum 
originem cepit, ad quod tota feii Graecia, duce' Agamem- 
none, Menelai fratre, profecta est. 

I!i2. Tlietis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium 
suum cito periturum esse, si Greecorum exercitum ad 
Trojam sequeretur,' eum misit in insuiam Scyron, regique 
Lycomedi eommendavit. Ule eum muliSbri habitu ' inter 
filias suas servabat. Grseci autem quum audivissent eum 
ibi occultari,* unus edrum*" Ulysses, rex Itliacae, in regio' 
vestibulo mimera feminea' in calathiscis posuit, nmulqiie 

• § 224. * § 220. • § 257, R. 7. 

• § 223, R. 2. * § 239. ' § 247. ^ 

• § 273, 2. i § 272. « § 268. 
*« § 270, R. 2,(a.)&(6.)» § 257. ' § 212. 

• § 223. « § 237. • § 211 , R. 4, {a^ 
/ § 266,2,R.4. " § 234, R. 2. M 260, II. 

' \ 279, 3, (a.) & (c.) • § 208, (7.) 


elypeunf el hastam, mulieresque advocari jussiu* Qjam 
dum omnia contemplabantur, subilo tubicen cecinit; ^ua 
sono audito, Achilles anna .arripuit. Undo eum* vijrum' 
esse intellectum est* 

19. Quum totus' Graeconim exercitus Aulide' conye- 
nisset, adversa tempestas eos ob iram Dians retinebat 
Agamemnon enini/ dux illlus expediiionis, cervam deae' 
sacram'' vulneraverat, sup^iusque^ in Dianam loeutus 
erat. Is quum hanispices convocasset, responderunt/ 
iram^ de« expiari^ non posse, ni^i filiam suam Ipbige- 
niam ei immoldsset. Hanc ob causam Ulysses A^os 
{Hiofeetus mentitur Agamemnonero filiain Achiili in main- 
monium promisisse» Sic earn Aulidem ' abduxit. Ubi 
quum pater eam immolare vellet, Diana virginera miserala 
cervsm ei"* supposuit. Iphigenkm ipsam per nubes 
in terram Tauricam detiilit, ibique teropli sui sacerdolem " 
Tecit. . 

14. Troja ev^:sa, quum Gnsci domum'' redire vellent, 
ex Achillb tumulo vox dicitur fuisse . audita, quae Graecos 
raonebat, ne rordssimum virum sine hcmore relinquerent/ 
Quare Graeci Poljrxenam, Priami filiam, quae virgo fiiil 
ibrraoiassima, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt. 

15. PromeihaLS, lapeti fiiius, primus' homines ex luto 
finxit, iisque"" ignem e cgbIo in ferula attiilit, monstravit* 
que quomodo cinere obrutum servarent.** Ob hanc rem 
Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis ferreis 

.!■ I I ' ■■!■■ - ■«li m i 11 I. .. I I . M 

• § 273, 2. ' § 222, 3. * § 224. 
» § 269. * § 256, R. 9, &(a.) • § 230. 

• § 210. « § 209, R. 2, (1,) (6.) • § 237, R. 4. 

• § 279, 7, (a.) i § 266, 2. ' § 262. 
•§254. » §271. * §205,R.15. 
/ § 279,3 (a.>&(c.)' § 237. •" § 265. 

inrTHOLOG¥« 65 

aUi^vit ad saxum^ et aquilam ei' apposuit, qam cor 
exederet.^ Quantum vem interdiu exederat, temtiim nocte 
GcescSbat. Hanc aqu3ami insequenti tempore Hercules 
transfixit saglttis, Prometheumque liberavit. 

16. Pluto, mferorum deus, a Jove firatre petebat/ ut 
sittt PioserpTnam, Jovb et Cereris filiam, in matrimonium 
daret. Jupiter negavlt quidem Cererem'' passuram esse, 
ut filia in ten&ris Tartiii moraretur ;' sed firatri permiisit, 
ut earn, s^ posset, raperet/ Quare Proserpmam, in nemore 
Ennas in Sicilia flores legentem, Pluto quadrlgis ex terras 
hiatu proveniens rapuit. 

17. Ceres quum nesciret ubi filia esset/ earn per 
totum orbem terrarum quaeslvit. In quo idnere ad 
Celeum venit, regem Eleusiniorum, cujus uxor Metanira 
puerum Triptolemum pepererat, rogavitque ut se tanquam 
nutfkem in domum reciperent/ Quo facto, quum Ceres 
alumnum suum immortalem reddere vellet, eum interdiu 
lacte divuio alebat, noctu clam igne obruebfit. Itaque 
liiirum in modum crescebat. Quod quum mirarentur 
parentes, earn observaverunt. Qui quum viderent Cere- 
rem puerum in ignem niittere,* pater exclamavit. Turn 
dea Celeum exanimavit; Triptolemo autem currum dra- 
conibus' junctum tribuit, frugesque mandavit, quas per 
orbem terrarum vectus disseminaret.' - 

18. Althasa, Thestii filia, ex (Eneo peperit Meleagrum. 
El Parcae ardentem titionem dederunt, praefantes^ Melea- 
grum tam diu victurum,* quam diu is titio foret' mcolumia 

• §224. 

» § 264, 5. 

• § 145, 11 1. 
«» § 230. 

• § 273, 4. 
/ § 2(i5. 

' § 273, 2. 

* $ 272, R. 5. 

« §223. 
J § 274, 2. 
» § 270, R. a 
< § 2G6.3. 


Hunc** haque Althaea diligenter in area clausum serviTit. 
[ntcrim Dia^a QBneo* irata quia ei sacra annua aon 
fecerat, aprum mira magnitudine ^ misit, qui agnim Caly- 
donium vastaret/ Quem Meleager cum juvenibus'' e% 
omni Gnecia delectis interfecit, pellemque ejus Atalant» 
donaviu Cui* quum Althaes fratres earn eripere veilent, 
ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui avunculos oockiit. 
Turn Althasa, gravi ira^ in filium commdta, dtiraiem 
ilium' fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic Meleilger periit 
At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insoIabiHter lugent, in aves 
mutatae sunt. 

19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter in 
taurum mutatus Sidone ^ Cretam transvexit, et ex e& pro* 
creavit Min5em, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum. Hanc 
ut reducerent Agenor filios suos midt, conditione addita, 
ut nee ipsi redirent,f nbi sor5rem invenissent.' Hohrni 
unus, Cadmus nomine/ quum erraret, Delphos* yeniti 
iblque responsum accepit, bo\rem praecedentem sequeretur;' 
ubi ille decubuisset,' ibi urbem conderet.^ Quod quum 
faceret,"* in Boeotiam venit. Ibi aquam" qusrens ad 
fontem Castalium draconem invenit, Martis filium, qui 
aquam custodiebat."" Hunc Cadmus interfecit, dentesque 
ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti enati sunt. Pugnft 
inter illos exorta, quinque superfuerunt, ex quibus quinque 
nobiles Theban5rum stirpes originem duxerunt. 

»■ ■■ ■! ■'■ - I... II I I I .1 I ■ .11 — ■■ ■» 

* Supply titUhiem* 

t On what proposition does this subjunctive depend ? § 257, R. 1. 

I Connected to sequeretur by et understood. § 278, R. 6. 

• § 222,3. / § 347, E. 2. » § 237. 

» § 211, R. 6. ' § 207, R. 24. < § 2G2, R. 4. 

• § 264, 5. * § 255. " § 145, II. 

• § 249, III. « § 266, 1. • § 274, 1. 

• § 224, R. 2. / § 250. 

icrruoLOGx* 57 

;.80. Qaum Bacdiuss Jovis ex Semele Gligs^ exepcituni 
iB^Indiam duceret, Silenus ab aginine aberravit. Quern* 
Midas, rex Mygdoniae, hospitio* liberaliter accepit, eique 
ducem dedit, qui eufn ad Bacchum reducereU* Ob boQ 
beneficium Bacchus Midae optionem dedit, ut quicquid 
vellqt' a se peteret* Ille.petiit, ut quidquid tetigisset* 
aurum fieret,'* Quod quum impetrassetj* quidquid tetige-r 
];at aurum fiebat. Prinio gavisus est liac virtute' sua ; 
mox intellexit nihil-'' ipsi hoc munera' perpiciosius esse^ 
Nam etiam cibus et potio in aurum nmtabatur/ Quiun 
jam fame cruciarelur, petit a Baccho, ut donum suum 
jevocareU* Quern ^ Bacchus jussit in flumme Pactolo se 
abluere, quumque aquam tetigisset, (acta* est colore' 

21. Schoeneus Atalantam dliani ronnosissiinain dicitur 
habuisse, quae cursu viros superalal."* Haec quum ^ 
plurjbus" in conjugium peterelur^ pater ejus conditioneir^ 
proposuit, ut, qui earn ducere vellet,* . prius cui-su cum ea 
eontenderet ; ** si victus essejt,* occidereiur/ M ultos quum 
superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippoinene victa 
est. Hie enim a Venere tria mala aurea acceperat. Dum 
currebant, hoiura unum post aherum projecit, iisque* Ata- 
lantam cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala coUigit, Hipi)om- 
enes ad roetam pervenit. Huic itac^ue Schoeneus filiam 
uxorem dediu Quam quum in patriam duceret, oblltus 
Veneris beneficio se vicisse,* grates ei non egit. Hanc 

* Why is this verb in the subjunctive ? 

•§206,(17.) /§272. » §209, R. 2,(1,) (5.) 

» §247. » § 256,2. ' § 211, R. 6. 

« § 266, 1. * § 209, H. 12, (2.) « § H5, H. 1. 

< § 262. « § 258, 1. 2, R. U • § 248, 1. 

•§247,1,(2.) M273,2. «§ 268,2. 


ob* causam Hippomenes mutatus est in leGnem, Atalanta 
iii lesnam. 

22. Nbus, rex Megarensium, in capite crinem purpura- 
um habuisse dlcltur, eique pnedictuni* fuit, tam diu eum 
regnatuium/ quam diu eum . crinem custodisset/ Hunc 
Minos, rex Cretensium, beilo' aggressus est. Qui quum 
urbeni Megaram oppugnaret, Scylia, Nisi filia, amore ejus 
compta est, et, ut ei victoriam pararet,*^ patri' dormientt 
fatalem crinem praecidit. Ita Nisus a Minoe victus et 
occisus est. Quum autetn Minos in Cretam redlret/ 
Scylia eum rogavit, ut earn secum avekeret/ Sed ille 
negavk Cretam tantum scelus* esse i-ecepturam* Turn 
ilia se'in mare praccipitat, navemque persequitur. Nisus 
in aqiiTlam marinam conversus est, Scylia in piscem, quern 
Cirim vocant.* Hodieque, siquando ilia avis hunc pisceni 
conspexcril/ mittit se in aquam, raptumque unguibus 

23. Ainphlon, Jo vis et Antiopes Glius, qui Thebas 
muris cinxit, Nioben, Tantali filiam, in matrimonium 
duxit. Ex qua procreavit filios septem totidemque filias* 
Quern partum Niobe Ijatons liberis anteposuit, super- 
btus(]ue* locuta est in Apollinem et Dianam. Ob id 
Apollo filios ejus venantes sagittis interiecit, Diana autem 
filias.' Niobe liberis"' orbala in saxum mutata esse dicitur, 
ejusque . lacrj'mae bodieque manare narrantur. Ampkion 
autem, quum templum Ai)ollinis expugnare veilet, ab 
A{K)inne sagittis est interfectus. 

* I'lie crime for the criminal. § 3S24, 2. 

• § 279, 10, (a.) / § 258, 2. / § 2fi0. 

» § 205, R. 8, («.) » § 224. * § 2r.6,B.9,&C«-) 

• § 270, R. 3. » § 145, II. 4. ' § 220, R. 3, 1. 

• § 21)6, 1. • § 230. * § 251. 

• \ 247. 


24. Phineus,* Agenoris filius, ab, Apollme futurarum* 
reruni scientiam acceperat. Quum vero iiominibus deoiiun 
consilia enuntiaret,* Jupiter eum excaecavit^ et immlsit 
ei* Harpyias/ quae Jovis canes esse dicuntur, ut cibiun 
ab ore ei* auferrent. Ad qiiem quum Argonauts venis- 
sent, ut euin iter^ rogarent/ dixit se* Ulis iter denionstra- 
tfinini esse,* si eum [Kidtid.^ liberarent. Turn Zetes et . 
Calais, Aquilonis filii, qui pennas in capite et in pedib'us 
hubuisse * dicuntur, Harpyias fugaverint in insulas Stropb« 
adas, et Phineum poena -^libemnmt. 

* What docs Uiii ini]»erlbct tense dcQofo ? ~ 
• i '^M. ' § ?K>d.2, and (3.) i J S»l. 




1. Thales inteiTogatus* an (acta hoimhum deos* late*- 
rent,* respondit, ne* cogitataf quidem. 

2. Solon, qui Atheniensibus leges scripsit, dicebat nem- 
inem/ dum viveret/ beatum haberi posse, quod om- 
nes ad ultimum usque diem ancipTti fortune obnGxii 

3. Pythagoras philosophi tanta fuit apud discipiSdB 
suos auctoritas, ut, quae ab eo audi\dssent/ ea in dubi- 
tationem addu6ere non auderent. Rogati autem* ut 
causam redderent' eorum, quae dixissent/ respondebant, 
Ipswfn diaisse.^ Ipse autem erat Pythagoras. 

4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus,* quum patriam 
Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fiigeret, 
inlerrogatus, cur niliil ex bonis* suis secum ferret/ E^ 
rcrd,* respondit, bona mea mecum porto omnia, 

5. Democritus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliqu&at, 

omne fere patrimoniufn'' suum civibus donavit, ne* 

— ^— — ■"-^"^.^^^— ^'— ^-^^■^^^— ■ ■^— — ^^^ 

* What is tlie accusative after interrogdius f § 234, 1. 
t Supply latent: 

• § 232, (2.) • § 266^2. « § 212, R. 2, N. 4. 

ft § 2G5. / § 266, 1. i § 100, 6. 

« § 279, 3, & (rf.) ' § 273, 2. » § 262. 

<§239. * §268,2. « §266,3. 


domesticarum rerum cura a philosophise studio avoca- 

6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bona sua inter Thebanos 
divisit, niliil sibi servans pi^ter peram et baculum. Haec 
enim Cynicorum instrumenta erant. A quo consilio quum 
amici et propinqui eum avocare studererit, eos correpto 
baculo* fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbitratus, quam ab 
omnibus cui-is* vacuum* uni philosophise operam dare.* 

7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqua peregrinatione sci- 
entisB'' augendae causa suscepta in patriam rediisset, agros- 
que suos neglectos et desertos yideret, Non essem,* inquit, 
salons, nisi ista^ periissent* . 

8. Cameades usque ad extremara senectam nunquam 
cessavit a philosophise studio. Saepe ei accidit,t ut, quum 
cibi'* capiendi caus& accubuisset, cogitationibus' inhaerens 
manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur.* 

9. Idem adversiis Zenonem StoTcum scripturus caput 
helleboro purgabat,* ne corrupli humores sollertjam et acur 
men mentis impedii'ent.^ 

10. Anaxagoras philosophus, morte* filii audita, vultu 
niliii ^ immutato dixit : Sciebam me mortalem genuisse. 

11. Archytas Tarentinus, quum ab itinere reversus 
agros suos villici socordia neglectos videret, Gravtter it 
castigarem* inquit, nisi iratus essem* 

,12. Plato quoque, quum in serviim vehementifisj exar- 

* Supply homlnem or sb. § 269, R. 1. 

t What is the sabject of occirft^ t 

X What peculiar meaning has tliis comparative ? § 256, R. 9, (a.) 

•§257. V§2C1, 1. * 5H5, II. 1. 

» § 213, R. 4, (4.) / § 207, R. 25. / § 2G3. - 

•§278. '§224. *§234. II. 

< § 275, III., R. I. * § 262, R. 3. 



sissety veritus ne*" vindicUB niodtim expederet, Speusigpo* 
adstanti mandavit, ut de Llllus poena scatueret/ . , ., 

13. IderiL discendi ^ cupiditate' ductus ^gyptum p^i^ 
gravit, et a sacerdotibus ilUus regionis geonietriam et as- 
tionomiain didicit, Ideni in Italiam trajecit^ ut ibi Py- 
thagorae pliUosophiam et instituta disceret. 

14. Atiieni^ises Socratem daninaverunt^ quod noygs 
deos introducere videbatur. Protagoram quoque*^ pbilqsQ- 
plium, qui ausus' fuerat scriberie, se ignofare an dii essent,^ 
Athenienses etx urbe pepuierunt. 

15. XantMppe^ Socratis uxor, morosa admodum fuisae 
fertur.- Quam ejus indoletn quuin perspexisset Alcibiades, 
Scx;ratem interrogavit, quid esset^^ quod niulierem tain 
acerbain et jurgiosam non exigeret* domo/ Turn ille, 
. Qiiontom, iaquit, dwn illam domi* perpetioff instieaco, ut 
cctarm'um quoque foris petulantiam et mjwias faciliu! 

. 16f. Xonddrates.^fthilosophus, quum maledicorum qiio- 
rundam sermpni' interesset^ neque quidquam ipse loqup- 
relur,"*. .bterrogatus, cur solus taceret,* respondit: ^yia 
i^3cis9^* mx^ aliquando pcmituit^ iacuisse'' nunquam. 

17. Hegesias philosophus jn disputationibus suis mala 
et cruciatus vitae tarn vividis coloribus repnesentabat, ut 
multi, qui eum audiverant,'' sponte se occiderent. Quare 
a Ptolemaeo* rege ulterius hb de rebus disserere est pro* 



* 5 278. 

» § 223, K.% 

'^ $265. 

* § 215, imd R. 

• § 273, 2. 

« §264,7,N.3. 

• §229,R.6. 

*» § 975, III., R. 1. 

S i255,R. 1. 

9 §145,V. 

• § 247, R. 2, (6.) 

* §2Sa,R.3. 

t § 248, 1. 

/ § 279, 3, & (rf.) 


ANECt>(E)TCd or tHINfSNT P£BS01f6. 


18. Gorgkc Leontuio;* qui e oquentia* et eniditiwe 
omnes' sus statis homined -duptrare existimabatur, un*- 
tetak Grsecia in templo ApoUInia Delphki atatuam auream 
cbllocavit. - 

19. Idem, quum annum centesmium septunum ageret, 
interrogatus, qua propter tarn diu v^et'' in vita femanere, 
respondit : * Qida nihil hdbeoy quod senedSiem meant ^tccu' 

20. Illustrissimi saepe viri liumQi locb'^ nati fuenmt. 
Socrates, quern oraculum Apolimis dapientlssimum ofxini- 
um hominum' judicavit, obstetrieis filius ftiit. -Euripides, 
poeta tragicus, matrem babuit, qu^ oiera venditabat; et 

'Demostlienis, oratoiis elbquentissimi, patrem cultellos ven- 
didisse^ narrant. ~ 

21. Homerus, princeps pbetarum 6raec6rum, dolure 
absumptus esse creditur, qtiod qufestioiiem ft piscatoribus 
ipsi propositam solvere non posset.' 

22. Sbnonldes, poeta praestantissimus, glori&tiir in quo- 
dam poemate, se^ octoginta annos** natum in eertamen 
musicum descendisse et victorlain tnde retuiisse. Idon 
aliquandiu vixit apiid Hipparehum, Pisistrad (ilium, A the- 
narum tyrannum. Inde Syracusas se contulit ad Hieronem 
regem, cum quo familiariter vixisse dicTtur. Primus'- car- 
mina statuto pretio" scripsit ; quare eum Musam 'vena^em 
reddldisse dicunt. 

23. Quum ^schj'lus Atheniensis, qui parens" tragoe- 
diae dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur, ibique in loco aprico 

< § 205, a. 15. 
" § 358. 
" § 810, 




' § 212. 

• § 270, 7, («.) 

* § 279, 11 


« § 266,3. 


i §272. 


sederet, aqu3a teHUidinem glabro ejus, capiti'' inmnisib, 
quod pro saxo habult. Quo ictu ille exstinotus ^t. 
: 24. Euripides, qui et ipse jiiagnum inter ppetas tragi* 
cos nomen habet, a coena domum rediens a canibvis lac^ca^ 
tus est. 

25. Atlienienfos quondam ab Euripide postuldbanty nl 
ex tragosdia sententiain quandam^ tqUeret, Ille autpm in 
scenani pmgressus dixit, se fabulas componere solere,.ut 
populum doceret,. npn ut a popub disceret. 

26. Phiiippides, conooediarum scriptor, quuni ip poctSr 
rum certamiive pra^ter spera vicisset,* et ilia victoria ii»- 
pense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repente exstinctus est. 

27. Pindarusj j)oeta Thebanus, ApoUini gratissimus 
fuisse dicilur^ Quai-e s^pe a sacerdotlbus in tenipluin 
Delplucuin ad cceiiam yocabatur, pai^que ei tribuebatur 
dpnonirn,'* quae sacrificantes' deo obtulerant. Ferunt etiaD^i 
Paua^ Piiidari liyninis' tantopere fuisse laetatuni, ut eos 
m montibus el. silvis caneret. Quum . Alexandjer, rex 
Macedonia:, Thelias diriperet, unius Findai'i domo* et faJDi^- 
liaj pepercil. 

. 28. Diogenes Cynlcus Myndum profectus, quuni vider 
ret magnificas portas et urbem exiguain, Myndios inonuit^ 
ut jwrtj^sclaudereni,* ne urbs egrederetjur. 

29. Demostlienes Adieniensis incredibili studio et labore 
eo }>ervenit, ut, quuni-' niulti eura ingenio* parum valere 
existiniarent, onmes aetatis suae oratores superaret elor 
quentia. Nun(|uam tauien ex tempore dicebat, neque in 
conciune volebat assurgere, nisi rem, de qua ageretur,' 

• § 224. • § 205, R. 7, (1.) * § 218, R. 2, 

» § 207, R. 33, (a.) / § «}, 1. -^ § 2C3, 5, R, 1. 

• § 203, 5. ' § 247, 1, (2.) * J 250. 

• § 212 * § 223,.R. % « 5 !^I, 1 


iWTurate antea meditatus esset.* Unde plerique eum 
timidum esse existiniabant. Sed in hac re Periclis con- 
suetudinem imitabatur, qui non facile de quaque re dicere, 
nee existimationem suam fortunx committere solebat. 

30. Pericles in concionem iturus, quum animo perpen- 
deret, quantum periculi^ inconsiderate dicta* hominTbus 
afferrent, solebat precari a diis,** ne quod ipsi* verbum 
impnidenti excideret, quod reipublicae ofBcere posset.^ 

31. Minos, Cretensium rex, saspe se m speluncam 
quandam conferebat, ibfque se cum Jove coUoqui legesque 
ab eo accipere dicebat. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedaemoniis' 
persuasity se leges suas ab ApoIIine didicisse. 

32. Quum L}xurgus, Lacedaemoni5rum legblator, Del- 
phb* in templum Apollinb intrasset, ut a deo* oraculum 
petei-et, Pythia eum his verbis allocuta est: Nesdo tttrum* 
deus ah homo appellandus sis ; sed deus^ pottos viderts esse* 
' 33. Leonidas, rex Lacedaemoni5rum, quum Persae dice- 
Tentur sagittaiiim multitudine solem obscuraturi, respondisse 
fertur : Melius itaqm in umbra pugnaKmus, 

34. Cyrus omnium suorum militum nomma meraoria 
tenebat. IMitliridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et viginti 
gentium, quae sub regno ejus erant, linguas ita didicerat, 
ut cum omnibus, quibus imperabat, sine interprete loqui 

35. Themistocles bterroganti,^ utrum' Achilles esse 
mallet, an Homerus,^ respondit: Tu vero maUesne te in 
Olympvco certamme victorem renantiarij^ an praco esst^ 
qui victorum nomlna proclamat 1 

•§260, II. '§224, R. 1. <§265,R.2. 

» § 212, R. 3. / § 2G6, 1. ^ § 210. 

* § 205, R. 7, (2.) ' § 223, R. 2. * § 205, R. 7, (1.) 

* § 2:U, R. 2, & 8, (6.) * § ^4. ' § 2n. 



36. Epaminondas, Thebanorum imperator, in bello z6r 
versus Lacedaenionios, animos suorum reiigione excitan-* 
dos* ratus, arma in templis afRxa uocte detraxit, persua- 
sitque niilitibus, quum ilia abesse^ viderent^ decs iter suum 
sequi/ iit ipsis' pjtBiiantibus adessent* 

37. Idein in pugna ad Mantineam graviter vubieratus 
est. Quum animam recepisset, intervogavit circumstantes 
amicos, an clypeus salvus esset;'' deinde, an liostes fusi 
essenU llli utrumque affirmaverunt. Tuiti demum 
haslam e corpore educi jussit. Quo facto* statim exspi* 

38. Epaminondas tanta (bit abstinenUa-^ et integritate, 
ut post plurima bella, quibus Thebandrum potentiam 
incredibiliter' auxerat, nihil in supellectlli haberet prseter 
ahenum et veru. 

39. Lysander, dux Lacedaemoniorum, niilitem quendam 
via'^ egressutn castigabat. Cui dicenti, ad nuHius rei rapi* 
nam se ab agmine reccssisse, respondit: iVe' spedem gui^ 
dem raptari^ jfrabtas^ volo. 

40. Iphicrates, dux Atheniensium, quum prssidio teneret 
Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse vigilias circuni- 
iret, vig3em, quern doonientem invenerat, hasta transtixit. 
Quod factum' quibusdam' ei"" ut ssvum expiobrantibus, 
^lalefn' inveni, inquit, takm reUqui. 

41. Quum quidam Thrasybuk), qui civitatem Athe- 
niensium a tyrannorum dominatione liberavit, dixisset: 
QmiUas tibi gratias Atluna debent ! ille respondit : Dii 

• § 270, R. 3. 

/§2n,R. 6. 

» § 273, 4, («,) 

» § 272. 

' § 192, II. a. 

« § 274, 1. 

• § 224. 

» § 242. 

"§§223 and 274. 


• § 279, 3. 

• § 206, (10.) 

• k 257. 

/ § 205^ R. 7, (1) 


faeiarU,'' ut quantas^ ipse patria debeo gratias^ tantas ei 
videar' retulisse, 

.42. Pbiltppus^ rex Macedonum, monentOnis eum quir 
busdam, ut Pythiam quendam caveret/ fortem militem, 
sed ipsi' alienatum, quod tres filias »gre aleret/ nee a 
rege adjuvaretur, dixisse fertur: Qiddl' n partem cot* 
poris habcrem^ agramj absdnd&rem poiiuSy an curareml 
E^iiide Pythiam ad se vocatuniy accepta difGoultate tei 
domesticae, jiecunia' instnixit. Quo feoto nullum rex 
militem Pytbia^ fidelidrem habuit* 

43. Mulier qusdam ab eddem Pbilippo, quum a con- 
vivip temulentus* recederet, damnata, A Philippo, inquit, 
temulento ad PhUippum sobrivm provoco. 

44. Pliilippus, rex Macedonian, prsedicare' sdebat, se 
oratoribus Atheniensium maximam gratiam habere." 
Nam cmividis suis, inquit, ejfftdunt, xU quoiidie meUor* 
emdaniy dum eos dictis* factuqve mendacii^ arguere 

45. Ejusdem regis eplstola fertur scripta ad Aristotelem 
pbilosophum, qua filium sibi ' natum esse nuntiavit. Erat 
ilia epistola verbis concepta fere his : FiJium mihi ' gern^ 
turn esse scitoJ Qiunl ' equldem diis haheo gratiam : rum 
tarn qttod nattis esty quam quod ei contigit nasci temporir 
bus vita tiue, Sjtero enim fore,* ut a te educatus et 
emditus dignus evddat et nobis"* et rebttSy quas ipsi 
rdicturi symus. 

• § 2(i0, n. R. 6. 

» § 261, 1. 

• §247. 

» § 206, (16.) 

* § 249. 

P § 217. 

* § 273, 1. 

J § 256, 2. 

» § 223. 

' § 273, 2. 

* § 128, 4. 

•• § 162, 4. 

• § 224, R. 3. 

« § 271. 

• §206,(14.) 

/ § 266, 3. 

-§ 272. 

« § 268, R. 4, (b,) 


" § 210, R. 1. 



46. Alexand^ Macedo, Philippi filius, quum puer a 
pncceptore suo audivisset innumerabBes mundos esse, 
Heu me* mtsemsR, bqutt, qtd ne tmo^ qmdtm adhue 
fotitiu sum! 

47. Quum Alexander quondam Macedonum quonin- 
dam benevoIenUam hirgittonibus silu conciliare conatus 
esset, PhiKppus eum hb verbis increpiiit: Sperasne ea$ 
tibi* fidcles esse futurosy quos pecunia tUn conciHaveris?* 
Scito a mar em rwn awro end sed viritttibus. 

48. Alexandro' Macedom, Asia^ debeUata, CorinthS 
per legatos' gratulati sunt, regemque civitate* sua dona* 
venint. Quod officn genus quum Alexander risisset, 
unus ex legatjs, JVu/K ism^om, inquh, cimtaiem dedtmus 
aUi quam tibi* et HercuK. Quo aucRto, Alexander hono- 
rem sibi delatum lubentissime accepit. 

49. Quum Alexander Graeciae popufis' imperasset, ut 
divinos ips} honores decemerent,^ Lacedannonn his verbis 
utebantur: Quoniam Alexfmdtr deus esse voluiiy esio^ 
deus ; IjaconTca brevitate regis notantes vecordiam. 

50. Lysimachus, rex Thraciae, Theodorum Cyrenaeum, 
virum Iibertatis' amantissimum et regiac dominationi * infes- 
tum, eruci aflfigi jussit. Ctn f))e, Htgvs modi mimsy in- 
quit, purpurdtos tuos terreasJ* MecT qmdem nihil* 
interest y humlne ^ an sublvm piirescam. 

51. Mausolus, rex Cariae, Artemisiam habuit conju- 
gem. Haec, Maus5lo defuncto, ossa cineremque mariti 

• § 238, 2. 

' § 247, R. 4. 

» §213. 

» § 245, 1. 

» § 249, I. 

* § 260, R. a 

• § 222, 3. 

< §278. 

* § 210, R. 1. 

' § 2G6, 2. 

/ § 273, 2. 

* § 219, R. 5. 

• § 223, R. 2. 

* §267. 

f § 221, !., R. 8. 



contusa et odorTbus* mixta cum aqua potabaU Extruxit 
^uoque, ad conservandani ejus memoriam, sepulcrum Ulud 
nobilissTmum, ab ejus nomine appellatum, quod inter sep- 
tem orbis terraruin miracula numeratur. Quod quum 
Mausoli manibus dicaret, certamen instituit, pnemiis 
amplissTrnis ei proposltis, qui defunctum regem optime 

, , 52» Dionysius, qui a patre Syracusarum et paene totlus 
Siciliae tymnnidem acceperat, senex patria' pulsus Corin- 
ihi Z* pueros litteras dcx^uit/ 

53. Mitlmdates, rex Ponti, saepe venenum hauserat, ut 
sibi a clandestiais cavcret insidiis. Hiiic factum est, ut 
quum a Pornpeio superatus mortem sibi consciscere vellet, 
ne velocissima quidera venena ei nocerent/ 

54. Quum Gyges, rex Lydiae dilissimus, omculum 
ApolUnis interrogaret, an quisquam morialium' se esset* 
Felicior, deus, Aglauiri quendam Psophidium feliciorem, 
pnedicavit. Is autem eral Arcadum paupenimus, parvuli 
agelli possessor, cujus terminos quamvis senex nunc|uam 
<;xcesserat, fructTbus* et voluptalibus angusti ruris conteutus. 

55. Pyrrlius, rex . Epiri, quum in Italia esset, audivit, 
Tarentinos quosdam juvenes in convivio parum lionorifice 
lie se locutos esse. Eos igilur ad se arcessitos percunc- 
tatus est, an dixissent* ea, quae ad aures suas pervenissent.* 
Tum unus ex his,^ Nisi, inquit, vimijn nobis defecisset, 
multo* etiam plura et graviora in te locuturi erdmusJ 
Haec criminis excusatio iram regis in risum convQptit. 

* Why is this verb in the subjunctive ? 

•§245,11.2. « §231. * §266,1. 

* § 266, 3. / § 262, R. 3. > § 212, N. 4. 

* § 251. « § 212. * § 256, R. 1& 

* § 221, 1. * § 244. * § 274, R. U. 


56. Marsyas, frater Antigoni, regis Maccdoniae, quum 
causam haberet cuni.privato quodain, fralrem rogavit, ut 
de ea domi cognosceret. At ille, In foro potius,* inquit. 
Nam si culj)d * vacas, injiocenda tua iln melius ajpparlhit ; 
sin damnandus es, nostra jusiiiia.* 

57. Clara sunt apud Catanenses nomloa fratruni Anapi ^ 
et' Ainphinorni,* qui patrem et ipatrem humeris per 
medios* igne$ ^tnae portarunt, eosque cum vitae suae peric- 
ulo e flainmis eripucrunt. 

58. Spartanus quidam quum rideretur, quod claudus in 
puguaui irei* At mthi,* inquiij jfugndre/ non fugere est 

59. -S}>aitanus quidam In magistratiis petitione ab aemS- 
lis viclus, inaximaB sibi lajtitiae esse,' dixit, quod patria sua* 
se' melir»res elves habcrel.^ 

60. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in uno pede stare 
didicenil, I^ce<ln;monio cuidam dixisset, se non arbitrari 
TJaced<euionionim ^ quffmninu] tnmdiu /idem facere posse^ 
ille res|>oncfil : At nnscres te * diutius, 

*l6l. Diagoras Khodius, quum ti-es ejus filii in ludis 
01ym|)icis victon^ renunliati essent, tanto affectus est 
gaudio,* ut in ipso stadio, inspectante populo, in filiorum 
ihanTbus animam redderet. 

"62. Scij)io Africanus nunquam ad negotia publTca acce- 
debat, antequam in tempio Jovis precatus esset.' 

63. Scij)io dicei*e solebat, hosii non solum dandam** 

* What is to be supplied? 

• § 250. / § 2(59. > § 212. 

» § 2()4, R. 10. ' § 227. * § 249, 1. 

• § 205, R. 17. « 5 208, (1.) ' § 263, 3. 

*• § 206, 3. . ' • § 256, 2. * § 274, R. 8. 

• § 224. 


esse viam fugiendi, sed etiam rauniendam. Similiter 
Pyrrhus, rex Eplri, fugienti hosli* pertinaciter instandum 
esse^ negabat; non solum, ne ibrtius ex necessitate 
resisteret,* sed ut postea quoque facilius acie*^ cederet, 
ratus victores fugientibus non usque ad perniciem instatu- 
ros esse. 

64. Metellus Pius, in Hispania bellum ^erens intenp- 
gatus, quid postero die facturus esset?**^ Tunlcam meam, 
inquit, n id' eloqui posset y* combwrerem* 

65. L. Mummiusi qui, Corintho capta, totam Italiam 
tabulis' statuisque exomavit, ex tantis manubiis-^ nihil ia 
suum usum convertit, ita ut, eo defiincto, non esset* unde 
ejus filia dotem acciperet.' Quare senatus ei ex publico 
4ptem decrcvil. 

66. Scipio Africanus major Ennii poets imaginera in 
^epulcro gentis Cpmeliae collocari jussit, quodf Scipioniun 
re^ gestas carminTbus suis illustraverat. 

67. M. Cato, Catonis Censorii filius, in acie cadente 
equo prolapsus, quum se recollegisset^* animadyertissetque 
gladium excidisse^ vagina,* rediit^ in hostem : acceptisque 
aliquot vulneribus, recuperato demum gladio ad .suos 
reversus est. 

i68. Q. Metellus Macedonlcus b Hispania qvinque 
cohortes, quae hostibus* cesserant, testamentum facere 
jussas ad locum' recuperandum misit ; mmatus eos 
nonnisi post victoriam receptum in. . 

* Why is this verb in the subjunctiye .^ . . 

t Is the writer answerable for the Talidity of this reason ? § 266, S. 

•§284.. •§241), I. *§342. 

» § 239, R. 3.. / § 212, N. 4. / $ 182, R, 3. 

« § 255, R. 3, (fl.) & (6.) » § 264, 6, &R. 3. » § 223. 

< § 261, 1. M 9^> 2. < \ 275, III. R.3. 


69. Publius Decius consul,* quum in bello contiB 
Latinos Romanorum acieni cedentem videret, caplte pro 
reipiiblTcae salute devoto, in medium liostlum agmen irruit, 
^i magna strage edila plurimis lelis obrutus cecidit. Haec 
ejus mora Romunorum aciem restituit, iisque victoriam 

70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus liberavit, 
filios suos, qui Tarquihium regeni expulsum reslituere 
conati erant, ipse capitis' damnavit, eosque virgis caesos 
securi' percuti jussit/ 

" 71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unTcum, juve- 
nein sunimae pietatis* el magnae spei, morte ainisisset, 
dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis protenus 
curiam peteret, ibi(]ue muneris sui negolia strenue obiret. 

72. In bello Romanonim cum Perseo, ultimo Mace- 
doniae Tege, accTdit,-^ ut serena nocte subito luna deficeret. 
Haec res ingentem apud" milites terrorem excitavit, qui 
existimabanl hoc omine futuram cladem portendi.* Turn 
vero Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo exercitu, in concione 
milltum causam bujus rei tam diserte exposuit, ut postcro 
die omnes intrepTdo animo pugnam committerent. 

73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insi^iem foititudlnem 
aj^ppjlatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse is dicilui 
centum el viginti proeliis ;' cicatricem aveream nullam 
advei-sas quinque et quadraginta tulisse ; coronis* esse 
donatus aureis duodeviginti, obsidionali una, muralTbus 
Irihus, civicis qualuordecim, torquibus tribus et octoginta, 
annillis plus centum sexaginta, haslis duodeviginti. Phal- 

• What time is denoted by this verb ? § 268. 

• § !27!), 9, (o.) << § 273, 2. ' § 254, R. 3.. 
» § 217, R. 3, (o.) • § 211, R. 6. » § 249, 1. 

• § 79, 2, and b2, E. 2. / § 262, R. 3. 


eris idem donatus est quinquies viciesque. Triumpfaavit 
cum imperatoribus suis triumphos' novem. 

74. Hannibalem in Italiam pio6ciscentem tria raillia^ 
Carpetandrum reliquerunt. Quorum exemplum ne ceteri 
quoque barbari sequereotur, edixit eos a se esse dimissos, 
et insuper in fidem ejus rei .alios etiam, quorum fides ipsi' 
suspecta erat, domuim remisit. 

75. Hannibal quum elephantQS compellere non posset, 
ut pnealtum flumen translrent, nequ& rates haberet, quibus 
eos trajiceret/ jussit fercx^issimum elephantorum sub aure 
vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerasset/ se in flumen conjicere 
illudque tranare. Tum elephantus exasperatus ad perse- 
quendum doloris sui .auctorem tranavit amnem/ ct reliqui 

quoque eum secuti sunt. • 

I II " ■ " ... ■ ■ ' ■ . ■ . , . 

• I 232, (1.) • § 22a, 3. • § sec, 2l 

. » § 118, 6, & (a.) ' § 204,5. / § 2a3 




1. AjTTKiiussiMis tempoiibus Saturous in Italiam 
venisse dicitur. Ibi baud procul a Janiculo aicem 
condidit, eamque Satumiam appellavit. Hie Italos pi^ 
mus'* agriculturam docuit.^ 

2. Postea Latmus in illis regionibus imperavit* Sub 
hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc ^neas, Anchl- 
sae filius, cum multis Trojanis/ quibus' femim GnBcorum 
pepercerat, aufugit^ et in Italiam perv^it. Ibi Latinus 
rex ei benigne recepto filiam Laviniam in matrimonium 
dedit. iCneas urbem condidit, quam in hondrem conjugb 
Lavinium' appellavit. 

3. Post iEnee mortem Ascanius, JEnes filius, reg- 
num accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum transtulit, 
urbemque condidit in monte Albano, eamque Albam' 
Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui 
post JEaem mortem a Lavinia genitus erat. Ejus 

• § 205, R. 15. • § 249, III. • $ 230. 

M 231. ' § 223, R. 2. 

LIBER I. 75 

posten oinnes usque ad Romam conditam* Albte^ regna- 

4. Unus horum regum, Romulus Silvius, se Jove' 
majdrem esse dicebat/ et, quum tonaret, milHIbus impe- 
ravit, ut elypeos hastis percuterenty dicebatque bunc 
sonum multo claridrem esse quam tonitru. Fulmine 
ictus/ et in Albanum lacum prscipitatus est. 

5. Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, duos filios reliquit 
Nuraitorem-^ et Araulium/ Horum minor' natu,* Amu- 
lius, fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere vellet/ 
an bona, quae pater reliquisset/ Numitor patema bona 
praetiilit ; Amulius regnum obtinuit. 

6. Amulius, ut regnum firmisslme possideret, Numlto- 
ris fiiium per insidias interemit, et filiain fratris Rheam 
Siiviam Vest^fem virginem fecit; Nam liis Vesiae sacer- 
dotibus non licet viro* nubcre. Sed haec a Marte geminos 
^ios Romulum et Remum peperit* Hoc' quum Amu- 
lius comperisset, matrem in vincula conjecit, pueros autem 
in Tiberim abjici jussit. 

7. Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se effiiderat, et, quum 
pueri in vado essent positi, aqua refluens eos in sicco*^ 
reliquit. Ad e5rum vagitum lupa accurrit, eosque uberi- 
bus suis aluit. Quod' videns Faustulus - quidam, pastor 
ilUus regionis, pueros sustulit, et uxori Accse Laurentis 
nutriendos"* dedit. 

8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastores 

• § 274, R. 5. 
» § 221. 

• § 256, 2. 

4 § 145, 11. 1. 

• § 209, R. 4. 

* Supply loco. 

/ § 204, R. 10. 
» § 250, 1. 
< §265. 

/ § 266, 1. 

* §223,R.2. 
< §206,(13.) 

* § 274, 2, R. 7. 



transegSnuiL Quum adolerasent, et forte comperisseiit, 
qub ipsonim aviis, quae mater fuisset,* Amulium inte^» 

jinie feoSnint, et Nwnitori avo r^num lestituerunt. 
Ckrishm Turn urbem condidenmt in monte AventioOy 

^^' quam Romulus a sue nontune Romam vocaviL 
Hsec quum moenibus cticumdaretar, Remus occtsus est^ 
dum fratrem inidens moenia^ transiliebat. 

9. Romulus, ut civium numerum augeret, asylum pate- 
iecit) ad quod multi ex civitatibus suis pulsi accunrenint. 
Sed novae urbis cinbus ' conjuges deerant. Festum itaque 
Neptuni et ludos insdtuit. Ad hos quum multi ex finiti- 
mis populis cum mulieiibus et liberis venissent,*^ Romini 
inter ipsos ludos spectantes virgines rapu^runt. 

10; Populi iili, quorum i^gines rapts erant, bellum 
adversus raptores susceperunt* Quum Romae appropinr 
quarent, forte in Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, quae m 
ame sacra procurabat; Hanc rogabant, ut viam in arcera 
monstraret,' elque penmisenint, ut munus sibi poacereU^ 
lUa^ petiit, ut sibi' ilarent/ quod in sinistris manibus 
gererent/ anntilos aureos et armillas significans. At 
Iiostes in arcem' ab ea perducti scutis Tarpeiam obrue* 
ront ; nam et ea in sinistris manibus gerebant. 

11. Tum Romulus cum hoste, qui montera Tarpeium 
tenebat, pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum Ro- 
manum est. In media ^ caede raptae* processerunt, et hinc 
patres hitic conjuges et soceros complectebantur, et rogar 
bant, ut eiecHs finem facerent. Utrique his precibu^ 

• 5 224, R. 1. 
- § 258, 2, (2.) 

* Supply mvUirss. 

• § 273, 2. 
/ 5 273, 4. 
' § 208, (1.) 

* § 266, 1. 

• § 225, iV. 

/ § 205, R, 17. 

UBKR U 77 

commott sunt. Komiilus fisdus ieit, et Sabiaos in jirbera 

12. Postea civitatem descripsit. Centum senatoret 
legit, eosque cum* ob statem turn ob reverentiam iis^ .deb- 
item patres appellaint. Plebem in tri^nta curias distrib- 
uit, easque raptinim ncminibus nuncupavit. An- 
no regni tricesimo septimo, quum exercitum lus- '».' 
traret, bter tempestatem ortam' repent^ oculia' 
homiDum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a senatonbus 
interfectum, alii ad deos sublatum esse exisdmavenrnt.- 

13. Post RomuU mortem unlus anni interr^num fiiit 
Quo elapso, Numa Porapilius Cunhus/ urbe in agro Sabi* 
ndrum, natus rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem-^ 
nullum gessit ; nee minus tamen civitati profiiit. . Nam et 
leges dedit, et sacra plurima instituit, ut popiSi baibari et 
bellicosi mores molliret. Omnia autem, quae faciebat/ se 
nymphs Egerise, conju^ suae, jussu facere dicebat.' Mor- 
bo decessit, quadragesuno tertb imperii anno. 

14. Numae'' suocessit Tullus Hostilius, cujus 

avus se in bello adversus Sabinos fortem et stren- g^ / 
uum virum^ prsestiterat. Rex creatus bellum Al- 
tmnis indixit, idque trigemindrum Horatidrum et Curiatio- 
nim certamine finivit. Albam propter peifidiam Metii 
SufTetii diruit* Quum triginta duobus annis regn&sset, 
iiilmine ictus cum domo' sua arsit. 

15. Post hunc Ancus Marcius, Numae ex filifi 
nepos, suscepit imperium. Hie vir aequitate^ et .' . ' 
religione avo* siniHis, Latinos bello domuit, urbem 

Trnjii - ■■■! !■ ^^^_ 

• § 278, R. 7. • § 254. « § 249, lU. 
» § 274, 1. -^ § 279, 3, (a.) & (d.) S § 250. 

• I 274, 3, (a.) ' § 145, II. 1. * § 222, 3. 
< § 224. A § 230, R. 2. 


?d BOIfrlN ftldtORT. 

aifif){4i&Vit, i^rnova ei moenia circumdecfit. Gaicerein pri«> 
mus aedificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem condidit, Osia^ 
amquo' Voeivk. Vicesmio quarter anno imperii morbo 
bbiit. '■' - ■'.■■' 

"■ ■' I6i Uebde regnum Lucius Tarcpiinius Priscus 

.^. ' acciiepit, Deroaiili.filias, qui tyrennos patrka Go^ 

rin^ fiigiens in Etruriam venerat. Ipse Tan- 
quinius, qui nciimen ab-ui'be Tanqtmiib accSpit, aliquaxido 
Roniani profecUis erat. Advenienti* aquHa pileum ab*- 
stulit,? '■ ^l postquant alle evolaverat^ reposuit Hinc 
'IWiaquil: c^ijuKy iimlter auguiiorum^ perita, regnum ei 
portend! intiiUexit. 

' '^17^ Qmuiii' Romas -comrnorareiur, Anci r^is familtariK- 
litem condecutus^est, qui eom filierum su5nim tutdrem 
r^lvquit. ' Sed b pupifib' regmim intercepit, Senatonbua, 
quos RcNualus creaveraty centum alios addidit, qui minorum 
gentium*^ isunt appeUatLf Plura bella feliciter gessit, nee 
paucos agras hostibtis* ademptos urbis territorio adjunxic 
Primus triujBphan& urbem intravit. Cloacas fecit; Capi- 
toUum iticho&viw^ Tricesimo octavo imperii anno per Anci 
filios/ quibus'^ regnum eripuerat, occbus est. 

'18* Post hunc Servius TuUiu* suscepit iraperi- 
170 '^^y genitos ex nobili femina/. captiva tamen. et 

&mula. Quum in domo Tarquinii Prisci educa- 
retur, flamma in ejus capTte visa est. Hoc prodigio Tana- 
quil ei summam dignitatem portendi intellexit, et conjugi ' 
persuasit^ ut eum sicuti liberos suos edncaret, Quu«i 
adolevisset, rex ei ^iam^in matrimonium dedit. 

■ ■II* I ■ I H I » I 1 ■' ' '■ .- . ■ . II I ■!■■ II '' ^ 

• Supply et. t Supply SenatOres. 

• § te4, R 2. * I 211, R. 6. / I 246, R. 2. 
» § 2*3. • • § 247.11. 4. ' § 223, B. 3. 

* § 21^. 

UBSR I. 79 

' 19. QoQm Priscus TarquiBkis ocdsus easel, 
de superidre parte domfis popiSum* aUocuta est, ificens; 
regtm grave guidem sed mm kiab vubwu iteeq^ine; eim 
peierey ui populusy dwn canvaluiuetf^ Servio TMBio obeJSf* 
teU Sic Seridos regnare ccepit, sed boii imperium ad« 
ministravit. Montes ties arbi adjunxit. Prinms onmium 
censum ordin&viu Sub eo Roma habait capitum octo* 
ginta tria mOlia civiumRomanerum^com hb,<}Hi in agiis 
erant. ~ • . . 

20. Hb rex interfeetus est scelere^filis Tulli» 

et Tarquinii Superbi, filii ejus re^, cui' Servius. " ^' 
successerat* Nam ab ipso Tarqulnio de gradibus 
curiae dejectus, quum domum' fugeret, interfeetus est. 
Pallia in forum properavit, et prima conjugem regem' sahi** 
tavit. Quum domum redlret, aurigam super patris eoipus 
in via jacens carpentum agcre jnssit. -y - . 

21. Tarquinius Superi)us cogngmen moribas meruit. 
. Bello tamen strenuus plures finidmonun populonim'^ - vicit 
^Ipemplum Jo\ns in Capitolio sdificavh*. . Postea, dum 

Ardeam oppugnabat, urb^fn Latii, imperium ^.perdulit. 
Nam quum fiiius ejus LucreUss, nob^issimae feminas, 
conjiigi Tarquinii CoUatmi, vim fecisset, haec se ipsam' 
occldit in conspectu marlti, patris, et anHcdrum, postqu^ma 
eos obtestata fuerat, ut banc injuriara ufeiscerentnr. 

22. Hanc ob causam L. Brutus, Collatinus, 
aliique nonnulli in exitium^ regis conjurarunt, popu- ^^43 
loque' persuasenint, ut ri portas urbis clauderet. 
Exercitus quoque, qui civit&tem Ardeam cum^rege oppug- 

nabat, eum retiquit. Fugit itaque cum uxore et liberis 

■ ■ I I I. ■ I II 111 . II ^^1^,^— 

• I 2». * § 237, R. 4. f . § 4»,B. 1. 

• »§a»,4;(i.) •§23o,r;2. *§^3a5,(«.) 

•%9SIA. ' / § 9J3. M ^298, R. 3. 


sub. Ita Roinae* regnatum^ est p^ septem reges znnos 
ducentos quadraginta tres. 

23. Hinc consules ccepere pro uno rege duo creari, ut, 
si unus nialus esset,' alter eum coerceret. Annuum iis 
imperium tributum est, ne per diutumitatera potestatis 
insolentiores redderentur. Fuerunt igltur anno primo, 
expulsis regibus,' consules L. Junius Brutus^ acerrimus 
libertatis vindex, et Tarquinius CoUatinus, maritus Lucr^- 
lis. ^d Coltatino' pauIo post dignitas sublata est. 
Placuerat enim, ne quis ex Tarquiniorum familia Roms^ 
maneret.'^Vs Ergo cum onmi patriinonio suo ex urbe migra* 
vit, et in ejus locum Valerius Publicola consul factus est. 

24. Cominovit bellum ucbi rex Tarquinius. In primi 
pugna Brutus consul, et Aiuns, Tarquinii filius, sese invi- 
cem occiderunt. Roman! tamen ex ea pugna ^tores^ 
recesscrunt. Brutum Romans matrons quasi communen^ 
patrem per annum luxenmt. Valerius Publicola S}). 
Lucretjum, i^icretias patrem, collegam sibi fecit; qui 
quum morbo exstinctus esset, Horatium Pulvillum sibi col- 
legam sum|)sit. Ita primus annus quinque consules babuit. 

25. Secundo quoque anno iterum Tarquinius 

f^^ ' bellum Romanb intiilit, Porsena/ rege Etruscorum, 

auxilium ei ferente. In illo bdlo Horatius Cocles 

solus {X)ntem ligneum defendit, et hostes cohibuit, donee 

pons a tergo ruptus esset.' Tum se cum arm'is in Tiberim 

conjecit, et ad suos transnavit. 

26. Dum Porsena urbem obsidebat, Qu. Mucius Scs- 
vola, juvenis fortis animi/ in castra' liostb se contiilit eo 

•§221, I. '§257. 

» § 209, R. 3, (2.) ' § 224, R. 2. 

« § 260. / § 262.' 

UV£R I. 81 

ecmilio,* ut regem occideret. A( ibi scribam regis pn> 
ipso rege interfecit. Turn a regiis* satelUtibus comprebei^- 
sm et ad cegem deductus, quum Porsena eum ignibus 
aUatis teireret, dextram' ars'' accensae imposuit, donee 
flanunis consumpta esset/ Hoc facinus rex miratus juve- 
nem dimlsit incolumein. Tura^ hie. quasi bene^Qium 
lefer^s ait, trecentos alios juvenes m eum conjurasse/ 
Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Romanis fecit. Tar- 
quinius autem Tusculum se contulit, ibique privatus cum 
ux5re consenuit. 

27. Sexto decuno anno post reges exactos/ 
populus Romse* seditionein fecit, questus quod ^* 
tributis et militia a senatu ei^hauriretur.' Ma^as 

pars plebis urbem rellquit, et in montem trans^ Anienem. 
amnem secessit. Turn patres turbati Menenium Agrip* 
pam miserunt ad plebem, qui earn senatui conciliaret.^ 
Hie iis inter alia fabulam naiTavit de ventre et membris 
humani corporis; qua populus commotus est, ut in ur- 
bem redlret. Turn primum tribuni plebis. creati sunt, qui 
plebeip adversum nobilitatis superbiam defendj^nt*^ 

28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges, 

Qu. Marcius, Coriolanus* dictus ab urbe Volsco- ^' * 
rum Coriolis,' quam"* bello ceperat, plebi inviisus 
fieri coepit. Quare urbe" expulsus ad Volscos, ac^rrimos 
Roman5rum hostes, contendit, et ab iis dux* exercitus 
factus Romanes saepe vicit. Jam usque ad quintum mil- 
liarium urbis accesserat, nee uUis civium su5rum legati- 

, • § 249, II. / § 163, 7. * § 274, 1, and 210. 

» § 211, R. 4. ' § 274, R. 5. « § 204. 

• § 207,R.36,(a.)&(c.) * § 221, 1. * § 206, (9.> 

<§224. * §266,3.. * § 242. , »,. 

' § 263, 4. / § 264,5. 


onibus fleet! polerat, ut patriae parceret. Denique Vetura 
mater et Voiunmia uxor ex urbe ad eum veneniot ; qua- 
ruin fletu et precibus commutus est, ut exercitum remo- 
veret. Quo iacto a Volscis ut proditor* occisus esse 

29. Roman! quum adversum Veientes bellura gererent, 
familia Fabi5rum sola hoc bellum suscepiL Profecti sunt 
trecenti sex nobilissTmi homines, duce^ Fabio con- 
^.' siile. Quum saepe hostes vicissent, apud Creme- 
ram Auvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Veientes dolo' 
tm eos in insidias pellexerunt. In prcelio ibi exorto' cHn- 
nes perierunt. Unus superliiit ex tanta familia, qui prop- 
ter aetatem puerilem duci non potuemt ad pugnam. Hie 
genus pro{iagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum ilium/ qui 
Hannibalem prudenti cunctati5ne debilitavit* 

30. Anno trecentesimo et altero'^ ab urbe con- 
Jqj,' dita decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges scri- 
berent/ Hi primo anno bene egerunt; secundo 
autem dominationem excrcere coeperunt. Sed quum unus 
eCrum Appius Claudius virginem ingenuam, Virginiam, 
Virginii centurionis filiam, comimpere vellel, pater eam 
occidit ITum ad milites |)mfugit, eosque ad sedltionem 
con^ovit. Sublata est decemviris* potestas, ipsique om- 
nes aut morte aut exilio puniti sunt. 

31 In bello contra Veientanos Furius Camillus 

* * urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qua obsidione quum 

ludi literarii magister principum (ilios ex tirbe in 

castra hosUuin duxisset, Camillus hoc donum non accepit, 

sed scelestum hoininem, manlbus \xysi tergum vinctis, 

• § 278, R I. rf § 274, 3. ' § 264, 5. 

» § 257, R. 7. • § 2<)7, R. 24. * § 224, R. 2 

« § 245. / § 120, 1. 

UBsa II. 83 

pueris Falerios* roducendum* tradidit ; virgasque iis dedit, 
quibus pnxlitdrein in urbem agerent/ . 

32. Hac tanta animi nobilitate commoti Falisci urbem 
Romaois tradidenint« Camillo autem -apud Romanos 
crimmi datum' est, quod albis equis triumphasset/ et pne- 
dam inique divisisset ; damnatusque'^ ob earn cau* 
sam, et civitate expulsus est. Paulo post. Galli ^ 
Seoones ad urbem venerunt, Romanos apud flu- 
men Alliam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occupanint.' Jam 
nQiil prster Capitolium defend! potuit. Et jam prsesidi- 
um fame laborabat, et in eo* erant/ ut pacem a Galiis auio 
emerenty quum Camillus cum manu militum superveniens 
hostes magno praelio superaret. 



I. Anno trecentesimo^ nonagesimo quarto post 
urbem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem accesse- ^ ' 
rant, et quarto milliario*. trans Anienem . fluvium 
considerant. Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius. Ibi 
Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine' fortbsimum 
Romanorum ad certaraen singulare provocavit. T.TWan- 
lius, nobilissimus juvenis, provocationem accepit, Galium 
occldit, eumque tonjue"* aureo spoliavit, quo" omalus erat. 
Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Torquali appellati sunt. Galli 
fugam capcssiverunt. 

/ § 609, R. 4. » § «>4, R. i 

'§ 102,7. » §211, R. 6. 

* §267,R.22. •§251. . 

• §209, R. 11,(1.) »§249;i. 
/ § 120) 2. 








• § 206, 



2. Novo bello cum Gallis exortOy anno uiUn 
^qq' quadringentesimo sexto, itenim Oallus poces^ 

lobore* atque armis insignis, et provocavit unum ex 
Romanis, ut secum armis decerneret Turn se M. Vale- 
riusa tribunus mSitum, obtulit; et, quum processisset af^ 
matus, corvus ei* supra dexcrum brachium sedit* Mox, 
commissa pugna, hie corvus alis et unguibus Galli ociSes 
verberaviL Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negodo' a Va- 
lerio mtetficeretur,' qui hinc Corvini nomen accSpit. 

' 3. Postea Roman! bellum gesseiunt cum Sam- 
^;3J- ™tlbus. ad quod- L. Papirius Cu,«,r cum han5» 
*""■ dictatSri,«t«, e«. Qui quum negotu coju. 
dam causa Romam ivisset, praecepit Q. Fabio*^ Rulliino, 
magistro equitum, quem apud exercitum reliquit, ne pug- 
nam cum hoste committeret. Sed ille occasionem nactus 
felicissime dimicavit, et Samnites delevit. Ob banc rem a 
dictatore' capitis^ damnatus est. At ille in lurbem oon- 
fiigit, et ihgenti favore militum et populi liberatus est; in 
Papirium autem tanta exorta est seditio, ut paene ipse 

4. Duobns annis post* T. Veturius et Spurius Postumi- 
us consules bellum adversum Samnites gerebant. Hi a 
Pontic ThelesTno, duce hostium, in insidias inducti sunt. 

Nam ad Furculas Caudinas Romanes pellexit in 
" " angustias, unde sese expedlre non poterant. Ibi 

Pontius patrem sutim Herennium rogavit, quid^ fa- 
ciendum * putaret.' Ille respondit, aut omnes occidendos"* 



/ §272. 


' § 248, 1. 

* § 270, R. 3, 

• §247. 

* § 217, R. 3. 



« ( 235, R. 10. 

" § 274, R. 8. 

• § 223, IV 

L1B£R 11, 8& 

esse, ut Roinanorum vires firangerentur, aut omnes dimit- 
lendos, ut beneficio obKgar^ntur. Pontius utrumque coor 
fiilium improbavit, oronesque sub jugum imsit. Samnites 
denique post belliiai undequinquaginta anndnim superati 

6. Devictb Samnitibus, Tarentinis* bellum in- 

... ■ . A U 

dictum est, quia legatis Romandrum injuriam fecis- ^^* 
^nt. Hi Pyrrhum, Epiri regem, contra Romanos 
auxilium^ poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit, tunoque 
primuni Romani cum transmarino hoste pugnavenint, 
Slissus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Laevinus. Hie, 
quum exploratores Pyrrhi cepLsset, jussit eos per castra 
duci, tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent Pyrrho, quaecunque 
a^Romanis agerentiir.' 

: .6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhus auxilio elephantorum yi- 
fiu Nox proelio finem dedit. Laevuius tamen p^r noctem 
JM^t. Pyrrhus Romanos mille'' octingentos cepit, eosque 
summo bonore tractavit. Quum eos, qui in proelio inter- 
fecti iiierant, omnes adversis vulneribus et truci vultu edam 
mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad coelum manus dicitur 
.cum hac voce: Ego cum tatibus viris brevi orbem terror 
rum svUgerem/ 

7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia feiro igne- 
que vastavit ; Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad Pras- 
neste venit milliario ah urbe octavo decimo. Mox terr5re 
exercitus, qui cum consiile sequebatur, in Campaniam se 
recepit. Legati ad Pyrrhum de captivis redimendb-^ 
missi honorifice ab eo suscepti sunt; captives sme pretio 
reddidit. Unum ex. legatis, Fabricium^ sic admiratus. est. 

•|2W. '§266,1. • §261,1 and 2, R. 4. 

» § 231. «« § 120, 2. / § 275, III., R. 4 


ut ei ({uartam partem regni sui promitteret, si ad se transl- 
ret ;* sed a Fabricio contemptus est. 

8. Quum jam Pyrrhus ingenti Romanorum admh*atione 
teneretur, legatum misit Cineam, prsstantissTmum virurh, 
qui pacem peteret* ea conditione,* ut Pyrrhus earn partem 
I talis, quam armis occupaverat, obtineret. Romani re- 
sponderunt, eum*" cum Romanis pacem habere non posse, 
nisi ex Italia recessisset. Cineas quum rediisset, Pyrrho 
eum interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma visa esset;* respondit, 
se regum patriam vidisse. 

9. In altero*' proelio cum rege Epiri commisso Pyrrhus 
^oilneratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia hostium 
caesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum fugit. Interjecto anno, 
Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc medicus 
Pyrrhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum veneno occisu- 
nim,' si muna«J sibi daretur. Hunc Fabricius vinctum 
reduci jussit ad dominum. * Tunc rex admiratus ilium 
dixisse fertur ; IHe f est Fabricius, qui diffidlias ab hones' 
t,ate, quam sol a cursu suo averii potest, Paulo post 

Pyirhus tertio etiam proelio fusus a Tarento reces- 
J^2 * sit, et, quum in Graeciam "rediisset, apud Argos, Pelo- 

ponnesi urbem, interfectus est. 

10. Anno quadringentesTmo nonagesimo post 
490 ' "^^^"^ conditam Romanorum exercitus primiun in 

Siciliam*^ trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum Hie- 

ronem, Poenosque, qui multas civitates in ea insula 
* * occupaverant, superaverunt. Quinto anno hujus 

belli, quod contra Poenos gerebatur, primum Ro- 

* Why is this subjunctive used ? 

^ lUeia the predicate, " the man," or " one.** 

• § 2C6, 1. • § 266, 2. • § 270, R. 3. 

» § 249, II. «« § 120, 1. / § 225, IV. 

LIBER, n. 87 

Qianiy C. Duillio* et Cn. Comelio Asmk . consulibus, in 
mari* diinicaveniDt. Duillius Carthag^enses vicit, triginta 
naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, septem millia 
hostium' cepit^ tria millia occldlt. Nulla victoria Ro- 
manis gratior fuit« Duillio concessum est, ut, quum 
a coena rediret, pueri funalia gestantes et tiblcen euni 

11. Paucis annis bterjectis, bellum in Aiirjcam 
translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginiensium dux, ' * 
pugna navali superatur; nam perditis sexaginta 
quatuof navibus se recepit; Romani viginti duas ami- 
serunt. Quum in Africam venissent, Poenos in pluribus 
proeliis vicerunt, magnam vim hominum ceperunt, septua- 
ginta quatuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Tum victi 
Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis' petierunt. Quam 
quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, dare nollet 
nbi durissimis conditionlbus, Carthaginienses auxilium 
petienint a Lacedaemoniis. Hi Xanthippum miscrunt, 
qui Romanum exercitum magno proelio vicit. Regu)iis 
ipse captus et in vincula conjectus est. 

12. Non tamen uUique fortuna Carthaginiensibus* 
favit. Quum aliquot proeliis victi essent, Regulum roga- 
verunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivomm- 
que permutatidnem a Romanis obtincret. lUe quum 
Romam venisset, inductus in senatum dixit, se desiisse 
Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua-^ in potestatem Pcendrum 
venisset.' Tum Romanis' suasit, ne pacem cum Cartha- 
giniensTbus facerent:^ illos' enim tot casibus fractos 
spem nuUam nisi in pace habere: tanti^ non esse, at 

• § 257, R. 7. 

• $ 223, R. 2. 

* § 273, 2. 

Ȥ82,E. I. 


* § 270, R. 2. 


' § 2G6, 2. 

J § 214. 

rf § 231, R. 4. 

88 ROMAN ftriroRT. 

tot miUia captivonim propter se unum et paucog, ifSi 
ex Romanis capti essent, redderentar. Haee sentehda 
obtinuit. Regressus igitur in Afiicam cnichelissimis sup- 
pliciis exstinctus est. 

13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catulo, A. Postumio 
^^^ '■ consulibus, anno belli Punici vicesTmo terdo mag- 
num proelium navale commissum est contra liiy- 
baetum, piomontorium Sicilix. In eo proelio septuaginta tres 
Carthaginiensium naves capts, centum vi^nti quinque 
demersffi, triginta duo millia hostium capta, tredecim 
millta occisa sunt. Statim Carthaginienses pacem peti- 
erunt, eisque pax tributa esL Captivi Romandrum,* qui 
tendiantur a Caithaginiensibus redditi sunt. Poehi 
Sicilia,^ Sardinia, et ceteris insijlis, quae inter. Italiam 
Africamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque I&paniam, 
quae citra Iberum est, Romanis permiserunt. 


V* Anno quingenteslmo undetricesimo ingentes 
' ' Gallurum cc^iae Alpes transierunt. Sed pro Ro- 
manis tola Italia consensit: traditumque est, 
octingenta millia hominum* ad id bellum pamta fuisse.' 
Res prospere gesta est apud Clusum : quadraginta 
millia honiTnum interfecta sunt. Aliquot annis'' post 
pugnatum est' contra Gallos in agrolnsubrum, finitumque 
est bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Comelio Scipione 
consulibus. Tum Maicellus regem Galldrum, Viridom- 

•§2f2. •§269. • § 209, R. 8, (2.1 

»§242. * <§236. 


Sruniy manu sua occidit, ,et triumplians spolia GaUi stipiti 
]m|)osita humeris suis vexit. 

2, Paulo post Puiucum bellum reDOvatum est per Haii- 
nibalem/ Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar 
novein annos^ natum arts admoverat, ut odium perenne in 
Romatios juraret. Hie annum agens vicesimum letatis 
Saguntum, Hispaniae civitatemi Romanis amkami 
oppugnare' aggressus est« Huic Romani per ^ ' 
legatos denuntiaverunti ut bello absdneret.' Qiu 
quum legatos admittere noUet, Romani Carthaginem mise- 
runt, ut mandaretur Hannibali/ ne bellum contra socios 
populi Romani gereret. Dura responsa a Carthaginjen- 
sibus reddita. Saguntmis interea &me victb, Romani 
Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 

3* Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale m Hispanii relietOy 
Pyrenaeum'^ et Alpes transiit. Traditur** m Italiam octo- 
ginta millia peditum, et viginti millia equitum, septem et 
triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligures et 
Galli Hannibali' se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. 
Cornelius Scipio, qui, proelio ad Ticmum commisso, su- 
peratus est, et, vulnere accepto, in castra rediit. Tum 
Sempronius Gracchus confllxit ad Trebiam amnera. Is 
quoque vincitur. Muld populi se Hannibali dediderunt. 
Inde in Tusciam progressus Flaminium consulem ad 
Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius interemptus, 
Romanorum viginti quinque millia caBsa sunt. 

4. Quingentesimo et quadragesirao anno post ^'^' 
urbem conditam L, ^milius PauUus et P. Teren- 


tins Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur. Quamquam 

* Is tradltur used personally or impersonally ? § 271, R. 2. 

• § S47, R. 1. ' § 273, 2. / § 233, (3.) 

Ȥ236. Ǥ223,R.2. '^224. 



mtellectom erat, Hannibalein nen aliter vbei posse* 
quam mora, Varro tamen mone* hnpatiens apud vicum^ 
qui Cannae' appellatur, in Apulia pugnavit; ambo con- 
soles victi, PauUus interemptus esL In ea pugna c(misu- 
lares aut pretorii vi^ti, senat^nes triginta capti aut occ^i ; 
militum quadraginta millia; equitum tria millja et quin- 
genti perierunt. In bis tantis malis nemo tamen pacis 
mentidnem fiicere dignatus est. Servi, quod' nunquam 
ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 

5^ Post eam pugnam multae Italiae civitates, quae 
Romanis' paruerant, se ad Hiannibalem transtulemnt^ 
Hannibal Romanis obtulit,-^ ut captives redimerent ; re- 
sponsumqoa est a senatu, eos cives non esse necessarios^ 
qui armati capi potuissent. Hos omnes ille postea variis 
suppiiciis interfecit, et tres modios aureorum annulorum 
Cartbaginem misit, quos manibus' equitum Romanorum, 
senatckum, et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania 
(rater Hannibalis, Hasdrubal, qui ibi reinanserat cum mag- 
no exercitu, a duobus ScipionTbus vincitur, perditque in 
pugna tri^nta quinque millia hominum. 

6. Anno quarto postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat, 
M. Claudius Marcellus ccmsul apud Nolam, civitatem Cam* 
paniae, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. lUo tempore 
Pkilippus, Demetrii iilius, rex Macedoniae, ad Hannibalem 
legates mittit, eique auxilia contra Romanos pollicetur. 
Qui legati quum a Romanis capti essent, M. Valerius 
Lasvinus cum navibus missus est, qui regem impediret,^ 
quo minus copias in Italiam trajiceret.^ Idem in Mace^ 
doniam penetrans regem Philippum vicit 

» § 213. 
' § 210^ R. 2. 

rf § 206, (13.) 
• § 883, R. 2. 
/ § 229, R. 5. 

' § 224, R. 2. 

» §^&* 

LIB£R ni. 91 

7. In SicUia quoque res prospert gesta est Maxcellus 
magriam' hujus instils* partem cepiti quam Poeni ooca- 
paverant; Syracusas, nobilissunam urbem, expugnaviti et 
ingentem inde pnedam Romam tnisit. Levinus in Msuse- 
donia cum Philippo et multis Grscie populis aiiucitiam f^ 
cit ; et in Siciliam profectus Hannonem, Poenorum ducem'^ 
apud Agrigentum cepit; quadragirila civit&tes in deditio- 
nem accepit, vigind sex expugnavit/ Ita omni SiciKa 
recepta, cum ingenti gloria Rbmam regressus est. 

8. Interea* in Hispaniam,' ubi duo Scipidnes ab Has- 
drubale interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, vir 
Romanorum omnium fere primus. Hie, puer' duodevi- 
ginti annorum, in pugna ad Ticinum, patrem singulari vir- 
tute* servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem*^ multos* 
nobllissimorum juvenum Italiam deserere* cupientium^ 
auctoritate sua ab hoc consilio deterruit. Viginti quatuor 
annorum juvenis in Hispaniam missus, die, qua venit, 
Carthaginem Novam cepit, in qua omne aurum et argen- 
tum et belli apparatum Poeni habebant, nobilissTmos 
quoque obsTdes, quos ab Hispanis acceperant. Hos obsi- 
des parentibus suis' reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispa- 
niae civitates ad eum uno animo transierunt. ^ 

9. Ab eo inde tempore res Romanorum In dies laetiores 
factss sunt. Hasdrubal a fratre ex^ Hispania In Italiam 
evoc&tus, apud Senam, Piceni civitatem, in insidias incidit, 
et strenue pugnans occlsus est. Plurimse autem civitatesi, 
quie in Bruttib ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis se 

»f S3. 


• § 279, 10. 
' § 205, R. 12. 

* § 271. 

• § ao8i (7.) 

1 § 242, R. 1. 

* ■ • .. 




10. Anno decuno quarto posjtquam in ItaCam 

Hannibal venerat, Scipio ccHisul creatus, et in Afiri- 

cam missus est. Ibi contra Hannonem, ducem 

Corthaginiensiuin, prospere pugnat, totumque ejus exerci- 

tum deiet. Secundo proeiio undecim millia bominum oc- 

cidity et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quingentis 

roilitibus. Syphacem, Numidis regem, qui se cum Poenis 

conjunxeraty cepit, eumque cum nobilissimis Numidis et 

infinitis spoliis Romam mbit. Qua re audita, onmis fere 

Italia Hannibalem deserit. Ipse a Cartliaginien- 

Sg^ sibus in AfHcam redire jubetur. Ita anno decimo 

septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est. 

11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus* semel irustra 

tentatam, pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritisslmi 

duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio victor 

recedit ; Hannibal cum paucb equitibus evadit. Post hoc 

prcelium pax cum Carthaginiensibus facta est. Scipio, 

quum Romam rediisset, ingenti gloria triumphavit, atque 

Afiricanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit secundum 

Punicum bellum post* annum undevicesimum quam 



1. FinIto Punico bello, secutum est Mace- 

A U - • • 

^' donicum' contra Philippum regem. Super&tus. est 

rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynoscephalas, 
paxque ei data est his legibus : '' .ne Gracia dvitatUnu, 
quaa Romam contra eum defendhrant, bellum inferret;* 

« i 256, R. 6. ' § ^20^1 R- 2> (h) (If) * § 962. 

M 253, R. 1. ' i 249, II. 



ui capCwos et transfugai redderet; quinquaginta solum 
naves haberet; retlquas Romdnis daret; mUU taknta 
pnestaretj . ei obsidem* daret Jilium Demetrium. T. 
Quinctius etiam Lacedaemoniis intufit bellum, et ducem 
e5ruin Nabidera* vicit. 

2. Finito bello Macedonico, secutum est bel- '^•^• 


lum Syriacum contra Antiochum regetti, cum quo 
Hadnibal se jutixerat. Missus est contra eum L. Corne- 
lius Scipio' consul, cui frater ejus Sctpio AGicanus legatus 
est additus. Hannibal navali proelio victus,' Antiochus 
autem ad Magnesiam, Asiae civitatem, a Comelio Scifuone 
consule ingenti proelio fiisus est. Turn rex Antiochus 
pacem petit. Data est ei hac lege, ut ex Europd et Asia 
recederet, atque intra Taurum se contincrety decern milKa 
ialentarum et mginti obsides praberet, Hannibdkm, conr 
ciiorem belli, dederet. Scipio Romam rediit, et ingenti 
gloria triumphavit. Nomen et ipse, ad imttationem fra- 
tris, Asiatic! accepit. '' 

3. Philippo, rege Macedonlae, mortuo, filius ejus Per- 
seus rebellavit, ingentibus copiis paratis. Dux Romano- 
rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi prcelio 
a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui 
Romani eam praestare noluerunt, nisi his conditionlbus, ut 
se et suos Romanis dederet. Mox iEmilius PauUus consul 
regem ad Pydnam superavit, et viginti millia pedi- 

tum* ejus occidit. Equitatus cum rege' fugit. ™' 
Urbes Macedonia omnes, qua^' rex tenuerat, Ro- 
menis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amicis desertus in 
PauUi potestatem venit. Hie, muttis etiam aliis rebus 
gestis, cum ingenti porapa-^ Romam rediit in nave Persei, 

•4 2aO,R.3. •§ 279,9: • § »12. 

» § 204. < § 209, R. 4. / § fiM7, 2. 


inusitataemagnitudinis;* nam sedecim remdram orcfiftep 
habuisse dicitur. Triumpbavit iDagni6ceDUssime in cuapm 
aureo, duobiis fiiiis utroque latere^ adstanubus. Ante 
cunrum inter captlvos duo regis filii et ipse Perseus duc(i 

4. Tertium deinde bellum contra CarthaginerQ 
^' susceptum est sexcentesimo et altero' anno ab 
urbe condita,' anno quinquagesiino primo postr 
quam secundum bellum Punicura transactum erat. L. 
Manlius Censoiinus et M. Manlius consules in Afiicam 
trajecerunt/ et oppugnaverunt Carthaginem. Multa ibi 
praeclar^ gesta sunt per Scipidnem, Scipidnis Airicani 
nepotem, qui tribunus in Africa militabat. Hujus apud 
omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque quidquam 
magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant, quam contra eum 
proeUum committere. 

5. Quum jam magnum esset Scipidnis nomen, tertio 
anno, postquam Romani in Africam trajecerant, consul est 

creatus, et contra Carthaginem missus. Is banc 
^ ' urbem a civibus acerrime defensam*^ cepit ac 

diruit. Ingens ibi praeda facta, plurimaque inventa 
suntj que multarum civitatum excidi'is Carthago college- 
rat. • Haec omnia Scipio civitatibus Italis, Sicilise, Africs 
reddidit, quae sua recognoscebant. Ita Carthago septb- 
genteslmo anno, postquam condita erat, deleta est. Scipio 
nomen Africani junidris accepit. 

6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus arma 
movit, et P. Juvencium, Romanurum ducem, ad interne* 
ci5nem vicit. Post eum Q. Caecilius Metellus dux .a 
Romanis contra Pseudophilippum missus est, et, viginti 

•§21J,R.6. •§ 120,1. '5 229, R. 4,1. 

> i 254, R. 3. 4 § 274, R. 5> (a.) / § 274, 3. 


qtykique miHibus ex militibus ejus occbis, Macedonian) 
F66§pt; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in potestatem su« 
am tedegit. Corinthiisquoque bellum indictum est, nobilis- 
srniae Gneciae civitati,* propter injuriam Romanis legatis 
illatam. Hanc Mummius consul cepit ac diruit. 
Tres igitur Romae simul celeberrimi triumphi fue- ™ 
runt; Scipidnb* .ex Africa, ante cujus cumim 
ductus est Hasdriibal; Metelli* ex Macedonia, cujus cur- 
rum praecessit Andriscus, qui et Pseudophilippus dicitiif'; 
Mummii*' ex Corintho, ante quern signa asnea et pictae 
tabulae et alia urbis clarissunae omamenta praelata sunt. 

7. Anno sexcentesuno decuno post lirbem con- 
dktam Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra Romar '^' 
nos excitavit. Pastor pnmo nut, mox latrdnum 

dux; postremo tantos ad bellum pdpulos concitavit, ut 
vindex libertatis HispaniaB existimaretur. Denique a 
3uis^ interfectus est. Quum interfectcres ejus prasmium a 
Caepione consiile peterent, responsum est, nunquam Ro- 
manb placubse,t imperatorem a militibus suis interfici. 

8. Deinde bellum exortum est cum Numantlnis, civi- 
tate Hispanias. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post eum 
C. Hostilius Mancuius consul, qui pacem cum lis fecit infa« 
mem, quam popiilus et senatus jussit infringi, atque ip- 
sum Mancinum hostibus tradi. Tum P. Scipio Afiicanus 
in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militem ignavum 
et corruptum correxit; tum multas Hispanias civitates 
partim bello cepit, partim in deditionem accepit. 
Postremo ipsam Numantiam fame ad deditidnem ^. ' 
coegit, urbemque evertit; reliquam provinciam in 
fidem accepit. 

* What is understood? 

f What is the subject ofplaem$9er § 269. 

« i 904, R. 3. » i 305, R. 7, (1.) N. 1. 


9. P. Scipidne Naska et L. Calpumk) Besda con 
sulSbus, Jugurths, Numidanim re^, bellum illatum est^ quod- 
Adb^alem et Hiempsalem, Micipss filios, patrueles suos, 
interemisseU* Missus adversus eum consul Calpunuus 
Bestia corruptus regis pecunia pacem cum eo flagitiosis^ 
simam fecit, qus a senatu inipiobata est Denique Qu« 
Cfficilius Metellus consul Jugurtham vaijis proeliis vicit, 
elephantos ejus occidit vel cejHt, multas civitates ipslus in 
dedhionem accepiu Ei successit C. Marius, qui bello 

t^mmum posuit, ipsumque Jugurtliam cepit* Ante 
y- cunuB. triumphantb Marii Jugurtha cum duobus 

filiis ductus est vinctus, et mox jussu consulis in 
caicem sttanjpilatus. 


i.. DuM bellum in Numidia contra Jugurdiam geritur, 

Cimbri et Tetitones alisque Germanorum et Gallorum 

gentes Italiae^ minabantur, aliaeque Romandnim exercitus 

fuderunt. Ingens fuit Roms' timor, ne** iterum Galli 

urbem occuparent. Ergo Marius consul' creatus, eique 

bellum contra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est; bello- 

que prolractOy terdu^ ei et quartus consulatus delatus est. 

In duobus proeliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium 

cecidit, octoginta millia cepit, eorumque regem Theutobo* 

chum ; propter quod meritiim absens quinto Consul crea- 

tus est Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quorum 

g^ ' copia adhuc infinita erat, in Italiam transierunt. 

Iterum a C. Mario et Qu. Catulo contra eo8 

•§^,3. •§221, 1. 'fSlO. 

»§223,R.2. *§a62,R.7. 


dimicatum est* ad Verontini* Centum et qiiadraginta 
luillia atit in pugni aut in fuga caesa- sunt; sexaginta 
miUia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris^ signa i^blata sunt. 

-3. Sexcenteslmo quinquagesimo nono anno ab 
urbe cmidita in Itadia gravissnnum bdlum exarsit. ^g*' 
Nam Picentes, Mara, Pelignique, qui multos ahnos 
popiilo Romano obedierant, aequa cum iUis jura sibi dan 
postulabant. Peraiciosum admodum hoc bellum foit* P; 
Rutilius consul in eo occbus est; plures exercitus fiisi 
iugatique. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla cum' alia egre^ 
gessit, tum Cluentium, hostium ducem, cum magnis copiis/ 
fudit. Per quadriennium cum gravi utriusque partis ca- 
lamitate hoc bellum tractum est. Quinto demum anno 
L. Cornelius Sulla ei imposuit fuiem. Romani tamen, 
id' quod prius negaverant, jus civitatisy bello finko, sociis 

3. Anno urbis conditae sexcenteslmo sexairesi- 

A U 

mo sexto primum Romae bellum civile exortum ^ 
est ; eodem anno edam Mithridaticum. Causam 
bello civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum . Sulls bellum 
adversus Mtthridatem regem Ponti decretum esset, M^us 
ei^ hunc hondrem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla, qui 
adfauc cum legionibus suis in Italia morab&tur, cum exer-. 
citu Romam venit, et adversarios cum interfecit, turn 
fiigavit. Tum rebus Romas utcunque compositis, in 
Asiam profectus est, pluribqsque proeliis Mithridatem 
coeg^t, ut pacem a Romanis peteret/ et Asia, quam in- 
vaserat, relicta, regni sui finibus contentus esset. 

4. Sed dum Sulla in Graecia et Asia MGthridatera vm- 
cit, Marius, qui fugatus fiierat, et Cornelius Cinna, unua 

• § 909, R. 3, (8.) • § 278, R. 7. • $ 206, (13.) 

» § 224, R.2. < § 249, III. / § 27% 9. 



ex consulibuSy bellum b Italia reparanint^ et ingresa Re- 
main nobilissimos ex senatu* et consulares vunos interfece- 
runt; multos proscripserunt ; ipsius SuUas domo eversa, 
filios et uxorem ad fugam compulerunu Universus reli- 
quus senatus ex urbe fugiens ad Sullam in Graeciam 
venit^ orans ut patrise subvemret. Sulla in Italian) traje- 
cit, hostium exercitus vicit, mox etiam urbem bgressus 
esiy quam csde^ et sanguine civium replevit. Quatuor 
millia inermium, qui se dediderant, interf ici jussit ; duo mil- 
lia equituni et senatorum proscripsit. Turn de Mitbridate 
triumphavit. Duo hsc bella funestissima, Italicum, quod 
et sociale dictum est, et civile, consumpserunt ultra centum 
et quinquaginta millia hominum, viros consulares viginti 
quatuor, pnetorios septem, sdilitios sexaginta, senatores 
fere ducentos. 


1. Anno urbis conditae* sexcentesimo'' septua- 
676 gesimo sexto, L. Licinio Lucdlo' et M. Aurelio 
Cotta consulibus, mortuus est Nicomedes, rex Bi- 
thynis, et testamento populum Romanum fecit heredem/ 
Mithridates, pace rupta,' Asiam rursus voluit invadere. 
Adversus eum ambo consules niissi variam habuere ibrtu- 
nam. Cotta apud Chalcedonem victus proelio, a rege 
etiam intra oppidum obsessus est. Sed quum se inde 
Mithridates Cyzicum^ transtulisset, ut, hac urbe captft, 

• I 212, R. 2, N. 4. *{ 120, 2. ' § 257, R. 6. 
» I 240, 1. • § 279, 9. » 4 237. 

• § 274, R. 5, (a.) / § 230. 

LIBER yi. 99 

totam Asiam invaderet, IjUcuIIus el/ alter consul^ occunity 
ac dum Mitliridates in obsididne CyzTci commoratur, ipse 
eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum multis praeliis 
idclt. Postrem6 Byzantium^ fugavit; navali quoque 
proelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita una hieme' et sestate a 
LucuUo centum fere millia milltum regis exstincta sunt. 

2. Anno urbis sexcentesimo septuagesimo oc- 
tavo novum in Italia bellum commotum est. Sep- ~ * 
tuaginta enim quatuor gladiat5res, ducibus' Spar- 

taco, Crixo, et CEnomao, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Capus' 
erat, efiugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes paene non levius 
bellum, quam Hannibal/ moVerunt. Nam contraxerunt 
exercitum fere sexaginta millium armat5rum, multosque 
duces et duos Romanes consiiles vicerunt. Ipsi victi sunt 
m Apulia a AI. licinio Crasso proconsule, et, post multas 
calamitates Italiae,* tertio anno huic bello finis est im- 

3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum Mithridaticum perse- 
cutus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apiid 
Cabura civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad- 
duxerat Mithridates, ingenti proelio superatum fugavit, et 
castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam tene- 
bat, eidemf erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a Ti- 
grane, Armenia rege, qui tum ingenti gloria imperabat ; sed 
hujus quoque regnum Lucullus est ingressus. Tigrano^ 
carta, nobilissimam Armenia civitatem, cepit; ipsum re- 
gem, cum magno exercitu venieritem, ita vicit, ut robiir 

* Is this genitive subjective or objective f § 211, R. 2. 
t i. e. MUhriddti. 

• $ 224. • § 253. • 5 221. t 

M 837. * § 257, R. 7. / § 278. 

400 Rai|fAI7 BISTORT. 

militum AnneQiorum deleret. Sed quum Lucdius finem 
bello impoDere pararet, successor ei* missus est. 

4. Per ilia tempora piratae omnia maria infestabant ita, 

. ut^ Romanisy toto orbe*" terrarum victoiibus^ sola navigatio 

tuta non esset. Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio decretum 

est| quod intra {^ucos menses incrediblli fdicitate 
g^ ' . et celeritate coniecit. Mox ei delatum bellum 

contra regem MiUiridatem et Tigranem.- Quo sus- 
ceptOy. Mithridatem m Axmenia Minoie noctumo prcelio 
vicity castra diiipuit, et quadraginta millAus ejus occtsis, 
Ti^nti tantum de exercitu suo perdldit et duos centuriones. 
Mithridates fugit cum uxore et du5bus comitibus, neque 
multo post, Pbamacis; filii $ui seditione coactus, venenum 
hausit. Hi|nc vitae finem habult MiUiridates, vir ingentis 
industri»f atque^ consilii. Regnavit apnis' sexaginta, idxit 
septuaginta duobus: contra Romanos bellum habtiit annis 

^ 5^ Tigrani deinde Pompeius beillum intulit. Ille^ se' 
ei* dedidit, et in castra Pompeii venit, ac diadema suUm' 
in ejus* manlbiis cdlocavit^ quod ei Pompeius' reposuit. 
Parte^ regni eum multavitet; grandi pecunia. Tum alios 
etiam reges et; populos superavit. Armeniam Minorem 
Deiotaro, Galatiae regi, donavit, quia auxilium contra 
Mithridatem tulerat. Seleuciam, vicuiam Antio6hiae civi- 
tatem, libertate* donavit^ quod r^gem Tigranem non rece- 
pisset.' Inde in Judaeam transgressu$, Hierosolymam, 
caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, duodecim mtllibus Judaeo- 
rum occisis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His gestis finem 



* § d, 1. 

» § 968, R. 1. 

/ § 207, R. 23. 

J §351. 

• § 254,01. 3. 

''4 208. 


* § 211, R. 6. 

* § 208, (6.) • 

< §266.3. 

<* * * t J 

• - ' -- - , 

,,^-^ , . J>»^» 

J -> 

■ k ^ 

UBER ¥1. 101 

antiquissimo bello imposuiL Ante triumphaiitis* cumim 
ducti sunt filii Mitbrid&tis, filios Hgranis, et Aristobulus, 
rex Judsorum. PraeUta ingens pecunia, auri atque ai^ 
genti infinitum.i* Hoc tempore nullum per orbem tenir 
rum grave bellum erat. 

6. M. Tullio Cicerone cMratore et C. Antonio 

A U 

consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesuno ^' 
undenonagesimo L. Sergius Catilmay nobilissimi 
generis vir, sed ingenii pravissimi, ad delendam patriam con- 
juravit cum quibusdam claris quidem* sed audactbus viris. 
A Cicerdne urbe^ expulsus est, socH ejus deprehensi et 
in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero consule, 
Catilina ipse proelio victus est et interfectus. 

7. Anno urbis conditae sexcentesimo nonagest- 

A U 

mo tertio C. Julius Caesar cum L. Bibulo consul ^ 
est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper 
vincendo' usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit. Do- 
muit autem annis' novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter 
Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Bri- 
tannis mox bellum intulit, quibus ante eum ne nomen qui- 
dem Romanorum cognitum erat; Germanos quoque trans 
Rhenum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit. 

a Circa eadem tempora M. Licinius Crassus contra 
Parthos missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina 
et auspicia proelium commisisset, a Surena, Orodis 
regis Quce, victus et interfectus est cum filio, claris- '^ ' 
simo et praestantissimo juvene. Reliquiae exerci- 
tus per C. Cassium qusestorero servatae sunt. 

* Supply Pompiii, t Supply ponduM. 

• i 279, 3, (a.) & (rf.) * { 242. • } 276, R. 4. < § 263. 


••,• •• ••••• 

• • •• •• •«• ia 

• ••••• «••• 

• ••• ••• •••, 


{9«..i£nc jam belhun civile succesdt^ quo Ro- 
J^' mani noimnis fortiiiia mutata. est. Caesar enim 
.. ^yictpr e Gallia rediens, absens ccepit poscere alte- 
nun consulatum; quem quum aliqui sine dubitatione de- 
ienrent/ contradictum est^ a Pompeio et aliis, jiissiisque est, 
dimissis exerciiilMis^ in urbem redire. Propter bane in- 
juriam ab ArimuK), ubi milites congregates habebat, infesto 
exercitu Romam coBtendit. Consules cmn Pompeio, 
senatusque onmis atque universa nobilitas ex urbe fugit, et 
in^ Gneciam transiit ; et, dum senatus bellum contra Cae- 
sarem parabat, hie vacuam. urbem ingressus dictatorem . 
se fecit. 

10. Indo' Hispanias petit, iblque Pompeii legi5nes su- 
peravit ; tum in Graecia adversum Pompeium jpsum dimi- 
cavit. Primo prcBlio victus est et fugatus ; evasit tamen, 
quia nocte interveniente , Pompeius sequi noluit; dixitque 
Caesar, nee' Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tantum die se 
potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia apud Pbarsalum 
ingentibus utrinque copiis„commissts dimicaverunt. Nun- 
quam adhuc Romanae. copiae maj5res neque melioribus 
ducibus*' convenerant. Pugnatum est' ingenti content!- 
one, victusque ad postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus di- 
repta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandiiam petilt, ut a rege 
iBgypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, acciperet auxilia^ 
At hie fortunam magis quam amicitiam secutus, occidit 
Pompeium,^ caput ejus et annulum Caesari misit. Quo 
conspecto, Caesar lacrjfmas fudisse dicitur, tanti viri mtu- - 
ens caput, et generi * quondam sui. 

■ ■ ■ ;> 

* Poxnpey married Julia, the dauj^hter of Cssar ; but she wag now 

»§ 184,2. '<§a49,lll^.ftR. 

LIBER 71. 103- 

. .11. Quum ad Alexatidriam venisset Csesar,- Ptolem^e- 
us ei insidias parare voluit, qua de causa regi bellum illa- 
tum est. Rex victus in Nilo periit, inventumque est cor< 
pus ejus cum lonca aurea. Ctesar, Alexandria potitos, 
regnum Cleopatrae dedit. Turn inde profectus Pompeii- 
oarQm partiura reliquias est persecutus^ bellisqae civili- 
bus toto terrarum orbe compositis, Romani rediit* Ubi 
quum insolentius agere coepisset, coi^uratum* est in eum 
a sexaginta vel amplius senatoribus, equitibusque Roma- 
nis. Prsecipui fuerunt inter conjuratos Bruti duo ex 
genere Ulius Bruti, qui, regibus expulsis, primus Roms 
consul fuerat, C. Cassius et Servilius Casca. Er- 


go Caesar, quum in curiam venisset, viginti> tribus ^^ ' 
vulneribus confossus est. 

12. Interfecto Caesare, anno urbis septingentesimo no- 
no bella civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Cssaris 
percussoribus,^ Antonius consul a Caesaris partibus stabat. 
Ergo turbata republica, Antonius, multis scelerlbus com- 
missis, a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fugatusque An- 
tonius, amisso exercTtu, confugit -ad Lepidum, qui Caesari' 
magister equitum fiierat, et tum grandes copias militum ha- 
bebat; a quo susceptus est. Mox Octavianus cum An- 
tonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicaturus' patris* sui mor- 
tem, a quo per testamentum fuerat adoptatus, Romam 
cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut sibi juveni viginti an- 
norum' consulatus daretur. Tum junptus cum Antonio 
et Lepido rempublicam armis tenere cc^pit, senaturaque 
proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cicero orairtor occlsus est, mul- 
tjque alii nobiles. 

* i. e. JulU CtBsdris, 

• } 184, 2. • § 211 , R. 67(1.) • § 211, R. 6. 

» § 223, R. 2. * k ^4, R t>. 


13. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfectores Caesaris, 
bgens bellum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Caesar Octa- 
vianus, qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. Antonius, 

apud Philippos, Macedoniae urbem, contra eos pug- 
^t^ * naverunt. Primo proelio victi sunt Antonius et 

Caesar; periit tanien dux nobilhatis Cassius; se- 
cundo Brutuni et infinitam nobilitatera, quae cum illis bel- 
lum susceperat, victam* interfecerunt. Tum victores 
rempublicam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavianus Caesar 
Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Antonius Orientem, 
Lepidus Africam acciperet. 

14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata - sorore Caesaris 
Octaviani, Cleopatram, reginara ^gypti, uxorem duxit. 
Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopatra 
cupiditate muIiSbri optat Romae regnare. Victus est ab 

Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri apud Actium, 
723 ^"* \QC\3iS in Epiro est. Hinc fugit in -^gyptum, 

ety desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad Augustum 
transirent, se ipse^ interemit. Cleopatra quoque aspidem 
sibi admlsit, et veneno ejus exstincta est. Ita bellis toto 
orbe confectis, Octavianus Augustus Roniam rediit anno 
duodecimo^ quam consul fuerat. Ex eo inde tempore 
rempublicam per quadraglnta et quatuor annos solus obti- 
Buit. Ante enim duodecim annis cum Antonio et Lepida 
tenuerat.f Ita ab initio principatus ejus usque ad finem 
quinquaginta sex anni fuere. 

* Supply pojt. § 253, R. 1. f What is understood? 

• § 205, R. 2, E. » § 207, R. 28. 


]« Unitbrsus terraruni orbis in tres partes dividitury 
Eurdpam/ Asiam, Aincam. Europa ab Afiica sejun- 
gitur ireto Gaditano, in cujus utr&que parte montes sunt 
altissuni, Abj^la in Afiica, in Europa Calpe, qui montes 
Herculis coluninae appellantur. Per idem fretum mare 
internum, quod littoribus Eurdpse, Asiae, et Afi-ics inclu- 
ditur, jungitur cum Oceano. . 

2. Eur5pa termlnos^ habet ab oriente Tanaim fluvium, 
pontum Euxinum, et paludem Maeotida ; * a meridie, mare 
internum ; ab occidentej mare Atlanticuni sive Oceanum ; 
a septentrione, mare Britannicum Mare internum tres 
maximos sinus babet. Quorum is, qui Asiam a Graecia 
sejungit, ^gaeum mare vocatur^ secundus, qui est inter 
Graeciam et Italiam, Ionium ; tertius denique, qui occiden- 
tales Italiae oras alluit, a Romanis Tuscum, a Graecb Tyr- 
rhenum mare appellatur. 

3. In ea Eur5pae parte, quae ad occasum vergit, prima 
terrarum est Hispaifia, quae a tribus tateiibus man circum- 
data per Pyrenaeos montes cum Gallia cohaeret. Quum 

* § 204, R. 10. » § StiO, R. 2. ' § 80, I. 



universa Hispania dives sit* et foecunda, ea tamen regib, 
quae a flumme Baeti^ Baetica vocatur, ceteras fertilitate* 
antecelliu Ibi Gades sitae, insula cum urbe a Tyrils con- 
dita,, quae freto Gaditauo nomen dedit. Tota ilia regtp 
viris/ equis, feno, plumbo, aere, argento, auroque abundat, 
et ubi penuria aquarum minus est fertilis, linum tamen aut 
spartura alit. Marinoris quoque lapicidlnas habet. In 
Baetica minium reperitur. 

4. Gallia posita est inter Pyrenaeos montes et Rhenum ; 
orientalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidentalem Ocea« 
nus. Ejus pars ilia, quae Italiae' est opposita, et Narbo- 
nensis vocatur, omnium^ est laetissima. In eaora sita est 
Massilia, urbs a Phocaeis condita, qui, patria a Persis de- 
victa, quum servitutem ferre non possent, Asia relicta, 
novas in Europa sedes quaesiverant. Ibidem est campus 
lapideus, ubi Hercules dicitur contra Neptuni liberos dimi- 
casse. Quum tela defecissent, Jupiter filium imbre lapidum 
adjuvit. Credas-^ pluisse;f adeo multl passim jacent. 

5. Rhodanus fluvius, baud longe a Rheni fontibus 
ortus, lacu Lemano excipTtur, servatque impetum, ita ut 
per medium lacum integer fluat, tantusque, quantus venit, 
egrediatur. Inde ad occasum versus, Galllas aliquandiu 
dirlmit; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, aliorum amnium 
accessu auctus in mare efiiinditur. 

, 6. Ea pars Galliae, quae ad Rhenum porrigitur, fru- 
menti' pabulique feracissima est, ccelum salubre; noxia 
animalium genera pauca alit. Incolae superb! et supersti^ 
tiosi, ita ut deos humanb victimis^ gaudere existiment. 

* Supply partium, t Supply ti/off, i. e. lapides, 

• § 263, 5, R. 1. rf § 250,2, (2.) ' § 213. 

» § 82, E. 2, (&.) • J 224. * § 247, 1, (2.) 

•§250. /§261,R. 4. 


Magi&tri religiunum et sapientis sunt Druidse^ qui, quae* se 
scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis docent. Animas 
astemas esse credunt, vitamque alteram post mortem in- 
cipere. Hanc ob causam cum defunctis arm.a cremant aut 
(lefbdiunt, eamque doctrinam homines ad bellum^ alacri- 
ores facere existunant. 

7. Universa Gallia divlsa est inter tres magnos populosi 
qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyrenaeo monte usque ad 6a- 
rumnam Aquitani habitant ; inde ad Sequanam *Celt8B ; 
Belgae denique usque ad Rhenum pertinent. 

8. Garunma amnis, ex Pyrenaeo monte delapsus, diu 
vadosus est et vix navigabHis. Quanto' magis procedity 
tanto fit latjor; ad postremqm magni freti*' similis, non 
solum majora navigia tolerat, verum etiam more maris ex- 
surgit, navigantesque' atrociter jactat. 

9. Sequana ex AlpTbus ortus in septentridnem pergit. 
Postquam se baud procul Lutetia-^ cum Matrona conjunxit, 
Oceano' infunditur. Haec flumina opportunlssima sunt 
mercibus^ permutandis et ex man' intemo in Oceanum 

10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus baud prcx^ul ab 
origine lacum efficit Venetum, qui etiam Brigantlnus ap- 
pellatun Deinde longo spatio-' per fines Helvetiorum, 
Mediomatric5rum, et Trevirdrum continuo alveo fertur, 
aut modicas insiilas* circumfluens; in agio Batavo autem, 
ubi Oceano appropinquavit, in plures amnes dividitur ; nee 
jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus, ingens lacus, 

• § 206, (4.) • § 205, R. 7, (1,) N. 1. * § 82, E. 1. 
» § 213, R. 4, (2.) /§241,R.2. / § 236. 

• § !K6, R. 16, & (2.) ' § 224. » § 233. 
' § 222, R 2. * § 275, R. 2. 


Hevo appellatur, ejusdenique nommis insulam amplekusi 
fit iterum arcdor et fluvius iterum in mare emittitur. 

11. Trans Rhenum German! habitant usque ad Vistii- 
lam, quae finis est Germaniae ad orientem. Ad meridiem 
tdrminatur Alpibus, ad septentiidnem mari Britannico el 
BaUico. Incolae corporum proceritate exeellunt. Animos 
bellando** corpora laboiibus exercent. Hanc ob causam 
cfebro bella gerunt cum finitimis, lion tam finium prolatan* 
dorum^ causa, aut imperii cupiditate, sed ob belli amdrem. 
ISIites tamen sunt erga suppITces' et boni liospttibus. 
Urbes moenibus cinctas aut fossis aggeribusque munitad 
non babent. Ipsas domos ad breve tempus struunt non 
la'pidibus aut lateribus coctis sed lignis, quae fixHidibus 
tegunt. Nam diu eodem in loco morari'* pericuUSsum 
arbitrantur libertati. 

12. Agriculturae' Germani non admodum student, ncc 
quisquam agri modum certum aut fines proprios habet. 
Lacte vescuntur et caseo et came. Ubi fons, campus, ne- 
musve lis placuerit,-^ ibi domos figunt, mox ali6 transitufi 
cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam hiemem in 
subterraneis specubus dicuntur transigere. 

13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in via 
redditur. Inter silvas' maxima est Hercynia, cujus latitu 
dmem Caesar novein dierum iter* patere nairat. Inse- 
quenti tempore magna pars ejus exc^ est. Flumina sunt 
in Germania multa et magna. Inter haec clarissimum 
nomen Rheiii, de quo supra diximus, et Danubii. Clan 
quoque amnes, Moenus, Visurgis, Albis. Danubicis, om* 

• n ■ ' ' . 

• § 275, III., R. 4. < § 2(59, R. 1. ' § 212,R.2,N.4. 
» § 275, III., R. 1. « § 223. » § 236. 

• § 222, R. 4, (3.) / 5 223, R. 2. 

. .NATIONS ojr ANTiqurnr. ^09 

^lum Europae .flutninum maxunus, apucL Rhstos ontur, 
nexdque ad ortum soUs cursu, receptisque sexaginta amoi- 
bus, in Pontum Euxiaum sex vastis o$tiis effiinditur. 
r 14. :Britanniam msulam Phoenicibus innotuisse, eosque 
stannum inde et plumbum pellesq^e petivisse, probabHe 
est. Roraanis eam Julius Caesar primus aperuit ; neque 
taraen prius cognita esse coepit quam. Claudio* imperanta* 
Hadrian^s eam, muro ab oceano Germanico ad Hibemi- 
eum mare ducto, in duas partes divisit, ut inferi5rem in- 
siike partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum pppulp- 
^m, qui in Scotia habitabant, incursionibus tueretur. 

15. M^ima insulae pars campestris, collibus passiia 
silvisque distincta. Incolae Gallos proceritate^ corporum 
yincunt, ceterum ingenio ^ Gallis simHes, simplicidres tamen 
illis' magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urbibus. 
Ibi tuguria exstniunt et stabi3a pecori, sed plerumque ad 
breve tempus. Humanitate ceteris praestant. ii, qui Can* 
tium tncolunt. Tota haec regio est marituna.. Qui in- 
teriorem insulae partem habitant, frumenta non serunt ;.laQ- 

.te' et came vimnt.. Pro vestibus induti sunt pellibus.'. 

16. Italia ab Alpibus usque ad fretum Sicuium pocrigi- 
tur inter mare Tuscum et AdriatTcum. Multo-^ Iqn^or 
est 'quam latior.' In medio se attollit Apenninus^ mons, 
qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque . ad 
Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima regio 
ob fertilitatem soU coelique salubritatem. Quum longi 
in mare procurrat, plurimos habet portus popul5rum inter 
se*^ patentes commercio.' Neque ulla facile^ est regio, 



» § 206, (5.) 


/ § 256, R. 16, & (2.) 


• § 256, 2. 

' § 256, R. 12. 

S §277,R.7. 

< § 245, 11. 4. 





<]us tot tamque pulchras urbes habeat,* inter quas Roma 
et magnitudlne et nominb famfi eminet. 

17. Hsc urbs, orbis terrarum caput, septem montes 
complectitur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; August! 
svo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant fora, 
templa, portTcus, aquasductus, theatra, arcus triumphales, 
Iiorti denique, et id genus^ alia, ad quae vel lecta anfmus 
stupet. Quare recte de ea praedicare videntur, qui nulltus 
urbis in toto orbe terrarum magnificentiam ei' comparari 
posse dixerunt. 

18. Felicissima in Italia regio est Campania. Muld 
ibi vitlferi colles, ubi nobilissima vina gignuntur, Setinum, 
Caecubum, Falemum, Massicum. CalTdi ibidem fontes' 
saluberrimi. Nusquam generosior olea. Conchylb* quo- 
que et pisce nobili maria vicina scatent. 

19. Clarissimi amnes Italian sunt Padus et Tiberis. 
Et Padus quidem m superiore parte, quae Gallia Cisalpma 
vocatur, ab iinis radicibus Vesuli montis exoritur ; primum 
ex3is, deinde aliis amnibus ita alltur, ut se per septem ostia 
in mare effimdat. Tiberis, qui antiquissTmis temporibus 
Albulae nomen habebat, ex Apennino oritur ; deinde du5* 
bus et quadraginta fluminibus auctus fit navigabHis. Plu- 
rimas in utraque ripa villas adspTcit, praecipue autem urbis 
Romans magnificentiam. Placidissimus amnium raro ripas 

20. In inferiore parte Italiae clara quondam urbs Taren- 
tum, quas maris sinui, cui adjacet, nomen dedit. Soli 
fertilTtas coelique jucunda temperies in causa fuisse videtur, 

ut incolae luxuria et deliciis enervarentur. Quumque*^ 

I I I . .. I ,111 , 

• § 264, 7. • § 224. • § 250,2, (2.) 

» §231,R.5,&6. '§209, R. 4. /§ 263,5, R.L 

NATIONS or ANTK^Uirr. Ill 

aliquancUo potentia* florerent, copiasqae baud contemoen 
das alerent, peregiinis tamen plerumque ducibus ia bellis 
utebantur, ut Pyrrho, rege Epiri, quo superato, urbs ia 
Romafioruro potestatem veniu 

2U Proxima Italis est Sicilia, insula omnium* maris 
mterni maxima. Antiquisslmis temporibus earn cum Italia 
cohaesisse, mansque impetu, aut terrae motu inde divulsain 
esse, verisimlle est. Forma triangularis, ita ut littera^, 
quam Gneei Delta vocant, imaginem referat. A tribus 
. promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. Nobilissimus ibi mens 
JEtnae, qui urbi Catanae immlnet, tum ob altitudinem, 
turn etiam ob'ignes, quos effimdit; quare Cycl5pum in ilio 
monte officinam esse poetae dicunt. Cineres e crateribus 
egesti agrum circumjacentem fcecundum et feracem red- 
dere existimantur. Sunt ibi Piorum campi, qui nomen 
babent a duobus juvenibus Catanenslbus, qui, flammis 
quondam repente ingnientjbus, parentes senectute confeo- 
tos, bumeris sublatos, flamma^* eripuisse feruntur. Nomina 
firatrum Ampbinomus et Anapus fiienmt. 

23. Inter urbes Sicilian nulla est illustrior Syracusis, 
CorintlKorum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Ab 
Atheniensibus beilo petita, maximas hostium copias delevit : 
Carthaginienses etiam magnis interdum cladibus afTecit. 
Secundo bello Punico per triennium oppugnata, Archime- 
dis pptissimum ingenio et arte defensa, a M. Marcello 
capta est. Viclnus huic urbi fons Arethusae Nymphae* 
saoer, ad quam Alpheus'' aranis ex Peloponneso per mare 
Ionium lapsus f comissari;]: dicitur. Nam si quid ad 
Olympiam in illura amnem jactum fuerit, id in Ai-ethusae 

* Supply ituuldrum. t Supply esse, 

% Infinitive denoting a purpose afler lapsus esse. § 271, N. 3. . 

•§250. »§224, R.2. •§222,3. «« § 293. N. 


ibnte reddu* De ilia fabiila quid statuendum A* spoofe 

83. In man Ligustico insi3a est Corsica^ quam Gneri 
Cyrnum vocanU Terra aspera mulusque locis^ invia, 
coelum grave, mare circa' importunum. Incolae latrociniis 
dediti feri sunt et honrifdi* Mella quoque lUius insiSe 
amara esse dieuntur corporibusque'' nocere* Pruxima ei 
est Sardinia, quas a Gnecis mercatoiibus Ichnusa vocatur, 
quia formam humaiii vesti^i habet. Solum' quam ccelum 
mdius. Illud fertile, hoc grave ac noxium. Noxia (jpio- 
que animalia berbasque venenatas gignit. Multum inde 
frumenti'^ Romam mittitur ; unde haec insi3a et Sicilia nd- 
tiices urbts vocantur. 

24. Graecia nominis celebritate' omnes fere alias orbte 
tmarumi regiones superavit. Nulla enim magndrum inge* 
niorum^ fuit feracior; neque ulla beDi pacisque artes mfr- 
jore studio excoluit. Plurimas eadem colonias in omnes 
terne partes deduxit. Multum itaque terra maiique valuit, 
et giavissima bella magna cum gloria gessit. 

25. Gnecia inter Ionium et ^gaeum mare porrigitur. 
In plurimas regiones divisa est, quarum amplissimae suilt 
Macedonia et Epirus — quamquam hae a nonnuUis a Grse- 
da sejungimtur—^tum Thessalia. Macedoniam Pliilippi 
et Alexandri regnum iliustravit; quorum ille' Crraeciam 
subegit, hie' Asiam latissime domuit, ereptumque Pei^-^ 
imperium in Macedones transtulit. Centum ejus regi^nis 
et quinquaginta urbes numerantur; quarum septuaginta 

* Supply di^Uur. 

• § 265. • § 209, R. 4. * § 213. 
»$254,R.3. /§212,R.3. «§207,R.23. 

• 4 235, R. 10. ' § 250. / § 224, R. 2. 

• § 223 R. ?. 

NATIONS or ijmqjam. ^ 118 

ddasi Pefseo^ uI&Da Macedoane teg^ superfito, PauUm 
JEmilius diripuit. ^ 

06. Epmis, qu» ab Acnsceraumis incipit montibosi 
desinit in Acbel6o fiutniae* PItires earn popi3i beolunt. 
Ilfajstris ibi I>oddna in Molossorum finibus, vetusdaBinio 
Jo vis oraculo indyta* Columbe ilri ex arbonbtis oracufai 
dedisse narranUir; quercusqoe ipsas et kbetes mneds 
inde suspensos deorum voluiftatem tinnitu dgnificaase* 
fiima est* 

.27« Acheloi fluvii ostiis insulae aliquot objicent, qua* 
mm maxima est Cephalienia. Multse praetarea insulai 
tittori Epiri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam Home* 
rus Scheriam appeilasse existimatur. la hac Pheacas 
posuit ille et hortos AlciixM* Coloniam huo deduxenint 
Cmntlm,' quo^ tempore Numa Pompilius Roais'' regno* 
^t. Vicma ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, aspem montibus, 
sed Homed carminibus adeo nobilitata^ ut * ne fertilissimis 
quidem regionibus cedat. * . 

28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniara et Epmim^. 
ftecunda regto, generosis praecipue equis' exeellens, unde 
Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi memo^ 
rabQes Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse exbtimatur^ 
Pelion et Ossa, per quos-^ gigantes caelum petivisse dicun^ 
tur; (Eta denique, in cujus vertice Hercules, rogo con* 
scenso, se ipsum' cremavit. Inter Ossam^ et Olympura 
Peneus, limpidissTmus amnis, delabitur^ vallem amoenissni 
mam, Tempe vocatam, irrigans. 

29. Inter reliquas Graeciae regi5nes nominis claritate 
eminet Attica, quae edam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athenae, 


««§2e2, R.I. 

' § 207, a. 28. 

» § 206, (3.) 

• §250. 

^ §l!£|5,R.3. 

* § 221, 1. 

/ § 247, R. 4. 



de qui; uibfif deftt mter te certftsse^lama est Certitis es^ 
Dullam unquam urbein tot poetas tiilisse, tot omtofees, tol 
pbikBDphos^ ,tolque in omni viitttits genera claik)s ^ros. 
Res auteiil/\)i^oi eas gessit, ut huic soli* ^oriae' studem 
videietur; paosque aites ita excduit, ut hac latide inapi 
ettam qujon belii; gloria s]4eiideiiet« Arx iU sire Aciopon 
fis' urbi iinminens, ande latuB in mare prospectus patet* 
Per jNt>pyia^' ad earn adscenditur/ splendidufn Penclis 
opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjunctus esl 
porfus PSneeuSy }i06t b^lum Persicum secundum a Tbe- 
mistocle munitus. Tutissima ibi statio nayium. 

30. Aujcam attingit Boeotia, ferti]issinia regio. Incolae 
magis corporibus'^ valent quam ingeniis. Urbs cdeber- 
limai Tfaebae/ quas Amphion musToes ope moenibus 
enixisse dicitiir. lUustravit earn Pindari poeta: ingeniumj 
Epaminondie virtus. Mods'' ibi Helicon,* Musarum sedes, 
et Cithaeron plurimis poetarura labulis celebratos. 

31. BcBotis* Phocis finitima, ubi Delplii urbs claris* 
.sttua. In qua urbe oraculura Apollinis quantum apud 

omnes gentes auetofit&tem habuerit,' quot quamque pras-^ 
elara munera ex omni fere terrarum orbe Delphos^ missa 
foerint^ nemo ignorat. Imminet urbi Parnassus mons^ in 
cujus verticibus Mussb habitare dicuntur, unde aqua fontis 
Castalii poetarum ing^iia inflammare exbtimatur* 

32. Cum e& parte Graecise, quam bactenus descripsH 
mus, cdiieret ingens peninsula, quae Peloponnesus voca* 
tor, platani folio simillima. Augustus ille trames intei 

* Whiit is the predicate of this proposition ? 
•§269. <§a09,R.4. '§265. 

» § 107. • § 209, R, 3, (2.) * § 237, 

• 5 283. / § 250. 

^ NAtlOI^ dp ANTiqtrm.* 116 

Mgsmn Mare et Tonkitn, per qoem cam Megaride cohse- 
ret, Isthmus appeilatur. Id eo temphim Neptiini est, ad 
cpod ludi celebitiiitur Istbmici. Ibidem in ipso PelopcHi* 
ii^i aditu, Corindius sita est, urbs antiquissimaj ex cujas 
summa* arce, (Acrocoiintfaon* appelant,*) utnimque mare 
contspicTtur. Quum opibus florSret, maritimisque valeret 
copib, gravia beiia gessit. In bello Achaico, quod Roma^ 
ni cum Grascis gesscrunt, pulcherriina urbs, quam Cicero 
Graecia^ lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expugnata iunditus- 
que deleta est. Restituit earn Julius Gssar, colonosque* 
eo milites veteranos misit. 

33. NobQis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia, tempio 
Jovis Olympii ac statu& illustris. Statua ex ebore facta, 
Phidiae summi artificis opus praestandssimum. IVcqpe 
ilhid templum ad Alphei flummis ripas lucB celebrantur 
Olympici, ad quos videndos** ex tota Gneci& concurritur.' 
Ab his ludis Graeca gens res gestas suas numerat. 

34. Nee Spaita praetereunda est, urbs nobilissima, 
quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illustra- 
vit.-^ Nulla fere gens bellica laude' ma^ floruit, plu- 
resque viros fertes constantesque genuit. Urln imminet 
mons Taygetus, qui usque ad Arcadiam procuirit. Proxi* 
me urbem^ £ur5tas fluvius delabitur, ad cujus ripas Spar* 
tani se exercere solebant. InSinum Laconicum efiiindl- 
tur. Hand procul inde abest promontorium Taenarum, 
ubi altisslmi specus, per quos Orpheum^ ad inferos de» 
scendisse narranti' 

35. Mare ^gaeum, inter Graex^iam Asiamque patens 

* Supply quam, § 220. 

• § 205, R. 17. < § 275, III., R. 3. ' § 250. 

*§5«- '§184,2. * §235,(5,) R. 11. 

« § 330, It 8. / § 209, R. 12, (3.) « § 209, R. 2, (2.) 


plunmis kisiilis distinguitur. Illustres inter eas sunt Cyclft* ^ 
dcs, sic appellata&y quia in orbem jacent. Media earum* 
est Delus, qu^s repente e mari enala esse dicitun In ea 
insffla Latona ApoUinem et Dianam peperit, qu» ntiniina 
ibi una cum matre sonima religidne coluntur. Urbi im- 
tniuet Cynthus, nxins excdsus et turduus. Inopus amnis 
pariter cum Nilo decrescere et augeri dicitur. Mercatus in 
Delo celeberrimus, quod ob portus commoditatem templi- 
que religionetn mercatores ex toto orbe terr^m eo con^ 
fluebant. Eandem ob causam civitales Graeciae, post 
secundum Persicum bellum, tributa ad belli usum in eam 
insulam, tanquam in commune totlus Gr»ci» £rarium, 
conferebant; quam pecuniam insequenti tempore Atbeni 
enses in suam urbem transtulerunt. 

36. EuboBa insula littori^ BoeotiiB et Atticie praetendT* 
tur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terrae motu a 
Boeotia avulsa esse creditur ; saspius eam concussam esse' 
constat* Fretum, quo a Gi*aecia sejungitur, vocStur Ekiri* 
pus, saevum et a^tuosum mare, quod continuo motu agita 
ttu*. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis die statis tempori^ 
bus fluctus alterno motu agitari ; alii hoc negant, dicentes, 
mare temere in vend modum hue illuc moveri. Sunt, 
qui narrent/ Aristotelem philosophum, quia hujus mirac* 
uli causas investigare non posset/ aegritudine confec- 
tum esse. 

37. Jam ad Boreales regiones pergamus.-^ Supra Ma« 
cedoniam Tliracia pomgitur a Ponto i£uxino usque ad 
Illyriam. Regio frigida et in iis tantum partibus fecun- 
dior, quae propiores sunt man. Pomiferae arbores* rane; 
frequentiinres vites; sed uva& non maturescunt, nisi frigus^ 

• § 212. • § 269. • § 2GG, 2. 

» § 224. * § 264, 6. / J 200, R. 6. 


st^kdios^ aicStur* Sola Thasus, insi3a littori TbiacuB ad« 
j&eos; vino excelliu Amnes sunt celebeifirni Hebrus^ ad 
qij^m Orpheus a Msenadibus discerptus esse dieitur ; Nestus 
et Sdymon« Montes altissimiy-Hasmus,. ex cujus vertice 
PoQtus et Adria conspicitur ; Rbodope et OcbSus. 

38. Pliires Tbraciam gentes incoluot nonumbus diveiv 
s« et moiibus. Inter has Getae omnium sunt ferocissimi 
et ad mcnrtein paratissirai.* Animas enim post mortem 
redituras existunant. Recens nati apud eos deBentur; 
ftmera autem cantu bisuque eelebrantur* Plures ^ngufi 
uxores habent* Hae omnes, viro defuncto, mactari simul* 
que cum eo sepeliri cupiunt, raagndque id certamine a 
judicibus^ oontendunt Virgines non a parentibus tra« 
duntur viris, sed aut publice duoends^ locantur, aut v^ae- 
unt Formosse b pretb sunt^ ceterae maritos mercedo 
data invenlunt. 

39. Inter urbes Tbraciae memombile est Byzantium, 
ad Bosporum Thmcium, urbs natura munita et arte, quae 
cum'' ob soli fertilitatem, turn ob vicinitatem maris onmium 
rehim, quas vita requirit, copia'' abundat. Nee Sestos 
prsBtereunda est silentio^ urbs ad Uellespontum posita, quam 
amor Herus et Leandri memorabSem reddidit ; nee Cynos* 
sema, tumulus Hecubas, ubi ilia, post Trojam dirutam, in 
canem mutata et sepulta esse dieitur. Nomen etiam babet 
in usdem regionibus urbs i£nos, ab JEnek e patria pro- 
fit condita; Zone, ubi nemora Orpheum canentem 
seeuta esse narrantur ; Abdera denique, ubi Diomedes rex 
advenas equis suis devorandos objiciebat, donee ipse ab 
Hercule iisdem objectus est. Quae urbs quum ranarum 
muriumque multitudine infestaretur, incolae, relicto patriae 

*§SS2,R»4. *§231,R.2. • § 278, R. 7. ^§250,(2.) 


80I09 novas sedes quiesiverunt* Hos Cassander, rax M(h 
cedonie, in societatem accepisse, agiosque in extrema.* 
Alocedonla assignasse dicitur* 

40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Teiminatur 
Scytliia ab uno latera Ponto Euxuio, ab altero montibus 
Rhipaeb, a tergo Asia et Pbaside flumine. Vasta regb 
nuliis fere intus finibus dividitur. Scyths enicn nee 
agrum exeicenti nee certas sedes habent, sed armenta et 
pecora paaeentes per incultas solitudines enire solent. 
Uxores iiberosque secum in plaustris vebunt. Lacte et 
melle vescuntur; aunim et argentum, cujus nuUus apud 
eos usus est, aspemantun Ck>rpora pelllbus* vestiunt. 

41. Divers® sunt Scytharum gentes, diveisique mores* 
Sunt, qui funera parentum festis sacri6ciis cel^rent,' 
eonimque capitibus afiabre expolitis auroque vinctis pro 
poculis utantur* Agathyrsi ora et corpora pingunt, idque* 
tanto'' magis, quanto quis' illustrioribus gaudet major ibus/ 
li, qui Tauricam Chersonesum incolunt, antiquissimis 
teniporibus advenas Dians maotabant. Interius habitant 
tcs ceteris' rudiores sunt. Bella amant, et quo quis' plq- 
res hostcs intcreinerit) eo** majdre existimatione apud suo&^ 
Imbetur. Ne tedcra quidem incruenta sunt. Sauciant 
se qui paciscuntur, sanguinemque permistum degustanL 
Id 6dci pignus certissunum esse putant. 

42. Maxima flummum Scytlucomm sunt Ister, qui et 
Danubius vocatur, et Borysthenes. De Istro supra dictum 
est.' Borysthenes, ex ignotis ibntibus ortus, liquidissimas 

>■ ■< 

• Supply faciunt, 

• § 205, R 17. * § 256, R. 16. ' § 256, 2. 

» § 849, 1. • § 137, 1,11. (3.) * § 205, R. 7, (1,) N. 1. 

• § 264, 6. / § 247, 1, (2.) « § 225. III., R. I. 


aquas trahit et potatu* jucundas. Placidus idem Istissima 
pabula allt. Magno spatio navigabSis juxta urbem BorysH 
thenida* in Pontum efiunditur. 

43. Ultra Rhipsos montes et Aqu35nein gens haUtare 
existimatur felicissima, Hyperboreos* appelant. Regb 
apnea, felix cceli temperies omnlque afflatu' noxip carens* 
Semel in anno sol iis oiitur soktitio/ brum& semel occidit. 
Incolae in nemoiibus et lucis habitant; sine omni (fiscor- 
dia et xgritudine vivunt. Quum vitae* eos'^ taedet, epi3is 
sumptis ex rupe se in mare praecipitant. Hoc enim sepul- 
tQrae genus beatissimum esse existimant. 

44. Asia ceteris terrs partibus est amptior. Oceanns 
earn alluit, ut locis ita nominibus difFerens ; Edus ab ori- 
ente, a nieridie Indicus, a septentrione Scythicus. Asi» 
nomine appellatur etiam peninsula, quae a man £g8M> 
usque ad Armeniam patet. In hac part^ est Bithynia ad 
Ptopontidem sita, ubi Granicus in mare efiunditur, ad quern 
amnem Alexander, rex Macedonia, primam victoriam de 
Persis reportavit* Trans ilium amnem sita est Cyzicus in 
cervice peninsulas, urbs nobilissima, a Cyzico appellata, 
qui in illis regionibus ab Argonautis pugna occlsus est* 
Haud procul ab ilia urbe Rhyndacus in mare efilmditur, 
circa quern angues nascuntur, non solum ob nriagnitudinem 
mirabiles, sed etiam ob id, qu6d, quum ex aqua emergunt 
et hiant, supervolantes aves absorbent. 

45. Propontis cum Ponto jungitur per Bosporum,' quod 
fretum quinque stadia latum Europam ab Asi& separat* 
Ipsis in faucibus Bospori oppTdum est Chalccdon^f ab 

* Supply quam, t Supply eondlta. 

^i 276, III. '§253. /§22D,R.6. 

» § 80, 1. • § 215, (1.) ^ § 247, R. 4. 

• § 250, (2.) 


Argia^ Megarensium princTpe, et templufn Jovis, ab Jasone 
eoiidituni. Pontus ipse ingens est maris sinus, non molli 
neque arenoso circumdatus liuore, tempestatibus* obnoxi- 
us, raris statioaibus.* Olim ob saevitatem popu]5rum, qui 
circa habitant, Axenus appeliatus fuisse dicitur; postea, 
mollkis illoruiti moiibus, dictns est Euxmus. 
• 46. In littore Ponti, in MaiiandynOTiin agro, urbs est 
Heraclea, ab Hercule, ut fertur, eondita. Juxta earn spe- 
iunca est Achenisia, quam ad Manes perviam esse exbd- 
fhant/ Hinc Gerbenis ab Hercule extractus fuisse dicitur* 
Ultra fluvium Thennodonta Mossyni habitant. Hi totum 
icorpus distinguunt notis. Reges suf&agio eligunt ; eosdera 
-in turre lignea inclusos aictissime custodiunt, et, si quid 
perperam imperitaverint,' inedia totius diei afficiunt. £x- 
Ircmum Ponti angulum Colchi tenent ad Phasidem ; quas 
loca &bula de vellere aureo et Argonautarum expeditio 

47. Inter provincias Asiae proprie dictae illustris est 
Ionia, in duodecim civitates divisa. Inter eas est Miletus, 
.beMi pacisque artibus inclyta; eique vicinum Panioniura, 
.sacra regio, quo omnes I5num civitates statis temponbus 
legatos soiebant mittere. Nulla facSe' urbs plures colo- 
nias misit, quani Miletus. Eph&i, quam-^ urbem Amaz~ 
ones condidisse traduntur, teniplum est Dianae, quod sep- 
tern mundi miraciilis' annumerari solet. Totius templi 
'kmgitudo est quadringentonim viginti quinque pedum,^ 
latitudo ducentorum viginti; cdumnae centum ^ginti sep- 
tern numero, sexaginta pedum altitudme; ex iis trigbta 
3ex caelatae. Operi pnefuit Chersiphion architectus. 

• § 222, 3. < § 209, R.2, (1,) (ft.) ^ § 224. 

»§211,R.6. •§277,R.7. *§211, R.6. 

•§209,R.a,(2.) / §206,(3.) 

HAl^IOVff or ANTiqUITT. Iftl 

/' 4& lEiSiia olirk Mysia appellata/ el, ubi HeQespontuin 
attin^, Troas. Ibi Ilium fuit situm ad radices inontis 
Idae, tirbs belh), qood per decent annos cum unlveisa 
Graecta gessit, clarisisimai Ab Ideo monte Scamander de- 
fluit et SimSis, amtfes fam& quam natura raajoies* Ipsum 
montem certameti*!^ deilrum Paridisque judicium illustrem 
reddidit. In littore clane sunt urbes Rhoet^um et Dar- 
dkniisi; sed sepulcrum Ajacis, qui ibi post certamen com 
Ulysse ghdio incubuit, utraque f clarius. 

49. Idnibus^ Cares sunt finitimi, popSus armonim* 
bellique ad€!& amans, tit aliena etiam bella mercede ac- 
cepts gereret. Princeps Cariae urbs Halicamussus, Aj> 
g1v5rum colonra, regum sedes oiim. Unus e5rum Mau- 
solus fuit. Qui quum vita** defiinctus esset, Artembia 
eonjux degiderio maiiti flagrans, ossa ejus cineresque con- 
fusa cum aqua miscuit ebibitque, splendidumque prasterea 
sepulcrum exstruxit, quod inter septem orbis t^rrarum 
miracula censetur. 

50. Cilicia sita est in intimo recessu maris, ubi Asia 
proprie sic dicta cum Syna conjungitur. Sinus ille ab 
ni'be Isso Issici nomen habet^ Fluvius ibi Cydnus aqua* 
limpidissTm^ et fiigidissima, in quo Alexander Macedo 
quum lavaret,*^ parum abiiiit, quin frigore enecaretur/ 
Antrum Corycium in usdem re^nibus ob singularem 
natunim memorablle est. Ingenti illud bmtu patet in 
monte arduo, alteque demissdm undique viret lucis pen- 
dentibus. Ubi ad ima perventum est,* rursus aliud antrum 
}i]ieritur. Ibi sonltus cymbaldrum ingredientes* terrere 

" See « MytholooTi" section 11. t Supply tirftfl. 

• § 209, R. 4. ' § S46, 1. » § 208, 
^^222,^. M^^n, R.6. ^§184,2. 

• § 213. . / § 229, R. 4, 1. • § 205, R, 7, (1,) N. 1. 



dicitur. Totus hie specus augustus est et vere sacer, et a 
diis habitSri exbtimatur. 

51. E CSicia egresses* Syria excipit, cujus pars est 
Phoenice in littore maris intemi posita. Hanc regionem 
soUers bominum genus colit. Phoenices enim litterarum 
fbnnas a se inventas alib popiilis tradiderunt ; alias etiam 
artes, quae ad navigationera et mercaturain spectant, studi- 
dee coluerunt. Ceterum fertilis regio/ crebrisque fluroini- 
bus rigata, quorum ope terrae marisque opes fac3i negotio 
inter se' permutantur. Nobilissims Pboenices ^rbes ^ 
don, antequam a Pen$is caperetur, maritimanim urbium 
maxima, et Tyrus, aggere cum terra conjuncta. Purpura 
hujus urbis omnium pretiosissima. Conficitur ille color ex 
succo in conchis, quae etiam purpune vocantur, latente. 

52. Ex Syria descenditur' in Arabiam, peninsulam 
inter duo maria, Rubrum et PersTcum, porrectam. Hujus 
ea pars, quae ab urbe Petra Petneae nomen accepit, plane 
est sterllis; hanc excTpit ea, quae ob vastas solitudihes 
Deserta vocatur. His partibus adhaeret Arabia Felix, regio 
angusta, sed cinnami, thuris aliorumque odorum^ feracissi- 
ma. Multae ibi gentes sunt, quae fixas sedes non habe* 
ant,' Nomades a Graecis appellatae. Lacte et came feiina 
vescuntur. Multi etiam Arabum populi latrociniis-^ vivunt. 
Primus e Romanis iClius Gallus in hanc terram cum exer- 
citu penetravit. 

53. Camelos inter armenta pascit Oriens. Duo harum 
sunt genera, Bactrianae et Arabiae. Illae bina habent in 
dorso tubera, hae singula; unum autem sub pectore, cui 
incumbant. Dentium orduie' superi5re carent. Sitim* 

•§205,R.7,(1,)N. 1. '§184,2. '§250,(2.) 

» § 209, R.4. • § 264, 1, (a.) * § 79, 2. 

' § 208, (5.) / § 245, If. 4. 

NATIONS OF ANTiqumr. 123 

quatriduo tolerant ; aquam, antequam bibant, pedibus 
turbant. Vivunt quinquagenls annis;* qusedam etiam 

54. Ex Arabia pervenltur in Babyloniam, cui Babj'Ion 
Domen dedit, Chaldaicaruin gentium caput, urbs et magni 
tudme et divitiis clara. Semiramis earn condiderat, vel, ut 
mulii crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. Murus 
exstructus laterculo'' coctili, triginta et duos pedes* est 
latus, ita ut quadrigae inter se occurrentes sine periculo 
commeare dicantur; altitudo ducentoi'um pedum; turres 
autem denis ^ pedibus "^ quam munis altiores sunt. Totius 
opens ambitus sexaginta millia passuum complectitur. 
Mediam urbem* permeat Euphrates. Arcem habot vigin- 
ti stadiomm-^ ambltu;' super ea pensSes horti conspiciun- 
tur, tantaeque sunt moles tamque firmas, ut onera nemorum 
sine detrimento ferant. 

55. Amplissima Asiae regio^ India priinum patefacta est 
armis Alexandri Magni, regis Macedonian, cujus exemplum 
successores secuti in interiora' Indiae penetraverunt. In 
eo tractu, quern Alexander subegit, quinque millia^ oppido- 
rum fuisse, gentesque novem, Indiamque tertiam partem 
esse terrarum omnium, ejus comites scripserunt. Ingentes 
ibi sunt amnes, Indus et Indo * major Ganges. Indus in 
Paropamiso ortus undeviginti amnes recipit, totidem Gan- 
ges interque eos plures navigabHes. 

56. Maxima in India gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi 
grandiores ceteris. ArbSres tantae proceritatis esse tra- 

duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc ' efficit uber- 

- ■ ■ - 1 — II 

• § 836. • § 233. • § 212, R. 3, N.4. 
» § 119, 111. / § 211, R. 6. / § 272. 

• § 249, 1. ' § 250. » § 256, 2. 

• k 256, R. 16. * § 204. * § 200, (13.> 


tas soli, temperies coeli, aquSrum abundantia. ImmSnes 
quoque serpentes alit, qiii elephantos morsu et ainbitu cor- 
poris conficiunt. Solum tain pingue et ferax, ut mella 
frondibus* defiuant, sylvas lanas ferant, arundinum inter- 
nodia fissa cymbarum usum praebeant^ binosque, qusdam 
etiam teraos homines, vehant. 

57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lano^ aUi 
vestiuntur et lanis arborum, alii ferarum aviumque pellibus, 
pars nudi' incedunt/ Quidam animalia occidere eoruni- 
que camibus vesci nefas putant;* alii pisclbus tantuih 
aluntur* Quidam parentes et propinquos, prius quani ann 
nis et macie oonficlantur, velut hostias caedunt eorumque 
visceribus' epulantur; ubi senectus eos morbusve invadit, 
mortem in solitudine aequo animo exspectant. li, qui 
sapientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis ad occasum stare solent, 
solem immobilibus oculis intuentes ; ferventibus arenis toto 
die altemb pedlbus insistunU Mortem non exspectant, 
sed sponte arcessunt in rogos incensos se prascipitantes. 

58. Alaximos India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces, 
ut AGri elephanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant. Hoc 
animal cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt arma 
jacere, gladiaturum more congredi, saltare et per funes 
incedere. Plinius narrat, Romae unum segiii5ris ingenii 
saspius castigatum esse verberibus, quia tardids'^ accipie- 
bat, quae tradebantur ; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem 
meditantem. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur. 
Ducit agmen maximus natu,' cogit is, qui aetate ei est 

* What are the accusativea ailer putant t § 2^. 

• § SJ42. ^ § 209, R. 11. « § 250. 

• § 249. • § 245, 11. 4. 

• § 206, R. 3. / § 25(5, R. 9, & (a.) 

NJiTiONS or ANTKiuirr. 185 

prazHiuis. Amnetn transituri imnimos pnemittunt. Car 
piuntur (bveis. In has ubi elephas deciderit, ceteri mmos 
congerunty aggeres construunt^ omnlque vi conantur extra* 
here. Domantur fame et verbeiibus. Domiti m&iUuit et 
turres armatorum in hostes feninty magnaque es parte 
Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas acies prostemunt, armatos 
proterunt* Ingens dentibus pretium. In GrsBcii ebur ad 
deorum simulacra tanquam pretiosissTnia materia adhibe- 
tur; in extremis* Afncae postium vicem in domiciliis pr9» 
bet, sepesque in pecorum stabiilis elephantonim d^tibiis 
fiunt. Inter omnia animalia* maxime oderunt' murem* 
Infestus elepbanto etiam iliinoceros, qui noraen habet a 
comu, quod in naso gent. In pugna maxime adveisarii 
alvum petit, quam scit esse moUiorem. Long^tudme 
elephantum fere exsquat; crura multo breviora; color 

59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. Haec ara humanas 
voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo radio vor« 
beratur, aliter enim non sentit ictus. Capiti ' ejus eadem 
est duritia, quae rostro. Quum devolat, rostro se excipit, 
eique innititur. 

60. Testudines tantae magnitudin'is Indicum mare emit- 
tit, ut singularum testis casas integant.' Insulas-^ rubri 
prascipue maris his navigant C}rmbis. Capiuntur obdor- 
miscentes in summa aqua, id' quod proditur stertentium 
sonitu. Turn temi adnatant, a dudbus in dorsum vertitur, 
a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in littore 
stantibus trahitur. In mari testudines conchyliis vivunt; 
tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapides comminuant; in 

• § 212, R. 2, N. 4. < § 226. / § 237, R. 5. 
» § 212, R. 3, N. 4. • § 209, R. 2, (2.) « § 206, (13.V 

* ) 183, 3, N. 



terrain *^gressa8, herbls.*' Psiiiunt o^ ovis. avium sin^iai 
ad centena numeroj ^que extra aquain delbsisa tena 
Cooperiunt. ' 

' 61.. Mar^arltaB Indki oceani omnium tnaxirnc.laudaih* 
tiir. . InVeiiiuntur in conchis soopulis adhaereiUibus. Moxh 
ma laus est in candore, magnitudine, iadvore, pondere* 
Raro duas bveniuntur, quae sibi ex omni paite sint similes* 
Has auribus* suspendere/ feminarum est gloria. Duos 
fhaximos uiiiones Cleopatra, ^gypti regina, habuisse dicH 
tuT. Horum unum^ ut Antonium magnifieentia suparai^t^ 
in ccena aceto solvit, solutum hausit. 

62^. ^gyptus, bter Catabathmam et Arabas posTta, a 
plurimis ad Astam reiertujr ; alii Asiam Arabico sinu termi-^ 
iizn existimant. Hsc regio, ^lahquam expers' est imbn«f 
ura,* mire tamen est fert3is» Hoc* Nilus efficit, omnium 
fluviorum, qui in mare internum effimduntur, maximus. 
Hie in desertis( Afiicae oritur, tum ex iBthidpia descendit 
in ^gyptum, ubi de altis rupibus prsecipitatus usque ad 
Elephantidem urbem fervens adhuc decurrit. Tum demuro 
fit placidior. Juxta Cercasorum oppidum in plures amnes 
dividitur, et tandem per septem ora efiunditur in mare. 

63. Nilus, nivibus in ^ttuopiae montibus solutis, cres- 
cere inclpit Luna nova post solstitium per quinquaginta 
fere dies; totidem diebus minuTtur. Justum incrementuni 
est cubitorum sedecim. Si minores sunt aquae, non omnia 
iigant. Maximum incrementum fiiit cubitdrum duodevk 
ginti ; minimum quinque. Quum stetere aquae, aggeres 
aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittitur. Quum omnis 
recesserit, agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur. 

•» -. M .11 I - I ■ ■ .-^ 

* Supply vwunt 

•§824. •§213. •§206, (13.> 

»§269. '§§82,£.5,and83.n.l. 

NATIONS OF ANTiqimrr. IJ!7: 

64. Nihis cfocbdiliRn alit, belluam quadrupedem, in 
terra non mmus quam in flomine hommibus infestam* 
Unum hoc animal terrestre lingus usu caret; dentium 
{dures babet ordlnes ; rnaxSIa inferior est immobilis. Mag* 
nitudine excMit plerumque duodevigind cubita. Parit 
ova anseiinis* non majora. Unguibus etiam armatus 
est, et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. Dies in terr& 
agit) noctes m aqua. Quum satur est, et in littore scvnnum 
capit ore biante, trcx^hilus, parva avis, dentes ei iaucesqucii 
pufgat. Sed hiantem conspicatus ichneumon, per eas« 
dem iauces ut telum aliquod immissus, erodit alvumi^ 
Hebetes oculos dicitur habere in aqua, extra aquam acer« 
rimos. Tentyiitae in insula Nili habitantes, dirae huic 
belluse* obviam ire audent, eamque incredibBi audacia 

65. Aliam etiam belluam Niius alit, hippopotamum ; 
ungulis^ binis, dorso"" equi et juba et hinnitu; rostro resi^ 
mo, Cauda et dentibus aprdrum. Cutis impenetrabHis, 
praeterquam si humore madeat. Primus hippopotamum 
et quinque crocodHos M. Scaurus sdilitatis su» ludis' 
Romae ostendit. 

66. Multa in ^gypto mira sunt et artis et naturas ope- 
ra. Inter ea, quae manibus bonunum facta sunt, eminent 
pyramides, quarum maximae sunt et celebenimae in monte 
steiiii inter Memphin oppTdum et earn partem .£gypti) 
qus Delta vocatur. Amplissimam earum trecenta sexa- 
gmta sex' hominum millia annis viginti exstruxisse tra* 
duntur. Haec octo jugera soli occupat ; unumquodque latus 
octingentos octoginta tres pedes longum est; altitudo a 

•4 27D.T. 

* Sapplyovif. 


• § 211, R. 6, (1.) 

» \ 211. R. 6. 

ii{253. . 


cacumTne pedum quiridecim millium. lutus in ea est pu- 
teus octoginta sex cubitorum. Ante has pyramides Sphinx 
est posita tnirx magnitudinis. Capitis ambitus centum* 
duos pedes habet; longitudo est pedum centum quadra- 
ginta trium; altitudo a ventre usque ad summum capitis 
apTcem sexaginta duorum. 

67. Inter miracula -^gypti commemoratur etiam Moe- 
ris lacus, quingenta millia passuum in circultu patens; 
Labyrinthus ter mille domos et regias duodecim uno pari- 
ete aroplexus, totus marmore^ exstructus tectusque; turns 
denique in insula Pharo, a Ptolemaeo, Lagi filio, condita. 
Usus' ejus navibus noctu ignes ostendere ad praenuntian- 
da"* vada portusque introTtum. 

63. In palustribus ^gypfi regionlbus papyrum nasci- 
tur. Radicibus incolae pro ligno utuntur ; ex ipso autem 
papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac 
funes. Succi causa etiam mandunt modo crudum, modd 
decoctum. Praeparantur ex eo etiam chartae. Chartae ex 
papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est. 
Primo enim scriptum* in palmarum foliis, deinde in libris 
quamndam arborum ; postea publica monimenta plumbeis 
tabulis confici, aut marmoribus mandari coepta sunt. Tan- 
dem aemulatio regum Ptolemaei et Eumenis in bibliothecis 
condendis occasionem dedit membranas* Pergami invenien- 
di. Ab eo inde tempore libri modo in charta ex papyro 
facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt. 

69. Mores incolarum ^gypti ab aliorum populorum 
moribus vehemcnter discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant, 
nee sepeliunt ; verum arte medicates intra penetralia collo* 

* Supply est ab hominlbus. § 141 ^ R. 2. 

• § 180, 2. * § 209, R. 4. • % 275, 1. 

» § 249. «» § 275, R, 3. 


cant. Negotia extra domos fenuns^ viri doriios et res 
domesticas curant ; onera illse hurneris, hi capitibus gerunt. 
Colunt effigies multorum. animalium et ipsa animalia. 
Haec interfe&isse* capitale est; morbo exsdncta lugent et 

70. Apis omnium ^gypti popul5rum numen est ; bos 
niger cum Candida in dextro latere macula ; nodus sub lin- 
gua, quem cantharura appellant. Non fas est eum certos 
vitae annos excedere. Ad hunc vitae terminum quum 
pervenerit, mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum lugent, 
aliumque qusrunt, quem el substituant ; nee taraen unquam 
diu quaentur. Delubra ei sunt gemina, quae tlialamos 
vocant, ubi populus auguria capiat. Alterum'** intrasse 
laetum est; in altero dira poitendit. Pro bono etiam ha- 
betur signo, si e manibus consulentium cibum capit. In 
publicum procedentem grex puerorum comitatur, carmen- 
que in ejus hondrem canunt,^ idque videtur intelligere. 

71. Ultra ^gyptum ^thiopes habitant. Horum pop- 
iili quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia paulo quam nos dlutiiis 
vivunt. Plus auri' apud eos reperitur, quam mis; hanc 
ob causam aes illis videtur pretiosius. Mre se exomant, 
vincula auro'' fabrlcant. Lacus est apud eos, cujus aqua 
tarn est iiqulda atque levis, ut nihil eorum, quae immittun- 
tur, sustinere queat; quare arborum quoque folia non in- 
natant aquae, sed pessum aguntur. 

72. Africa ab oriente terminatur Nilo; a ceteris partl- 
bus man. Regiones ad mare positae eximie sunt fertlles ; 
interiores incultae et arenis sterillbus tecta^, et ob nimium 

* Supply thus : [Apim] aUirum [thai&mum] intrdsse l4Btum cjf . 

• § 369. • § 212, R. 3. «» § 249, 1. 

* § 209, R. 11, (2.) 


calurem desertae. Prima pars ab occidente est Maurita- 
nia. Ibi mons pracaltus Abj'la, Calpse monti in Hispaniu 
oppositus. Hi monies columns Herculis appellantur. 
Faroa est, ante Herculem mare internum t€rns inclusum 
fuisse, nee exitum habuisse in Oceanum ; Herculem autem 
junctos montes diremisse et mare junxjsse cum Oceano* 
Ceterum rcgio ilia est ignobilis et par\is tantum oppidb 
habitatur. Solum melius quam incolae. 

73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis longo 
a littore intervallo saxa cemuntur attrita fluctibus, s|)in» 
piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancoi'as etiam cautibus 
infixie, et alia ejusmodi signa maris olim usque ad ea loca 
efiusi. Finitima re^o, a promontoi-io Metagonio ad aras 
Philaenonim, proprie vocatur Africa. Urbes in ea celeber- 
rimse Utica et Cartlmgo, ambae a Phoenicibus condit<e* 
Cartliaglnem divitiae, mercatura imprimis comparatas, turn 
bella cum Romanis gesta, excidium denique illustravit/ 

74. De aris Philaenorum \\xc naiTantur. Pertinacis- 
sima fuerat contentio inter Carthaginem et Cyrenas de 
finibus. Tandem placuit/ ulrinque eodem tempore juve- 
nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro fuiibiis haberi* 
Carthaginiensiiim legati, Philasni fratres, paulo ante tern- 
pus constitutum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum Cyre* 
nensium legati intellexissent, magnaque exorta esset coo* 
tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixenmt, se tum demum hunc 
locum pro finibus habituros esse, si Philaeni se ibi vivos 
obrui passi essent.' llli conditionem accepcrunt. Car- 
thaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis locis, 
ubi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecravei-unt, eommque virtu* 
tcm aeternis honorlbus prosecuti sunt. 

• § 909, R. 12, (3.) * § 269. • § 2GC, R. 4. 

NATIONS or ANTiq,xjrrT.' 131 

. 75. Inde ad Catabathmum CyrenaTca porrigitur, ubi 
Amin5nis oraculum et fons quidam, quem Solis esse * dicunt. 
Hie ions media nocte fervet,* turn paulatim tepescit ; sole 
oriente fit frigidus ; per meridiem maxune riget. Catabath- 
mus valKs est devexa versus -^Egyptum. Ibi finitur Afiica. 
Proximi his populi urb^ non habent, sed in tuguriis vivunt, 
quae mapalia vocantur. Vulgus pecudum vestltur pellibus. 
Potus est lac succusque baccarum ; cibus caro. Interiores 
etiam incultius vivunt. Sequuntur greges suos, utque Iii 
pabulo ducuntur, ita illi tuguria sua promovent. Leges 
iiullas habent, nee in commune consultant. Inter hoa 
Troglodytae in specubus habitant, serpentibusqae aluntur. 

76. Feranun Africa femcissima. Pardos, panthefas, 
leones gignit, quod belluarum genus Europa ignurat. Le- 
oni* praecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere dicltur; in 
bfantes nonnisi summa fame saevit. Animif ejus index 
Cauda, quam, dum placldus est, immotam servat; dum 
ii*ascitur, terram et se ipsum' ea flagellat. V'ls summa in 
pectore. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim cedit, quam dm 
spectari potest; in silvis acerrimo cursu fertur. Vulnera- 
tus percussorem novit,** et in quantalTbet muliitudine appe- 
tit. Hoc tam saevum animal gallinacei cantus terret. 
Domatur etiam ab hominibus. Hanno Poenus primus 
leanem mansnefactum ostendisse dicitur. Marcus autcm 
Antonius triumvir primus, post pugnam in campls Philip- 
picis, Romae leones ad curmm junxit. 

77. Stmthiocameli Afiici altiludinem equTtls equo' in- 
sjdentis exaequant, celeritatem vincunt. Pennae ad hoc 
demum videntur datae, ut currentes adjuvent ; nam a terra 

* Supply fontem, t What is tlie ]»Tcdioate of thia clause ? 

• § 145, 1. 1. • § 207, R. 28. •{ 224. 

» § 226. ^ § 183, 3, N. 

193 or THE GEOGRAPHT, &ۥ 

toUi non possunt. UngiBs cemnis sunt rimlles* His m 
fiiga oompreheodunt lapides, eosque contra sequentes jacu- 
lantur. Omnia concoquunt. Cefterum magna us stolidi* 
tasy ita ut, (fnxm caput et collum fiutice occultaverint, se 
latere existiroent. Penns eonim querantur ad CHnatum. 

78. Africa serpentes generat* yicenum* cubit5rum; 
nee minores India* Certe Megastheaes scribit, serpentes 
ibi in tantam magnitudniem adolescerey ut sdidos hauriant 
cervos taurosque. In primo Punico bello ad flumen Ba* 
gradam serpens centum viginU pedum a R^iBo, impera- 
tore Romano, ballistb et tormentis expugnata esse fertur. 
Pellb ejus et maxills diu Roros in templo quodam asser- 
vate sunt. In India serpentes perpetuum bellum cum 
elephantb gerunt. Ex arboribus se in pnetereuntes* 
pnecipitant gressusque ligant nodis. Hos nodos dephanti 
manu resolvunt. At dracones in ipsas elephant5rum nares 
caput condunt spiritumque praediidunt plerumque in iU& 
dimicaUone utiique commmuntur, dum victus elcphas cor* 
mens serpentem pondere suo elidit. 

* { 119, m. * Supplj aUte. 



m, • « . . active. 

«tf» ... » adjective. 

flJv. .... adverb. 

c . • . eommon ^nder. ' 

ecmp, . . . comparative. 

ton], . . . coniunction. 

4, doubtful gender. 

tUf, .... defective, 
-tf^. .... deponent. 
.... diminutive. 






m. . 

• • • ■ ibmraine. 
. • • • freqnentatiT*. 
. . . . impersonal. 
.... inceptive. 
. . . . indedinable.- 
.... interjection. 
.... irregular. 
.... masculine. 
.... neuter. 


past, neuter passive 

le lections of Andrews ani 

Mm* • • . Domorai. 
port. . • • participl*. 
ptua, . . . passive. 
p2. . • . . • plural, 
jntjp. . • . preposiUofln. 
preL .... preteritive* 
pr0, .... pronoun* 

reZ relative. 

mths. , • • f ubstanthv. 
t¥p superlative. 

A., an ahbreviaUon of Auliis. 

A9 ab, aba, prep.yroin : ab oriente, 
on the east : a meridie^ on (he 
Mouih, Before the agent of a 
passive verb, by. $ 195, R. 2. 

Abd6ra, ®, f. tf maritimt toum of 

Abditus, a, om, pattr Sl adj. 
hidden; concealed; removed; 
secret; from 

Abdo, (tbd^roi abdidi, abditum, a» 
(ab & do, § 172,) io remove 
from view; to hide; to con- 

AbdOeo, abduclii^i abdttxli ab- 

ductum, a. (ab & duco,) to lead 

Abductds, a, um, part (abdaco.) 
Abeo, abire, abii, abltam, irr. n. 

(ab &, eo,) to go away ; tode- 

Aberro, are, avi, itmn, n. (ab & 

erro,) to stray; to wander f 

to lose the way. 
Abjectus, a, um, part from 
Abjicio, abjic^re, abj6ci, abjec- 

tam» a. (ab & jacio, § 172,) 

to casty to cast away; to 

throw aside, 
Abluo, €re, i, turn, a. (ab & luo^) 

towa^awtnf; topttr^. 



Abrampo, abrump^re, abrQ]ii, ab- 

niptum, a. to break. 
Abscindo, abacind4ire, abscrdi, 

abscissum, a. (ab & scindo,) 

to cutoff, 
Absens, lis, parU (absuniy 4 ^^t) 

Absolvo, absolvere, absolvi, ab- 

Bolatum, a. (ab & solvo,) to 

hose ; to release, 
Absurbeo, absorb^re, absorbui 

& absorpsi, a. (ab & eorbeo, 

§ 1G8,) to suck in ; to sundlow, 
Absterreo, 6re, ui, Kum, a. (abs 

& terreo,) to frighten away ; 

to deter, 
Abstinentia, e, f. abstinence ; dis- 

interestedness ; freedom from 

avarice; from 
Abstineoy abstinftre, abstinui, a. 

(abs & teneo, § 1G8,) to keep 

from ; to abstain, 
Absum, abesse, abfui, irr. n. 

(ab & sum,) to he absent or 

distant; to be gone: parum 

abesse, to ufont but little ; to 

be near, 
Absamo, absumfire, absumpsi, 

abBumptum, a. (ab & sumo,) 

to consume; to destroy; to 

Absumptus, a, urn, part(absQino.) 
Absurdus, a, urn, adj. (ab & sur* 

dus, deaf; senseless,) ^erue- 

less; absurd, 
Abundantia, e, f. plenty ; abwu 

dance; from 
Abundoi &re, &vi, &tiim)n.(ab & 

undo, to boil,) to over/tow ; to 

Abj^la, e, f* Myla ; a mountain 
in ^frica^ at the entrance tf 
the Mediterrafiean seoj oppo^ 
site to mount Calpe in Spain, 
These mountains were ai»- 
dently called the Pillars qf 

Ac, atque, conj. and; as ; ikon, 
§ 198, R. 1. 

Acca, e, f, Acca Laurentia^ (he 
wife of FaustuluSy and nurse 
<^ Romulus and Rem/us, 

Acc6d0| acced^re, access!, ac- 
cessuro, n. (ad & cedo, § 196, 
L 2,) to draw near; to ap- 
proach; to advance; to en- 
gage in ; to undertake, 

Accendo, accendSre, accendi, 
accensum, a. (ad & candeo, 
§$ 172 and 189, 1,) to set onjire, 

Acccnsus, a,um, part (accendo,) 
set on fire; kindled; lighted, 
iiyiamed; burning, 

Acceptus, a, um, part (accipio.) 

Accessus, 1^8, m. (acc^do,) op- 
proach; access; accession, 

Accldo, £ro, i, n. (ad & cado, 
§ 172,) to fall down at or be- 
fore: tictldxt, imp. it kcqtpens, 
OT it ht^lfpened, 

Accipio, accip€re, accfipi, accep- 
tum, a. (ad & capio, § 189^ 5.) 
to take or receive ; to team ; to 
hear; to understand; to ne- 
ce^ •* accip^re finem, to comt 
to on end; to terminate. 



Aooipiter, tris, § 7i, m. a hnwk, 
Accumbc, accumbere, sccabui, 

& (ad ^ cubo, § 16£s)to<a 

or redine at tabU* 
Accurate, adv. (ad & cara,) ac- 

eurattfy; eanfvUy* 
Accurroy accHin^re^ aGCiini or 

accucnrri, n. (ad & curro^) to 

run to* 
Accfiso, are, aviy atum, a* (ad & 

causor, to aUegej) to accuse ; 

to blame ; iofindfauU wiih, 
Acer, acria, acrey § 108 ; comp. 

acrior ; sup. aeerflmiiB, $ 125, 

1; adj. sharp; sour; eager; 

vehemcrU ; rapid; courageous ; 

fierce ; violent ; acute ; keen ; 

Acerbus, a, um, adj. sour; un^ 

ripe; vexatious; harsh; mo- 
rose; disagreeaJble, 
Aceniiu^, adv. sup. iSee Acifter. 
Acervus, i, m. a heap. 
Ac6tum, i, n. vinegar. 
Achaicus, a, um, adj. Aekcum, 

Achelous, i, m. a river ^f Epi- 

Acherusia, e, f. a lake in Cam- 

pama; also, a cave in Bi- 

Achillos, is &. 608, m. the son 

of Peleus and Th^is, and the 

bravest i^ the Grecian chiefs 

at the siege ^ Troy, 
Acldus, a, uin, adj. sour ; sharp ; 

Acies, 61, f. an edge; a line of 

soldiers; <m army in battle 
array ; a squadron ; a rank ; 
an army; a battle. 

Acinus^ i, m. a berry ; a grape- 

Acifter, acriilks, acenfm^ adv. 
sharply; ardently; JUrcely; 

Acroceraunia, drum, n. pL § 96 ; 
Iq/iy mountains between Mta- 
ma and Epirus, 

Acrocorinthos, i, f. ike citadel of 

Acropdiia, is, f. ike dtadd of 

Actio, dnis, f. (ago,) an action ; 
operation; a process. 

Actium, i, n. a pronumtory of 
Epirus, famous for a naval 
victory of Augustus over An- 
tony and Cleopatra. 

Actus, a, um, part (ago,) driven ; 

Acuieus, i, m. a sting ; a thorn ; 
a prickle; a porcupine*s quill. 

AcQmen, inis, n. (acuo,) acute- 
ness ; perspicacity. 

Acus, As, f. a needle. 

Ad, prep, to ; nectr ; at ; towards ; 
with a numeral, abovL 

AdAmas, antis, m. adamant; a 

Additus, a, um, part from 

Addo, add^re, addidi, addltum, 
a. (ad & do,) to add ; to an- 
nex; to appoint ; to give. 

AddQco, adducdre, adduxi, ad< 
ductum» a. (ad & duco,) to 



Uad; to bring: in dubitatid- 

nem, to bring inio question. 
Ademptus, a, um, part. (adUno.) 
Ade6, adv. 4ro; thertfort; so 

much; to such a degree; so 

Adeo, adirc, adii, adituni, inv n. 

(ad & eo,) to go to. § 182; 3. 
AdlisrenSy tis, part* from 
A.dhsreo, adhsr^re, adluesi, n. 

(ad &, hsreo,) to stick to; to 

adhere ; to adjoin ; to lie conr 

Adlierbal, &li8, m. a king qfMt" 

midioj put to death by his 

cousin JuguHheu 
Adhibeo, adhibere, adhibui, ad- 

hibitum, a. (ad &, habeo, ^ 189; 

4,) to admit ; to apply ; to use ; 

to employ, 
Adhuc, adv. hitherto; yet; as 

yet; stiU, 
Adinio, adimfire, ademi, ademp- 

tum, a. (ad & emo,) to take 

Aditus, (iSf m. (adeo,) a going 

to ; entrance ; access ; ap- 
Adjaceo,^re, ui, itum, n. (ad & 

jaceo,) to adjoin ; to lie near ; 
. to border upon, 
Adjungo j adjungigre, adjunxi, ad- 
junct um, a. (ad & jungOy) to 

join ; to unite with, 
Adjutus, a, urn, part Irom 
Adjavo, a^juvare, adjQvl, adja- 

tum, a. (ad &. juvo,) to assist ; 

to help ; to aid. 

Admetiu^ 1^ tt. a Jang of Tkeg^. 

Administer, tn* m. a servant; 
an assidant, 

Adminifltfo, are, avi, atam, a; 
(ad & mjmi[Ot)to.adminis' 
ter; to manege, 

Admimtio, oiiis, £ (adn^ror,) ad- 

Admifatus, a, itm, part fvom 

Adoiiror, an, itua aam, dep« to 

Admissus, a, um, part from 

Admitto, admitt^^re, adooisi, ad- 
miflsum, a. (a.d & mitto,) to 
admit ; to allow ; to receive. 

Admodum, adv* (ad &• modus,) 
very ; much ; greatly, 

Admoneoi ere, ui, itum, a. (ad & 
moneo^) to admonish; to 
warn; to put in mind. 

AdmonItus,a,um,part( admoaeo.) 

Admoveo, admovftre, admovi, ad- 
motum, a. (ad ^ moveo,) to 
bring to; to move to. 

Adnato, are, avi, atum, freq. (ad 
dt nato,) to swim to. • 

Adolescens, tis, adj. (adoleaco.) 
(comp. ior, 4 ^^ 4>) young: 
aubs. a young man or vwman ; 

AdolesceBtia, se, f. youth, from 

Adolesco, adolcsc^re, adol6vi, 
adultum, inc. to grow; to in- 
crease.; to grow up. 

Adopto, are, avi, atnm, a. (ad & 
opto,) to adopt ; to taktfis a 

•<■ »i' 


to assume. 



A4orior, OTiri, oitos sum, dep. 
§ 177, (ad &, orior,] to cettack ; 
to accost ; to address ; to un- 

Ailria, e, m. the Adriaik sea, 

AdiiaHciis, a, urn, adj. Adrixdic : 
mare AdriatiCQin, the AdriaJt' 
ic sea or gvdf; now, (he gtdf 
of Venice* 

Adscendo, or ascendo, adsccn- 
d6re, adscendi, adacensum, 
a. (ad & scando,) to ascend; 
to rise: adsoenditur, the as- 
cent isy or they ascend. 

Ad- or as- sisto, sist^re, stiti, n. 
(ad & sisto,) to stand by ; to 
assist ; to help, 

Adspecturus, a, um, part (aspi- 

Ad- or as- spergo, g£re, si, sum, 
a. (ad & spargo,) to sprinlde. 

Ad- or as- spicio, spicSre, spcxi, 

spectum, a. (ad &, specio,) to 

. fookai; see ; regard; behold. 

Ad- or as- stans, tis, part from 

Ad- (H" as- Bto, stare, stiti, n. (ad 
&, sto,) to stand by; to he 

Adsum, adesse, adfui, adfutOrus, 
irr. n. (ad &. sum,) to he pres- 
ent ; to aid ; to assist 

Adulator, oris, m. (adalor,) a 

Adancus,a,um,adj. heid ; crooked, 

Advectas, a, um, part from 

Adveho, advch^re, advcxi, ad- 
vectum, a. (ad & veho,) to 

• carry ; to convey, 

AdvSna, », c. § 31, (advenio,) a 

Adveniens, tis, part, from 
Advenio, advenire, adv^ni, ad- 

Tentum, n. (ad & venio,) to 

orytve ; to come. 
Adventus, Os, m. an arrival , a 

Adversarius, i, m. (adverser,) on 

adversary ; an enemy. 
Adversilts & adversiim, prep. 

against; towards. 
Adversus, a, um, adj. (adverto,) 

adverse; opposite; unfavcT' 

aide; had ; Jronting : adver- 

sa cicatrix, a scar in Jront : 

adverse corpdre, on the hreasL 
Advdco, are, avi, atum, a. (ad & 

voce,) to catt for or to; to 

call ; to summon, 
Advdio, are, avi, atum, n. (ad & 

volo,) to^y to, 
^difico, are, avi, atum, a. (sedes 

& facio,) to build, 
^dilitas, atis, f. the qffice of an 

edile; edileshxp', 
^dilitius, (vir,) i, m. one who has 

been an edile. 
iEgseus, a, um, adj. Mgaan: 

^gteum mare, the Mgctan 

sea^ lying between Greece and 

Asia Minor, \ It is now called 

the Archipeldgo, 
iEgcr, ra, rum, adj. sick ; ibeak 

infirm; diseased, 
JEgr^, adv. grievously; with dif- 

^gritudo, inis, f. sorrow; gritf. 



, ike touUiem coatt of SieSy^ 

now CirgeniL 
Agrippa^ e, m. tht luune of •aeo^ 

end di^inginahed Ronums, 
Ali^num, i, n. a kMt; a eol- 

dron ; a brmxn^ vestd, 
Aio, nig, ait, def. verb, (§ 183, 4,) 

Ajax, aeia, m. the name «/* ttvo 

dUUngtdahed Grecian war^ 

riora at the siege of Trm^, 
Ala, e, £ a wing ; an arw^pit ; 

an amk 
Al&cer, lens, &cre, adj. lively; 

courageous; ready; fierce; 

Alba, le, £ Alba Longa ; a city 

ofJLatiumy bmlt by JUeaimMS, 
Albanus, i, m. an inhabiimU of 

Albanus, a, ujD, adj. j3l&an.* mons 

Albanus, mouiit ^Ibanns^ at 

the foot of whiek Mia Longa 

was built^ 16 miles from 

Albis, is, m. a large river of 

Germany^ now the Elbe, 
AlbQla, e, m. on ancient name 

of the Tiber. 
Albus, a, um, adj. white. 
Alcestis, Idis, f. iht daughter of 

PdiaSj and wife ofAdmitns. 

Alcibi&des, is, m. an eminent 

Jilhenianj the pupil of Socrates. 

Alcinoiis, i, m. a king ofPhaa- 

eia or Corcyra^ whose gardens 

were very celebrated. 
AleyOnei Wj t the daughter of 

JEiHuSf and wife of Ceyx: s^e 

and her kudnind were changed 

into sea birds^ called Aky- 

Alcyon, is, m. ittng^Aer. 
Alcyon&U8,a,um, adj.Aii{c3fon. 
Alexander, dri, ro. sumamedthit 

Greats was the son ofPhHipy 

king ofMacedon, 
Alexandria, te, f. the capital of 

Egypt ; founded by Mexan- 

der the Great. 
Algeo, algere, alsi, n. to be add. 
Alicunde, adv. (aliqnis &, unde,) 

from some place. 
Alienatus, a, um, part alienated; 

Alieno, are, avi, atum, a. to 

alienate ; to estrange. 
Alienus, a, um, adj. foreign; 

of or belo9tging to another; 

another man^s ; anolher^s. 
Ali6, adv. to another place ; else^ 

Aliquandiu, adv. (aliquis &, diu,) 

for some time. 
Aliquando, adv. once ; formerly^ 

at some time; at length; 

Aliquantum, n. adj. something; 

somewhat ; a little. 
Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod & allquid, 

pro. (§ 138,) some ; some one ; 

a certain one. 
Aliquot, ind. adj. some. 
Alitor, adv. otherwise, 
Aliter — aliter, in one way—rv^ 




Afiufli^ a, ud, adj. { 107^ R, 1; 

another; other: alii — alii, 

9ome *^ otherw, 
AllatuB, a, um, pazt (aff&x),) 

Allecloa, a, um, |»art (allicio.) 
All£vo, &re, av^ aiimv a. (ad & 

levo,) to rme i9»| to alkvi' 

ate; to lighten.- 
Mia, e, £ a email river of Bafy<, 

flowing Moihe THher* 
Allicio, 4ic«re, -lexi, tectum, 

(ad 6l lacio,) a. to allurt; to 

Alligatus, a, um, part hound; 

ooa^fined; firom 
Alligo, are, avi, atumi a. (ad & 

li^Oy). to ^""^ to; to faaUm ; 
to bimd or tie^ 

AUocCktus, a, um, part sptaking^ 
or having spoken to ; from 

AUdquor, •Idqui, -locQtus sum, 
dep. (ad & loquor,) to apeak 
to ; to addreee; to accost* 

Alluo, -lu^re, -luii a. (ad & luo,) 
toflownear; to wash; to lave, 

AIo, aldre, alui, alitum or aitum, ^ 
autonowish; to/eed; tosup^ 
port; to increase; to matn- 
iaui; toMrengthen, 

Aloeus, i, m. a giani^ son of Ti- 
tan and 2^erra* 

Alpes, ium, f. pL the Alps, 

Alpheus, i, m. a river qf PdO' 

Alpinus, a, um, adj. of at be- 
.. lonffmg to the Alps; Alpine: 
Alpini mures^ marmots* 

Alift, vim^ MbBoi^ adv; on 
highly; deqdy; low; lowUy. 

Alter, £ra, (rum, adj. § 107 ; (fte 
one {i^ two); the oUwr; the 
second. § 120^ 1. 

Altemua, a, um, adj. altemtUe ; 

Althea, e, f* the wife i(f (ZSnew, 
and nwlUwr ^Mdeager. 

Altitado^ inia, f. Jke^i fron 

AltUB,^^ a^ um, adj. (ior, inCmua,) 
A^; l^ftyi deep; land. 

Alumnus, i, m. a /mpiZ ; a foster' 
son; a fosterling, 

Alveus, i, m. a channeL 

Alvus, i, f. the belly. 

Amaus, tis, part and adj. (ior, 
va^baaaaf) loving ; fond of . 

Amarus, a, um, adj. bitter. 

Amatus, a, um, part (amo.) 

Am&zon, dnis; pi. Amazdnes, 
um, f. Amaions^ a nation of 
female warriors^ who original- 
ly inhabited a part of Samui' 
tiOf near the river Don^ and 
ajlerwards passed over into 
Asia Minor. 

Ambitio,dni8, f. (oxcXno^ambiHon. 

Ambitus, (ks, m. compass; ex- 
tent; circuit; circunference; 
an encompassing ; at» enctr- 
ding ; a coUing aroiuuL 

Ambo, e, o, adj. pi. ^ 118, 1 ; 
both; each, 

AmbOlo, are, avi, atum, n. tQ 

Amicitia, le, f. friendship ; from 

Amicus, a, um, nd}.friendly* 



Arnicas, i, in. (ainO)) afrkmL 
Amissas, a, um, part from 
Amitto, unittere, amisi, amis- 

sum, a. (a & mitto,) to lost ; 

to reUnqtdsh. 
Ammon, dnis, m. a sumame of 

Jiqnter^ lo whmn, under thi$ 

name, a temple was erected in 

the Lyhian desert 
Amnis, is, d. § 63, 1 ; 6 rioer, 
Amo, are, avi, Atum, a. to love, 

Amoenus, a, mn, adj. (ior, issl- 

mus,) fdeasant; a^reecdde; 

Amor, oris, ro. (amo,) love. 
Ampliindmus, t, mu o Cidainean^ 

di^mgtdshed/or kisJUial af- 

Amphion, Onis, m. a son of Jur- 

piter and Antiope^ and the 

husband of Mobe, He is 

fiMed to have buUt Thebes 

hy the sound of his lyre. 
Ampl^, adv. (it^ issim^,) amply ; 

Amplector, ecti, exus sum, dep. 

(amb & plector, $ 196, (b.) to 

Amplexus, a, um, part having 

embraced; embracing, 
Amplio, &Fe, avi, &tum, a. to 

Ampllite, adv. (ampl^,) more, 
Amplus, a,um, adj.(ior,is8imu8,) 

great ; abwidant ; large ; spa- 
Amulius, i, m. the son of SUvius 

Procas^ and brother of Mi- 
• ntttor. 
Am^clie, &rum, f. pi. a toum upon 

the western coast of Italy, near 

Amj^cus, i, m. a son ofNkptune^ 

and king of Bebrycia, 
An, cony whether ; or. 
Anacreon, lis, m. a cdehreded 

lyric poet of Teas in hnia, 
Anapns, i, m. a Cakmean, the 

brother of Amphinomus, 
Anaxagdras, le, m. a phUoso- 

pher of Clttzomene, a city of 

Anceps, cipltis, adj. uncertain; 

Anchises, ce, m. a JVojan^ the 

father ofJEneas, 
Anchdra, or Ancdra, e, f. an 

Ancilla, e, £ a female servant; 

a maid, 
Ancus, i, m. (Martius,) thejburth 

king of Rome, 
Andriscus, i, m. a person of mean 

birlhj called also Psetidophi- 

lippuSj on account of his pre- 

tending to be PhUip, the son of 

PersiSf king ofMacedon, 
Andromeda, e, f. the daughter 

of Cepheus and Cassiope, and 

wife qf Perseus, 
Ango, angCre, anxi, a. to trouble f 

to disquiet ; to torment ; to 

Anguis, is, e. a snake; a ser 




AQgdlus, i, m. a comer, 
Angustise, arum, f. pi. narroW' 
.. Mits; a narrow pa9S ; a cfe- 

Ang^tus, a, urn, adj. narrow; 

UmiUd; straUentd; pmch- 

Anima, te, f. breath; life; Uie 

Animadverto, -vert£re, -verti, 

-veisum, a. (anbnus, ad, & 

verto,) to attend; to observe; 

to notice* 
Animal, alls, n. (antma,) an ani" 

Aiiimdsus, a, um^ adj. courage^ 

ous; bold; undminted; from 
Animus, i, m. the mind; dwpo- 

siti&n; spirit; courage; a 

design: uno animo, unani" 

mously: mi hi est animus, / 

hace a ndnd, 
Anio, enis, m. a branch of the 

TUtcTy which enters it three 

miles above i2ome. It is now 

called the Teverone, 
Annecto, -nectSre, -nexui, -ncz- 

uni, a. (ad & necto,) to annex ; 
' to tie at fasten to, 
Annulus, i, m. a ring. 
Annum^ro, are, avi, atum, a. (ad 
. ^ num^ro,) to number; to 

reckon ; to reckon among, 
A nnuo, -nu6re, -nui, n. (ad & nuo, 

. to nody) to cutsent; to agree. 
Annus, i, m. a yeea*, 
Annuus, a, um, adj. annual; 

yearly ; lasting a year. 

Anser, Sris, m. a gooses 
Ansciinus, a, um, adj. of or bo* 

longing to a goose: ova, 

Ant^ adv. before ; sooner. 
Ante, prep, before, 
Antea, adv. (ante dt is,) before; 

Antecello, -cellftre, a. (ante & 

ceUo,) to excel ; to surpass ; to 

exceed ; tobe superior to, 
Antepono, -pon^re, -posui, -pos- 

{tum, a. (ante & pono,) to 

prefer; to set btfore, 
Antepodtas, a, um, part (ante- 
Ant^uam, adv. btfore; before 

Antigdnus, i, m. a king (fMace' 

donia, • 
Antiochia, as, f. (he capital of 

Antidchus, i, m. a king of Syria, 
Antidpe, es, f. the wife of Lycus^ 

ki''^ of Thebesy and the mother 

Antiquus, a, um, adj. (ior, iseflf- 

mus,) ancient i old; of long 

Antip&ter, tris, m. a Sidoman 

Antium, i, n. a maritime town of 

Antonius, i, m. Antony^ the nam4 

of a Roman family. 
Antrum, i, n. a cave, 
Apelles, is, m. a celebrated pain^ 

erofihe island qf Cos, 



Apeniiinus, l^uLihe Apennines. 

Aper, rif m. § 48 ; a boar; a wUd 

' boar. 

Aperio, -perire, -penii, -pertum, 
a. (ad & pario,) to open ; to 
discover; to disclose; to make 

Apertus, a, um, part (aperio.) 

Apex, Icis, m. a point; the top; 

' the summiL 

Apis, isi f. a bee. 

Apis, is, m. an ox worshipped as 
a deiiy among the Egyptians. 

ApoUo, Inis, m. the son of Jupi- 
ter and Latonaj and (he god 
of music and poetry. 

Apparatus, As, m. a preparation ; 
apparatus; equipment; ha- 

Appareo, ftre, ui, n. (ad & pareo,) 
to appear; to be manifest or 

Appellandus, a, um, part from 

Appello, are, avi, atum, a. (ad & 
peUo,) to name or caU ; to ad- 
dress ; to ccdl upon. 

Appendo, -pendSre, -pendi, -pen- 
sum, a. (ad & pendo,) to hang 
upon or to ; to weigh out ; to 
pay. * 

Appfitens, lis, part seeking af- 
ter; from 

App^to, -pet£re, -petivi, -petitum, 
a.'(ad^ peto,)<o desire; to 
strive for ; to aim at ; to attack. 

Appius, i, m. a Rotnan prseno- 
- men belonging to the Claudian 

App6no, -ponSre, -posui, -posf* 

turn, a. (ad & pono,) to set 

or place btfore ; to put to; to 

Apposltus, a, um, part (appono.) 
Appropinquo, are, avi, atum, n. 

(ad & propinquo,) to approach; 

to draw nfor. 
Apricus, a, um, adj. surmy ; SC" 

rene; warm. 
Apto, are, avi, atum, a. to Jit ; to 

Apud, prep, at ; in ; among ; be- 

fore ; to : with the name of a 

person, it signifies in his 

house; vrith that of an au* 

thor, it signifies in his writ" 

Apulia, s, f. a country in ths 

eastern part of Italy^ necar the 

Aqua, 8B, f. water. 
AqusBductus, il^s, m. (aqua d& 

duco,) an cupieduct; a con^ 

Aquila, e, f. an eagle. 
AquTlo, onis, m. the north wind. 
Aquitania, le, f. a country qf 

Aquit&ni, drum, m. pi. the irihab* 

itants of Aquitania. 
Ara, », f. an altar. 
Arabia, e, f. Arabia. 
Arablcus, a, um, adj, Arabian ; 

of or belonging to Arabia ; 

Arablcus sinus, the Red sea» 
Arabius, a, um, adj. Arabian, 
Arabs, &bis, m. an Arabian. 




Arbitratus, a, urn, part having 

thought; from 
Arbitror, dri, atus sum, dep. to 

believe ; to think. 
Arbor, & Arbos, dris, f; a tree. 
Area, e, f. a chest 
Arcadia, s, f. Arcadia^ a covantry 

in the interior of the Pelo- 
Areas, adis, m. a son qf Jupiter 

and Calisto ; also, an Aca" 

Arceo, ere, ui, a. to drive away ; 

to ward off} to keep/rom; to 

Arcessitus, a, um, part from 
Arcesso, ere, ivi, itiim, a. to send 

for; to invite; to summon; 
. to calL 
Archimedes, is, m. a famous 

mathematician and mechani- 
cian of Syracuse, 
Architectus, i, m. an architect; 

a hxtHder, 
Archytas, le, m. a Pythagorean 

philosopher of Tarentum, 
Arct^, adv. (iCis, issim^,) straiUy; 

closely; strictly; from 
Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

luxrrow; dose, 
A reus, i^ m. a bow ; an arch, 
Ardea, as, f. a city qf Latium^ 

the capital of the RuiuU, 
Ardens, lis, part & adj. 6tim- 

tng; hot; from 
Ardco, ardere, arsi, arsum, n. to 

bum ; to sparkle ; to be con- 
sumed by fire, 

Arduus, a, um, adj. high; Iqfty; 
steep; arduous; d^fficuU, 

Ar^na, «, L sand, 

Arenosos, a, um, adj. sandy, 

ArethOsa, 8b, f. the name of a 
nymph qf Elisj who was 
chained into a fountain m 

Argentum, i, n* silver, 

Argias, e, m. a chief if the Meg" 

Argivu^ a, um, adj. of Jbgos; 

Argivi, drum, m. pL Argioes; 
inhabitants qfArgos, 

Argonauts, arum, nupLlhe Ar- 
gonauts ; the crew of the ship 
Argo^ who sailed wUh Jason 
to Colchis, 

Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi, drum, 
m. pi. a city in Greece^ the 
capital ofArgolis, 

Arguo, u£re, ui, Qtum, a. to show ; 
io prove ; to convicL 

Ariminum, i, n. a city qf Italy^ 
on the coast of the Adriatic 

Aristobalus, i, m. a name qf sev- 
eral qf (he hif^ priests and 
kir^s ofJudcuu 

Aristoteles, is, m. AristoUe^ a 
Greek philosopher^ bom at 
Staging a city of Maeedotvia. 

Anna, drum, n* pL § 96 ; arms, 

Armatus, a, um, part armed : pL 
armati, drum, armed men; 

Armenia, s, f. (Major,) a coim- 
try ofAsia, lying between Ihk 



Taurus and (he Caucasus, 

Aimenia (Minor,) a small 

covntryf lying betu>een Cap* 

padocia and the Euphrates, 
A.nncniu8, a, um, adj. Armenian. 
Annentum, i, n. a herd. 
AnniUa^ e, f. a bracelet or ring 

worn an the left arm by soldiers 

who had been distinguished 

in battle, 
Armo, are, avi, dtum, a. to arm. 
Aro, are. avi, alum, a. to plough; 

to cover with the plough. 
Arreptus, a, um, part, from 
Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rcptum, 

a. (ad & rapio, § 189^ 5.) to 

seize upon. 
Arrdgo, are, avi, atum, a. (ad &. 

rogo,) to MTogcUe ; to claim. 
An, tiHytart; contrivance ; skill; 

etnployment ; occupaiion ; pur- 

Arsi. See Ardca 
Artemisia, m, f. the wife ofMau- 

soluSf king of Caria. 
Artifex, icis, c. (ars & facio,) an 

artist, • 
Arundo, inis, f. a reed; a cane. 
Aruns, tis, m. the eldest son of 

Tarquin the Proud. 
Arx, CIS, f. a citadel ; a fortress, 
Ascanius, i, m. the son ofMneas 

aiid Creusa.- 
Ascendo. See Adscendo. 
Asia, SB, f. Asia ; Asia Minor ; 

also, proconsular Asia, or the 

Roman province. 
Asiaticus, i, m. an agnomen or 

surname pfL. Cornelius Scip* 

fto, on account of his^victories 

in Asia. 
Asina, », m. a cognomen or star- 
name of a part of the ComC' 

lian family, 
Asinus, i, m. an ass. 
Aspectarus, a, um, part (aspicia 
Asper, era, druni, adj. rough, 

Aspergo. See Adspergo. 
As- or ad- spernor, aid, atus 

sum, dcp. to spurn; to dc" 

spise ; to reject. 
Aspicio. See Adspicio. 
Aspis, idis, f. an asp. 
AssecQtus, a, um, part from 
As- or ad- s^quor, -sequi, -secu- 

tus sum, dcp. (ad &, sequor,) to 

obtain ; to overtake. 
As- or ad- servo, arc, avi, atum, 

a. (ad & servo,) to preserve ; 

to keep. 
As- or ad- signo, are, avi, atum, 

a. (ad & signo,) to assign; 

to appoint; to allot; to dis" 

Assisto. See Adsisto. 
Assuesco,-suescere, -suevi, -sue- 

turn, inc. to be accustomed ; 16 

be wont. 
Assurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, -sur- 

rectum, n. (ad &. surgo,) to 

rise ; to arise. 
Astronomia, le, f. astronomy. 
Astutus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi* 

mus,) cunning; crafty. 
Asylum, i, n. an asylum. 



At, conj. § 198, 11. 9 ; but. 
Atalanta, le, f. the daughter of 

SchaneuSf king ofArcoidUu 
Athene, &runi, f. pi. Athens^ iht 

capital o/AUiea, 
Atlieniensis, is, m. an Athenian ; 

an inhatniant of Athens, 
Atilius, i, m. a Roinan proper 

AtlanUcus, a, um, adj. Atlantic ; 

relating to Atlas: mare At- 

lanticuixi, the Atlantic ocean. 
Atque, eonj. and, 
Atrociter, adv. (iiiSy issiind,) 

(atrox,) fiercely; violently; 

Attains, i, m. a king ofPergdmns. 
Attero, -terCrc, -trivi, -tritum, a. 

(ad & tcro,) to rub off; to 

Atthis, Idis, f. the same as At- 
Attica, e, f. Attica, a country in 

the southern part of Greece 

Attingo, -ting€re, -tigi, -tactum, 

a. (ad & tango,) to touch ; to 

border upon; to attain; to 

Attolio, ere, a. (ad & tollo,) to 

raise up. 
Attritus, a, um, part (att£ro,) 

rvhbed away ; toom off. 
Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) an author. 
Auctoritas, atis, f. authority ; in- 

fiuence; reputation. 
Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,) in- 
creased; enlarged; augmented. [ 

Audacia, e, f. audacity; bold' 

ness ; from 
Audax, acis, adj. bold; daring , 

audacious; desperate. 
Audeo, audfire, ausus sum, neut 

ppuss. to dare. § 1422, 2. 
Audio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to hear. 
AudituS, a, um, part 
Audltus, Os, m. (he hearing. 
Auf6ro, auferre, abstdli, abla* 

tum, irr. a. (ab & fero,) to 

take away ; to remove. 
Aufugio, -fug^re, -fogi, -fugftum, 

n. (ab &. fugio, § 19G, 1,) to 

fiy away ; to run off; to es- 
cape; tofiee. 
Augendus, a, um, part from 
Augeo, aug(^re, auxi, auctum, a. 

to increase; to aiigment; to 

enlarge ; to rise. 
Augurium, i, n. augury ; dtotna^ 

August^, adv. nobly ; from 
Augustus, a, um, adj. august; 

grand; venerable. 
Augustus, i, m. an hnwrary ap- 

peUcUion bestowed by the sen' 

ate upon Ctesar Cktavianus; 

and succeeding emperors took 

the same name. 
Aulis, rdis, f. a seaport toum in 

Aulus, i, m. a common pncndmen 

among the Romans. 
Aurelius, i,nL the name of seve^ 

ral Romans. 
Aureus,a,um,adj.(aurum, )go2c^en 
Auriga, e, m. a charioteer. 



Auris, 18, f. the ear, 

Aurum, i, n. gold. 

Auspicium, i, n. on auspice ; a 
speciu of divination^ Jrom 
^Jlig/U^ ifc* of birds, 

Ausus, a, um, part (audeo,) dar- 
ing ; having dared, 

Aut, conj. § 198, 2 ; or ; aut — aut, 

Autem, conj. § 198, 9; &u/; yet, 
Autuxnnua, i, m. autumn, 
AuxL See Augeo. 
Auzilium, i, n. help; aid; as- 

Avaritia, s, C avarice ; from 
Avanis, a, um, adj. avaricious ; 

Avfifio, -veh£re, -vezi, -vectum, 

a. (a & veho,) to carry off or 

Avello, -vellfere, -velli or -vulsi, 

-vulsum, a. (a & vello,) to 

carry away; to puU aivay, 
Aventinus, i, in. mount Avenlincy 

one of the seven hills on which 

Rome was builL 
Avereus, a, um, part turned 

away: cicatrix aversa, a dear 

in the back: from 
Averto, -vertfere, -verti, -ver- 

smn, a. (a & verto,) to avert; 

to turn ; to turn away, 
AvicOla, e, £ dim. [a.\isy)asmall 

Avidus, a, um, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 

ravenous; greedy; eager. 
Avis, is, f. a bird, 
Avdco, are, avi, iltum, a. (a & 

TOCO,) to caU away^ to diveri^ 
to withdraw, 
Avolaturus, a, um, part from 
Avdlo, are, avi, atum, n. (a &> 

volo,) tojly aioay or off, 
Avulsus, part (avello.) 
Avuncillus, i, m. an unde, 
Avus, i, m. a graneffaiher, 
Ax^nus, i, m. (from the Greek 
"^J^evog^ inhospitable;) the 
Euxinc sea; anciently so 
called, on account (f the cru- 
• city of the neighboring tribes. 


Bab j^ Ion, onis, f. the metropolis 

of Chaldea, lying upon Hie 

Babylonia, e, f. the country about 

Bacca, ae, f. a berry, 
Bacchus, i,ni,ihe son of Jupiter 

and SemelCf and the god of 

Bactra, drum, n. the capital of 

BcuitridnOf situated upon the 

sources of the Oxus, 
Bactrid,ni, drum, m. pL tlie tn- 

habitants of Bactridna, 
Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bactrian, 

pertaining to Bactra or Bac- 

BacOlum, i, n. a staff, 
BKtica, 8B, f. a country in the 

southern part ofSpairiy water- 
ed by the river BeUis, 
Bietis, is, m. a river in the south- 




em pari of Spain^ now the 

Bagr&da, le, m. a river ofAfricay 

between Ultca and Carthage, 
Ballista, ae, f. an engine far 

throwing stones. 
BalUcus, a, urn, adj. BaUic: 

mare Balticum, the Baltic sea, 
Barb&rus, a, um, adj. barbarous ; 

nule ; uncivilized! savage : 

subs, barburi, barbarians, 
Batilviis, a, um, adj. Batavian ; 

belonging to Batavia^ now 

Beatitudo, inis, f, blessedness; 

happiness; from 
Beatus, a, um, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 

happy; blessed, 
Bebrycia, te, f. a country <f 

Belgic, anim, m. pi. //le inhabit' 

ants of Uie north-east part of 

Gaul; the Belgians, 
Belgicua, a, um, adj. of or per^ 

taining to the Bclgre, 
Bellerophon, lis, m. the son of 

Glaucus^ king of Ephpra, 
Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus, bellum, § 128, 4,) toor- 

BelUcus, a, um, adj. (bellum, 

§ 128, 2,) warlike. 
Bcllig£ro, ore, avi, atum, n. (bel- 
lum & gero,) to wage war; 

to carry on war, 
Bello, are, avi, atum, n. to war ; 

to %cage war ; to contend ; to 

13 • 

Bellua, as, f. a beast ; a hruU. 

Bellum, L n. toar, 

Belus, \^ m, the founder of (he 

Babylonish empire, 
Ben^ adv. (comp. meliiis, sup. 

optfm^,) well; finely; very: 

ben^ pugnare, to Jlght suC" 

Beneficium, i, n. (ben^ &, facio,) 

a benefit ; a kindness, 
Benevolentia, ae, f. (ben^ & 

volo,) benevolence ; good wHL 
Benign^ adv. kindly ; from 
Benignus, a, um, adj. kind; &e- 

Bestia, c, f. a beast, 
Bestia, te, m. the surname 4jf a 

Roman constd. 
Bias, antis, m. a philosopher bom 

at Priine^ and one of the 

seven tmse men of Greece, 
Bibliothf^.ca, ffi, f. a library, 
Bibo, bib^re, bibi, bibitum, a. to 

drink ; to imbibe. 
Bibulus, i, m. a coUeague ofJu^ 

lius Casar in the consulship, 
Bini, IB, a, num. adj. § 119, IIIj 

two by two ; two, 
Bipcs, edis, adj. (bis &. pes,) tufo^ 

Bis, num. adv. tvnce, 
Bitiiynia, le, f. a country of 

Asia Miiwr, east of the Pro* 

Blanditia, sb, f. a compliment: 

blanditioe, pi. blandishments ; 

caresses ; fUMery : from 
Blandus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimusj 



Jlattering ; entieing ; ifunivng ; 

BoBOtia, fe, f. a country of'Grttcty 

north of Mica. 
Bonitas, atis, € goodness^ excd" 

lence; from 
Bonus, a, um, adj. (melior, op- 

Umua,) good ; happy; kind. 
Bonum, i, ii. a good thing ; an 

endounntnl; an advantage; 

prq/U : bona, n. pi. an estate ; 

Borealis, e, adj. northern ; from 
Boreas, m^m.the north wind, 
Borysthfincfl, as, m. a large river 

of Scythia^ Jlowing into Vie 

Etixine ; ii is now caUed the 

Borysthenis, idis, f. the name of 

a town at the mouth of the 

Bos, bovis, c an ox; a cow. 

§§ 83, R. 1, & 84, £. 1. 
Bosphdrus, or Bospdrus, i, m. the 

name of two straits between 

Europe and ^sia; one, the 

Bosphdrus Thracius, Hira- 

dan Bosphorus^ now the 

straits of Constantinople ; 

the other^ the Bosphdrus Cim- 

merius, the Cimmerian Bos- 

phoruSf now the straits of 

Brachium, i, n. ^^ arm. 
Brevi, adv. shortly; briefly; m 

a short Hme ; from 

Brevis, e, adj. (ior, ia^tmaB^) short; 

Brevltas, atis, f. shortness ; brev^ 

Brigantinns, a, nm, adj. belong' 

ing to Brigantium^ a toum 

of the Vindeliei: Brigantinus 

lacus, the lake of Constance. 
Britannia, e, C Great Britain. 
Britannicus, a, um, adj. belong" 

ing to Britain ; British : oce- 

&nus Britannicus, and mare 

Britannicum, the North sea, 

including a part of the Baliie. 
Britannus, a, um, adj. British: 

Britanni, the Britons. 
Bruma, sb, f. the winter solstice ; 

the shortest day. 
Bruttium, i, n. a promotitory of 

Bruttii, drum, m. pi. a people 

in the southern part of Raly. 
Brutus, if m. the name of an H^ 

lustrious Roman family. 
Buccphftlus, i, m. the name of 

^UxandeT^s war-horse. 
Buceph^os, i, f. a city of Indian 

near the Hydaspes^ built by 

AlexaruUr^ in memory of his 

Buxeus, a, um, adj. of box ;ofa 

pale yellow cotor, like box- 

Byzantium, i, n. now Constanti' 

nople, a city of Thrace^ situO" 

ted upon the Bosphdrus. 




C, an abbreviaiion of Caius, 
Cabira, ind. a toion ofPontti8, 
Cacamen, inis, n. (he top; the 

peak ; the summit. 
Cadens, tis, part (cado.) 
Cadmus, i, m. a son of ^genor^ 

king of Phanicicu 
Cado, cad^re, cecidi, casum, xl 

Ciecilius, i, m. the namjt ofseoeral 

CiecCibuin, i, n. a toum qf Cam- 
pania^ famous for its vjine. 
Cscdbus, a, urn, adj. Ctecuhan; 

Csedes, is, f. slaughter ; carnage ; 

homicide; murder; from 
Csdo, cflBdSre, cecidi, cesum, a. 

to cut; to kiU; to slay; to 

Celatus, a, um, part, from 
CibIo, are, avi, atum, a. to carve ; 

to engrave; to sculpture; to 

Cepe, or Cepe, n. indec. an 

Caepio, onis, m. a Roman consul 

who commanded in Spain. 
CiBsar, aris, m. a cognomen or 

surname given to the Julian 

C«8tU8, Os, m. a gauntlet; a 

boxing glove. 
Cfesus, a, um, part (cfedo,) cut ; 

slain; beaien 

CaiuSy i, xn. a ^mon pnenomen. 
Calais, is, m. a son of Boreas. 
Calamitas, atis, f. a calamity ; a 

mitfortunt; from 
Cal&mus,, i, m. a reed. 
Calathiscus, i, m. a small basket 
Calefacio, calefac^re, calefeci, 

calefactum, a, (caleo & fa« 

cio,) to warm. 
Calefio, fi^ri, fkctus sum, irr» 

§ 180, N.; to be warmed. 
Calefactus, a, um, part (calefio,) 

Calidus, a, um, adj. wann. 
Callidus, a, um, adj. cunning; 

Calor, oris, m. H'ormlft; heat. 
Calpe, es, f. a hiU or mounkdn in 

Spain, opposite to Mgla in 

Calpumius, i,m. the name of a 

Calydonius, a, um, adj. of or be- 
longing to Calydon, a city of 

Mtolia; Calydonian, 
Camelus, i, c. a camel. 
Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) a 

Roman generaL 
Campania, te, £ a pUasanl cowf^ 

try of Italy, between LaHum 

Campester, tris, tre, adj. even ; 

plain; level; champaign; 

Campus, i, m. a plain ; a fidd ; 

the Campus Martius. 
Cancer, cri, m. a crab, 
Candidus, a, um, adj. white. 



Candor, dris, m. brightness; 

whiteness; cleamess, 
Canens, tis, part singing, 
Canis, is, c. a dog, 
CanniB, arum, f. pi. a village in 

JlpuliOf famous for the defeat 

of ike Romans by HanntbaL 
Canncnsis, e, adj. belonging to 

Cano, can£re, cecini, cantum, a. 

to sing ; to sound or play upon 

an instrument. 
Cantans, tis, part (canto.) 
Canthiims, i, m. a beetle ; a knot 

under the tongue of the god 

Cantium, i, n. now the county of 

Kent, on the eastern coast of 

Canto, arc, avi, atum, freq. 

fcano,) to sing; to repeat 

Cantus, (is, m, singing ; a song : 

cantus gain, the crotoittg of 

the cock. 
Capesso, £re, Ivi, itum, a. (capio,) 

§ 187, II. 5 ; to take ; to take 

the management of: fugam 

capess^re, to fee. 
Capiendus, a, um, part (capio.) 
Capiens, tis, part from 
Capio, cap^re,' ccpi, captum, a. 

to take; to capture; to take 

captive ; to enjoy ; to derive. 
Capitalis, e, adj. (caput,) cajnto/; 

mortal ; deadly ; pernicious : 

capitale, (sc. crimen,) a capi- 
tal crime. 

CapitoHum, i, n. lAe capital ; the 

Roman citadel on the CapitO' 

line hUL 
Capra, m,T. a she-goat. 
Captivus, a, um, adj. captive. 
Capto, &re, &vi, atum, freq. § 187, 

II. 1, (capio,) to catch at; to 

seek for ; to hunt for. 
Captus, a, um, part (capio,) 

tcJcen ; taken captive. 
Capua, ae, f. the principal city of 

Caput, rtis, n. a head; life; the 

skull; a capital city: caprtis 

damnare, to condemn to death. 
Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a coal ;) 

a coUier ; a maker of char- 

Career, €ris, m. a prison. 
Careo, £re, ui, Itum, n. to l» 

without; free from; to 

be destitute; not to have; to 

Cares, ium, m. pL Carians ; the 

inhabitants of Caria. 
Caria, s, f. a country in the soidh- 

eastem part of Asia Minor. 
Carfca, ib, f. afg. 
Carmen, Inis, n. a song ; a poem. 
Came^des, is, m. a philosopher 

of Cyrene, distinguished for 

his aciiteness. 
Caro, camis, f.Jlesh. 
Carpentum, i, n. a chariot; a 

Carpctani, drum, m. pi. a people 

of Spain, on the borders of the 




Caipo, carpgre, carpsiy carptum, 
a. to pluck; to tear. 

Came, arum, f. pL a cUy ofMu- 
opotamia^necar the Euphrates, 

Caithaginiensis, e, adj» <{/* or 
beloTiging to Carthage ; Car^ 
ihaginian: subs, a Cartha- 

Carthago, inis, f. Carthage^ a 
marvtiint dty in Africa : Car- 
tliago Nova, CarthagenOi a 
toton f^ Spain, 

Carus, a, nm, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

Casa, e, f. a cottage ; a hut, 

Casca, e, m. (^ cognomen or 
surname of P,. ServUiuSt one 
of the conapiraton against 

Caseus, i, m. cheese, 

Cassi^ider, dri, m. the name of a 

Cassidpe, es, f. the vnfe of Ce- 
pheus^ king of Ethiopia^ and 
mother of Andromeda, 

Cassius, i, m. (Ae name of several 

Castalius, a, um, adj. Castalian ; 
of C(tstaliaj a fountain of 
PhociSf at the foot of mount 

Castigatus, a, um, part from 

Castigo, are, avi, atum, a. to 
chastise; to punish, 

Castrum, i, n. a castle : castra, 
drum» pi. a cainp; castra pon- 
6re, to pitch a camp ; to en-- 

Casufl^ ds, m. aecideut; chance; 

an event; a misfortune; a 

disaster; a calamity, 
Catabathmus, i, m. a c^tv% ; « 

gradual descent ; a vaUey 6e- 

tween ^gypt and Africa 

Catana^ le, f. now Catanioj a city 

of Sicily f near to mount Et* 

Catancnsis, e, adj. belonging to 

Calana; Catanean, 
Catienus, i, m. Catidnus Ploti* 

nus, a Roman who was greatly 

distinguished for his attach' 

ment to his patron, 
Catilina, le, m. a conspirator 

against the Roman govenu 

ment, whose plot was detected 

and defeated by Cicero, 
Cato, onis, m. the name of a 

Roman family, 
Catalus, i^ to, the name of a 

Roman faonly of the Luto' 

tian tribe, 
CatQlus, i, m. the young of beasts ; 

a whelp, 
Caucftsus, i, m. a mountain qf 

Asia, between the Black and 

Caspian seas, 
Cauda, te, f. a tail, 
Caudinus, a, um, adj. Caudine ; 

of or belonging to Caudium, 

a town of Italy, 
Caula, e, f. a fold. 
Causa, IB, f. a cause ; a reason ; 

a lawsuit: in causi est, or 

causa est, is the reason : ali- 



cAjus rci cnMsk^for the pwr^ 

pose, or for the sake of a 

Cautes, 18, C a rock ; a crag ; a 

Caveo, cav(^re, cavi, caiitum, n. 

& a. fo betcare ; to avoid ; to 

shun : cavere sibi ab aliquo, 

to aecurt Uiemsdves ; to guard 

Cavernay e, f. a cave ; a cavern, 
CavuB, a, um, adj. hollow, 
Cecidi. See Caedo. 
Cecidi. See Cada 
Cccini. See Cano. 
Cecropia, e, f. an ancient nani/e 

of Athens; from 
Cccrops, dpiSi nu the first king 

of Miens. 
Ccdo, cedt^rc, ccssi^ ccssum, n. 

to yield; to give place; to 

retire ; to rtlreat ; to submiL 
Cc'k'bcr, bris, brc, adj. (riur, er- 

rlinus,) croufded ; much visited; 

urioimed ; fanvoiis ; distin- 
Cdcbratus, a, iim, part (celebro.) 
Celcbritas, atis, £ (celeber,) 

fame; glory; celebrity; re- 

Celebro, are, avi, atum, a. to 

visit; to celebrate; to make 

famous; to perform, 
Celeritas, atis, f. (ccler, swift^) 

speed; swiftness; quickness. 
Ceieriter, adv. (ii!is, rim^,) sicift- 


Celeus, i| m. a king qfEleusis, 

Celo^ are, &vi, atum, a. to hide ; 

to conceal, 
Celts, aruin, m. pL the Cetts^ a 

people of GauL 
Censeo, 6re, ui, um, a. to judge; 

to believe ; to count ; to reckon. 
Censor, is, m. a censor ; a cen- 

surer; afa^idX-finder ; a critic 
Censorinus, i, m. (L. Manlius,) 

a Roman consul in ihe third 

Punic war, 
Censorius, i, m. one who has been 

a censor ; a surname of Cato 

the elder. 
Census, Cis, m. a censtts ; an 

enumeration of the people ; a 

registering of the people, (heir 

ages^ 4'c 
Cent^ni, ae, a, num. adj. pi. every 

hundred ; a hundred, 
Centesimus, a, um, num. adj. the 

Centies, num. adv. a hundred 

Centum, num. adj. pi. ind. a hun" 

Centurio, 6nis, m. a centurion; 

a captain of a hundred men, 
Ccphallenia, se, f. an island in 

the Ionian sea, now Cefalo- 
Cepe, 5ee Cepe. [nia, 

CepL See Capio. 
Cera, s, f. wax, 
Cerberus, i, m. the name of the 

thru-headed dog which guard- 

etl the entrance of the infenud 

Cercasonun, i, n. a town qfEgypL 



Geres, ^ris, f. Ceres, (he goddess 

Cerno, cern(^ro, a« § 172 ; to see ; 

to perceive, 
Certamen, Inis, n. (certo,) a con- 

test ; a hqtUe ; zeal ; eagerness ; 

strife; contention; debate; a 

game or exercise : Olymplcum 

ceitAxaen^the Olympic games, 
Cert^, adv. (iCis, iasiin^,) (certus,) 

Certo, are, avi, atum, a. & n. 

to contend; to strive; tofghL 
Certus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

certain ; fixed, 
Cerva, s, f. a female deer; a 

hind, ' 
Cervinus, a, um, adj* belonging 

to a stag or deer. 
Cervix, icis, f. t/ie neck; an 

Cerviis, i, m. a malt deer; a 

Cessator, is, m. a loiterer; a 

lingerer ; an idler, 
Ccsso, dro, avi, atum, n. to cease ; 

to loiter, 
Ceterus, cet^ra^ cetfirum, adj. 

(4 105,) other ; the other ; the 

Ccterum, adv. but ; however ; as 

for the rest, 
Cctus, i, m. a whale, 
Ceyx, ycis, m. the son of Hes- 

peruSf and husband ofMcydne, 
Cha]c6don, duis, i, a city of 

BUhynia^ opposite to Byzan- 

Chaldalcus, a, um, adj. (Chal- 

dsa,) Chaldean, 
Charta, le, f. paper, 
ChersYphron, onis, m. a distiti' 

gvished architect^ under whose 

direction the temple at Ephe^ 

sus was buHL 
Cherson^sus, i, f. a peninsula. 
Chilo, dnis, m. a Lacedamonian 

philosopher^ and one of the 

seven wise men of Greece, 
Christus, i, m. Christ, . 
Cibus, i, m,food ; nourishment. 
Cicatrix, icis, f. a toownd; a 

scar; a cicatrice, 
Cicero, onis, m, a celebrated Ro^ 

man orator, 
Ciconia, le, f. a stork, 
Cilicia, s, f. a coumtry in the 

southeastern part of Asia 

Cimbri, drum, m. pi. a nation 

formerly inhabiting the norths 
• em part of Germany, 
Cinctus, a, um, part (cingo.) 
Cineas, ic, m. a Thessalian, tfte 

favorite minister of Pyrrhus. 
Cingo, cing^rc, cinxi, cinctum, 

a. to surround ; to encompass ; 

to encircle ; to gird, 
Cinis, dris, d. ashes ; cinders, 
Cinna, te, m. (L. Cornelius,) a 

consul at Rome, in the time 

of the civU war, 
Cinn&mum, i, n. cinnatnon. 
Circa, & Circum, pr. & adv. 

about; arotind; in the neigh" 




Oircurtus, On, m. a circmi; a 

Circumdritus, a, um, part from 

Circumdo, dare, dedi, dAtum, a. 
(circum & do,) to surround ; 
to put around ; to etwiron ; to 

Circumeo, fre, ii, Ftnm, irr. n. 
(circum & eo, § 18S^ 3,) to 
go roufid ; to vm^. 

Circuinfluo, -flu^ire, -fluxi, -flux- 
um, n. (circum & fluo,) to 
fiow round. 

Circmniens, euntis, part (cir- 

Circumjaceo, 6re, ui, n. (circum 
& jaceo,) to lie around ^ to 
border upon. 

Circumsto, stare, sti^ti, n. (cir- 
cum & sto,) to stand round. 

Circumvenio, -venire, -veni, 
-ventum, a, (circum & venio,) 
to surround; to circumvent. 

Circumveiitus, a, um, part. 

Ciris, is, f. the tiame of the Jish 
into which ScyUa ujos changed. 

Cisalpinus, a, um, adj. (cis & 
Alpes,) Cisalpine; on this 
side of the Alps ; that is, on 
the side nearest to Rome. 

Cithasron, onis, m. a mountain 
of Ba^tiaj near Thebes, sa- 
cred to Bacchus. 

Cit6, adv. (ius, issim^,) quickly ; 

Citiis, a^ um, adj. (lor, isslmus,) 

Citra, pr. & adv. on this side. 

CivrcuB, a, um, adj. (civis,) civic : 
corona civica, a ckne crown, 
gvuen to htm who had saved 
the life of a citizen by killing 
an enemy. . 

Civilia, e, adj. qfor ffelonging to 
a cUizen ; ctvu. 

Civis, is, c. a citizen. 

Civi tas, atis, f. a city ; a state ; 
the inhabitants of a city ; the 
body of citizens; a c&nstitur 
Hon ; citizenship ; freedom of 
the city. 

Cladcs, is, f. an overthrow ; dis' 
conifiture ; dtfeat ; disaster ; 

Clam, pr. withmU the htundedgt 
of: — b.dy. privately ; secretly. 

Clamo, are, avi, atum, a. to cry 
out ; to call on. 

Clamor, oris, m. a danwr; a 

Clandestimis, a, um, adj. (clam,) 
secret; clandestine. 

ClarTtas, atis, f. cdebrity ; fame ; 

* from 

Clarus, a, um, adj. (ior, isitous,) 
clear; famofts ; renowned; 
celebrated; loud. 

Classis, is,' f. a fleet. 

Claudius, i, m. the nam/e of sph- 
eral Romans, belonging to ths 
tribe hence called Claudian. 

Claudo, claud^re, clausi, clau- 
sum, a. to close ; to shuL 

Claudus, a, um, adj. lame. 

Clausus, a, um, part (claudo^) 
shut up. 



ClfcvdSy i, in. a riatl; a ^rike, 
Clemens, tis^ adj. mePcyuL 
Clementio, 8b, f,clemtnctfi tnUd- 

Cleopatra, id, f« an Egyptian 
•' qiieen, ceUbraJUdfor her btau- 

Cloaca, IB, C a drain ; a common 
" '■• ■'ifetoer, 
Cluentius, i^ m. thtnam/B of sev- 

tr(d HomOM* 
ClELSiiim, i, n. a city o/Etruria. 
"C\ype\XQ^ i, m. a shield; a Imck* 

di^ an ahbrevtalion qf 
Cneius, i, m. a Homan pne no- 
Coactud, a, urn, part (cogo,) eol^ 

Ucted ; assembled ; compelled. 
Coccyx, y^is, m. a cackoo. 
Cuclcs, itis, m. a Roman^ dis- 
tinguished for liis bravery. 
Cuctilis, e, adj. (coqooj § 139, 4,] 

dried; burnt; baked, 
CoCtiis, a, um, part (coquo,) 

baked; burnt; boiled, 
Coilura, i, n. sing. m. pi. §03, 4 ; 

he(tv€n ; the dimate ; the sky ; 

the air ; tfie atmosphere* 
Co3iia, s, f. a supper, 
Coepi, isse, def. § 183, 1 ; Ibegin^ 

or / began, 
Ca»ptu8, a, um, part begum 
Cocrceo, ere, ui, Itum, a. (con & 

arceo)) to check ; to restrain ; 

to control, 
Co^tatio^ dnis, f. (coglto,) a 

ihoMghl ; a reflection, 

Cog^tatum, i, n. a QioughL 
Cogito, are, avi, atom, a. to thmk ; 

to consider ; to fnedilate, 
Cognitus, a, um, part (cognosca) 
Cognomen, {nis, n. a surtiame ; 

Cognosco, -nosc^re, -ndvi, -nl- 

tiiro,a. (con & nosco,)fo know ; 

to learn : de causa, to try or 

decide a suit at law. 
Cogo, cogfire, co^gi, coactuna, a. 

(con & ago,) to drive; to 

compel; to force; to urge; 

to coUect: agmen, t<^ bring 

up the rear ; to march in the 

Cobaereo, -hsr^^re, -bsesi, -^lae- 

sum, n. (con & hsreo,) to 

adhere; to be united; to be 

joined to, 
Cohibeo, -hibSre, -bibui, -bibi- 

tum,a.(con Sl babeo, § 189, 4,) 

to hold back ; to restrain, 
Cofaors, tis, f. a cohort ; the tenth 

part of a legion, 
Colcbi, orum, m. the people of 

Colcbis, idis, f. a country ofAsia^ 

east of the Euxine, 
Colldbor,-labi, -lapsus sum, dep. 

(con & labor,) tofalL 
CoUare, is, n. (collum,) a collar ; 

a necklace, 
Collat|nus, i, m. a surname of 

TarqniniuSy the husband qf 

Collcctus, a, um, part (colllgo.) 
Cdil^gti, m, m. a colleague. 



Collegium, i, n. a collq^ei a 

CoUigo, -ligftre, -ifigi, -lectum, 

a. (con & lego,) to coUecL 
Collis, is, m. a kUL 
Collocatus, a, urn, part, from 
Colldco, are, avi, atum, a. (con 

& loco,) to place: statuam, 

to erect ; to set up. 
Colloquium, i, n. conversation; 

an intervieto ; from 
Colldquor, -Idqui, -locQtus sum, 

dep. (con & loquor,) to speak 

together; to. converse. 
Collum, iyiLihe neck. 
Colo, colore, colui, cultum, a. to 

ctdHvaie; to exercise; topvar- 

sue; to practise; to respect; 

to regard; to venerate; to 

worship ; to inhabit. 
Colonia, le, f. a colony, 
Colonus, i, m. a coUnmU 
Color, & Colos, oris, m. a color. 
Columba, e, f. a dove; a 

Columbare, is, n. a dovecote. 
Columna, ae, f. a pUlar; a col' 

Comburo, -urfire, -ussi, -ustum, a. 

(con & uro, § 196, 5,) to bum; 

to consume. 
Comedendus, a, um, part from 
Comedo, edere, edi, esum & 

estum, a. (con & edo,) to eat 

up ; to devour. 
Comes, rtis, c. a companion. 
Cometes, e, m. a comft^ § .45. 
Comisiior, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

revd; to riot; to banquet ; to 

Comitans, lis, part (comitor.) 

Comitatus, a, um, part from 

Comitor, ari, atus sum, dep. (co- 
mes,) to accompany; to at' 
tend; to follow. 

Commemdro, &re, avi, atum, a, 
(con & memdro,) to commein- 
oraie ; to mention, 

Commendo, are, avi, &tum, a. 
(con & mando,) to commend; 
to recommend; to commit to 
one's care, 

Commeo, are, avi, atum, n, (con 
& meo,) to go to and fro ; to 
go and come ; to pass, 

Commercium, i, n. (con & 
merx,) commerce ; trqffic ; in* 

Comralgro, are, avi, atum, n. 
(con & migro,) to emigrate ; 
to remove, 

Comminuo, -minu^re, -minui, 
-miiidtum, a. (con & minuo,) 
to dash or break in pieces; to 

ComminQtus, a, um, part di- 
minished; broken in pieces. 

Committo, -^mitt^re, -misi, -mis- 
sum, a. (con & mitto,) to 
commit ; to intrust : pugnam, 
to join batUe; to commence 
or fight a battle. 

Commissus, a, um, part intrust^ 
ed; perpetrated; cotnmitted ; 
commenced : . proelium com- 
missum, a batUe begun or 



Jought : copiis commissis, 

fortes being engaged, 
Commoditos, atis, f. (commddus,) 

a cwivenienee; commodious- 

Commddum, i^.n. an advantage ; 

Commorior, -mdri & -moriri, 

-moituus sum, dep. (con & 

morior,) to die together. 
Comindror, ari, atus sum, dep. 

(con & moror,) to reside ; to 

stay at ; to remain ; to continue, 
Commotus, a, urn, part from 
Ctemmoveo, -movfere, -movi, -mo- 

turn, a. (con & moveo,) to 

move ; to excite ; to stir up ; 

to irifiuence ; to induce, 
Communtco, are, avi, atumj a. 

to communiccde; to impart; 

to teU ; from 
Communis, e, adj. common: in 

commQne consulJ^TO, to con- 

srdtfor the common good, 
Comoedia, », f. a comedy. 
Comp&ro, are, avi, atum, a. (con 

& paro,) to gain ; to procure ; 

to get ^ to compare. 
Compello, -pellere, -pflli, -pul- 

Bum, a. (con & pcllo,) to drive ; 

to compel ; to force : in fugam, 

to put to flight, 
Compenso,are, avi, atum, a. (con 

& ponso,) to compensate; to 

make cunendsfor, 
Comperio, -perire, -p€ri, -pertum, 

a. (con & pario, § 189, 1,) to 
• learn ; to discover. 

Complector, -plecti, -plexus sum, 
dep. (con & plector,) to em* 
brace; to comprise; to con^ 
prehend; to reach; to extend: 
complecti amore, to love, 

Compono, -ponCre, -posui, -post- 
turn, a. (con & pono,) to com 
pose ; to put together ; to ar^ 
range ; to construct ; to finish ; 
to compare. 

Compositus, a, um, pBitfinishetl; 
composed; quieted, 

Comprehendendus, a, um, part 

Comprehendo, -prehend6ro,-pro- 
hensi, -prehensum, a. (con & 
prehendo,) to comprehend ; to 
seize ; to apprehend, 

Comprehensus, a, um, part 

Compulsus, a, um, part (com- 
pel la) 

Conatus, a, um, part (conor,) 
having endeavored, 

Concfedo, -cedrsre, -cessi, -ccs- 
sum, a. (con & cedo,) to yield; 
to permit ; to grant. 

Conccptus, a, um, part (con- 
cipio,) conceived; couched; 

Concessus, a, um, part (Concftdo.) 

Concha, le, f. a shellfish, 

Conchylium, i, n. a shellfish, 

Concilio, are, avi, atum, a. to 
conciliate; to unite; torecon* 
die ; to acquire for ow?s self; 
to gain ; to obtain ; from 

Concilium, i, n. a couneU, 

Concio, dnis, T, (concieo,) an 



a$§emUtf ; an assemhly of ike 

Concipio, •cip^re, -c6pi, -ccp- 
tum, ft. (con & capio, § 189, 
5,) to conceive; to imagine; 
to form; to draw up; to 

Conclto, Are, avi, atum, fireq. 
(cdn & cito,) to excite; to 

Coscitor, dris, m. one uiho er- 
eites; an exciter; a mover; a 

Concoquo, -coqu^re, -coxi, -coc- 
tum, a. (con & coquo,) to boil ; 
to digest 

Conc<Hrdia« e, f. (concors,) con- 
cord; agreement; harmony, 

Concredo, -<cred6re, -credidi, 
-crediUinv a. (con & credo^) 
to trust ; to intrusL 

Concr^nio, are, avi, atum, a. 
(con &. crcmo,) to bum with ; 
to Inum ; to consume, 

CoDCurrOy -curr<^re, -curh, -cur- 
sum, n. (con & curro,) to run 
together : concurritur, pass, 
imp. a crowd assemble ; there 
. is an assemblage, 

Concussus, a, um, part shaken ; 
moved; from 

Concutio, -cutere, -cussi, -cus- 
sum, a. (con & quatio,) to 
shake; to agitate; to tremble. 

Conditio, onis, f. (condo,) con- 
dition; situation; a proposal; 

Conditus, a, um, part from 

Condo, -d£re, -didi, -ditum, a. 
(con & do,) to found; to 
build; to make; to form; to 
hide ; to bury ; to conceaL 

Conduce, -duc£re, -duxi, '>duc- 
turn, a. (con &. duco,) to hire^ 

Confectus, a, um, part (conficio.) 

Conffiio, conferre, contdli, cot* 
latum, irr. a. (con & fero,) to 
bring together; to heap up; 
to bestow; to give: ae con«> 
ferre, to betake one^s self; 
to go. 

Conficio, -fic£re, -feci, -fectum, 

a. (con &. facio,) to make ; do 

finish; to waste; toioearovi; 

to terminate ; to consume ; to 

ruin ; to destroy ; to kilL 

Confligo, -fliggre, -fiixi, -flictaim, 
a. (con & fiigo^) to contend; 
to engage ; to fight 

Conflo, are, avi, atum, a. (con & 
do,) to blow together ; to melt ; 
to unite ; to compose, 

Confluo, -flu«re, -fluxi, -fluxumi 
n. (con & fluo,) to fiow to*- 
gether ; tofiock ; to assemble, 

Confodio, -fodere, -fbdi^ -fossum, 
a. (con & fodio,) to dig; to 
pierce ; to stab, 

Confossus, a, um, part (confo* 

Confugio, -fugCre, -fCigi, -fugl- 
tum, n. (con & fugio,) to fiy 
to ; to fiy for reftge; tofiee, 

Congero, -gerere, -gessi, -gesr 
turn, a. (con & gero,) to bring 
together ; to coUect ; to heap up. 



CongredioTy-gr^di, -gressus sum, 
dep. (con & gradior, § 189, 1,) 
to encounter; to engage; to 

Congr^go, are, avi, atum, a. (con 
& grex,) to assemble injlocks ; 
to assemble* 
Conjectus, a, urn, part, from 
Conjicio, -jic6re, -jeci, -jectum, 
a. (con 6l jacio,) to cast; to 
throw ; to cofy edure. 
Conjugium, i, n. (con & jugo,) 

Conjungo, -jung€re, -junxi, 
-junctnm, a. (con & jungo,) 
to unite ; to bind ; to join. 
Conjuratus, a, mn, part con- 
spired: conjurati, subs, eon- 
spiraiors: from 
Conjuro, are, avi, atum, a. (con 
& juro^) to swear together ; to 
combine; to conspire: conju- 
ratum est, a conspiranf was 
Conjux, iigis, c. (con & jugo,) 
a spouse ; a husband or 
Conor, an, atus sum, dep. to at- 
tempt; to venture; to endeav- 
or ; to strive. 
Conqueror, -qu^ri, -questus sum, 
dep. (con & queror,) to com- 
plain ; to lament 
Conscendo, -scendfire, -scendi, 
•scensum, a. (con & scando,) 
to climb ; to ascend. 
Conscensus, a, urn, part, (con- 


Conscisco^ -8cisc£re, HKiviy -Mi- 
tum, a^ (con & scisco,) to 
decree ; to execute : sibi mor- 
tem consciscere, to lay violent 
hands on one^s self; to com-' 
Consecro, are, avi, atum, a. (con 
&, sacro,) to consecrate; to 
dedicate ; to devote. 
Cons6di. See Consido, 
Consenesco, -senescfire, -senui, 
inc. (con & senesco,)fo grow 
Consentio, -sentire, -sensi, -sen- 
sum, n. (con & sentio,) to 
consent; to agree; to unite. 
ConsCquor, -sSqui, -secatus sum, 
dep. (con & sequor,) to gain ; 
to oUain. 
Consecutus, a, um, part having 

Cons^ro, -serfire, -semi, -sertum, 
a. (con & sero,) to join ; to 
put together : pugnam, to join 
battle; toj^ht 
Conservandus, a, um, part 

Conserve, are, avi, atum, a. (con 
& servo,) to preserve ; to main- 
tain; to perpetuate^ 
Considens, tis, part from 
Consido, -sidfire, -sfedi, -sessum, 
n. (con & sido,) to sU down ; 
to encamp ; to take on^s seat ; 
to perch ; to light. 
Consilium, i, n. (consalo,) coun- 
sel ; design ; intention ; a 
I council ; deliberation ; advice ; 



. apktn } jwigmcnl ; di»cntion ; 

prudence; vnsdoui, 
Conaisto, HsistCre, -sttti, n. (eon 

& Bisto,) <o sUmdf to eansist 
CoQfiolor^ ari, atus suniy dep. 

(con & solor,) to cott^oii ; to 

Conspectusi o^ um, port, (con- 

Conspectus, ds, m. a 9^hi; a 

Conspicatus, a, um, part (con- 

Conspicio^-spicSre, -fipexi^rspec- 

turn, a. (con &. specio, § 189, 

%) to behold; to see. 
Conspicor, ari, atus sum, dep. 

to behold ; to see, 
Conspicuus, a, urn, adj. consptcu- 

ous; distinguished. 
Constans, tis, part d& adj. j$rm; 

determined ; constant ; steady, 
Constituo, -stituere, ^stitui, Hsti- 

tutum, a. (con & statue,) to 

appoint ; to establish. 
Consto, -stare, -sttti, n. (con & 

sto,) to consist of: constat, 

imp. it is certain^ manifest^ 

dear J evidentyknotvn. 
Construo,-stru6re, -struxi, -struc- 

tum, a. (con & struo,) to con- 
struct ; to buUd ; to compose ; 

to form ; to heap up* 
ConsucBCo, -suescSre, -sudvi, 

-su6tum, n. (con & suesco,) 

to be accustomed. 
Consuetude, inis, f. lutbit; cus- 

Consul, alia, m. a eonsuL 

Consuliris, c, adj. of or pertain- 
ing to the consul ; consular : 
vir consularis, one tofto has 
been a utnsul ; a man of con- 
sukar dignity. 

Cnnsulatus, ds, m. the consul- 

ConsOlo, -sul^re, -salui, -snltum, 
a. to advise ; to consult 

Consulto, are, avi, atum, frcq. 
(console,) to advise together; 
to consuU. 

ConsDmo, -sumSre, . -sumpsi, 
•sumptum, a. (con & sumo,) 
to consume ; to wear out ; to 
exhauet; tou}aste; to destroy. 

CoDsumptus, a, urn, part 

Contagiosus, a, urn, ad|. (con- 
tingo,) contagious. 

Contemnendus, a, um, part from 

Contemno) -tcmn^re, -tempsi, 
-temptum, a. (con & temno,) 
to despise ; to reject until scorn. 

Contemplatus, a, um, part ob- 
serving ; regarding; consid- 
ering; from 

Contemplor, ari, &tus sum, dep. 
to contemplate; to regard; to 
consider ; to look at ; to gaze 

Contemptim, adv. with contempt ; 
contemptuoudy ; soornfuUy ; 

Contemptus, a, um, part con- 

Contemptus, ds, m. contenq/L 

Contendo, d^re, di, tois, a. & n. 



(con & tendo^) to dispuU ; to 
Jfghi; to eoiUend; to go to; 
to dired on^s course : allquid 
ab allquo, to request ; to so- 
licit; to beg something of 

Contention onis, L contenHon ; a 
debate; a controversy; exer- 
tion ; an effort; a strife. 

Contentusy a, um, adj. content; 

Cont^ro^ -terfire, -trivi, •tiitum, 
a. (con & tero,) to break ; to 
pound ; to waste. 

Contlnena, tis, part & adj. join- 
17^; continued; umnUrnqd- 
ed; temperate: suba. f. the 
continent^ or main land : from 

Contineo, -tin^re, -tinui, -ten- 
turn, a. (con &P teneo,) to hold 
in; to contain, 

Gontingo, -tingfere, -tigi, -tac- 
tum, a. (con & tango,) to 
touch : contiDgit, imp. it hap- 
pens : mihi, it happens tome; 
I have the/ortune. 

Continuus, a, urn, adj. continued; 
adjoining; incessant; unin- 
terrupted; continual; unihovi 
intermission ; in close succes- 
sion: continuo alveo, in one 
entire or undivided channel. 

Contra, prep, against; opposite 
to : adv. on the other hand. 

Contractus, a, um, part (contra- 

Contradico, -dic6re, -dixi, -dic- 
tum, a. (contra & dico,) to 

speak againti; toconbradicl; 
to oppose, 

Contra^ctus, a, um, part, con- 
tradicted; opposed, 

Contrftho, -trabere, -traxi, -trac- 
tum, a. (con & traho,) to con- 
tract; to draw together; to 
assemble; to coUeet 

Contrarlus, a, um, adj. eonbrary; 

Contueor, -tu^ri, -tultus sum, 
dep. (eon &> tueor,) to regard, 
to behold; to view; to look 
steaiyasUy at; to gaze upon; 
to survey, 

a. (con & tundo,) to beat ; to 
bruise ; to crush ; to pulverize, 

ContQBus, a, um, part 

Convalesco, -valescCre, -valui, 
inc. (con & valesco,) to grow 
well ; to recover, 

Convenio, -venire, -v^ni, -ven- 
tum, n. (con & venio,) to 
med; to assemble; to come 

Converto, -vertfire, -verti, -ver- 
sum, a. (con & verto^jto turn ; 
to resort to ; to appropriate ; 
to convert into; to change: 
se in preccs, to turn to en- 

Conversus, a, um, part 

Convicium, i, n. loud noise; 
scolding; reproach; abuse. 

Convivium, i, n. (con & vivo,) a 
feast; a banquet; an enter- 



Convdco, ftre, avi, atum, a. (con 
& voco,] to call together ; to 

CoDvoIvo, -volvfire, -volvi, -volQ* 
turn, a. (con & volvo,) to roll 
together : pass, to 6e rolled to- 
gether : se, to roll one's self up, 

Cooperio, -perire, -perui, -pcr- 
tum, a. (con & operio,) to 

Copia, e, f. an abundance; a 
multitude; a swarm: copic, 
^\. forces; troops, 

Copios^, adv. (ius, isslm^,) co- 
pwkitly; abundantly, 

Coquoy coqu^re, coxi, coctum, a. 
to bake; to boil; to roast; to 

Coquus, i, m. a cook. 

Cor, cordis, n. the heart. 

Coram, prep. t7i the presence of; 
before : adv. openly, 

Corcyra, te, f. an island on the 
coast of Epirvsy now Corfu, 

Corinthus, i, f. Connth^ a city of 
Achaia^ in Greece. 

Corinthius, a, um, adj. Corinth- 
ian^ belonging to Corinth: 
Corinthii, subs, the Corinthi- 

Corioli, drum, m. pi. a town of 

Coriolanus, i, m. a distinguished 
Roman general, 

Coriura, i, n. the skin ; the skin 
or hide of a beast, 

Cornelia, le, £ a noble Roman 

Cornelius, i, m. £fte name of an 
iUustrious tribe^ or dan^ at 
Ronu^ containing many fam- 

Comix, icis, T, a crow, 

Comu, u, n. § 87 ; a horn. 

Corona, ae, f. a crown. 

Corpus, dris, n. a body ; a corpse. 

Correptus, a, um, part (corripio.) 

Corrigo, -rig^^re, -rexi, -rectum, 
a. (con & rego,) to straight- 
en; to make belter; to cor- 

Corripio, -ripfire, -ripui, -reptum, 
a. (con & rapio,) to seize, 


Corrode, -rodCre, -rosi, -rdsum^ 

a. (con & rodo,) to gnaw ; to 

Corrosus, a, um, part 
Conruens, tis, part (corruo.) 
Cprrumpo, -rump^re, -rOpi, -ruf>- 

tum, a. (con & rumpo,) to 

corrupt ; to bribe ; to hurt ; 

to violate ; to seduce ; to im- 
pair ; to destroy, 
Corruo, -ruere, -rui, n. (con & 

ruo,) to fall ; to decay, 
Corruptus, a, um, part & adj. 

(corrumpo,) bribed; vitiated; 

foul; corrupt 
Corsica, e, f. an island in the 

AledHerranean sea^ north of 

Curvinus, i, m. a surname given 

to M, Valerius, 
Corvus, i, m. a raven, 
Corycius, a, um, adj. Corydan ; 

((f Corgeus, 



Corj^cus, 1, m. ifte name of a eiiy 

and mountain of Cilicia* 
Co8^ an abbremaiion of consul; 

Coss., ^consules ; § 328. 
Cotta, e, m. a Roman cognd- 

men, belonging to the Awe" 

lion tribe. 
Crater^^iiSy m. a gobkt ; a craUr ; 

the mouth qfa volcano. 
Crates, ^tis, m. a Theban phUoMO- 

Crassus, i, m. the name of a 

Rotnanfamilyofthe Lwcinian 

Creatns, a, um, part (creo.) 
Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj. 

Crebr6, adv. (creber,)/re^e»t%. 
Credo, -d£re, -didi, -ditum, a. to 

believe ; to trust 
Crem^ra, e, £ a nver of Etrt^ 

ria, near which the Fttbian 

family were defeated and de- 
Cremo, are, avi, atum, a. to bum ; 

to consume, 
Creo, are, avi, atum, a. to choose ; 

to create ; to elect 
Cresco, crescfire, crevi, cretum, 

n. to increase ; to grow, 
Creta, e, f. Crete^ now Candiaj 

an island in the Mediterrti- 

nean sea^ south of the Cycld- 

Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to. 

Creie, Cretan, 
CrevL See Cresco. 
Crimen, Inis, n. a crime ; a fault; 

an aecusaHon: allcui crlmlni 

dare, to charge as a crime 

agamst one, 
Crinis, is, m. the hair, 
Crixus, i, m. (he name of a cde* 

bratud gladiator, 
Crocodilus, i, m. a crocodile, 
Cruciatus, a, um, part, (crucio.) 
Cruciatus, ds, m. torture; tor- 

ment; distress; trouble; af- 

Crucio, are, avi, atum,. a. (crux,) 

to torment ; to toWtire. 
Crudelis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

Crudelitcr, adv. cruelly, 
Crudus, a, um, adj. crude ; raw, 
Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore, 
Crus, uris, n. the leg. 
Crux, crucis, f. a cross. 
Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i, n. 

a cubit 
Cucurri. See Curra 
Cui, & Cujus. See Qui, & Quia. 
Culex, icis, m. a gnat 
Culpa, fe, f. a fault; guxli; 

Culpo, are, avi, atum, a. to blame. 
Cultellus, i, m. (dim. from cul- 

ter,) a little knife ; a knife, 
Cultus, a, um, part, (colo,) culti» 

vated; improved; dressed. 
Cum, pT,with : adv. the same as 

quum, when: ciaa — turn, 

not only — » but also ; as weU 

— as also, 
Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,) de* 

lay ; a delaying ; hesitation. 



Cuniculus, i, m. a rahbU; a 

CupidiUs, atis, f. (cupio,) desire ; 

Cuptdo, inis, C desire, 

Cupidus, a, um, adj. desirous, 

Cupiens, lis, part, from 

Cupio, £re, ivi, itum, a. to desire; 
to wish ; to long for. 

Cur, adv. tofq/ ; wherefore, 

Ciira, SB, f. care ; anxiety, • 

Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the 

Curia, c, £ a curia or ward ; one 
of thirty parts into which the 
Roman people were divided; 
the senate-house. 

Curiatii, orum, m. pi. the name 
of an Alhan tribe. Three 
brothers belonging to this tribe 
■fought with the Horaiii, 

Curo, arc, avi, atuni, a. (cura,) 
to take care of; to care ; to be 
concerned ; to cure or heal, 

Curro, currSre, cucurri, cursum, 
n. to run. 

Currus, i^s, m. a charioL 

Cursor, oris, m. a runner; also, 
a surname given to L. Pa* 

Cursus, lis, m. a course; a run- 

Curvus, a, um, adj. crooked, 

Custodia, c, f. (custos,) a prison ; 
a guard. 

Custodio, ire, ivi, ituni, a. to pre- 
serve ; to keep safety ; to 
guard; to watch; from 

Custos, odis, c a guard; a keep- 

Cutis, is, f. the skin. 

Cyaneus, a, um, adj. dark blue, 

Cyclades, um, f. pi. a cluster of 
islands in the Archipelago^ 
which derive their name from 
the Greek xvHkog^ a circle. 

Cyclopes, um, m. pi. the Cyclops, 
giants of Sicily, living near 

Cydnus, i, m. a river ofCUicia. 

Cyilcnc, es, ,f. a mountain in 

Cymba, e, f. a boat ; a skiff; a 

CymbAlum, i, n. a cymbaL 

Cynicus, i, m. a Cynic. The 
Cynics were a sect of phUoso* 
phers founded by Anlisthe- 

CynoccphrdiB, arum, f. pi. smaU 
hills near Scotussa, tn Thes- 

Cynocephali, drum, m. pi. a peo- 
ple of India with heads like 

Cynoccphalus, i, m. an Egyp- 
tian deity. 

Cynossema, iltis, n. a promontory 
of Thrace, near Sestos, where 
qtteen Hecuba was buried, 

Cyntlius, i, m. a hill tiear the 
town of Delos. 

CyrenjB, arum, f. pi. Cyrene, a 
dty of Africa, the capital of 

Cyrenalca, e, f. a cotmtry in the 



northern part of Jlfricoy so 

called from its capiUdj Qf- 

Cyrcneufl, a, urn, adj. Cyrtnean ; 

belonging to Cyrena* 
Cyrencnsis, e, adj. Cyrtnsan; 

of CyrtiKt* 
Cyrnua, i, f. a Greek name qfthe 

island of Corsica* 
Cynis, i, m. Cyrus, the nanu of 

a Persian king, 
Cyzicus, i, f. tiie naine of an 

island, near Mysia, eofitain^ 

ing a town of the same 



Dsediilus, i, m. an ingenious 

J9thenian artist, the son of 

Damno, are, avi, atum, a. to eon" 

Damnosus, a, um, adj. injurious ; 

Dana US, i^ m. an ancient king of 

Jlrgos, and brother of JEgyp- 

Dandus, a, um, part (do.) 
Dans, tis, part, (do.) 
Danubius, i, m. the Danube, a 

ricer of Germany, called tUso, 

after its entrance into lllyri- 

aim, the Ister ; the largest riv* 

er in Europe, 
Daps, dapis, f. § 94 ; a feast ; a 

Dardania, e, f. a country and 

city of Asia Mnor, near the 

DatQnie, a,.um, part (do.) 

Datus, a, um, part (do.) 

De, prep, from; of; concemr 
ing ; on account of, 

Dea, SB, f. § 43; 2; a goddess* 

Debello, &re, avi, atum, a. (de dr* 
bcllo,) to conqiter; to subdue. 

Debeo, 6re, ui, itum,a. (de 6l ha- 
beo,) to owe; to be obliged; with 
an infinitive, ought or should. 

Deboor, 6ri, ttus sum, pass, to 
.be due, 

DebilUo, are, avi, atum, a. (debt- 
lis,) to weaken ; to enfeeble, 

DebltUB, a, um, part (debeo,) 
due; deserved; owing. 

Decide, -ced(^re, -cessi, -cessum, 
n. (de & ccdo,) to depart ; to 
retire ; to unOulraw ; to yield ; 
to die, 

Decenio, -cernere, -crfevi, -crfe- 
tum, a, (de & cerno,) to judge ; 
to decide; lofght; to cou" 
tend; to discern; to decree: 
bellum decretum cst,the matt- 
agtment of the war was de^ 

Decern, num. adj. ten, [creed. 

Decemviri, drum, m. pi. decern' 
.virs, ten tnen appointed to 
prepare a code of laws for 
the Romans, and by whom the 
laws of the ttodve tables were 

Decerpo, -cerptTO, -cerpsi, -ccrp- 
tum, a. (de & carpo,) to pluck 
off; to pick ; to gai/ter. 




DecTdo, -cid($re, -dTdi, n. (de & 
cado,) to faSL : denies decl- 
dunt, the teeth faUf or come 

Occtmus, a, urn, num. adj. (de- 
cern,) the tenth, 

Decius, i, m. (ke name of several 
RcMnanSy three of whom were 
dtsiinguished for their patri- 

Declaro, are, avi, atum, a. (de & 
claro,) to dedare ; to show, 

Decoctus, a, um, part, from 

Decdquo, -coquerc, -coxi, -coc- 
tum, a. (de & coquo,) to boiL 

Decorus, a, um, adj. handsome ; 
adorned ; decorous ; beavH" 

Decretus, a, um, part (decerno.) 

Dccreeco, -crescfire, -crevi, n. 
(de & cresco,) to decrease; to 
diminish ; to subside ; to fall ; 
to decay, 

Decumbo, -cumbfire, -cubui, n. 
(de & cubo,) to lie down, 

DeciUTo, -currere, -curri, -cur- 
sum, n. (de & curro,) to flow 
down ; to run, 

Dedi. See Do. 

Dcdidi. See Dcdo. 

Deditio, onis, f. (dedo,) a surren- 

Dedltus, a, um, part (dedo.) 

Dedo, ded^rc, dedidi, dedltum, 
a. to surrender ; to deliver up ; 
to give up; to addict or de- 
vote one's self, 

Dcduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 

tum, a. (de & daco,) to lead 
forth; to bring; to lead, 

Defatigo, &re, &vi, atum, a. (de 
& fatigo,) to weary; to far 

Defendo, -fend^ie, -fendi, -fen- 
sum, a. (de & fendo, § 172,) 
to dtfend; to protect, 

Defensus, a, um, part, (defendo.) 

Deflgro, -ferre, -tiOi, -latum, irr. a. 
(de & fero,) to bring ; to con- 
vey; to proffer; to coffer; to 
give ; to bestow, 

Deficiens, tis, part from 

Deficio, -ficSre, -feci, -fectum, 
a. & n. (de &, facio,) to fail ; 
to be wanting; to decrease; 
to be eclipsed, 

Defleo, ere, ^vi, etum, a. (de & 
flco,) to deplore; to bewaU, 
to lament; to weep for, 

Defluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
n. (de & fluo,) to flow down, 

Defodio, -fodSre, -fodi^ -fossum, 
a. (de & fodio,) to bury; to 

Deformitas, atis, f. (deformis,) 
deformity; ugliness, 

Defossus, a, um, part (defodio.) 

Defunctus, a, um, phtt finished: 
defunctus or defunctus y'ltk^ 
dead: from 

Defungor, -fiingi, -functus sum, 
dep. (de &. iUngor,) to exe- 
cute; to perform; to be free 
from; to finish, 

Degens, tis, part from 

Dego^ degCre, dcgi, a. & ik 



(de & agoy) to lead ; to ^oe ; 
to dweU, 

Degusto, are, avi, atum, a. (de & 
gusto,) to taste, 

Deinde, adv. (de & inde,) then; 
further; oLfUr that ; next, 

Deiot&rus, i, m. a man who was 
made king of Galatia, by the 
Roman senate^ through the 
favor ofPompey, 

Dejectus, a, um, part from 

Dejicio, -jic€rc, -jeci, -jectum, 
a. (de & jacio,) to throw or 
cast down, 

Oelabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, dep. 
(de & labor,) /o /a//; to glide 
down; to flow, 

Delapsus, a, um, part descend- 
ing; having faUen, 

Delatus, a, um, part (def^ro,) 

Delecto, are, avi, atum, a. (de & 
lacto, § 189, 1,) to delight ; to 

Delectus, a, um, part (deligo.) 

Delendus, a, um, part to be de- 
stroyed; from 

Dcleo, ere, evi, etum, vl. to ex- 
tinguish ; to destroy ; to ndfi. 

Deliciae, arum, f. pi. pastimes ; 
diversions; pleasures; delights. 

Delictum, i, n. (dolinquo,) a crime; 

Dcligo, -ligfire, -legi, -lectum, a. 
(de & lego,) to select; to choose, 

Delinquo, -linqufire, -liqui, -lic- 
tum, a. (de &. lidquo to of- 
fend ; to do wrong, 

Delphlcus, a, um, adj. Ddphie^ 
belonging to DelphL 

Delphi, drum, m. pL a town of 
PhodSf where were a famous 
temple and oracle ofApoUo, 

Delphinus, i, m. a dolphin. 

Delta, SB, f. a part of Egypt, so 
called from its resembUaice to 
the Greek letter ddta, A. 

Delubrum, i, n. a temple; a 

Delus or -os, i, f. an island, con^ 
taining a dty of the same 
name, situated in the Mgean 
sea; the birthplace of Apollo 
and Diana, 

Demaratus, i, m. a Corinthian, 
the father of the elder Tar- 

Demergo, -merger©, -mersi, 
-mersum, a. fde & mergo,) to 
plunge ; to sink, 

Demersus, a, um, part 

Demetrius, i, m. a Greek proper 

Demissus, a, um, part cast dotvn ; 
descendhig; from 

Demitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis* 
sum, a. (de & mitto,) to send 
doum ; to let down ; to drop, 

Democrttus, i, m. a Grecuin phi- 
losopher, who was bom ai 

Dcmonstro, are, avi, atum, a. 
(de & monstro,) to demon* 
strate ; to show ; to prove, 

Demosthiines, is, m. the most ceU* 
bratedofthe Jithenian oratora. 



Demnm, adv. at length ; not tUl ; 

at last ; only. 
Dent, oe, a, num. adj. pi. § 1 19, 

III. every ten ; ten, 
Dentque, k&v, finally ; at last. 
Dens, tis, m. a tooth, 
Densus, a, uni, adj. thick. 
Dcntatus, i, m. (Siccius,) the 

cognomen, or surname^ of a 

brave Rotnan soldier, 
Denuntio or -cio, are, avi, &tnm, 

a. (de &. nuntio,] to dtttounce ; 

to foreshow ; to proclaim ; to 

Depascor, -pasci, -pastus sum, 

dcp. (de & pascor,) to feed ; 

to eat up; to feed upon, 
Dcpingo, -pingCrc, -pinxi, -pic- 

tum, a. (de & pingo,) to paint ; 

to depict ; to describe ; to ex- 
Deploro, ire, iLvi, atum,a. (dc & 

ploro,) tojeeepfor ; to deplore ; 

to mourn, • 
Dcpono, -ponftre, -posui, -posi- 

tum, a. (de ^ pono,) to lay 

down or aside: 
Depopulatus, a, urn, part from 
Depopfilor, ari, atus sum, dep. 

(dc & popQlus,) to lay waste, 
Deprchendo, -prehendere, -pre- 

hcnsi, -prchensum, a. (de & 

prehendo,) to seize ; to catch ; 

to detect, 
Dcprehensus, a, um, part 
Dcpulso, are, avi, atum, freq. 

(de & pulso,) to push away ; 

to keep off; to repd. 

Descendo, -scend^re, -scendl, 

-scensum, n. (de & scando, 

§ 189, 1,) to descend: in cer- 

tamen descend^re, to engage 

in a contest: desccnditur, 

imp. one descends; we efe- 

Describo, -scrib^re, -scrips!, 

-schptum, a. (de & scribo,) 

to describe ; to divide ; to or^ 

Dcsfiro, -serftre, -semi, •sertum, 

a. (de & sero,) to desert ; to 

forsake ; to abandon, 
Desertum, i, n. a desert 
Desertus, a, um, part. & adj. 

deserted ; waste ; desolate ; 

Desiderium, i, n. a longing for ; 

a desire; love; affection; re- 

gra ; grief, 
Deslno, -sin^re, -sivi, -situm, n. 

(de & sino,) to leave off; to 

terminate; to cease; to end; 

to renounce, 
Desperatus, a, um, part & adj. 

despaired of; past hope ; des" 

perate; hopeless, 
Desp^ro, are, avi, atum, a. (de & 

spero,] to despair. 
Desponsatus, a, um, part from 
Desponso, are, avi, atum, a. to 

promise in mmriage; to 6e- 

trotk ; to affiance, 
Destino, &re, avi, atum, a. to i/e- 

9ign; to appoint; to dieter^ 

mine ; to aim at 
Desum, -esse, -fui, -futfkroBi irr. 



n. (de &. sum,) to be want' 

Deterior, adj. coiup. (su}u deter- 

Timus, § 126, 1,) worse, 
Beterreo, 6re, ui, Itum, a. (de & 

terreo,) to deter ; to frighten. 
Detestor, an, atus stun, dep. (de 

& testor,) to detesL 
Detractus, a, ujn, part from 
DetrSiho, -trah£re, -traxi, -trac- 

turn, a. (de &. traho,) to take 

douni or away; to draw off; 

to take from. 
Detrimentum, i, n. (detfiro,) det- 

riment; damage ; harm; loss ; 

Deus, i, m. § 52 ; God ; a god. 
Dev£ho, 'veh^re, -vexi, •vectum, 

a. (de & veho,) to carry atcay, 
Devexus, a, um, adj. sloping; 

Devictus, a, um, part from 
Devinco, -vincdre, -vici, -vic- 

tum, a. (de & vinco,) to^ con-- 

quer; to subdue; toovercotne. 
Devolo, are, avi, atum, n. (de & 

volo,) to fly down ; to Jly 

Devoro, are, avi, dtum, a. (de & 

voro,) to devour ; to cat up. 
Devotus, a, um, part, from 
Devoveo, -vovfere, -vovi, -votum, 

a. (de &. voveo,) to vow; to 

devote ; to consecrate. 
Dexter, 6ra, 6rum, or ra, rum, 

§ 1 06, adj. right ; on the right 

Uextra, e, f. the right hand, 

Diadema, &tis, d. a diadem; a 
white JUht iwm upon the 
heads of kings. 

Diagdras, le, m. a Rhodian who 
died from excessive joy^ be* 
cause his three sons were vie- 
toriovs at the Olympic gafnes, 

Diana, le, f. the daughter of Ju- 
piter and Latona^ and sister 

Dico, are, avi, &tum, a. to consC" 
crate ; to dedicate. 

Dico, dic6re, dixi, dictum, a. to 
say ; to name ; to calL 

Dictator, oris, m. a dictator; a 
chief magistrate^ elected on 
special occasiofu^ and vested 
with absolute authority ; from 

Dicto, are, avi, atum, freq. to dio" 
tale ; to say often. 

Dictum, i, n. a toord; an ex* 

Dictus, a, um, part (dico.) 

l^s, ei, m. or f. in sing., m. in 
pL, § DO ; a day : in dies, dai- 
ly ; every day, 

Diffdrens, tis, adj. different ; dif 
fering; from 

Difi«^ro, diffcrre, distQli, dila- 
tum, irr. a. & n. (dis & fero,) 
to carry up and down; to 
scatter ; to disperse ; to spread 
abroad ; to publish ; to defer ; 
to be different. 

Difficile, adv. (ius, lim^^,) diffir 
cultly ; with difficulty ; from 

Difiicilis, e, adj. (dis & facilis,) 



Difficultas, iXisi, f. § 101, 1,&(2.) 
diffieuity ; trouble ; emhar^ 
rassment ; povei'ty. 

Digitus, i, m. a/inger ; afingei^s 

Dign&tus, a, urn, part (dignor,) 
voxtchsqfing ; thought ivorthy. 

Dignitas, atis, f. (dignus,) digni- 
ty ; honor; office, 

Dignor, ari, atus sum, dep, to 
think toorthy ; to vowihsafe ; 
to deign ; from 

Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

Dilanio, are, avi, atura, a. (dis & 
lanio,) to tear or rend in pieces. 

Diligenter, adv. (ius, issime^) 
diligently; carefiMy. 

Diligo, -lig^rc, -lexi, -Icctum, a. 
(dis &. lego,) to love, 

Dimicatio, onis, f. a fghi ; a 
contest ; a battle ; from 

Dimico, are, avi, (or ui,) atum, 
a. (dis & mico,) to fgld: 
dimicatum est, a bailie was 

Dimissus, a, um, part from 

Dimitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, 
a. (dis &. mitto,) to dismiss ; 
to Ut go. 

Diogenes, is, m. an eminent Cyn- 
ic philosopher^ bom at Sin6})e^ 
a city of Asia Minor, 

Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian war- 
rior; also, a cruel king of 

Dionysius, i^m, the name of two 
tyrants of Syracuse, 

Diremptums, a, um, part (diif- 
mo,) about to decide, 

Dii'eptus, a, um, part, (diripia) 

Dirimo, -imere, -£mi, -emptum, 
a. (dis & emo, § 196, 13,) to 
divide ; to part ; to separate; 
to decide, 

Diripio, -rip€re, -ripui, -reptum, 
a. (dis & rapio,) to fob ; to 
plunder; to pillage; to sack; 
to destroy, 

Dinio, -ruere, -rui, -rutum, a. (dis 
& ruo,) to destroy; to over- 
throiv ; to raze. 

Dims, a, um, iid},/righyul ; ter- 
rible; direful; ominous, 

Dinltus, a, um, piart (diruo.) 

Discedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces» 
sum, n. (dis Sl cedo,) to depart; 
to go away, 

Discerpo, -cerp6re,-cerpsi,-cerp- 
tum, a^ (dis & carpo,) to tear 
in pieces, 

Discerptus, a, um, part (dis- 

Discipulus, i, m. (disco,) a pupU ; 
a scholar. 

Disco, discere, didici, a. to learn, 

Discordia, gb, f. (discors,) dis- 
sejision; disagreement; dis- 

Discordo, are, avi, atum, n. to 
be at variance ; to differ, 

Discr^po, are, avi or ui, itum, n. 
(dis & crepo,) to differ; to 

Disert^, adv. (ii!is, issim^,) dear- 
ly; eloquenily. 



Disputatio, onis, £ a diapuie; a 
discourse ; a discussion ; from 

DispQto, are, avi, atum, a. (dis 
& puto,) to discourse ; to dis" 
pute ; to discuss. 

Dissemino, arQ, avi, &tumy a. 
(dis &. setnino,) to spread 
abroad; to scalier; to prO' 

Dissfiro, -seriire, -semi, -sertum, 
a. (dis & sero,) to discourse ; 
to reason ; to debate ; to say. 

Dissidium, i, n. a disagreement ; 
a dissension. 

Dissimllis, e, adj. unlike; dis" 

Distans, tis, part (disto,) differ- 
ing; distant; being divided^ 
or separated. 

Distinguo, -stinguSre, -stinxi, 
-stinctum, a. (di & stinguo,) 
to distinguish; to mark; to 
adorn; to variegcUe ; to spot; 
to sprinkle. 

Disto, stare, n. (di & sto,) to be 
distant or apart ; to be divid- 
ed ; to differ. 

Distribuo, -tribugre, -tribui, -tri- 
butum, a. (dis & tribuo,) to 
distribute ; to divide. 

Ditis, e, adj. (ior, isslmus,) rich. 

Diu, adv. (utiiis, utisslm^, § 194,) 
long; for a long time: tarn 
diu — qu^m diu, so long — as. 

Diumus, a, urn, adj. daily, 

Diutlnus, a, urn, adj. Icuting; 

Diuturnitas, atis, f. long conftti- 

uance ; duration. 
Diutumus, a, um, adj. long; last- 
Divello, -vellere, -velli or -vulsi, 

-vulsum, a. (di & vello,) to 

separate; to disjoin; to tear 

Diversus, a, urn, adj. differenL 
Dives, ttis, adj. rich; wealthy; 

fertile ; fruitfuL 
Divido, divid^re, divisi^ divisai% 

a. to divide ; to distribute ; to 

Divinus, a, um, adj. divine ; hea$h 

Divisus, a, um, part (divfdo.) 
Divitiie, arum, f. pi. riches; 

Divulsus, a, um, part (divello.) 
Do, dare, dedi, datum, a. to give ; 

to grant; to surrender: pce- 

nas, to suffer punishment: 

crimlni, to impute as a crime ; 

to accuse: finem, to termi- 

ncUe: causam, to occasion: 

nomen, to give name. 
Doceo, ere, ui, tum, a. to teach. 
Docilitas, atis, f. docility ; teack* 

Doctrina, te, f. instruction ; edu» 

cation; doctrine. 
Doctus, a, um, part & adj. 

(doceo,) taught ; learned. 
Dodona, 8b, f. a toum and forest 

ofEpiruSf toliere were a temple 

and oracle of Jupiter. 




Doleo, 6re, ui, il io gritve; to 

sorrow ; to be in paitu 
Dolor, 6ris, m. pain; sorrow; 

Dolus, i, m. a device; a trick; 

a atroiagem ; guHe ; 6r^ 

Domestlcus, a, urn, adj. (domtis,) 

Domicilium, i, n. a habitation; 

a house ; an abode. 
Domlna, e, f. (dominus,) a mis- 

Dominatio, onis, f. government ; 

power ; dominion ; usurpOf 

tion ; domination ; despotism. 
DowSnus, i, m. master; owner; 

Domitus, a, um, part, from 
Domo, arc, ui, itum, a. to sub- 
due; to tame; to overpower; 

to conquer ; to vanquish, 
Domus, Os & i, £ § 89, & (a.) a 

house: domij at home: doino, 

from home : domum, home. 
Donee, adv. untU ; as long as. 
Dono, arc, avi, atuni, a. (donum,) 

to give ; to present, 
Donum, i, n. a gift; an offering; 

a present, 
Dormio, ire, ivi, itum, n. to 

Dorsum, i, n. the back, 
Dos, dotis, f. a portion ; a dowry. 
Draco, onis, m. a dragon ; a 

species of serpent, 
Druids, &rum, m. pi. Druids^ 

priests of the ancient Britons 

and Gatds, 
Dubitatio, dnis, f. a doubt ; hfisi' 

taiion; question; from 
Dubito, are, avi, atum, n. to hesi- 
tate ; to doubL 
Ducenti, s, a, num. adj. pL two 

Duco, c^re, xi, ctum, a. to lead ; 

to conduct : uxorem, io take a 

wife ; to marry : exequias, to 

perform funeral rites; mu- 

rum, to buHd a wall. 
Ductus, a, um, part led, 
Duillius, i, m ^Caius,) a Roman 

commander^ who first con- 

quered the Carthaginians in 

a naval engagement, 
Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

sweet; pleasant, 
Dum, adv. & conj. while; whilst; 

as long as ; untiL 
Duo, (By o, num. adj. pi. § 118, 1, 

Duodecim, num. adj. ind. pL 

Duodecimus, a, um, num. adj. 

the twelfth. 
Duodeviginti, num. adj. ind. pi. 

§ 118, 4 ; e^hleen, 
Duritia, s, & Duritics, ei, f. 

§ 101, 1 ; hardness ; from 
Durus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

hard; severe; harsh; unfa,' 

Dux, cis, c^ a leader; a guide; 

a commander. 




E, ex, prep. Old qf; from ; of; 

Ea. See Is. 

Ebtbo, -bib^re, -btbi, -bibltum, a. 
(e &, bibo,) to drink up, 

Ebrietas, atis, f. (ebrius,) drunk- 

Ebur, dris, il ivory* 

Edico, -dicCre, -dixi, -dictum, a. 
(e &> dico,) to proclaim; to 
announce ; to publish ; to or- 

EdidL See Edo. 

Edrtus, a, um, part, published; 
uttered; produced; from 

Edo, -dere, -dldi, -dttum, a. to 
publish; to cause; to occa- 
8io7t; to produce; to make: 
spectaculum ed^re, to gine an 

Edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, 
irr. a. § 181 ; to eat ; to con- 

Educatus, a, um, part from 

EdQco, are, avi, atum, a. to edu- 
cate ; to instruct 

Edaco, -duc^re, -duxi, -ductum, 
a. (e & duco,) to lead forth; 
to bring forth; to produce; 
to draw out. 

Efficio, -fic^re, -f^ci, -fectum, 
a. (e & facio,) to effeA; to 
make ; to form ; to cause; to 
. accomplish. 

Effigies, tei, f. an image ; an ejfgy. 

Efflo, Are, kfi^ &tum, a. (e & flo,) 

to breathe out: anlmain, to 

die; to expire. 
EfTugio^ -fug^re, -fbgi, -fugftum, 

a. & n. (e & fugio,) to escape ; 

toftyfiom ; to flee. 
EfTundo, -funddre, -fadi, -ftksum, 

a. (e & fundo,) to pour ouJt ; 

to spill i to disduarge; to 

waste ; to over/low ; to extend 

or spread. 
Eflfusus, a, um, part poured out; 

Egeria, le, f. a nymph of the 

^ricinian grove^from whom 

^uma professed to receive in- 

structions respecting rdigioua 

Eg6ro, -gerfire, -gessi, -gestum, 

a. (e &. gero,) to carry out ; 

to cast forth ; to throw out. 
Egestus, a, um, part 
Egi. See Ago. 
Ego, mei, subs. pro. I; § 133. 
Egredior, -grfidi, -gressus sum, 

dep. (e & gradior,) to go out ; 

to over/low ; to go beyond. 
Egregi^, adv. in a distinguished 

manner; excellently ;famouS'' 

ly ; from 
Egregius, a, um, adj. (e d& 

grex,) distinguished ; emi- 
nent; choice. 
Egressus, a, um, part (egredior.) 
Ejusmddi, pro. (genitive of is & 

modus, § 134, 5,) such ; such 

like ; of the same sort. 
£21abor, -labi, -lapsus sum, depii 



(e & labor,) fo glide away; 

to tscapu 
Elapflus, a, um, part having 

Elephantifl, Idis, f. an island and 

eUy in the southern part of 

Elephantus, i, & Eldphas, antis, 

m. an elephanL • 
Eleusinii, drum, m. pi. the Eleu- 

sinians ; the 'inhabUanls of 

£leusis & -in, inis, f. a t&tvn of 

^tticOj sacred to Ceres 
Elido, -li(l£re, -lisi, -lisuin, a. (e 

& ledo,) to crush. 
Eligo, -ligSre, -legi, -Icctum, a. 

(e &. lego,) to choose; to se^ 

Eldquens, tis, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 

(eldquor,) eloquent 
Eloquentia, te, f. eloquence, 
Eldquor, -Idqui, -locutus sum, 

dep. (e & loquor,) to say ; to 

declare ; to teU, 
Eluceo, -luc^re, -luxi, n. (e & 

luceo,) to shine forth, 
Emergo, -mergere, -mersi, -mer- 

sum, n. (e & merge,) to 

emerge ; to come out ; to rise 

Emineo, 6re, ui, lutobe eminent ; 

to rise above ; to be conspicu- 
ous ; to be distinguished; to 

Emitio, -tnitt^re, -misi, -missum, 

a. (e & mitto,) to send forth ; 

to discharge. 

Emo^ emSre, emi, emptam, a. to 

buy; to purchase, 
Emorior, -mdri or -moriri, -mor- 

tuus sum, dep. to die. 
Emptus, a, um, part (emo.) 
Enascor, -nasci, -natus sum^ 

dep. to arise; to be bom; to 

spring from, 
Enatus, a, um, part bom of, 
£n£co, -nec&re, -necavi or -necui, 

-necatum or -nectum, a. (e & 

neco,) to kill, 
Enervo, arc, avi, atum, a. to 

enervate ; to enfeeble ; to ireoit- 

Enim, conj. § 279, 3 ; for ; but ; 

truly; indeed, 
Enna, le, f. a town ofSicUy, 
Ennlus, i, m. a very ancient Ro^ 

man poet 
Enuntio, are, avi, atum, a. to pro- 
claim ; to disclose ; to divulge. 
Eo, ire, ivi, itum, irr. n. § 182; 

E6, adv. thither ; to that degree ; 

to that pitch ; to that degree 

of eminence, 
Eous, i, m. the morning star, 
Edus, a, um, adj. eastern; the 

Epaminondas, ee, m. a distin' 

guished Theban general, 
Ephesus, i, m. a city on the west- 
ern coast of loniOf near the 

river Cayster. 
Ephialtes, is, m. a gtant, the son 

ofJVeptune or of m^Ueus^ and 

brother qf Otof, 



Epimenides, is, m. a poet qf 

dnossuSfin Crete. 
Epirus, i, f. a country in the 

toestem pari of Greece. 
Epistola, te, f. an epislie ; a let" 

Epulor, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

feast; to feast upon; to eat; 

Epulum, i, n. sing., &. Epdle, 

arum, f. pi. a banquet; a 

Eques, rtis, m. (equus,) a kn^ht ; 

a horseman : equites, pL 

knights; horsemen; cavalry. 
Equidem, conj. (ego &. quidem,) 

indeed; Iformy part. 
Equitatus, i^s, m. cavalry. 
Equus, i, m. d horse, 
Eram, Ero, &c. See § 153. 
Ercptus, a, um, part (eripio.) 
Erga, prep, towards. 
Ergo, conj. § 198, C ; therefore. 
Erinaceus, i, m« a hedgehog. 
Eripio, -ripfire, -ripui, -reptum, 

a. (e & rapio,) to tear from ; 

to take from ; to rescue ; to 

take aioay ; to deliver. 
Erro, are, avi, atum, n. to wander; 

to err ; to stray ; to roam. 
Erodo, -rodSre, -rosi, -rdsum, a. 

(e & rodo,] to gnaw away; 

to consume ; to eat into. 
Erudio, ire, ivi, itum, a. (e &. ru- 

dis,) to instruct ; to form. 
Eruditio, onis, f. instmction ; 

Erudltus, a, um, part (erudio.) 

Esse, Essem, &c. See Sum. 
Esurieus, tis, paxL hungry; 6e- 

ing hungry. 
Elsurio, ire, ivi, itum, n. to be 

Et, conj. § 198, 1 ; and; also; 

even : et — ct, both — and. 
Etiam, conj. (et &. jam,) also ; 

especially ; ynth an adjective 

or adverb in the comparative 

degree, even. 
Etruria, », f. a country of Italy^ 

north and west of the 3*i6er ; 

Etrusci, drum, m. pL the people 

of Etruria; the Tuscans or 

Etniscus, a, um, adj. belonging 

to Etruria; Tuscan or Etni" 

Eubcea, », f. a large island 

in the ,Egean seety near Baa- 

Eumfines, is, m* a general in 

•Alexander's army; also, the 

name of several kings qfPer^ 

Euph^mus, i, m. ^ father of 

Euphrates, is, m. a large river 

which forms the western bomkr 

dory of Mesopotamia. 
Euripides, is, m. a celebrated 

Athenian tragic poet. 
Euripus, i, m. a narrow strait 

between Bosotia and Etdnea. 
Europa, », f. the daughter of 

Agenor^ king qf Phoenicia. 



IVom heVj Ewropty one of the 
quarters of the earthy is sup- 
posed to have been named, 

Eurotas, e, m. a river of Laco- 
nia, near Sparta. 

Euxinus, i, m. (from E^^eivog^ 
hospitable,) (pontus,) the Eux- 
ine, now the Black secu 

£vado, -vadfere, -vasi, -vasum, 
a. & n. (e & vado,) to go out ; 
to escape ; to become. 

Everto, -vertere,-veiti, -vereum, 
a. (e & vertOy) to overturn; 
to destroy. 

£ versus, a, urn, part overturned; 

Evdco, are, avi, atum, a. (e &. 
\oco^) to call ovt; to summon; 
to implore. 

Evdio, are, avi, atum, n. (e & 
volo,) to fly out or away. 

Evdmo, -vom£re, -vomui, -vomi- 
turn, a. (e & vomo,) to vomit 
forth; to eructate; to dis- 

Ex, prep. See £. 

Exactus, a, um, part (exigo,) 
banished ; driven away. 

Exaequo, are, avi, atum, a. (ex & 
ffiquo,) to etpioL 

Exanimo, are, avi, atum, a. (ex & 
aninia,) to kiU ; to deprive of 
life ; to render lifdess. 

Exardesco, -ardescSre, -arsi, inc. 
to bum ; to become inflamed; 
to kindle ; to become excited ; 
to be enraged: bellum exar- 
sit, a tear broke out. 

Exaspero, are, avi, atum, a. to 

exasperate ; to incense. 
Exceco, arc, avi, atum, a. (ex 

& csecus,) to blind ; to make 

Excedo, -cedSrc, -cessi, -cessum, 

n. (ex &. cedo,) to depart ; to 

exceed; to surpass ; to go be- 
Excello, -cel£re, -celui, -celsum, 

n. (ex & cello,) to be high; 

to excel ; to be eminenL 
Excelsus, a, um, adj. high ; lofty. 
Excidium, i, n. (ex &> ciedo,) a 

destruction; ruin. 
Excido, -cid^re, cidi, n. (ex & 

cado,) to fall ; to faU out or 

from ; to drop. 
Excido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, a. 

(ex & cedo,) to cut out ; io 

cut doion ; to hew out. 
Excisus, a, um, part 
Excipio, -cip^re, -c^pi, septum, 

a. (ex & capio,) to sustain; 

to receive ; to support; to fol- 
low f to succeed. 
Excitandus, a, um, part from 
Excito, &re, avi, atum, a. freq. 

(excieo,) to excite ; to awaken : 

to arouse ; to stir up. 
Exclamo, are, avi, atmn, a. (ex & 

clamo,) to cry out ; to exclaim. 
Exclude, -cluddre, -clasi, -clQ- 

sum, a. (ex & claudo,) io 

exclude ; to hatch. 
Excdlo, -colore, -colui, -cultum, 

a. (ex & colo,) to cultivaie ; 

to exercise. 



Rxrnicio^ are, &vi, &tuin, a. (ex 

<iL crucio,) to tonnenl; to 

Excubifle, drum, f. pi. (excQbo,) a 

guard ; a watch ; a sentinel, 
Excusatio, oiiis, f. (cxcCiso,) an 

excusing; an excuse; an ap(^ 

Ex^.do, -ed^ro in -esse, -^di, 
-esum, irr. a. (ex & 6do^ § 181}) 
to eat ; to eat up ; to devour, 

fixcmplum, i, n. an example ; an 

Exequis. See Exsequies. 

Exerceo, f re, lii, Itura, a. (ex & 
arceo,] to exercise ; to train ; 
to discipline ; to practise : 
agrum, to cultivate the earth : 
dominationem, to be bprannir 

Exercitus, i^s, m. an army. 

Exhaurio, -haurire,-hau8i, -haus- 
turn, a. (ex & haurio,] to er- 
haust; to drain; tou>earotU; 
to impoverish, 

Exrgfo, -igSre, -egi, -actum, a. (ex 
& ago,) to drive atoay; to 

Exiguus,a,um, adj. small ; scanty, 

Exilis, e, adj. slender ; small ; thin, 

Exilium, i, n. (ex & solum,) ex- 
ile ; banishment, 

Bximi^, adv. remarkably ; very ; 

Eximius, a, um, adj. (exlmo,) ex- 
traordinary; retnarkable, 

Existimatio, 6nis, f. opinion; 
reputation; respect; from 

RxisUmo, &re, avi, &tum, a. (ex 

6i iBsttmo,) to believe; to 

think; to inuxgine; to «tip- 

Exitium, i, n. (exec,) destructuni ; 

ExRus, 58, m. an mf ; the event; 

the issue ; an outlet 
Ebcoratus, a, um, part (cxoro,) 

entreated ; ii\fluen/ced ; inr 

Exorior, -oriri, -ortus sum, dep. 

§ 177, (ex & orior,) to rise ; 

to arise; to appear, 
Exomo, are, avi, alum, a. (ex & 

omo,) to adorn ; to deck. 
Exdro, &re, avi, alum, a. (ex & 

oro,) to entreat or beseech 

earnestly, § 197, 9. 
Exortus, a, um, part (exorior,) 

risen ; having arisen. 
Expecto or -specto, are, &vi, 

atum, a. (ex & specto,) to 

look for ; to wail for, 
Expedio, ire, ivi, itum, a. (ex & 

pc^O ^ ff^^ 9 ^ extricate : 

cxp^dit, imp. UisJU; it is 

Expeditio, 6ni8, (, an expedition, 
Kxpello, -pellfire, -pdli, -pulsiun, 

a. (ex & pello,) to expel; to 

Expers, tis, adj. (ex & pars,) 

withmd; devoid; voidof; des^ 

tUute of, 
Expeto, 6re, ivi, itum, a. (ex & 

peto,) to im/e ; to demand; to 

skive after ; to seek earnestly. 

!• * 



Expio, &re, avi, atum, a. (ex & 

pio^) to expiate ; to appease. 
Expleo) ere, evi, etum, a. (ex & 

pleo,) to JUL 
CxplicO) aie, &vi &, ui, a^um &, 

itum, a. (ex &. plico,) to un- 
fold ; to spread ; to explairu 
Bxplorator, orid, m. (exploro,) a 

spy ; a scmd, 
Expolio, ire, ivi, itum, a. (ex & 

polio,) to polish; to adorn; 

to improtfe ; to finish, 
Expono, -pon6re, -posui, -posl- 

tuin, a. to explain; to set 

forth ; to expose* 
Exprobro, Are, avi, atum, a. (ex 

& probriim,) to upbraid; to 

Jdanie; to reproach; to cast 

in one's tetth. 
Expugno, are, avi, atum, a. (ex 

& pugno,) to take by assault ; 

to conquer; to vanquish; to 

subdue ; to take by storm. 
Expulsus, a, urn, part (cxpello.) 
Exsequiie, arum, f. pi. (exse- 

quor f) funeral riUs. 
Exsilio, or Exilio, ire, ii & ui; n. 

(ex & salio,) to spring up or 

out ; to leap forth, 
Exspiro or -piro, are, avi, atum, 

a. (ex & spiro,) to breathe 

forth ; to expire ; to die, 
Exstinctus, or Extinctus, a, um, 

part, dead ; from 
Exstinguo, -stingu^re, -stinxi, 
' -stinctum, a. (ex &, stinguo,) 

to extinguish ; to kill; to put 

to death ; to destroy. 

Exstructus, tfr Extructus, a, uiH, 
part from 

Exstruo, or Extruo, -stru^re, 
-Btruxi, -structiim, a. (ex & 
Btruo,) to build; to pUe up; 
to co7istruct. 

Exsurgo, -surgfire, -surrexi, -sur- 
rectum, n. (ex &. 8urgo,)to 
rise up ; to arise ; to sweU ; 
to surge. 

Exter, or Ext^rus, a, um, adj. 
§ 125, 4, (exterior, extlmus or 
extremusj) foreign; strange; 

Exto, extare, extiti, n. (ex &. sto,) 
to be ; to retnain ; to be extant, 

Extorqueo, -torqufere, -torsi, -tor- 
turn, a. (ex & torqueo,) to ex- 
tort ; to unrest from ; to obtain 
by force. 

Extra, prep, beyond; without; 

Extra ctus sl, um, part from 

Extraho, -trahere, -traxi, -trac- 
tum; a. (ex & traho,) to draw 
out ; to extract ; to extricate ; 
to free ; to rescue ; . to liberate, 

Extremus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
exterus,) extreme; the last; 
the farthest, 


Faba, le, f. a bean, 

Fabius, i, m. the name of anH* 

lustrious Roman famUy. 
Fabricius, i, m. a Romany di^- 

tinguishedfor his integrity. 



Fttbileo, ftre, &vi^ aituin, «. (fftber,) 
to fMtke; to forge ; to manu- 

FftiKkla, «, £ (fnii,) a story; a 
fcMe; atradiiiimi; apla»f» 

FabuldsuB, a, una, tLdyfoMow. 

Facieodus, a, um, pait. (fado.) 

Faciensy tis, part (facio.) 

Facies, i6i, f. «t face ; appear-' 

Factum adv. (ifks, Um^,) easily; 
mUingltf; dearly; tmdoubt" 
edly; from 

Facllia, e. adj. (ikcio,) easy* 

Faclniis, dris, n. adeed; a eriime ; 
anexpUdl; from 

-Facio, fab£re, feci, ftotumy a. to 
do; to make; to value: fk- 
c^re iter, to perform a jour- 
ney; to travel: mai^ fac^re, 
to iiyure ; to hurt : «acra fa- 
cCre, to offer mcr^fioe : faofire 
pluris, to value higher: fac, 
takeeare; came, 

FacttHn, if n, an action ; a 

.Factonn, a, urn, part, (facio.) 

Factua, a, um, part made ; done : 
fiicta obvito, meeting : pmdiL 
factA, having been taken. 

Facundua, a, tun, adj. ehquenL 

Falerii, drum, m. pL a town qf 

Falernus, i, m. a mtomitain of 
Campama, famous for tta 

Falemae, a, um, acy* heht^ing 
to Fattrmw; Pdnrnmu 

Faliaei, drum, wMh- 

itanls qf fkderitL 
Fania, «, f. Jktn^; r^puMioni 

-FamoHcoB, a, um, acy* hungry; 

Fames, is, f. hm^tr; favme. 
Familia, e, f. a family ; servants. 
FamiUaris, e, Mj* ^ (Ae same 

family ; familiar. 
Familiaiitas, ^tia, £ Jrimdship; 

inHmaey; cof\fi(ience. 
Familiaifter, Sidv.famiUariy ; on 

terms of intimacy. 
FamOla, e, £ a maid; a female 

servant OT ^ave*. 
Fas, D. ind. right ; a lautful thing. 
Faacis, i% m. a bundle; a fag* 

ot: fascea, pL bundles qf 

birehen rods^ eisrried. btfore 

the Bonwtn magislrateSf with 

an axe bound ^ in the mid-' 

die of them. 
Fatalis, e, BA}.falal; ordained 

byfate. * 

Fateor, ftiieri, faaaua sum, dep. 

to confess* 
Fatidicua, a, um» a^j* (&tum ^ 

dioo,) prophntic. 
Fatigatua, a» mn, part from 
Fatigo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

Faium, if u. fate; desUny: fata,€fat^ 
Fauee,abl. Ithetkroai: pl.fku- 

ces, the throat; thejaims; (ho 

straUs. (§ 94.) 
Fauatalws i, m, lie aftiptoitfif 



ukom Romuku and Remtu 

were broughivp, 
Faveo^ fkT6re, favi, fautnm, n. 

Favor, 6nB, ni.yiivor ; goodtnU; 

parHtdUy; applause. 
Febris, is, f. afewr. 
Feci. Su Facio. 
Felicrtas, atis, f. (felix, § 101, 2,) 

fdicUy ; good fortune ; happi" 

Feliciter, adv. (ii!^s, \s&m^)for- 

tunaidy ; happily ; euccess- 

Felis, 10, £ a eai. 
Felix, icifl, adj. (ior, iseffniiui,) 

happy; fortunate ; fruiiful; 

fertile; opulent; auspicious; 

Feoilna, n, da female ; atooman. 
Femineus, a, urn, adj. female; 

feminine; pertaining to ft' 

Fera, e, f. a wHd heasL 
Ferax, acis, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 

(fero,) fruiiful; productive; 

fertile; abounding in. 
Fer^ adv. almost ; nearly ; about: 

fer^ nuUus, scarcely any one. 
Ferens, tis, part (fero.) 
Ferinus, a, um, adj. (fera,) of 

Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, irr. a. to 

bear; to carry; to relate; to 

bring ; to produce : ferre ma- 

num, to stretch forth ; to ex- 
tend : ferunt, they say. 
.Feror, ferri, latus sum, pass, to 

he carried; to Jhw ; to move 
rapidly ; to fly : fertur, imp. 
it is said. 

Ferox, ocis, adj. (ior, isitfmus,) 
toUd; fierce; savc^e; fero- 

Ferrous, a, um, adj. iron; ob- 
durate; irom 

Ferrum, i, n. iron ; a sword ; a 

FerHlis, e, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 
(fero,) fertile ; fruUfvL 

Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility; rich- 
ness ; fruiifulness. 

FerQla, e, f. a staff; a reed. 

Ferus, a, um, adj. tr£M ; rude ; un- 
cultivated; undvUized; sav- 

Ferveo, ferv6re, ferbui, n. to boU ; 

- to seethe; to foam; to be hot; 
to gUno. 

Fessus, a, um, adj. toeory ; tired; 

Festum, i, n. a feast; from 

Festus, a, um, ^Ay festive; joy- 
ful; merry. 

Ficus, i & ills, f. a fig-tree ; a fig. 

Fidelis, e, sAy faithful ; from 

Fides, ei, f, fidelity ; faith : in fi- 
dem, in confirmation : in fidem 
accip^re, to receive under one^s 

Figo, figure, iixi, fixom, a. to 
fix; to fasten. 

Filia, «, f. § 43, 2 ; a daughter. 

Filius, i, m. § 52 $ a son. 

Findo, findere, fidi, fiasmn, a. 
to spUt ; to deave. 



FingenBy ti% part feigning; 
pretentUng! ^Tom 

FiDgo, finggre, finxi, fictum, 8. 
to prdend ; to deviae ; to 
feign; to form; to make. 

Finio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to end; 
tofimah; to ierminaU; from 

Finis, is, d. the end; a hounr 
deary; a lindt: fines, m. pL 
§ 63, li the liadta of a eoiifi* 

Finitus, a, um, part (finia) 
Finitimus, a, urn, adj (finis,) 

Fio) fieri, factus sum, irr. pass. 

\ 180» (ftcio,) to ht made; to 

become; to happen: fit, U 

happens: factum e^Uhe^ 

pened ; it came to pass. 
Finnatus, a, urn, part (firmo.) 
Firmiter, adv. (ius, issim^) (fir- 

muBy)Jimdy; aecurdy* 
Firmo, are, avi, atmn, a. to eon" 

firm ; to estabUeh ; from 
Finnu8,a,um,adj.,^nii; strong; 

Fissus, a, um, part (findo.) 
Fixus, a, um, part(figo^)./Sxeif; 

Flagello, are, avi, atum, a. to 

whip ; to scourge ; to lash 
Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issl- 

mus,) shameful; infamous; 

outrageous ; from 
Flagitium, i, n. a shamtful ac' 

turn; an outrage; a crime; 

a dishonor; viUany. 
Fiagro, are, avi, atom, n. to 

bum; tobeonfire; tosvffer; 

to be oppressed; to be violenL 
Flaminius, i, m. a Roman, 
Flavus, a, um, adj. yellow, 
Flamma, e, £ afiame, 
Flecto, flectere, flexi, flezum, a. 

to bend; to bow ; to turn; to 

move ; to prevail upon, 
Fleo, ere, evi, etum, a. to weep ; 

Fletus, ds, m. weeping; tears* 
Flevo^ dnis, m. a lake near the 

mouih of the Bhine^ now the 

Flexus, a, um, part (flecto,) bent ; 

changed; turned, 
Floreo, ere, ui, n. (flos, § 187, L 

1,) to bloom ; to Uossom ; to 
flourish ; tobe distinguished* 
Flos, floris, m. a flower ; a blos^ 

Fluctus, ^ m. (fluo,) a wave, 
Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, n. to 

Fluvius, i, m. a river, 
Flumen, inis, n. (fluo,) a river. 
Fodio^ fodere, fodi, fossum, a. 

to dig; to pierce ; to bore, 
Fflecunditas, atis, f,fruiffulness'; 

Fcecundus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

moBj) fruitful ; fertile, 
Foedus, eris, n. a league ; a treaty. 
Folium, i, n. a leaf* 
Fons, tis, m. a fountain; a 

souru ; a spring, 
Forem, def. verb, $154, 3; 1 

would or should be : fore, to 



he ahcvt io be; U would or 

mU ccme to paes* 
Forisy adv. abroad. 
Forma, n, f. a form; ahapt; 

figure; hemOjf. 
Formica, fe, f. on aanL 
FonaidOy ini% £ /ear; dread; 

Formidoldeus, a, um, ^^ fuxr^ 

fid; timorovLS. 
FonaaoaltaSf atifl, £ hetHbig; ele* 

ganee; firom 
Formoaus, a, urn, adj« (ior, issi- 

mus,) (forma,) heaidifiid ; hand- 
Fortasse, adv. (fbrs,) perhaps* 
Fon^ ady. (fors,) acckknUdl^ ; 

by chance. 
FortiB^ e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

bold; brave; cofwrageetM. 
Fortiter, adv. (ills, issim^) (for- 

tis,) bravely. 
FortitOdo, ini9, £ (fortis,) bold^ 

ness; bravery, 
Fortuna, 8B, £ (fore,) ferhme ; 

Forum, i, n. the market-place ; tJit 

forum ; the court ofju^ice. 
Fossa, fe, £ (fodio,) a ditch; A 

trench ; a moat. 
Fovea, le, £ a pit. 
Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotmn, a. to 

keep warm.; to cherish. 
Fractus, a, um, part (frango.) 
Fragilis, e, adj. (frango,) fraU ; 

Pragilttas, atis, £ (fragllis,)/rai[* 

ty; weakness. 

Fragmentum, i| n. (firango,) a 
fragment; apiece. 

Frango, frang£re, fregi, frac* 
tiu», a. to break; to breeA in 
pilots; to weaken; to de- 

Fniter, trii^ m.a brother. 

Fiauduicntlis, a, liiniy adj« (fraud, 
§ 128, 4^) frdudident; deceit- 
ful; ireae^usrotts^ 

Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
frequent; manerous. 

Fretam, i, n. a straM ; a sea. 

Frico, fricare, frictti, frictum & 
Mcatnm^ a. to ndk 

FrigldBi^ % um, adj* (ior, issi- 
mus,) eeid ; frota 

Fhgufl,'dris, BL cold. 

Frons, ftoudis, £ a leetf of et tree ; 
a branch wth leaves. 

Friictus, ttSf xsL (ihior,) fruH; 

FrugYS, gen* £ (frux^ nom. scarce* 
ly used, § 94)) com :' fruges, 
um, pi. fhiUs; <^ various 
kinds of com. 

Frumentom, i, n. (fhior,) com; 

Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructU8,dep. 
to enjoy. 

Frustr^ adv. fnvitm; to no pur- 

Frustratus, a, um, part from 

Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep. 
(frustr^) to fruslraie ; to de* 

Frutex, tcis^ m. a shrub ; a bush. 

Fuga, «, £ afiighL 



Fugax, Acis, adj. 9W^; JUeHng. 

Fngiens^ tis, part from 

Fugio, fUgfire, ftigi, fligfttiin^ n. 
& a. to Jly; to tscape; to 
avoid; to flee; toJUefiom, 

Fugo, are, &vi, atum, a. to put to 
flight ; to drive off; to duue. 

Fed, Fa£nm, &c. See Sum. 

Fulgeo^ fulgifere, (blsi, n. to akme. 

FuUgo, Inia, f. 9oot* 

Fullo, 6nis, m. afidkr. 

Fulmen, Eiii8,.n. (iiilgeo,) thun- 
der ; a UiunderboU ; light- 

Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch, 

Funditus, adv. (fundu8,)yh>m the 
Joundation; utterly, 

Fundo, fiind^re, fudi, flisum, a. 
to pour out: Itcrfmns^tosked 
tears: hostes, to scatter; to 
rout J to discomfit 

Fundus, i, m. t^ bottom of any 
thing ; also, a farm ; ajield, 

Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (funus,) fatal ; destruc- 

Fongor, fungi, functus sum, dep. 
to perform or discharge an of- 
. Jlce ; to do; to execute : fato, 
to die. 

Funis, is, d. a rope ; a cable. 

Funus, ftris, n. a funeral ; ftme- 
ral ohsequiest. 

Fur, fiiris, c. a thief, 

FurcCda, ib, f, dim. (furca,) a 

UtOefork: FurcOle Caudi- 

me, the Caudme Forks^ a 

narroto defile in the country 

10 • 

of the Hirp%n%, in Baly, where 

the Romans were defeated by 

the Samnites, 
Furidsus, a, um, adj. (furo,) yU- 

rious; mad, 
Furius, i^uLihe name of several 

Romans, as ofM, Furius Ca* 

mUlus^ a distinguished gen» 

Fusus, a, um, part (fhndo.) 
FutCkrus, a, um, part (sum,} 

about to be; future, 


Gades, iiim, f. pi. the name of an 
island and town in Spain^ 
near the straits of CUbraUair^ 
now Cadiz, 

Gaditanus, a, um, adj. of Gades 
or Ckuiix : fretum Gaditanum, 
the straits of Gibridtar, 

Ga]ati8^ se, f. a country in the in- 
terior of Jisia Minor, 

Gallia, e, f. Gatd, a counJtry 
formerly extending from the 
Pyrenees to the Rhine, and 
along the northern part of 
Raly to the Mriatic 

Gallie, pi. the divisions of GauL 

Gallicus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Gaul; (kdlic, 

Gallina, te, f. a hen, 

Gallinaceus, i, m. a co^ 

Gallus, i, m. a cock, 

Gallus, i, m. an inhabitcmt of 
Gallia ; a Gaul ; also, a cog<* 
o6men i/ several Romans 



GftDges, iBf m, ihe name of a 

iarge fiver in hkdieu 
Garumna, e, f. the Garvnne^ a 

rwer ^ Aqmiania. 
Gaudeo, gaad^re, gansua mam, 

IL pafl0» $ 142, 2; to r^eiet; 

todel%M; tohefkatedtMu 
Gandimn, i, lu^oy ; ^adnHs, 
GaviauB, a, um, part (gaodeo,) 

rtQfAcmg; hmnng r^oiced. 
Geodmis, a, un^ adj. double: 

gemini filii, twin 8on$. 
Gemmatus, a, um, part adorned 

wiikgema; gemmed; gliUer- 

Gemmo, are, avi, &tuni, a. (gem- 
ma,) to adorn wUh gems. 
Gener, ^ri, m. $ 46; a 8onr4n-' 

Gen^ro, are, Avi, atum, a. (ge- 
nus,) to beget ; to produce, 
Generositas, atia, £ noblenese of 

mind; magwmwnJty ; from 
GeneroBUS, a, um, adj. (ior, iss!- 

mtts,)no&le; sptrUed; brave; 

generous ; fruiyul ; feriUe. 
Genitus, a, um, part (gigno,) 

bom; produced. 
Gens, tis, £ a nation ; a frt&e ; 

* a/amUy ; a dan, 
GenuL Su Gigna 
Genus, firia, n. a race ; afiaanly ; 

a sort or land, 
Geometria, n, f, geometry, 
Gerens, tis, part (gero^) bearing ; 

Germanua, i, hl a German ; en 


Germaflfta^ tt, £ Qhnm^i^ 

Germanicu% a, um, adj. Ckr^ 
man; qf Oen i Hany , 

Greroi gertre, gesri, gestnm^ a. 
to bear; to carry; io do: res 
eas geask, perfohMd suck 
expHoHs : 0^x00^ iokaie: o&iis, 
to beitr a burden: helQatOyto 
tiKige or carry oh war: res 
prosp^r^ geska «8t, cffain 
were managed successfully, 
or a sueeessfvl battle was 

Gerj^on, ro. a giant who was 
slcdn by IkreuUs, and whose 
oxen were driven into Greece, 

Gestans, tis, part from 

Gesto, are, avi, atum, freq. (ge- 
ro^) to bear ; to carry eAouL 

Gestus, a, um^ part borne ; per^ 
formed: res gestie, ^ee Rea. 

Getee, &rum, m. pL a saoage 
people of Daeia, north of the 

Gigaa, antis, m. a giant, . 

Gigno, gign^re, genui, genltukn, 
a. to bring forth ; to hear ; to 
beget; to produce, 

Glaber, bra, brum, adj. bcid; 
bare; smooth, 

Glacialis, e, adj. icy; freezing, 

Gtacies, ei, £ ice/ 

Gladiator, oris, m. (gkuKuH,) a 

Gladiatorius, a, um, a^ Mmg- 
ing to a gtadiatait ; gltttfni- 
toriai; from 

Gladittfl, i, m. a sword. 



Glaus, difl^ £ miui ; on aepm, 

Glisco^ ^rO) n. to increase. - 

Gloria, le, f. glory ; fame* 

Glonor, aari, atus sum, dep. to 

Gorgias, le, m. a cdAraUd soph- 
%9t and oraior* He was bom 
at Leontini^ in SieUyfOnd tCK» 
hence sumamed Leontmnu. 

Gracilis, e, adj* (icMr, Umas, § 125^ 
2,) slender ; lean ; deliotUe, 

Gracchus, \^ m, the name 4^ an 
iUustrious Roman family^ 

Gradior, gradi,gre88U8 sum, dep. 
to go; to waUu 

Gradus, ds, m. a step ; a stair, 

GriBcia, «, f. Greece, 

Gnecus, a, urn, adj. Grecian; 
Greek .«^-«ub8. a Greek, 

Grandis, e, adj. (ior, is^mas,) 
large; great, 

Granicus, i, m. a river of Mysia, 
ertptying into the ProponHs. 

Grassor, ari, atus sum, dep. 
freq. (gradior,) to advice ; to 
march; to proceed; to make 

Grates, f. pL (gratus,) § 94 ; 
thanks s ag6re grates, to 

Gratia, ib, f. (gratus,) grace; 
favor; G&ttiks; return; re- 
quital ; gratitude : habere, to 
fed indebted or obliged ; tobe 
grateful: in gratiam, in fa- 
vor of: gnXikffor the sake, 

Gratulatus, a, um, part having 
congratvlaUd ; from 

GratOlor) 4ri, &tus flmm, dep< to 

congnUuiate ; from 
Gratus, a, um, adj. (ior^ isieteus,) 

acceptable; pleasing; grate- 

Gravis, e, a^j* (ior, issImiiSi) 

he^; severe; great; grave; 

impcfriasd; tnoUnl; umshoU" 

some ; noxious : gravis somi- 

nus, sound deep, 
Gravitas, atis, f. heaniness; grav- 

%; *oeighL 
Graviter, adv. (ius, isslm^,) hard' 

ly; heavily; grievoudy; se- 

Gravo, are, avi, atnm, a. to load; 

to oppress; to burden, 
Gregatim, adv. (grex,) in herds. 
Gressus, He, m. (gradior,) a 

Step; apace; a gait, 
Grex, gis, c. a flock ; a herd ; a 

Grus, gruia, c. a crane, 
Gubemator, oris, m. (gubemo,) 

a pHot ; a ruler, 
Gy&rus, i, f. one of the Cydd' 

Gyges, is, m..a rtcA king qf 

Gymnosophists, arum, xp. Gym- 

nosophists ; a sect if Indian 



Habens, tis, part from 
Habeo, 6re, ui, itum, a, to have ; to 
possess; to hold; to esteem; 



fo iuppoH; to take: habere 

consUium, to ddiberaie. 
Hablto, are, avi, Atum, freq. (ha- 

beo,) to dwell ; to inhalnL 
HabitQrus, a, um, part (habea) 
Habitus, a, um, part (habeo.) 
Habitus, As, m. habit; Jbrm; 

dress; aUire; manmr. 
HacU^RUs, adv. (hie & tenos,) 

hUknio; thus far, 
HadrianuB, i, m. Adnanj lAe ff" 

teenih emperor of Rome* 
Heernus, i, m. a mountain of 

Thrace^ from uhose top^ both 

(he Euxine and Adriatic seas 

can be seen. 
Halcj^on, or Alcj^on, dnis, f. the 

halcyon or kingfisher. — < See 

Halicamassus, i, f. a maritime 

city of Caria^ the birthplace 

of Heroddtus, 
Hamilcar, ftris, m. a Carlhagvn" 

ian generoL 
Hannibal, iQis, m. a brave Car- 
thaginian generfdy the son of 

Hanno, dnis, m. a Carthtiginian 

Harmonia, te, f. Ou toife of Cad- 
mus, and daughter of Mars 

and Venus. 
Harpy iffi, arum, f. pi. the Harpies ; 

winged monsters, having the 

faces of women and the bodies 

of vultures. 
Haruspex, icis, m. a soothsayer ; 

^ a diviner ; one who pretended 

to a knouiedgt of JUture 

events from inspecting the tn- 

traUs of victims. 
HasdrCkbal, &lis, m. a Cartha* 

ginian general^ the brother of 

Hasta, sbf f. a spear ; a lance. 
Haud, adv. not 
Haurio, hauiire, hausi, haustum, 

a. to draw out; to drink; to 

HaustuB, a, um, part swallowed, 
Haustus, As, m. a draught. 
Hebe8,£tiB,adj.(fiiU; obtuse; dim. 
Hebesco, £re, ine. (hebes,) to 6e- 

eome dull ; to grots dim. 
Hebrus, i, m. a large river of 

HecOba, se, f. the wife of Priam, 

king of Troy. 
HedSra, te, f, ivy. 
Hegesias, le, m. an eloquent phi* 

losopher of Cyrine. 
Helena, le, f. Helen, the daughter 

of Jupiter and Leda, and wife 

Helicon, dnis, m. a mountain of 

BcRotia, near to Parnassus, 

and sacred to Apollo and the 

Helvetia, te, f. a country in the 

eastern part of Gaul, now 

Helvetii, drum, m. pL Helvetians ; 

the inhabitants of Helvetia. 
HcUeborum, i, n. or Hellebdnis, 

i, m. the fterb hellebore. 
Hellespontus, i, m. a strait 6e- 



tween Thrau wadAnaMmor^ 
now called the Dardandks. 

Heractea, e, f. the name of sev- 
eral cUUe in Magna Gnsciaf 
in PonhLSf in SyriOf &c. 

Herba, e, f. an herb ; grass* 

HofbiduSy a, vaaif adj. grassjf; 
full ofherhs or grass* 

Hercilles, is, m. a cdebrated herOf 
ih^ son qfJupUer and MmU- 

Hercjniufly a, um, adj. Hercyni' 
an : Hercynia silva, a large 
forest in GervMrny, now the 
Black ForesU 

II«res, or Heres, edis, c. an heir. 

Herennius, i, m. a general of the 
SammUeSf and the father of 
PonUus Thelesinus, 

Hero, iis, (§ 69, £. 4,) f. a priest-, 
ess of Venus f who resided at 
Sestos, and who was beloved by 
Leander^ a youth ofAbydos. 

Hesperus, i, m. a son <f lapitus, 
who settled in Italy, and from 
whom that country was called 
Hesperia; also the evening 

Heu ! int alas ! ah! 

Hians, tis, part, (hio.) 

Hiatus, ds, m. OH opening; a 
chasm; an aperture, 

Hibemicufl, a, urn, adj. Msh: 
mare Hibemlcum, the Irish 

Hibemus, a, urn, adj. of vfinier; 

Hie, adv. here ; in Hkis place. 

Hia, Hec, Hoc, pra $ 134; 

this ; he ; she, &c. 
Hiempsal, iQis^ m. a king of^lS/r 

Hiems, fimis, f. winter. 
Hi£ro^ onis, m. a tyrant qfSyra- 

Hierosolj^ma, se, f. &» Hierosol- 

3^ ma, drum, n. pi. Jerusalemf 

the capital (fjudea, 
Hinc, adv. hence; from hence; 

from this; from ^lis time: 

hinc — hiac, on this side^ and 

Hinnio, ire, ivi, itum, n. to neigh 
Hinnitus, ts, m. a neighing. 
Himiuleus, i, m. a fawn. 
Hio, are, avi, atum, n. to gape ; 

to yawn ; to open the mouth. 
Hipparchus, i, m. the son ofPi- 

sistrdtuSf tyrant qf Athens, 
Hippolj^tus, i, m. t^ son qf Thc" 

Hippomtoes, is, m. the son of 

Megareus, and husband of 

Hippopot&mus, i, ro. t^ hippo- 

potamus or river-horse* 
Hispania, e, f. Spain, 
Hispanus, a, um, adj. Spanish : 

subs. m. a Spaniard, 
Hodie, adv. (hie &. dies,) to-day ; 

at this time ; now-a-days, 
Hodi6que, to this day; to this 

Hcedus, i, m. a kid; a young 

Hom^rus, i, m. Homer, the moat 


HOMO — ^IBCttUif. 

aneieni tmd kttuMirwus of the 
Greek poeta. 

Homo, Inis, c. a man ; a perwn ; 

Honestaa, atis, f. virtue ; digni- 
ty; honor; from 

HonestuB, a, um, adj. honorable; 
noUe; from 

Honor & -ofl, dris, m. honor ; re- 
spect; an honor; a dignity; 
an office. 

Honoriftc^, adv. (honoriftcus, 
§ 125, 3,) honorably : param 
honoriflce, slightingly; with 
Ultle respecL 

Hora, e, f. an hour. 

Horatius, i, m. Horace ; the name 
of several Romans: Horatiiy 
pi. three Roman brothers, who 
fought with the three Curiatii. 

Ilortcnsius, i, m. (Ae name qf 
several Romans, 

Horrldus, a, um, adj. rough; 
rugged; rude; unpolished; 

Hortatus, 68, m. an exhortation ; 
instigation; advice; from 

Honor, an, atus sum, dep. to 

Hortus, i, m. a garden, 

Ho8pe8,itis,c. a stranger; a guest 

Hospitium, i, n. /uMrpito/% : hos- 
pitio accip^re, to entertain, 

Hostia, le, C a victim. 

Hostilius, i, m. (Tullas,) the third 
Inng of Rome : a cogndmen 
am/ong the Romans, 

Hostis, is, c. an enemy. 

Hue, adv. hither : hac — illnc 
kilher — thiiher; nowhere — 
now there, 

Hujusmddi, adj. ind. (hie & mo- 
dus, § 134, 5,) qf this sort or 

HumanTtas, atis, f, humanity; 
kindness; gentleness; from 

Humanus, a, um, adj. (homo,) 

Humerus, i, m. the shoulder. 

Humilis, e, adj. (lor, limus, § 125^ 
2,) humhle : humili loco natum 
esse, to he bom in a humJUe 
station or of obscure parents. 

Humor, dris, m. moisture; pi. 
liquids; humors. 

Humus, If fi the ground : humi, 
on the ground, § 221, 1., R. 3. 

Hyena, 8b, f. the hyena, 

Hydrus, i, m. a water-snake. 

Hymnus, i, m. a hymn; a song 
of praise. 

Hyperboreus, a, um, adj. (fm^Q 
(foQiag,) properly, living 6e- 
yond the source of the north 
wind ; northern : Hyperborei^ 
drum, m. p\. people inhabiting 
the northern regions; beyond 

Hystrix, Icis, f. a porcupine. 


lap^tus, the son of Calus and 

Ib^rus, i, m. a river qf SpanK 

now the Ebro, 



[bi, adv. there ; here ; then. 

Ibidem, adv. in the same phzce. 

Ibis, idis, t the ibia^ the Egyp- 
tian stork. 

Ic&rus, i, in. the son o/Dcedalus. 

Icarius, a, urn, adj. of Icdrus; 

Ichneumon, dnis, m. the tchneuh 
mon or Egyptian rat, 

IchnQsa, le, f. an ancient Greek 
neane of Sardinia, derivedfrom 
(he Greek f/^og, a footstep ; a 

Ico, ic€re, ici, ictum, a. to strike : 
ftedus, to make, ratify, or con- 
clude a league or treaty. 

Ictus, a, um, part 

Ictus, Ha, m. a Mow ; a stroke. 

[da, te, f. a nwuntain of Troas, 
near Troy. 

IdsBUS, a, um, adj. belonging to 
Ida : mons Idteus, mount Ida. 

Idem, e^dem, idem, pro. § 134, 6 ; 
the same. 

Idoneus, a, um, adj.^ ; suitable. 

Igitur, conj. therefore. 

Ignarus, a, um, adj. (in & gna- 
rus,) ignorant. 

Ignavus, a, um, adj. (in & gna- 
vus,) idle ; inactive ; cottardly. 

Ignis, is, nufre ; Jlame. 

Ignobilis, e, adj. (in & nobilis,) 
ignoble; mean; unknown. 

Ignore, are, avi, atum, a. (igno- 
tus,) to be ignorant; not to 

Igndtus, a, tun, part. & adj. (in &. 
notus,) unknoum. 

Ilium, i, n. Rium or Troy, the 

principal city of TVocu. 
Illatus, a, um, part (from inf^ro,) 

brought in; {reflected upon; 

Ille, a, ud, pro. § 134 ; that; he; 

she; it; the former: ^hthey; 

Illecebra, le, f. an allurement; 

an enticemenL 
Illico, adv. (in & loco,) in that 

place; immediately; instant- 

Illuc, adv. thither: hue — illuc, 

now here — now there. 
Ulustris, e, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 

illustrious ; famous ; cele- 
Illustro, are, avi, atum, a. (in &, 

lustro,) to enlighten; to Utus- 

trate ; to render famMis ; to 

celebrate ; to make renowned. 
Illyria, ^, i. a country opposite 

to Italy, and bordering on the 

Imago, inis, f. an image ; a pic- 
ture ; a figure ; a resemblance. 
Imbecillis, e, adj. (ior, limus, 

Imber, bris, m. a shower ; a rain. 
Imitatio, onis, f. imitation: ad 

imitatidnem, in imitation * 

Imitor, ari, atus sum, dep. to inv- 

itate ; to copy. 
Immanis, e, adj. 9tio»u(roii5 ; crur^ 

d; huge; enormous; dreads 



Immeii8UB,a, urn, adj. (in & men- 
BUS,) immeasurable ; bound- 
less; immoderate, 

Immeiftua, a, lun, part (in &> 
merftus,) not deserving; un- 

Imminens, tis, part hanging 
over; threatening; from 

Immineo, 6re, ui, n. to hang 
over; to impend; toVireaten; 
to be near. 

Immissus, a, um, part admitted; 
sent in ; darted in ; from 

Immitto, -mittdre, -misi, -mis- 
sum, a. (in & mitto,) to let in ; 
to send to, tnto, against^ or 
upon ; to throto at* 

Immobilis, e, adj. (in & mobilis,) 
immovable; steadtfast. 

Immdlo, ase, avi, atum, a. (in &. 
mola,) to sacrifice ; to immo- 

Immortaiis, e, adj. (in &. morta- 
ha^) immortal. 

Immotus, a, um, part (in & 
motus,) unmoved; stUl; mo- 

Inmiutatus, a, um, part altered; 
changed; from 

Immuto, are, avi, atum, a. (in & 
muto,) to change, 

]jnpatiens, tis, adj. (in & pati- 
ens,) impatient; not able to 

Impeditus, a, um, part impeded; 
hindered ; encumbered ; en- 
iangjLed; from 

Impedio, ire, Ivi, itum, a. (in & 

pes,) to impede; to disturb; 

to obstruct ; to check ; to de- 
lay; to prevent 
Impendeo, -pend^re, -pendi, 

-pensum, n. (in d& pendeo^) 

to hang over; to impend; to 

Impenetrabilis, e, adj. (in 4l 

penetrabilia,) impeuetrabU, 
Impens^, adv. exceedingly ; great' 

Imperator, oris, m. (impSro,) a 

commander; a general, 
Imperito, are, &vi, atum, freq. 

(imp^ro,) to command; to 

rule; to govern. 
Imperitus, a, um, adj. (ior, issf- 

mus,) (in & peritus,) tnexpe- 

rienced ; unacquainted with, 
Imperium, i, n. a command; 

government; reign; autkori' 

ty; power; from 
Impure, are, avi, atum, a. to 

command; to order; to di- 
rect ; to govern ; to rule over, 
Impertiens, tis, part from 
Impertio, ire, ivi, itum, a. (in d& 

partio,) to impart ; to share ; 

to give, 
Imp^tro, are, &vi, &tum, a. (in d& 

patro,) to obtam; to finish. 
Impetus, tn^ m. (in & peto,) 

force; violence; impetuosity; 

an attack, 
Impius, a, um, a^. (in & {nus,) 

impious; undutifuL 
Impleo, 6re, «vi, £tum, a. toJSU; 

to accomplish.; to pe$fom* 



ImplieYtiBi t, mn^ pitt enton- 

Implrco, &re) &vi or i^d, fttum or 

llom, a. (in & plico,) to eniati^ 

gfc; ioimpHeaie, 
Impllcor, &ri,* atus or Itus sam, 

pas0. to be enkmgied : morbo, 

toheuUttckedwUk; tobenck. 
'Itti|>ldro, &re, &vi, &tum, a. (in & 

ploro,) to imjdore ; to beseech; 

to beg. 
tuipdno, -pon^re, -posui, -poif- 

tum, a. .(in & pono,) to lay or 

place upon; to impose; to 

ImportOnus, a, um, adj. dqnger- 

ous; penltms; troublesome; 

cruel; outrageous; craving; 

fmpbsfttts, a, um, part (impOno.) 
Improbatus, a, um, part, disal- 

lou>ed; disapproved; reeded, 
lmpr5bo, are, avi, atum, a. (in & 

probo,) to dis9q>prot>e ; to re- 
Imprdbos, a, um, adj. wicked; bad. 
Imprudens, tis, a<y. (in & pru- 

dens,) imprudent; inconsid- 

ImpugnatQrus, a, um, part. fW>m 
Impugno, &re) avi, atum, a. to 

tmpon^, adv. (in*^ poena,) with 

imputnty ; unlhoul hurt ; with- 

otil pHfdshment, 
Imus, a, um, adj. (sup. of in- 

ftni9, $ 125^ 40 the htoest ; 

the deepest 


In, prep, with the aeciuative, sig- 
nifies into; towards; upon; 
ttnlU ; for; against : with the 
ablative, m ; upon ; among ; 
at; $das,(2:) io dies, .^iiiii 
dtsg to day: in eo esse, to he 
mt the paint tfi in sublime, 

Inaixis, e, adj. tedn; empty; m- 
effectual ; fooUsh, 

Inaresco, -aiesoCre, -ami, inc. 
§ 173 ; to grow dry. 

Inc6do, -cedfire, -cessi, -cessum, 
n. (in &. cedo,) to go; to 
walk ; to come, 

Incendo, d6re, di, sum, a. (in & 
candeo,) to light; to kindle; 
to set fire to; to ifn/lame, 

Incensus, a, um, part lighted; 
Idndted; burning; itemed. 

Incertus, a, um, adj. (ior, issl- 
mus,) (in & certus,) uncertain. 

Inohoo, are, &vi, atum, eu to be- 

Inotdens, tis, part ftoxa 

Incldo, -cid^re, -cidi, n. (in &l 
cado,) to faU into or upon ; 
to chance to meet with. 

Incipio, -cip€re, -c€pi, -ceptum, 
a. (in & capio,) to commence ; 
to begin. 

Inclto, are, &vi, atum, a. (in & 
cito,) to instigate ; to encour- 
c^ ; to animate. 

Inclado, dfire, si, sum, a. (in & 
claudo,) to shiU in; to in- 
clude; toindose; toeneircU; 
to encompass. 



InclQsufl, a, urn, part (inclodo.) 

Iiiclj^tus, a, um, adj. (comp, not 
used; sup. iaslmus,) yatnoitf ; 
celebrated; renoumetL 

Incdla, e, c <m inhabiianL 

Incdlo, colore, colui, cultum, a. 
(in & colo,) fo inhabU; to 

IncolOroifl, e, adj. unhtart; un- 
punMtd; srfe. 

Incompertus, a, um, adj. un- 
known; tmcertain, 

Inconsider&td, adv. inconsider- 
ately; rashly, 

Incr^dibilis, e, adj. (in & credib- 
Ili8,)tYtcre£i{iUe; worulerfid, 

Incredibiliter, adv. incredibly, 

Incrementum, i, n. (incresco,) an 

Incrfepo, are, ui, Itum,*a« (in & 
crepo,) to reprove; to chide; 
to 6/ame.. 

Incruentus, a, um, adj. (in &, 
cruor,) bloodless, 

Incuit^, advi (iiks, ussim^,) rude- 
ly; plainly; from 

Incultus, a, um, part & adj. (in 
&. colo,). uncuUivated; unin- 
habited; desert 

Incumbo^ -cumbfire, -cubui, -cu- 
bltum, n. (in &. cubo,) to lean ; 
to lie ; to rest or recline upon ; 
to apply to : gladio, to fall up- 
on one^s sword; to slay one's 
self with a sword, 

Incursio, onis, f, (incurro,) an at- 
tack; an incursion; an in- 

Inde, adv. thence ; from Uienee. 
Index, 1C18, d. (indico,) on index; 

a mark; a sign, 
India, e, f. a country qfJhiOi cfe- 

riving. its nmne from the river 

Indico, c£re, xi, ctum, a. (in & 

dico,) to iniKcate; to an" 

nounce ; to declare ; to pro^ 

Indictus, a, um, part 
Indicus, a, um, adj. of M&a; 

Indig^na, e, c. (in & geno,) a 

Inddles, is, £ (in & oleo, to 

grow,) the disposition; na- 

ture ; inherent qucdity, 
Induco, c£re, xi, ctum, a. (in & 

duco,) to lead in ; to induce ; 

to persuade, 
InductUB, a, um, part 
Induo, -du^re, -dui, -datum, a. to 

put on ; to dress ; to clothe, 
Indus, i, m. a large river in ths 

western pmi of Indicu 
Industria, a, f. industry; diH' 

Indutus, a, um, pait (indua) 
Inedia, oe, f. (in & edo,) want of 

f ood ; fasting ; hunger, 
Ineo, ire, ii, itum, irr. n. ^ a. (in 

& eo,) to'go or enter into ; to 

enter upon ; to make ; to form, 
Inermis, e, adj. (in & arma,) de* 

fenceless; unarmed. 
Inertia, e, f.* (iners,) laxiness; 

doth; idleness. 



Infimis, e, adj. (in & fama,) «f»- 

fa/numB; dtsgmcefuL 
Infans, tia, c. an infant; a child, 
Inf^ri, druniy m. pi. (infenis,) 

the infernal reguma; Hades; 

Orcus; the infernal gwis ; 

the shades. 
Inferior, us, adj. comp. See In- 
luf^ro, inferre, intQli, illatam, 

irf; a. (in & fero,) to bring in 

or against; to bring upon; 

to infiict upon: bellam, to 

make war upon, 
Inf^rus, a, um, adj. (inferior, in* 

fimus or imus, § 125, 4,) low ; 

Infesto, are, avi, atum, a. to m- 

/est; to disturb; to molest; 

to vex; to plague; to trouble; 

to annoy ; from 
InfestUB, a, um, adj. hostile : tn- 

Inf igo, g^re, xi, xum, a. (in &. 

^S^i) to fix; to fasten; to 

drive in, 
[nfinitus, a, um, adj. (in & finio,) 

infinite ; unbounded ; vast ; tm- 

mense: infinitum argenti, an 

immense quantity of silver : in- 

finita nobilitas, a vast number, 
[nfirmus, a, um, adj. weak ; iryirm, 
Infixus, part (infiga) 
Inflammo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

inflanu; to excite; to stimu- 

late ; to animate, 
Inflatufl, a, um, pan^ bUmm upon ; 

puffed up. 

Infligo, g6re, zi, ctum, a. (in & 
fligo,) to ii^ict, 

Infio, are, avi, atum, a. (in & 
flo,) to blow upon, • 

Inirendens, tis, part, from 

liifrendeo, 6re, ui, n. (in & fren- 
deo,) to gnash with the teeth, 

Infnngo, -fring^re, -fr^gi, -frac- 
tum, a. (in & frango,) to break 
or rend in pieces ; to disan^ 
nul ; to make void, 

Infundo, -fund^re, -fudi, -flbsum, 
a. (in &. fundo,) to pour in : 
infunditur, U empties, 

Ingenium, i, n, the disposition; 
genius; talents; dtaracter, 

Ingens, tis, adj. great; very 

Ingenuus, a, um, adj. free-^mi 
free; noble; ingenuous, 

Ingredior, -gr^di, -gressus sum, 
• dep. (in & gradior,) to go in ; 
to enter; tocomein; to walk; 
to walk upon ; to go, 

Ingressus, a, um, part 

Ingruo, -gruSre, -grui, n. to in- 
vade ; to assail ; to pour down ; 
to fall upon suddenly, 

Inhereo, -her^re, -hesi, -has- 

•sum, n. (in & htereo,) to 

cleave or stick to or in: cogi* 

tationibus, to be fixed or lost 

in thought, 

Inhio, are, avi, atum, a. & n. (in 
& hio,) to g*cr/)e yor ; to desire, 

Inimicus, a, um, adj. (in & ami- 
cus,) tmmtco/; hostile. 

Inimicus, i, m. <m enemy. 


IN1<tUK— <lNS<nJiK8. 

Infqu^ adv« (iniquuB,) uf^u9(fy; 

Initiuniy i, D« (ineo,) a commme^ 

mad ; a bigmning, 
Initania, a, urn, part (ineo,) ahaui 

io enkr tf|ion or btgvtL 
Iiyicio, -jic^re^ ^j^ci, -jectum, a. 

(in dt jacio^) i» throw in of 


Injuria, m, f. (injurius,) on tiyV 
ry ; an inavlL 

huahUif are, avi, atum, n. (in & 
nato,) U swim otfloai upon. 

Innitor, •nitif -iftiUB or -nixus 
sum, dep. (in^ nitor,) iejean 
or depend upon ; to real upon, 

Innocentia, e, £ (in &* nocens,) 

Innoteaco, -noteacSre^ •notui; 
inc. (in & notesco,) to be 
known; to become known, 

Inndxiusy a, urn, adj. (in &. nox- 
ius,) harmUsa. 

Innumerabilis, e, adj. (in & nu- 
merabilifl,) mnumero^^ . 

Innum^Fus, a, um, adj. (in & 
numfirusy) innumerable, 

Inopia, le, f. (inops,) wanJt. 

Inopus, i, m. a fountain or river 
of Ddo9^ near which ApoUo 
and Biana were said to have 
been bom. 

In- or im- primis, adv. (in & pri- 
mus,) cA^/Iy; especially, 

Inquam, or Inquio, de£ / say ; 

Inquino, Are, avi, atum, tu to pol- 
lute ; to stain ; to soiL 

Inquiio, -quirfire, -qoisiv], -qutoi-! 

turn, a. (in & quiero,) to m- 

guire s to investigate, 
Insania, e, t (insanus,) madneas,. 
Insanio, ire, ivi, itura, n, to be 

Inscribo, -scribSre, Hscripsi, 

-scriptum, a. (in & icribo,]f 

to inscribe ; to write upon' 
Inscriptusi, a, urn, part. 
Insectum, i, % (insdco,) an u»- 

Insgquens, tia, part succeeding; 

svbsequent ; following ; from 
Insfiquor, -sSqui, -secutus sum,. 

dep; (in & sequor,) to fol- 

InsTdens, tis, part from 
Insideo, -sidere, -sedi, -aessum, 

n. (in ^ sedeo,) to sit upon, 
Insidite, arum, f. [^. an ambush ; 

ambuscade ; treachery ; de^ 

ceit: per insidias, treacher-- 

ously, I 

Insidians, tis, part from 
Insidior, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

lie in wait ; to lie in ambush ; 

to deceive. 
Insig^ie, is, n. a mark ; -a token ; 

an ensign ; from 
Insignis, e, adj. (in & signum,) 

distinguished; eminent, 
Insisto, -sistfire, -stiti, -stitum, n. 

(in & sisto,) to stand upon ; 

to insist, 
Insolabiliter, adv. inconsolaiiy, 
Insdlens, tis, adj. (ior, isiimili!») 

insolent; haughty. 



Inflblenter, adv. (iilus, iadm^,) 
hottghUly^ insoUnUy, 

Izuspectans, tis, part from 

Inspecto, are, avi, atum, fireq. 
to inaptd ; to look upon, 

InstatQrus, a, uin, part, (in- 

Instituo, -stituSre, -stitui, -stitu- 
tum, a. (in & statuo,) to ap- 
point ; to institute ; to make ; 
to order, 

institOtiUn, i, n. on irutOuHon; 
adocirine; fix)m 

Institatus, a, urn, part, (instit- 

Insto, -stare, -stfti, n. (in & sto,) 
tobenettrto; towrge; toper- 
siat; to harass; to pursue 
doseiy ; to beg earnestly. 

Instrumentuin, i, h. an instru- 
ment ; utensil ; implement ; 

Instruo, -stniSre, -struxi, -stnic- 
tum, a. (in & struo,) to pre- 
pare; to teach.; to supply 
with; to furnish, 

InsObres, um, m. pi. a people 
living north of the Po^ in Cis- 
alpine Gaul. 

Insuesco, -enescSre,. -su^vi, -su£- 
tum, inc. (in & suesco,) to 
grow accustomed. 

InsAla, fB, f. an island. 

Insdper, adv. (in & super,) more- 

Integer, gra, grum, adj. (rior, 
enlmus,) ujhole; entire; un- 
hurt ;jusL 

IntSgo, -tegfire, -texi, •teetnm, a. ' 
(in & tego,) to covert, 

Integritas, atis, C (integer,) in- 
t^prity ; probity ; honesty. 

Intellectus, a, um, part from 

Intelligo, -ligCre, -lezi, -lec- 
tiyn, a. (inter & lego,) to un^ 
derstand; to perceive; to disr 
eem ; to know ; to learn. 

Inter, prep, fteftoeen; among: in- 
ter se, mutually : occurrentes 
inter se, meeting each other. 

Intercipio, -cipSre, -cepi, -cep- 
tmn, a. (inter & capio,) to in- 
tercept; to usurp; to take 
away fraudulently. 

Interdico, -dic^re, -dixi, -dictum, 
a. (inter & dice,) to forbid; 

Interdictus, a, um, part. 

Interdiu, adv. by day; In tht 

Interdum, adv. som/tHnuts. 

Interea, adv. (inter & is,) in the 
mean Hmje. 

Intercmptus, a, um, part (inter- 

Interco, ire, ii, itum, irr. n. (inter 
& eo, § 182,) to perish. 

Interest, imp. (intersum,) ii con- 
cerns : mea, U concerns me. 

Interfector, oris, m. a murderer ; 
a slayer ; a destroyer. 

Interfectus, a, um, part hUed. 

.Interficio, -ficere, -ftci, -fectum, 
a. (inter Sl facio,) tokiU; to 

Int&rinii adv. in the mean time. 



InCailniOy viniBie', -4nU| •^mptunif 
a. (interA.etto,) to JttU| to 
put te dmik; tg day. 

Interior, m, adj. (siipw intlintis, 
§ 196; l,)«hiwr; Uu inUrior. 

Iiiterii!kfl, adv. farther in Hut utte* 

Interjectm, a, rnn, part oMf he- 
iwein: kimomteijecto, a year 
hrndtig inUrvened ; Hytarqf" 

Inter}ici(s -jkHre, -j§ci, -jectum, 
a. (inter & jacio,) to thwo b&^ 

InterneciO) dnia, f. (iiileni6co,) 
ruin; dMruditm: ad inter- 
iieci6fiem, wWiageMrid moB' 


Intemodium, i, n. (inter d& no- 
dus,) ike spau between ttoo 
knots; ajoinL 

Intemus, a, um, adj. xntemal: 
mare internum, (he MediteT' 

Interpres, €tis, c. an interpreter. 

Interregnum, i, n. (inter & reg^ 
num,) an interregnum ; a va- 
cancy of the throne, 

Interrdgo, are, avi, aturo, a. (in- 
ter &. rogo,) to ask* 

Intersum, esse, fui, irr. n. (in- 
ter Sl sum,) to be.preaent 

fntervallum, i, n. (inter & val- 
lum,) an interval; a space; a 

Interveniens, tis, part from 

Intervemo, venire, vftni, ventun^ 

n. (inter ii vemoi) to cmne le- ' 

tween ; to tntortwne, 
Intexo, £re, ui, turn, a. (in 4&' 

te^co,) to inter w e av e* 
Intlmua, a, nm, adj. sup. (corop. 

interior, § 128, 1,) imurmost ; 

^inmost; intimate ; famUiear ; 

much bdoved. 
Intra, prep. uMin ^-»-adv. inwanL 
Intrepidcu, a, nm, adj. (in & 

trepldus,) yeorie^f ; inirepuL 
Intro, 6re, &vi, atum, a. to enter* 
Introduco, -doo6re, -duxi, -duc- 

tum, a. (intro & dnco,) to 

lead in ; to introduce* 
latfoitna, Ob, m. (ratroeo,) cm e»- 

Intuens, tis, part from 
lutueor, 6ri, rtua sum, depi (in & 

tueor,) to tooJb upon ; to eon'^ 

sider; tohehM; togazeat* 
Intus, adv. within* 
Inusitatus, a,- um, adj. unaccu^ 

tomed; unusual; extraturdir 

Xnutriis, e, adj. uaelesa* 
Invado, -vadSre, -vasi, -vasam, 

a. (in &. vado^) to invade ; to 

aJttack ; to assail ; to fall up-^ 

Invenio, -venire, -vtoi, -ventnm, 

a. (in & venio,) to find; to 

get ; to procure ; to obtain i 

to invent ; to discover* 
Inventus, a, um, part 
Investigo, are, avi, atum, a. (in 
. & vestigo,) to investigate ; to 
. trace or find out ; to 



iDvicem, adv. (in & Tids,) muti^ 
ally ; in turn : se invlcem oc- 
cid^runt, dew one anofker* 

Invictus, a, um, part {in & vic- 
tns,) unconquered ; trnpene- 
trMt; imndnereAU, 

InYidia, te, £ (invl^bs,) etwy ; Aa-* 

InTisns, a, um, adj. (in &, visos,) 

hated; hatefid; ohiaxiimB : IrrepanhQiMf e^ nify irrepara&U ; 

plebi, w^opular. 

Invitatos, a, um, part. inviUd; 
enfedotnetf.-— subs. agueH. 

Invito, are, &vi) &tum, a. lotn- 

Invius, a, nm, adj. (in & via,) m- 
aeceasHble; impassMes tm- 

Invdco, are, avi, fttum, a. (in & 
voco,) to call upon ; to invoke* 

lones, nm, m. pL lonians ; the 
inhabitants of Ionia, 

Ionia, le, fl Jonia ; a country on 
&ie western coast of Asia Mi- 

lonius, a, um, adj. of hwia ; Io- 
nian : mare, that part of the 
Mediterranean which lies be- 
tufeen Greece and the south of 

IphicrSites, is, m. an Athenian 

Iphigenia, e, f« Vie daughter of 
Agamemnon and ClytemneS" 
trciy andpriestess of Diana. 

Ipse, a, um, pro. § 135 ; he him" 
self; she herseHf; itself; or 
simply Ae; she; it: et ipse, 

hedso; befixe a verb of Ibe 
first or second pevson, /; 
thou: ego ipse^ / wys^fi 
in ipse, ihou thyseff^ &e. 

Ira, e, f. anger; ragCm 

Irascor, irasci, dep. § 174 ; to te 

Iratus, a, um, adj. angry. 

Ire. See Eo. 

Irretio, ire, Ivi, itmn, a. (in d& 

rete,) to -entangle ; to insnare, 
Irretitus, part entan^ed; caught* 
Irridens, tis, part firom 
Irrideo^ d^re, si, sum, a. (in & 

rideo,) to deride; to laugh 

Irrigo, are, &vi, fttum, a. (in d^ 

ngo,) to waUr ; to bedew ; to 

Infto, are, avi, atum, a. to irri" 

tote ; to provoke ; to incite, 
Irruens, tis, part from 
Irruo, uSre, ui, n. (in & mo,) to 

rush ; to rush in, into, or up^ 

on; to attack. 
Is, ea, id, pro. § 134 ; this ; he ; 

she ; it: in eo ease, i. e. in eo 

statu, to he in that state ; tohe 

upon the point, 
Issus, i, f. a maritime cUy of Ot. 

Isslcus, a, um, adj. of or belongs 

ing to Issus, 
IsocrSites, is, m. a cdebrated 

Athenian orator, 
Iste, a, ud, pro. § 134 ; that ; that 



penan or thing ; he ; she ; it. 

$ 207, R. 2Su 
Ister, tri, m. the name of the Dan^ 

vbe q/ler it enters lUyricunL 
Isthmlcus, a, um, adj. hthndan ; 

belonging to the hthnws of 

Corinth: ludi, gainer cete6ra<- 

ed ai thai place* 
Isthmos, i, m. an isthmus; a 

neek of land separating two 

Ita, adv. M ; itt such a manner ; 

even so ; thns, 
Italia, «B, t Holy. 
It&lus, a, um, adj. Italian, 
It&li, subs, the Italians* 
Itallcus, a, um, adj. belonging to 

Raly ; lUdian, 
It&que, adv. and so ; therefore. 
Iter, itin^ris, n. a journey ; a 

road ,*. a march. 
Itferum, adv. again ; once more ; 

a second time. 
Ithiica, IB, f. a rocky island in the 

Ionian sea^ with a city of the 

same name. 
Itidem, adv. in like maimer ; like- 

ioise; also. 
ItCtrus, a, um, part, (ea) 
IvL Su Eo. 


Jaeens, tis, part from 

Jaceo, 6re, ui, iLtoUe; to be sil- 

Jacio, jac£re,, jactum, a. to 

throw; Utcasl; tofliiig; to hurl. 

Jacto, &re, &vi, &tum, freq.(jacio,) 

to throw about; to toss; to 

Jactus, a, um, part (jacio,) cati; 

JacQlor, &ri, &tu8 sum, dep. to 

hurl ; to dart ; to shoot. 
Jam, adv. now; already; preS" 

enUy; even. 
JamdOdum, adv. long ago. 
Janicillum, i, n. one qf the seven 

hills of Rome. 
Jason, dnis, m. the son (if JEson^ 

king of Thessaly^ and leader 

of the •Argonauts ; also, cm 

inhabitant of Lycia, 
JejtUius, a, um, adj. fasting; 

Jovis. See Jupfter. 
Juba, e, f. the mane, 
Jubeo, jub^re, jussi, jussum, a. 

to cmnmand; to bid; to or* 

der; to direct, 
Jucundus, a, um, adj. (jocus,) 

sweet; agreeable; delightful; 

^udsea, e, f. Judia. 
Judeus, a, um, adj. belonging to 

Judea : — subs, a Jew. 
Judex, Icis, c. a judge. 
Judicium! h Q* A judgment ; jae* 

Judico, Are, avi^ atum, a. to 

judge; to deem; to deter* 

mine ; to decide. 
Jugfirum, i, D. § ^ 1 ; an acre 

of land, 
Jugum, i, n. a yoke; a ridge or 


J nouBTHii— *lao{:ratus. 

chain of nunmiaina ; tn tMrr, 
cm instrument consisting qf 
two spears placed erects and 
a third laid transversely upon 
Jugurtha, e, m. a king qfJSTu- 

Julias, j, Da. a name of Cassar^ 
who beUmged to the geim Ju- 

Juncttts, a, urn, piurt (jungo.) 

Junior, adj. (comp. from juvSpis,) 

Junias, l^nL Vte noma of a Mo^ 
man tribe which inchukd the 
family of BnUus, 

Jungo, jungfire, junxi, junctum, 
a. to unite; to connect f to 
join: currui, to put in; io 
harness to* 

Juno, onis, f. the daughUf of 
Salvm and \bife qf Jupiter. 

Jupiter, Jovia, m. § 85 ; the son of 
Saturn^ and king of the gods., 

Jurgioaus, a, um, adj. (jurgium,) 
quarrelsome; scMing; hroadr 

Juro^ are, &yi, atum, a. to swear. 

Jus, juris, D. ri^ ; justice : jus 
civitatis, the freedom if the 
city; citizenMp: jure, wOh 
reason; rightly; deservedly. 

Jussi. See Jiibea 

Jussus, a, um, part (jubeo.) 

JuMU, abL m. § d4 ; a com* 

Justitia, e, f, justice ; from 

Justus, a, um, adj. just; rig^i 

fuU; regular; ordinary; ex* 

Juven^a, t^f.a cow ; a heifer. 
Jttvencius, i, m. a B,oman gen* 

eralf conquered hy Andriscus. 
JuvSnis, e, adj. (comp. junior, 

§ 126, 4,\young; youihJuL 
Juv^nis, is, c. a young man or 

womaii; a youth. 
Juventus, Otis, f. youlh. 
Juvo, juvare, juyi, jutum, a. to 

help ; to Msist. 
Juxta, prep.' near; hard hy:^^ 

adv. alike ; even ; equally. 


L., an ahbreviation of Lucius, 

Labor, & Labos, dps, m. labor ; 

Labor, labi, lapsus sum, dep. to 

faU; to glide; toglideaway; 

to flow on. 
Laboridsus, a* um, ^jfy (labors) 

Laboro, are, &vi, atura, n, to 
, work or labor ; to suffer wUh ; 

to be distressed. 
Labyrinthus, i, m. a labyrinl^ 
Lac, lactis, n. milk. 
Lacedtemonius, a, um, adj. be^ 

longing to LaceduBmori; Jm* 

eedtemonian ; Spartan. 
Lacedeemon, dnis, f. Jjooeda^ 

many or Sparta^ (he ee^itai 

Laceratus, a> umt part from 



Lac£ro, &re, avi, ktam^ a. fo tear 
in pitees. 

Lacessitus, a, um, part from 

Lacesso^ (ire, ivi, ituin, a. to dis- 
turb ; to trouble ; to provoke ; 
to stir up, 

Lacrj^ma, c, £ a tear. 

Lacos, 6b, m. o lake, 

LaconlcuB, a, am, adj. Lacome ; 
Spartan; LaeetUsmonian. 

Ledo, led^re, lesi, lesum, a. fo 
injure ;' to hurL 

Let&tus, a, um, part (loetor.) 

Letitia, e, t (\mias^)joif, 

Letor, ari, atuB sum, dep. to rt- 
.joiee; to he f^ad; to be de- 
lighted with. 

Letus, a, um, adj. (ior, is&lmus,) 
glad; joyfvl ; full of joy; 
fortunate ; prosperous ;fruil- 
ful; abundant. 

JjBTinus, i^m. the name of a Ro- 
tnanjhmily; (P. Valerius,) a 
Roman consuL 

Levor, oris, m. smoothness. 

Lag^s, i, m^ a Macedonian^ who 
adopted as his son that Ptol- 
emy who ajtenotwds became 
king of Egypt. 

Lana, oe, f. wooL 

Lan&tus, a, um, adj. bearing 
wool; woolly. 

Laniatus, a, um, part from 

Lanio, Are, avi, atum, a. to tear 
in pieces. 

Lapicidina, e, f. (lapis &, cedo,) 
a quarry. 

Lapideu8,a,um,adj.«loft^; from 

Lapis, Idis, m. a stone. 
Lapsus, a, um, part (labor.) 
Laqueus, i, m. a noose ; a snare. 
Largitio, onis, f, a present 
Lat^ adv. (ius, iasim^) widely ; 

LatSbra, e, f. a lurking-place ; a 

hiding-place ; a retreat 
Latens, tis, part from 
Lateo, £re, ui, n. to 6e hidden; 

to be concealed; to be im^ 

Later, £ris, m. a brick. 
Latercalus, i, m. dim. (later,) d 

little brick; a brick. 
Lattnus, i, m. an ancietU king of 

the LaurenteSf a people of 

Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; qf 

Latium: Latini, subs, the 

Latitndo, inis, f. (latus,) frreocAA. 
Latium, i, n. Latiunu 
Latinus, i, m. a mountain in Ca- 

ria^ near the borders of hma. 
I^tona, IB, f. Vie daughter of the 

giant Cans, and mother of 

AptMo and Diaiuu 
Latro, are, avi, &tum, n. ^ a. to 

bark ; to bark at 
Latro, onis, m. a robber. 
Latrocinium, i, n. robbery; pi- 

Latilrus, a, um, part (fcro.) 
Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

broad; wide. 
Latus, £ris, n. a side. 
Laud&tus, a, um, part from 



Laudo^ are, avi, ^atum, a. to 
prcdn; toexUd; tocommauL 

Laurentil^ », f. See Acca« 

Laus, dis, £ praise ; gUny ; hon- 
or; fame; repute; estima- 
tion; value, 

Laut^ adv. sumptuously; mag- 
* mficenUy. 

Lavinia, e, f. Me daughter of 
Latimis, and the second wife 

Lavinium, i, n. a city in Maly'f 
built by JEnias. 

Lavo^ lavare &, lav§rif layi, lo- 
tuin, lautam, &, lavatum, a. 
§ 165.; to ufosh ; to bathe, 

Leiena, le, f. a lioness. 

Leandefj &. Leandrus, dri, m. a 
yotUh ofAbydos, distinguish- 
ed for his attachment to Hero. 

Lebes, etis, m. a kettle ; a caldron, 

Lectus, a, um^ part (lego,) read; 

Leda, s, f. Jtiie wife of Tyndarus, 
king ofSpartOj and the mother 
of Helina. 

Legatio, onis, f. (lego, are,) an 

I iegatU8,i,m. (lego^ are,) a deputy; 
a lieutenant ; an ambassculor. 

Legio, onis, f. (legO^ £re,) a le- 
gion ; ten cohorts of soldiers. 

Legislator, oris, m. (lex &. fcro,) 
a legislator ; a lawgiver. 

Lego, legere, legi, ledum, a. to 
read; to choose; to coHecL 

Lemanus, i, m. the name of a 
lake in Gaul^ bordering upon 

the country qf the Hdceliif 
now the lake of Gfettevo. 

Leo, onis, m. a lion. 

Leonidas, e, m. a brave king of 
Sparta^ who fdl in the btdtle 
of Thermopylte. 

Leontinus, a, urn, adj. bdonging 
to LeonHni, a city and a peo» 
pie qfVie same name^ on the 
eastern coast qf Sicily. . 

Lefrildufl, i, m. the name of an Ulus^ 
trious family f of the Mmdian 
dan: M. Lepidus, one of the 
triumvirs with Augustus and 

Lepus, dris, m. a hare. 

Letalis, e, nd}. fatal; deadiy; 

Letum, i, n. dea£h. ^ 

Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
light; trivial; inconsidera' 
ble ; smooth. 

Levitas, atis, f. lightness, 

Levo, ftre, avi, atum, a. to ease ; 
to relieve; to lighten; to al- 

Lex, gis, f. a law; a condition. 

Libens, tis, part (libet,) willing. 

Libenter, adv. willingly. 

Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it ' 

Libenter, adv. (libens,) freely ; 

Liber, libera, lib^rum, adj./ree. , 

Liber, libri, m. the inner bark of 
a tree ; a book. 

Liberaliter, adv. (liberalis,) /t&- 
trolly; kindly. 


Libe)r&ti]8| a» um, pait (UUro») 

Hberaied ; set ai Kbtriy, 
Lib^r^ BAy.frtdy; todAout re- 

lib^n, drum, dl pL § 96; chSL- 

idb^ro, are, avi, atnm, a. to fret ; 
to ItberaU; to ddwer, 

LibertaB, atis, £ Uberty, 

Libya, e, f. properly LOnfOy a 
kingdom qf Africa, lying wut 
qf Egypt; MometimuU com- 
prehends ike whole ofJffirtca, 

Licinittfl, i, m. a name common 
among the Romans. 

Licet, uit, Rum est, imp. § 169 ; 
it is lawfvl ; it is permitted ; 
you may; one may. 

Lic^t, conj. aWwMgh. 

liienosus, a, um, adj. spleneUe. 

Ligneus, a, um, adj. wooden; 

Lignum, i, n. wood; a log of 
wood; timber, 

Ligo, are, avi, atum, a. to Mnd. 

Liguria, e, £ lAgtaria, a coun- 
try in the west of Italy. 

Ligus, Oris, m. a lAgvrian. 

Ligusticus, a, um, adj. Ligurian : 
mare, the gulf of Genda. 

Lilybteum, i, n. a promontory on 
the western coast of SieUy. 

Limpidus, a, um, adj. (ior, isA- 
mus,) transparent; lin^nd; 

Limus, i, m. mud ; clay, 

Jjingua, e, £ the tongue ; a lan- 

Liaum, i, ilJox; Hitsn. 
Liquldtts, a, imi, adj. {ior, istf* 

men,) fAqvAd; door; furt; 

Lis, litis, £ It sbr^; a eowtenf 

Hon; a controversy, 
littfira, Of LilSra, le, £ a letter 

of the alphabet: (pL) letters; 

literalKre ; learning ; aletter; 

an epislle, 
Litterarius, a, um, adj. bdonging 

to Utters ; literary. 
Littus, or Litns, dris, n. Ute shore* 
Loco, tke, &vi, atum, a. to place^ 

set, dispose, or arrange; to 

gwe or dispose of in mar" 

riage; from 
Locus, i, m. in sing. ; m. & n. in 

pi. §93,S; a place, 
Locusta, m, £ a locust 
I|Ong^ adv. (ita, isi^to^,) (lon- 

Longinquus, a, um, adj. (comp. 

ior,) yar ; distani ; long ; for' 

Longitudo, tnis, £ length ; from 
Longus, a, um, adj. (ior, issl- 

mus,) long, applied both to 

tune and jspace ; lasting, 
LocQtus, a, um, part (loquor,) 

having spoken, 
Locutarus, a, um, part'a&oii< to 

speak; from 
Loquor, loqui, locQtus sum, dep. 

to speak, 
Loiica, 86, £ a coat of maSL; 

corseUt; breast-plate; cuirass. 
Lorum, i, n. a thong. 



Lubens, tis, part (lobet) 

Lubenter, adv. (ii!k8, isslm^.; See 

Lubet See Libet 

Lubido, or Libido, Inis, f. hist; 

Lubrlcus, a, um, adj. slippery, 

Luceo, lucere, luxi/n. to shine, 

Lucius, i, m. a Roman pnendmen. 

Lucretia, k, f. a Roman matron, 
the wife of CottaHnius, 

Lucretius, i, m. the father ^fldw- 

Luctus, iks, m. (lugeo,) motam' 
ing; sorrow, 

LucuUus, i, m. a Roman ceU" 
hrated for his Ivxurifj his 
pcUronage of learned men, 
and his military talents, 

Lucus, i, m. a grove. 

Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, a. to 
play; to be in sport; to de- 

Ludus, i, m. a game ; a play; 
a pHace of exercise ; a school : 
gladiatorius, a school- for 
. gladiators. 

liUgeo, lugcre, luxi, n. to mourn ; 
to lament, . 

Lumen, Inis, n. (luceo,) light; 
an eye. 

Luna, le, f. the moon. 

Lupa, se, f. a she-wolf. 

Lupus, i, m. a wolf, 

Luscinia, te, f. a mghtingdle. 

Lusitania, e, £ apart o/'Hispa- 
nia, now Portugal, 

Lustro, Are, avi,' &tum, a. to puri- 
• 18 * 

fy; to appease ; to expiate : ex- 

ercTtum, to review ; to muster. 
Lustrum, i, n, the kdr of wHd 

beasts; a den, 
Lusus, ds, m. a game; a play: 

per lusum, in sport; spor- 

Lutatius, i, m. 1^ name of a 

Roman tribe: C, Lutatius 

CatAluB, a Roman consul in 

thefrst Punic war, 
Lutetia, ee, f. a city of Gaud, now 

Lutum, i, n. clay. 
Lux, lucis, f. light, 
Luxuria, le, f. luxury; excess; 

Lycius, a, um, adj. Lycian; of 

Lyciaj a country of Asia 

LjTComSdes, is, m. a king ofScy- 

Lycurgus, i, m. the Spartan law- 

Lydia, te, f. a country of Asia 

Lysauder, dri, m. a edebrated 

Lacedttmoniim generid, 
Lysim&chus, i, m. one ofMexan- 

der*s generals, who was after- 
wards king of a part of 


. M. 

M., an aibhreviaHon of Marcus. 

5328. . 
Mac<&do, dnis, m. a Macedonian, 



Macedonia, e, £ a eowUry of 
Europe^ lying tout qf Thrace, 
and mnih of Thtsaaly and 

Macedonlcus, a, tun, adj. qf 
Mactdnma ; Maeedonian ; 
also, an agnomen or mmame 
of Q. MettUus. 

Maciea, 6i, f. Uanmess; decay. 

Macrobii, drum, m. pL a Greek 
word ngnifying long-lived; 
ikU name was given to cer- 
tain tribes of Ethiopians, who 
were distinguished for the 
simplicity and purity of their 
manners, and for their ton- 

Mactatus, a, um, part from 

MactOj are, avi, atum, a. to sacri- 
fice ; to day. 

Macula, k, £ a spot ; a stain, 

Madeo, £re, ui, n. to be moist ; 
to betDcL 

Men&des, um, f. pi. priestesses 
of Bacchus; bacchants; bac- 

Msotis, fdis, adj. M<Botian : pa- 
lus Mseotis, a lake or gulf, 
lying north of the Euxine, 
now called the sea ofAzoph. 

Magis, adv. (sup. maxim^ § ld4,) 
more; rather; better. 

Magister, tri, m. a teacher; a 
master : magister equltum, 
the commander of the cavalry, 
and the dictaUn^s lieutenant. 

Magistratus, ds, m. a magistra- 
cy ; advUqfiu ; amagistrcie. 

Magn^aia, e, £ a town of /o- 

Magniffc^, adv. (cntius, entisEdt- 

m^,) (magnificus,) mapnifi- 

cently; splendidly. 
Magnificentia, e, £ magttificence, 

splendor; grandeur; from 
Magniflcu8| a, um, adj. (entior, 

entisslmus,) (magnus & fa- 
cie,) magnificent ; splendid. 
Magnitiido, Inis, £ (magnus,) 

greatness; magnitude; size. 
Magnop^re, adv. (magnus & 

opus,) greatly; very; earnest^ 

Magnus, a, um,* adj. (comp. major, 

sup. maximus,) great ; large. 
Major, comp. (magnus,) greater ; 

the elder. 
Majdres, um, m. pi, forefathers; 

Mal^ adv. (pejiis, pessbn^,) (ma- 

luB,) badly; HI; hurlfuUy. 
Maledico, -dic^re, -dixi, -dictum, 

a. (mal^ &. dico,) to revile; 

to raU at; to abuse; to re-- 

Maledicus, a, um, adj. (entior, 

cntissimift,) rmZtn^ ; railing; 

scurrilous; abusive. 
Maleflcus, a, um, adj. (entior, 

entisslmus,) (mal^ &. facio,) 
* wicked; hurfful; mischievous; 

injurious : — subs, an evU-doer. 
Male, malle, malui, irr. § 178, 3; 

to prefer ; tobe more willing ; 

to widi rather. 
Malum, i, n. Oft eqfple. 



Malum, i, n. (maliu,) evU ; mw- 
Jarhmt ; calamUy ; wfferingB; 
eoU deeds, 

Malus, a, um, adj. (pejor, peasl- 
mus, § 125, 5,) had; wicked: 

Mancinus, i, m. a Roman connd 
who made a disgractftU peace 
with ihe MjonanUane. 

Mando, mandftre, mandi, man* 
sum, a. to chew ; to eat 

Mando^ &re, avi, &tum, a. to com* 
mand; tointrustf tocommU; 
to bid; to enjoin: mandare 
marmoifbus, to engrave upon 
marble. ^ 

Mane, ind. n. the mornings § df:— 
adv. early in the morning, 

Maneo, 6re, si, sum, n. to re* 
main ; td conHmie. 

Manes, ium, m. pL f^ dead; the 
' manes ; ghosts or shades qf 
the dead, 

Manlius, i, m. a Boman proper 

Mano, are, &vi, atum, ru to flow. 

Mansuefacio, -fac^re, -feci, -fac- 
tum, a. (mansues &. facio,) 
to taam ; to make tame, 

Mansuefio, -fitei, -factus sum, 
irr. § 180, N., to he made tam/e, 

Mansuefactus, a, um, part. 

Mantin^a, e, f. a cily of Arcadia, 

ManubisB, arum, f. pi. booty; 
spoils ; plunder, 

Manumissus, a, um, part from 

Manumitto, -mittfire, -misi, •mis- 
sum, a. (manus & mitto,) to set 

Jree^ at libtrty; to free; to 

Manus, tto, f. a hand; the trunk 

of an dephant ; a band or 

body of soldiers, 
Map&le, is, n. a Auf or cottage qf 

the Mtmidians, 
Marcellus, i, m. the name qfa 
• Boman family which pro- 

duced many illustrious mm, 
Marcius, i, m. a Boman name 

and cognomen or surname, 
Marcus, i, m. a Boman prend* 

Mare, is^iLthe sea, 
Margarita, te, f. a pead, . 
Mariandyni, drum, m. pi. a j^eo- 

ple ofBUhytiia, 
Marinus, a, um, adj. (mare,) ma- 

rine; pertaining to the sea; 

aqua marina, sea-^waSer, . 
MariUmus, a, um, adj. maritime ; 

on the sea-coast ; copisi, no- 

Maritus, i, m. a husband, 
Marius^ i, m. (C.) a distinguished 

Boman general^ who was seven 

times elected consuL 
Marmor, dris, n. marble. 
Mars, tis, m. (Ae son of Jupiter 

and Juno^ and god of war, 
Marsi, drum, m. pi. a people of 

LaHvmy upon the borders qf 

lake Tidnus, 
Mars j^ as, e, -m. a edebrated 

Phn^ian musician; also, a 

brother qfAniig&nuSj the king 

qf Macedonia, 


KAfSA — ^mCL. 

MaMt, fle, f. i» mom; a humqK 

Massicus, a, um, adj. Afiune, qf 
Mas^ieuBjamMmtttinin Cam" 
patiifi, famous for its wine : 
.vinum, Jlfomc wine, 

Massilia, e,' f. a mariiime t»wn 
of Gallia NarbonenuBi now 

Mater, tris, £ a moiher ; a nut- 

Materia, e, f. a maUrial ; wud- 
ier; stuff; timber. 

Matrimonium, i, n. mairimiony; 

Matrona, », C a matron ; a nuar^ 
ried woman, 

Matrdna, », f. a rioer of €kndj 
now the Mame, 

Matureaco, maturesc^re, matu- 
rui, inc. to ripen; to grow 
ripe; from 

MatOrus, a, um, adj. (ior, rfmus 
or issimus,)- ripe; nuMture; 

Mauritania, e, f. a country tit 
the western part of JlfHca^ 
extending from ATumidia to 
the Atlaniie ocean, 

Maufl6lu8, i, m. a king ofCa- 

Maxilla, e, £ a jaw; a jaw- 

Maxima, ady. (sup. of magis,) 
most of all ; especially ; great- 

Max&nuB, i,m. a Roman surname: 
Qu. Fabius Maximum, a dis- 
tinguished Roman generaL 

Maxlmufl, a, nm, adj. (sup. of 

magnua,) greatest ; ddest : 

maximus natu. See Natu. 
Mecum, (me & cumj § 133, 4,) 

with me, 
Mcdeor, £ri, dep. § 170 ; ta cure ; 

to heal 
Medicina, e, £ medicine. 
Medico, are, &vi, atum, a. to heal ; 

to administer medieine; to 

medicate ; to prepare mMr 

eaUy; to embalm, - 
Medlcus, i, m. a physician, 
Medit&tiis, a, um, part designed; 

practised; from 
Med^T^ ari, atus sum, dep. to 

meditaie ; to reflect ; to prac' 

Medius, a, um, adj. middle ; the 

midst, § 205^ R. 17 : medium, 

the middle, 
Mediomatrici, drum, m. fd. a 

people of Belgic Gaul, 
Medasa, m^ f, one of the three 

Megiira, e,"£ the capital of Meg' 

Megarenses, ium, m. pL Mega- 

rensians; the inhabitants of 

Megftria, Idis, f. a small country 

of Greece, • 
Megasthfines, is, m. a Greek hus* 

torian, whose works have been 

MehercOld, adv. by Hercules: 

truly; certandy. 
Mel, lis, a. honey. 



Meleagnis ^ -iger, gri, m. a 

t^'ng of Calydonia, 
Mellbr, us, adj. (comp. of bonus, 

§ 125, 5,) better. • 
Meliilks, adv. (comp. of ben^,) 

Membi&na^ey f. athmskin; a 

memprane; parehmtnL 
Membrum, i, n. a Hmb ; a mem' 

Memfni, def. pret § 183; / re- 

member; Iretate, 
Memor, dris, adj. mndjfvL 
Memorabilis, e, adj. memorcMe ; 

remarkable ; worthy of being 

Memoria, te, f. tiiembry. 
Mcmoro, are, avi, atum, a. to re- 
member; to say; to men" 

Memphis, is, f. a la^ city of 

Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood; 

Mendax, acis, adj. false ; lying. 

.Menelaus, i, m. a king of Spar- 
ia, the son of Mretu^ and hus- 
band of Helen. 

Menenius, i, m. ( Agrippa,) a JRo- 
man^ distinguished for his suc- 
cess in reconciling the plebe- 
ians to the patricians. 

Mens, tis, f. the mind ; the wHl ; 
the understanding. 

Mensis, is, m. a month, 

Mentio, dnis, f. (mcmXni,) mention 
or a speaking of, 

Mentior, iri, itas sum, dep. to lie ; 
18 • 

to assort falsely ; to feign; to 

Merc&tor, dris, m. (mercor,) a 

merchant ; a trader, 
MercatQra, e, f. § 102, R. 2 ; mar^ 

chandise; trade, 
Mercatus, tU^ m. a markd; a 

mart; a fair; anen^porium; 

Merces, £dis, f. (mereo,) wages; 

a reward; a price, 
Mercurius, i, m. Mercury^ the son 

qf Jupiter and Maia, He was 

the messenger of the gods. 
Mereo, 6re, ui, Itum, n. to cfe- 

serve ; to gain ; to acquire, 
Mereor, £ri, Itus sum, dep. to de* 

serve ; to earn. 
Mergo, mergfire, mersi, mersum, 

a. to sink ; to dip under, 
Meridianus, a, um, adj. southern; 

south ; at noon-day; from 
Meridies, i^i, m. (medius & died,) 

noon; mid-day; south. 
Mer!t6, adv. with reason; with 

good reason; deservedly, 
Meritum, i, n. (mereo^) mxfii; 

MersL See Merga 
Mersus, a, um, part (mergo.) 
Merdla, e, f. a blackbird. 
Merz, cis, f. merchandise. 
Messis, is, f. (meto,) the Aor* 

Meta, s, f. a goal ; a limit, 
Metagonium, i, n. a promontory 

in the northern part of Africa, 
I Metallum, i, n. m/etal; a ndne. 



lletanirt, e, tfhtwiJk^Cdaity 

king of EUuais. 
Metellus, i, m. (Ae name t^fanH' 

lustriousfamQy at Rome, 
Metior, mettri, mensua sam, dep. 

fo mecmire. 
Metius, if m. (SofTetius,) oit JB» 
ban gmandy fui to deatk by 
TuUus HostUivs. 

Meto, metfire, messui, messum, 
a. to reap ; to mow, 

Metuoy metu£re, metuiy a. to 
fiar; from 

MetuSy us, XXL fear., 

Meus, a, urn, pro. § 139 ; (ego») 
fi^,* ffitne. 

Mkipsa, SB, m. a king of JVU- 

Mico, are, ui, n. fo skine, 

Midas, K, m. a king of Pkrygioy 
disUf^^iskedfor kia toeaUlL 

Migro, ire, avi, atum, n. to re- 
move; to migrate; to wan- 

MihL .See Ego. 

Miles, itis, c a soldier; the sol- 

Milfetus, i, f. the capital of Ionia, 
near the borders of Carta. 

Militia, e, f. (miles,) war; mili- 
tary service. 

Milito, afCt avi, atom, n. to serve 
in war. 

Mille^ n. ind. (in sing.) a thou- 
sand: millia, um, pL mille, 
adj. ind. § 118, 6. 

Milliarium, i, n. a mUestone; a 
mile or 5000 Roman feet: 

ad quintom milliariam urbis^ 
within five miles of the city. 

Mflti&des, is, m. a celebrated 
Mumia» general, who con- 
quered the Persians. 

Milvius, i, m. a kite. 

Mine, anmi, £ pL § 96; threats. 

MinatuB, % mn, part, (minor.) 

Minerva, e, £ the daughter ^ 
Jupiter, and goddess of war 

Mintm^ adv. (sup. of parum,) 
least ; at leaH ; notataU. 

Minimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
parvus,) the least ; the small- 

Ministerium, i, n. (minister,) ser- 
vice; labor. 

Minium, i, n. red had; vermH- 

Minor, ari, &tu8 sum, dep. to 
tkreaien ; to menace. 

Minor, dris, adj. (comp. of par- 
vus,) less; smaller; weak- 

Minos, dis, m. a son of Europe^ 
and king if Crete. 

Minuo, minu§re, minui, minQ- 
tum, a. to diminish. 

Minus, adv. (minor,) (comp. of 
parum,) less: qu6 mmus or 
quominus, that^-noL 

Miracalum, i, n. (miror,) a mtrei- 
de; a wonder. 

Mirabilis, e, adj. wonderful ; as- 

Miratus, a, um, port (miior,> wmr 
dering at. 



Wa^ adv. (mifw,) wonderfkdfy ; 

Miror, ftri, atm sum, dep. to won" 

der at; to admire; from 
Mirus, a, um, a^. wondajid; 

Misceo, miscfere, miscui, mistttm 

«r miztum, a. to mingle ; to 


Miser, £ra, drum, adj. ndseraUe ; 

unhiOppy; wretched; sad, 
Miseratus, a, um, part. (mis£for.) 
Mtsere<^, miser^r^ miserftus or 

miaertas sum, dep. to have 

compassion; to pity. 
Mis^ret, miseruit, miseritum est, 

imp. U piHeUi: me mis^ret, 

Misericordia, te, f. (miserfcors,) 

pity; compassion, 
Mis£ror, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

MisL See Mitto. 
Mistus, & Mixtus, a, um, part 

Mithridates, is, m. a celehrated 

^'<g' of Ponius, 
Mithridaticus, a, um, adj. he- 

loTtgingto ^Sitkridates ; MiOi- 

Mitis, e, adj. (ior, iaslmns,) mUd; 

meek; kind; humane, 
Mitto, mittSre, misi, missum, a. 

to send; to throw; to bring 

forth ; to produce ; to afford : 

mittere se in aquam, to plunge 

into the water, 
Mixtus. ' See Mistus. 

Modlcus, a, mn, adj. moderate; 

of moderate size ; smalL 
Modius, i, m. a measure; ahdtf- 

Mod6, adv. now; only; but: 

mod6 — mod6, sometimes — 

Mmeftmet.*— conj. {/or A modd 

or dummddo,) provided that^ 

if only. 
Modus, i, m. a measure ; a maa/i^ 

ner; away; degree; UmU; 

Moenia, um, n. "^ Que wdBs of 

a city, 
Mcenus, i, m. the Maine^ a river 

of Germany^ and a branch 

of the Rhine, 
Mcerens, tis, part from 
Mcereo, mcerfire, neut pass, to be 

sad; to mourn, 
Moles, is, f. a mass ; a bulk ; a 

burden; au>eight; a pile. 
Molestus, a, um, adj. (ior, isst- 

muaj) irksome; severe; troMe" 

some'; oppressive ; unwel- 

Mollio, ire, Ivi, itum, a. to soften ; 

to moderate ; from 
Mollis, e, adj. (ior, isstmus,) soft ; 

Molossi, drum, m. pi. (he Mcloss^ 

ianSf a people ofEpiras. 
MomordL See Mordeo. 
Monens, tis, part from 
Moneo, 6re, ui, itum, a. to ad* 

vise J to remind; iq MHxrh; la 




Monimentain or -umentumy i, n* 

$ 103i 4 ; a manumaU ; a me* 

monal; a record. 
Moos, tifly no* a mounUani a 

M oDstrO) ArSy &vi| fttuniy &• to 

show; UpoimiouL 
Mora, e, £ dda^, 
lArbas, I, m. a clueafe. 
HordaXy ftcia, adj. 6dtfif ; sharp ; 

snappiik; firom 
Hordeo, mordftre, inoinordi^ mpr- 

aum, a. to biie. 
Mores. Su Mos. 
Moriensy tis, part firom 
Morior, mori & moriri| mortuua 

sum, dep. § 174 ; to dU. 
Moror, fin, atus sum, dep. to dt- 

lay ; to tarry I to stay ; to rt" 

main : nihil moror, 1 care not 

for ; 1 value not. 
Mor6su8, a, um, adj. morose; 

peemsh ; Jrdjkd ; cross. 
Mors, tis, £ death. 
Morsus, tls, m. a htte ; hiHng. 
Mortalis, e, adj. mortaL . 
Mortuus, a, um, part (mori- 
or,) dead, 
Mos, moris, m. a ciistom : more, 

qfler the manner of; like : 

mores, conduct ; deportment ; 

manners; customs. 
Moss^ni, drum, m. pL a people 

of Ma Minor^ near the EuX" 

Biotus, {a, m. motion : terns mo- 

tus, Oft earthquake. 
Motus, a, um, part from 

Moveo, moTftre, movi» motum, a. 
to move ; to stir ; h exdte. 

Mox,adv. Mofi; soonqfter; by 

Modus, i, m. (ScevOla,) a Bo* 
VMn^ celebrated for his JorU- 

Moli^lms, e, bA^. womanly; fe- 
male; fiom 

Mulier, ftris, £ a woman. 

MultitQdo,bii8, £ (multuB,) amul- 

Multo or -cto, fire, fivi, fitum, a. 
to punish; to fine; to impose 
a fine ; * to sentence to pay a 

Mult6, & MultilUn, adv. mneh ; by 

Multus, a, um, adj. much; many. 

Mummius, i, m. a Roman gene- 

Mundus, i^m. the world ; the tent- 

Mumendus, a, um, part, froqi 

Munio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to forti- 
fy: viam, to open or prepare 
a road. 

Munus, £ris, n. an qffiee ; a g\ft ; 
a present; a favor ; a re- 

Mur&lis, e, adj. pertaining to a 
wall: cor6na, the mural 
eroumf given to him who first 
mounted the waU qf a besiege 
edtoum; from 

Mums, i, m. a wall ; a wall of a 

Mus, muris, m. a mouse. ■ 



Musa, c, £ a mute; a song, 

Musca, e, f. ajly^ 

MuBctdus, i, in. dim. (mus, § 100, 

3,) a liUU mouse. 
"Mu^ce, es, & Mualoa, o, £ 

(musay) tfttmc; ike art qf 

Musicusy a, unii adj. muaiaiL 
* Muto, are, avi, atum, a. to dumge; 

to tran^orm, 
Mygdonia, », £ a mudl country 

Mynuecidea, is, m. on ingmunu 

ariist o/MUet%u» 
, Myndiqa, i, m. a JM^iuKon; an 

inhabUant qf Mfndus, 
Myndus, i, £ a dhf in Caria^ 

near Halicamauus, 
Mysia, k, f. a counbry of •^no 

Minor f having (he Propontis 

on the norths and ihe JEgean 



Nabis, idis, m: a tyrant o/LacO' 

Ne, adv. verily; trviy, 

Nactus, a, um, part (nanciscor,) 
having found. 

Nam, conj. § 198, 7 ; for; hvL 

Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus sum, 
dep. to gel; to find; to meet 

Narbonensis, e, adj. Narbonen- 
sis Gallia, one qf the four 
dwiHof^ qf Gaulyin the south- 
eastern part^ deriving its name 

from the city qf MahOf now 

Naris, is, f. (he nostrH, 
Nano, are» Avi, atiun, a. lo rebrfa ; 

to teU; to say. 
Nascor, naaci, natns sum, dep. 

to he bom; to grow; to he 

Naflica^ e, m. (t surname qfPub- 

Uus Comdius Scipio» 
NasDs, i, m. a note. 
Natalia, e, adj. natal ; dies na* 

tahSf a birth-day. 
Natans, tis, part from 
Nato, are, iyi, &tum, freq. (no,) 

to swim ; toftoat 
Natu,abl. sing.m.53f&tilA.* natu 

minor, fA«jfouf^per.* minimus, 

(he youngest: major, the el- 
der : maximus, lAe olde^ 

Natora, e, £ (naseor,) nature; 

creation; power. 
Naturalis, e, adj. nofurol. 
Natus,. a, um, part (nascor,) 

bom : octog;inta anno* natus^ 

eighty years old. 
Natus, i, m. a son. 
Naafragium, i, n. a MpwrecL 
Nauta, e, m. a sailor. 
Navalis, e, adj. (navis,) naval; 

belonging to ships. 
Navigabrlis, e, adj. namgable. 
Navigfatio, dnis, £ (navigo,) navi' 

Navigium, i, n* a ship ; a vessd. 
Navtgo, are, avi, atum, a. (navis 

& ago,) to navigate ; te saU ; 



navig&tnr, imp. namgoHon is 

carried on; they $aiL 
Navifl, ia^ta Mp, 
Ne, conj. not — U^ ; lest thai ; 

thai — not: ne quidem, not 

even, §279,3. 
Ne, coi\|« enclitic: in direct 

questions, it is often ooutted 

in the translation ; in nMreet 

questions, whether: in a «ec- 

ond question, or. $ 965, R. 2. 
Nee, conj. (ne & que,) and net ; 

but not; neither; nor, 
Necessarius,a,um, adj.(nece8Be,) 

necessary •^— subs, a friend, 
Necessitas, &tis, £ necessity; 

Neco, are, &vi or ui, atum, a. to 

kill; to destroy; to slay, 
Nefas, n. ind. (ne &, fas,) wnpie' 

ty; wrong, 
Neglectus, a, urn, part from 
Negligo, 'ligfire, -lexi, -lectum, 

a. (nee & lego,) to neglect; 

not to care for; to disregard, 
Nego, are, avi, atum, a. to deny ; 

to rtfuse ; to dedart that not 
Negotium, i, n. (ne & otium,) 

business ; labor ; pains ; dif- 

ficvUy : facili or nuUo negotio, 

Nemo, Cnis, c. (ne & homo,) no 

one ; no man, 
NemuB, dris, n. a forest ; a grove, 
Ncpos, Otis, m. a grandson, 
Neptanus, i, m. JSTeptune^ a son 

of Saturn aAd OpSf and the 

god of the sea. 

Nequaquam, adv. by no means, 
Neque, conj. (ne & que,) fiatfter ; 

nor; and — noL 
Nequeo, ire, ivi, itum, ur. n. (ne , 

&, queo, § 182^ 3,) / cannot; 

Nequis, -qua, -quod or -quid, pra 

§ 138 ; lest any one ;'that no 

one or no thing. 
Nereis, idis, f. a Mreid; a seo' 

nymph. The Nereids were 

the daughters of Kerens and 

Doris, " 
Nescio, ire, ivi, Hum, n. (ne &, 

scio,) to be ignorant of; not 

to know ; can not 
Nestus, i, m. a river in the west" 

em part of Thrajce, 
Neuter, tra, trura, adj. (ne & 

uter, §107,) neiJOier of the 

two; neither, 
Nicomedes, is, m. a king of 

Nidifico, are, avi,atum, a. (nidus 

& facio,) to buHd a nest. 
Nidus, i, m. a nest, 
Niger, gra, grum, adj. blaek. 
Nihil, n. ind., or Nihilum, i, n. 

(ne & hilum,) nothing : nihil 

habeo quod, / have no reason 

Nihilomtnite, adv. nevertheless, 
Nilus, i, m. the JVQe ; the letrgest 

river of Africa, 
Nimius, a, um, adj. too great; 

excessive; immoderate, 
NimiCim, & Nimi6,«adv« loo 




Ninusy i, m. a king of Assyria* 
Nidbe, es, f. the wife ofAmphioriy 

king of Thebes. 
Nisi, adv. (ne.& si,) unlesB; ex- 
ceed; \fnoL 
Nisue^ i, ID. a king of Megdria^ 

Nifidus, a, um, adj. (niteo,) 

skining; hrighi; cUar* 
Nitor, oris, in. (niteb,) spkndor; 

gloss; briUiancy. ' 

Nitor, niti, nisus &. nixus sum, 

dep. to stnve. 
Nix, nivis, f. snow. 
No, nare, navi, natum, n. to 

Nobilis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

noble; celebrated; Jhmous; 

of high rank. 
Nobilitas, atis, f. nobility; the 

nobility; the nobles; a noble 

spirit; nobleness. 
Nobilito, are, avi, &tuin, a. to en- 

noble ; to make famous. 
Noceo, ere, ui, Itum, a. to hurt ; 

to injure ; to harm. 
Noctu, abl. sing, by night ; in 

the night time, §94. 
Noctumus, a, um, adj. nightly ; 

Nodas, i, m. a knot ; a tumor. 
Nola, B, £ a city of Campa^ 

Nolo, nolle, nolui, in. n. (non & 

volo, $ 178, 2i) to be unufiU- 

ing : the imperative of nolo, 

with an infinitive, is translate 

ed by notj and the infinitive, 

by an imperative ; as, esse 

noli, be not. 
Nom&des, um, m. pL a name 

given to those tribes who wasi' 

derfrom place to jUaci^ with 

their Jlodts and herds^ having 

no fixed residence. 
Nomen, Inis, n. a name* . 
Non, adv. not 
NonagesimutS; a, um, num. adj. 

the ninetieth. 
Nonne, adv. (instead of nam 

non,] not 9 (in a question.) 
Nonnihil, n. ind. something. 
Nonnisi, adv. only ; not ; except. 
Nonnullus, a, um, adj. some. 
Nonus, a, um, num. adj. the ninth. 
Nos.. See Ego. 
Nosco, nosc^re, novi, notum, a. 

§183, 3, N.; to know; to un- 

derstand; to learn. 
Noster, tra, trum, pro. our. §139. 
Nota, s, f. a mark. 
Notans, tis, part from 
Noto, are, avi, atum, a. to mark; 

to observe ; to stigmatize. 
Notus, a, um, part (from nosco,) 

Novem, ind. num. adj. pi. nine. 
Novus, a, um, adj. (comp. not 

used ; sup. issimus,) new ; 

recent ; fresh. 
Nox, noctis, f. night : de noctOi 

by night 
Noxius, a, um, adj. hur^ul ; in*' 

Nubes, is, f. a doud. 
Nubo, niibSre, nupsi & nuptft 



tunif nnptam, n. to cover; 

to veU ; to marry ; to he mar' 

ried ; (used only of th« wife.) 
Kvd&tufl, a, urn, part laid open ; 

ttripped ; depriotd; ftom 
Nado, Are, &vi, Atiim, a. fo maHit 

naktd; to lay open; from 
Nudus, a, um, adj. naked ; hart. 
NuUus, a, um, gen. !us, $ 107, 

adj. (non ullus,] no ; no one. 
Num, adv. : in translating direct 

questions, it is eommonly 

omitted ; in indirect questions, 

it signifies whether. 
Numa, fe, m. (Pompiliiis,) ihe 

second king of Bomet and the 

stuxessor of RomiUue. 
Numantia, r, f. a city qf Spaing 

which was besieged by the J2o- 

mans for tioenty years. , 
Numantini, drum, m. pi. A)i- 

manHnes ; the people of Au- 

Numen, Inis, n. (nuo,) a deiiy ; a 

Num^ro, Are, Avi, &tuni, a. lo 

count; towumber; to reckon; 

Numerus, i, m. a number. 
Nuraide, &rum, m. pL the JVfi- 

Numidia, e, f. a country of^^fHea. 
Numltor, dris, m. the father of 

Rhea SUvia, and grandfather 

qf Romulus and Remus. 
Nummus, i, m. money. 
Nunc, adv. now: nunc etiam, 

even now ; stitl. 

Nuncflpo, ftre, &vi, stum, a. Is 

Nunquam, (ne Sl unquam,) adv. 

Nunti&tus, a, om, part from 
Nuntio or -ciO|^ftre^ avi, atum, a. 

(nuntius,) fo announce ; totelL 
Nuptie, Arum, f. pL nuptials; 

marriage; a wedding. 
Nusquam, adv. (ne & usquam,) 

*nowhere ; in no place. 
Nutriendas, a, um, part to he 


Nutrio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to nout- 

Nutritus, a, um, part 

Nutrix, tcis, f. a nurse, 

Nympha, », f. a nymph ; a god* 

dess presiding over fountains^ 

groves^ or rivers^ ^c 


O! into/ ah! 

Ob, prep, for; on account qf; 

Obdormisco, -dormisc^re, -dor- 

mtvi, inc. (ob & dormisco,) to 

fail asleep ; to akep. 
Obdaco, -duc£re, -duxi, -duc- 
' tum^ a. (ob & duco,) to draw 

over ; to cover over. 
Obductus, a, um, part ^intad 

over ; covered over. 
Obedio, Ire, ivi, itum, n. (ob & 

audio,) to obey; io comply 

wUh ; tobe sulked to. 
Obeo^ ire, ivi & ii, Itum. irr. ik 




& a. (ob &. eo,) to goto; to 

discharge ; to execute ; to die* 
Oberro, are, avi, atom, n. (ob & 

eiTO,) to uxmder; to wander 

Obrtufl, 6s, DO. (obeo,) death. 
Objaceo, 6re, ui, itum, n. (ob & 

jaceo,) to lie against or 6e- 

/ore ; tobe opposite. 
ObjectUB, a, um, part thrown to, 

or in the way ; exposed, 
Objicio, -jic^re, -j6ci, -jectum, a. 

(ob &. jacio,) to throw before; 

to throw to ; to give ; to object ; 

to expose. 
Obligo, are, avi, &tuin, a. (ob & 

ligo,) to bind; to oblige; to 

obligate, > 
Obliqu^, adv.tnif«rec%; ohUque- 

ly; from 
Obliquus, a, um, adj. obUqut ; in- 
direct; stdeunse, 
Oblitus, a, um, part forgetting ; 

having forgotten, 
Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, 

dep, to forget. 
Obnoxius, a, um, adj. obnoxious ; 

subject; exposed to; liable, 
Obruo, -mere, -rui, -ratum, a. 

(ob & ruo,) to overwhelm ; to 

cover ; to bury. 
Obrdtus, a, um, part buried; 

covered; overwhelmed, 
Obscuro, are, avi, atum, a. (ob- 

scdrus,) to obscure ; to dark'- 

ObsScro, are, avi, atum, a. (ob & 

sacro,) to beseech; to cotyure, 

Obs^quor, -s^qui, -secutus sum, 

dep. (ob & 6equor,)to/o(/oti'; 

to serve. 

Observo, are, avi, atmn, a. (ob 

& servo,) to observe ; to 

Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) ahoS" 

Obsessus, a, um, part besieged; 

Obsideo, -sid^re, -s6di, -sessum, 

a. (ob & sedeo,) to besiege ; to 

invest ; to blockade. 
Obsidio, onis, f. a siege. 
Obsidionalis, e, adj. belonging to 

a siege ; obsidional : corona, 

a croum given to him who had 

raised a siege, 
ObstStrix, icis, t a midwife, 
Obtestatus, a, um, part from 
Obtestor, ari, atus sum, dep. (ob 

& tester,) to conjure ; tobo* 

seech ; to entreat, 
Obtineo, -tin^re, -tinui, -tentum, 

a. (ob & teneo,) to hold; to rC" 

tain ; to obtain : obtlnet sen-. 

tentia, the opinion prevails. 
Obtalit See Oflfero. 
Obvi^mo, adv. in the way; meet' 

ing; tom^eet: fio or eo obvi- 

Am, / meet ; I go to meet 
Occasio, onis, f. an occasion; a 

good opportunity, 
Occasus, 68, m. the setting of 

the heavenly bodies; the ife- 

scent; evening; the west. 
Occidens, tis, m. the west; the 

setting sun; evening. 



Occident&lis, e^ adj. u>estam ; oe^ 

Occido, occidftre, occidi, occisum, 

a. (ob & cedo,) to kUl; to 

slay ; to put to death, 
Occido, occid^re, occidi, occa- 

sum, n. (ob & cado,) to fall; 

to fall doum ; to set 
Occisanis, a, um, part (occido.) 
Occisus, a, am, part (occido.) 
Occoecatus, a, uni. part from 
Occceco, are, avi, atum, a. to 

blind ; to dazzle. 
Occulto, are, avi, atum, freq. 

(occaio,) to conceal ; to hide. 
Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass, to 

be concealed; to hide one^a 

Occupo, are, avi, atmn, a. to oc- 
cupy; to seize upon; to take 

possession of. 
Occurro, -currCre, -curri & -cu- 

curri, -cursum, n. (ob & cur- 

ro,) to meet ; to go to meet; to 

Oce&nus, i, m. the ocean; the 

Octavianus, i, m. (Ciesar,) the 

nephew and adopted son of 

Julius CtBsar, called^ after the 

batUe at AcUunty Augustus. 
Octavus, a, urn, num. adj. (octo,) 

Octingenti, s, a, num. adj. pi. 

eighi hundred. 
Octo, ind. num. adj. pL eight, 
Octoginta, ind. num. adj. pL 
.' e^hty. 

Ocdlus, i, m. on eye. 

Odi, odisse, defl pret § 183, 1 ; 

to hate ; to detest 
Odium, i, n. hatred. 
Odor, oris, m. a smdl : pi. odores, 

odors; perfumes. 
Odoror, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

(Eneus, ei & eos, m. a king of 

C€dpdon, and father of Meled' 

ger and Dganira. 
CEnom&us, i, m. § 9 ; the name of 

a celebrated gladiator. 
CEta, IB, m. a mountain in Thes- 

saly^ on the borders of Do- 
Offfero, offerre, obtCdi, oblatum, 

irr. a. (ob & fero, § 196, 9,) to 

ojer; to present. 
Officina, 8b, f. a work-shop ; cm 

Officio, -fic6re, -feci, -fectum, a. 

(ob & facio,) to stand in the 

way of; to injure ; to hurt 
Officium, i, n. duty ; a kindness ; 

an obligation; politeness; ct- 

vility; attention. 
Olea, IB, f. an olive-tree. 
Oleum, i, n. oU. 
Olim, Adv. formerly; sometime. 
Olor, oris, m. a swan. 
Olus, Sris, n. herbs ; potherbs. 
Olympia, e, f. a toum and dis* 

frict of the Peloponnesus^ vp^ 

on the Alpheus. 
Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olympic; 

pertaining to Olympia. 
01ympius,a,um, adj. Olympian; 



pertaining to 4)lympu8 or to 

Olympus, i, m. a high mountain 
between Thesscdy and Mace- 

Omen, inis, n. an omen ; a sign. 

Omnis, e, adj. all ; every ; every 
one : omnes, aU : omnia, all 
things : with sine, it may sig- 
nify any ; as, sine omni dis- 
cordi^ without any discord. 

Onus, £ris, n. a burden ; a load. 

Onustus, a, lun, adj. laden ; fvU 

Opfira, IB, f. labor; pains: dare 
opSram allcui, to aUend to a 
thing ; to devote one^s self to 

OpSror, ari, atus sum, dep. to 
labor ; to work. 

Opimus, a, um, adj. (comp. i<Mr,) 
rich; fruitful; fat; dainr 

Oportet, £re, uit, imp. U behoves ; 
it is meet, JU, or proper ; itis 
a duty ; we ought. 

Oppidum, i, n. a walled town ; a 

Oppono, -pon€re, -posui, -posl- 
tum, a. (ob &> pono,) to op- 
pose ;' to set against. 

OpportQnus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
slmus,) seasonable ; commodi- 
ous ; convenient ; favorable. 

Oppositus, a, um, part opposed; 

Opprlmo, -prim^re, pressi, -pres- 
•um, a. (ob &. premo,) to op- 

press ; to overpower ; to sub' 

Oppugnatus, a, um, part from 
Oppugno, are, avi, atum, a. (ob 

& pugno,) to assault ; to &e- 

siege; to attempt to take by 

force ; to storm. 
(Ops, nom., not in use, § 94,) 

opis, gen. f. aid; hdp; means; 

assistance: opes, pL ufeaWi; 

riches; resources; power. 
OpUm^, adv. (sup. of ben^,) very 

well; excellently; be^ 
Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of bo- 
nus,) best; most worthy. 
Optio, 6ms, f. a choice ; an op^ 

Hon; from 
Opto, are, avi, atom, a. to de^ 

Opulena, & Opulentus, a, um, 

adj. (ior, is8Imu8,)rtcAf* opu- 

lent; wealthy. 
Opus, ftria, n. a work ; a labor ; 

a task. 
Ora, e, f. a coast; a shore. 
Ora, pL See Os. 
OracCdum, 1, n. (oro,) an oracle ; 

a response, 
Orans, tia, part (ora) 
Oratio, onis, f. (oro,) a discourse ; 

Or&tor, oris, m. (oro,) an orator ; 

an ambassador. 
Orb&tus, a, um, part ((M'bo,) &e- 

reaved or deprived of. 
Orb^lus, i, m. a mmmtain (if 

Thrace or Macedonia. 
Orbis, is, m. on or& ; a eirde : in 



orbem jac^re, fo tie round in 
a circle: orbis, or orbis terra- 
nim, the tDoHcL 

Orbo, are, avi, atum, tu to de^ 
prvet; to bereave of. 

Orcus, i, m. PJufo, the god of the 
lower world; the infernal re- 

OrdlnO; are, &yi, atum, eu to or- 
der; to ordain; to arrange, 

Ordo, inia, m. order; arrange- 
ment; a row: orj&nes remo- 
rum, hanks of oars, 

QrieoB, tia, m. (orior,) tht east; 
the morning, 

Oriens, part, (orior.) 

Orientalis, e, adj. eastern, 

Origo, Inis, t source; origin: 
orig^inem duc£re, to derive 
on^s origin ; from 

Orior, oriri, ortus sUm, dep. § 177 ; 
to arise ; to begin ; to appear, 

Omamenttim, i, n. (omo,) an or- 

Omatus, lis, m. an pmametd; 

Omo, are, avi, atum, a. to adorn ; 
to deck, 

Oro, are, avi, atum, a. to beg; to 

Orodes, is, m. a king ofParOiia^ 
who took and destroyed Cras- 

Orpheus, ei & eos, m. a cele- 
brated poet and musician of 

Ortus, a, um, part (orior,) having 
arisen; risen; bom; begun. 

Ortns, tLBj m«»« rising ; easL 

Os, oris, n. the numth; ike face. 

Os, ossis, n. a bone, 

Ossa, SB, m. a high mountain in 

Ostendo, -tendfire, -tendi, -ten- 
sum & tentum, a. (ob & 
tendo,) to show ; to point out ; 
to exhibit, 

Ostia, e, f. a town, buUt by An- 
cus Marcius, at the mouth of 
the Tiber; from 

Ostium, i, n. a mouth of a river, 

Ostrea, le, £ pL ostrea, drum, n. 
an oyster, 

Otium, i, n. leisure ; qmet ; ease , 

Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune, or 

Ovis, is, £ a sheep. 

Ovum, i, n. an egg, 


P., an abbreviation e^Publius. 
Pabulum, i, n. (pa8co,)ybo<£; fod-- 

Paciscor, pacisci, pactus sum, 

dep. to make a cotnpad; to 

form a treaty; to bargain; 

to agree, 
Pactolus, i, m. a river ofLydia, 

famous for its golden sands. 
Pactum, i, n, (paciscor,) an 

agreement; a contract: quo 

pacto, in what manner; 

Pactus, a, um, part (paciscor.) 


PaduB, i; m. He largui rwer of 

Ralyt now iht Po* 
Paene, or Pene, ady, (dmoH; 

Palea, e, £ chaff. 
Palma, e, f. the palm of the 

hand; apahn-tree. 
Palpebra, se, fi (^ eye/u£ : ifi^the 

Palus, adis, f. a marsh ; a sieamp; 

a lake. 
Paluster, palustris, palustrof adj. 

Pan, Panis, m. the god of shep' 

Pando, pandere, pansum & pas- 
sum, a. to open; to expand; 

to spread out. 
Panionium, i, n. a sacred place 

near nwwU Mycale in h- 

Panis, is, m. bread. 
Panthera, e, f. a panther. 
Papirius, i, m. the name ofsever^ 

al Romans. 
Papyrus, d. g. & Papynim, i, n. 

an Egyptian plaint or reed, 

ofwhichpaperuHtsmade; the 

Par&tus, a, um, part &> adj. (ior, 

issimus,) (paro,) prepared ; 

Parce, arum, £ pL <Ae Fates. 
Parco^ parcftre, p^erci or parsi, 

to spare. 
Pardus, i, m. a male panther ; a 

P&renSi Hs, c. (pario,) a parent; 

father; mMer; ertaUnr; 

thor; inventor. 
Pareo, £re, ui, n. to obey; to be 

subject to. 
Paries, ^tis, m. a waU. 
Pario, parftre, pepSri, partiim, a. 

to bear; to bring forth; to 

cause; to produce; to obtain; 

to gain : ovum, to toy on 

Paris, idis or Idos, nL a son of 
Prianij king of TVoy, and the 
brother of Hector, 

Pajfter, adv. in like manner; 
equally ; at the same time. 

Parnassus, i, m. a mountak^ of 
PhociSy whose two summits 
were sacred to JlpcUo and 
Bacchus^ and upon which the 
Muses were fabled to reside. 

Paro, are, avi, aturo, a. to pre* 
pare; to provide; to procure; 
to obtain ; to equip : par&re 
insidias, to lay plots againsL 

Paropamisus, i, m. a ridge of 
mountains in the north ofbi^ 

Pars, tis, £ a part ; a share ; a 
portion; a region; a party: 
magnam partem^yor the most 
part: in utr&que parte, on 
each side : magn& ex parte, 
in a great measure; for the 
most part 

Parsimonia, se, £ (pasco,) fru' 

Parthus, i, nL an inhahUawt ^ 
Pftrtkia; a Parthian, 



ParticQla) n, £ dim. (pan,) a 
pcaficU ; a small part. 

Paitiefidus, a, um,part (pardor.) 

Pardin, adv. (pars,) parUjf ; «n 

Paitiar, iri, itni aum, dep. (pan,) 
to drnde^ to share, 

PartoB, a, um, part (paria) 

Partufli tki, m. a 6«r2A ; offspring, 

Farom, adv. (minilks, minimi, 
§194,)2tWe; toolUOe. 

Parviilus, a, um, dim. adj. small ; 
very small; from 

Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor, mini- 
mus, § 125, 5,) smaU or liiUt ; 
Uss; ihs least, 

Pas«o, pasc^re, pavi, pastum, a. 
to feed. 

Pascor, pasd, pastas sum, dep. 
to feed; to graze; to feed 

Passer, ^ris, m. a sparrow. 

Passim, adv. here and ihere; 
every where; in every direc- 

PassOrus, a, um, part (patior.) 

Passus, a, um, part (patior,) hav- 
ing sttffered, 

Passus, a, um, part (pando,) 
stretched out ; hung up ; dried: 
uya passa, a raisin, 

Passus, t^ m. a jMice ; a measure 
of 5 feet : mille passuum, a 
mUe or 5000/ee(. 

Pastor drii, m. (pasco,} a shep- 

Patefacio, fac^re, feci, factum, 
a. (pateo & facio^) to open ; 

to disclose; to discover; to 

Patefio, fieri, factus sum, irr. 
§ 180, N.; tobe laid open or 

PatefactttS, a, um, part opened ; 

Patens, tis, part <& adj. lying 
open; open; dear; from 

Pateo, ere, m, il to be open; to 
stand open; to extend. 

Pater, tris, m. a father: patres, 
fathers ; senators : paterfa- 
milias, patrisfamilias, § 91 ; 
ihe master of a family; a 

Patemus, a, um, adj. patemaL 

Patientia, le, f. paHence ; hardi- 
ness; from 

Patior, pati, passus sum, dep. to 
suffer; to endure; to let; to 

Patria, ce, f. (patrius,) one^s na- 
tive country; one^s birthplace. 

Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) /^otri- 
mony; inheritance. 

Patrocinium, i, n. patronage; 

Patronus, i, m. (pater,).a jMxiron ; 

Patruelis, is, c. a cousin {by the 
faiher^s side.) 

Pauci, IB, a, adj. pi. few ; a few, 

Paulatim, adv. gradually ; litlU 
by little. 

Paul6, or Paull6, adv. a litUe 

PauliUi!un, adv. a lUUe, 

Paullus, or Paulus, i, m. a co^ 



nomen or swmam/t in the 

MmiUan tribe. 
Pauper, ^ris, adj. (ior, limus,) 

Paupeiies, 61, f, poverty, 
Paupertas, atis, f. poverty ; «n- 

Paveo, pavere, pavi, n. to fear; 

to he afraid, 
Pavo, dnis, c. a peacock. 
Pax, pacis, f. |)«ace. 
Pecco, are, avi, atum, n. lo sin ; 

to comnvU a fault, ^ 

Pecto, p9€|C^re, pexi &> pezui, 

pexum, a^ to comb ; to drees. 
Pectus, dris, n. the breast, 
PecuDia, le, f. moneys a sum qf 

Pecus, udis, f. a sheep ; a beast 
Pecus, dris, n. cattle ; a herd} a 

Pedes, itis, c. (pes,) ofM on foot ; 

PelUgus, i, n. the sea, 
Peleus, i, m. a king of Thes- 

saly^ the son of JEdcus, and 

father qfAchiUes, 
Pelias, IB, m. a king of Thessa- 

ly, and son ofJSTeptune, 
Peligni, drum, m. pi. a people of 

Salyy whose country lay fre- 

tween the ^emus and the 

Sagrus, • 

Pelion, i, n. a lojty mountain in 

Pellicio, -lic^re, -]exi, -lectum, 

a. (per &> lacio,) to aUure ; to 

entice ; to invite. 

Pellis, is, f. <^ shn, 

Pello, pell£re, pepOli, pulsum^ a. 

to drive away; to banish; to 

expel ; to dispossess ; to beaL 
Peloponnesus, i, £ a peninsula 

^ Greece, now ciiled (he 

Pelusium, i, n. a town qf Egypt 
Pendens, tis, part ibi^ftn^ ; tnt- 

Pendeo, pendere, pependi^ pen- 
sum, n. to hangm 
Pene, adv. almost, 
Penetrale, is, n. <Ae inner part 

of a house, 
Penetro, are, avi, atum, (penltus,) 

a. to penetrate ; to enter, 
Pen^us, i^m, the principal river 

of Thessahfj flowing between 

Ossa and Olympus. 
PeninsOla, se, f. (pene & instda,) 

a peninsula, 
Penna, e, f. a feather ; a quSl; 

Peusilis, e, adj. (pendeo,) hang' 

ing ; pendent, 
Peuuria, s, f. want ; scarcity. 
PepercL See Parco. 
PepCUi. See Pello. 
PepSrL See Pario. 
Per, prep, by; through; for: 

during; along, 
Pera, le, £ a wallet; a bag, 
Peragro, are, avi, atum, n. (per 

& ager,) to travel through; 

to go through or over. 
Percontot & -cunctdr, ari, atus 

sum, dep. to ask; to inquire. 



PercanctAtUB, a, um, pairt (peiv 

Percusaor, dris, m. a murderer; 
an assasain ; one who wounds ; 

Percutio^-cutftre, cusdj-cussuin, 
a. (per & quatio,) to strike; 
<o wound : secari, to behead, 

Perdit^, adv. very; vehemenUy ; 
exceedingly; desperately; from 

Perditus, a, um, part 6l adj. 
(perdo,) ruined; lost; un- 
done; desperate. 

Perdix, icis, f. a partridge, 

Perdo, -^ftre, -didi, -ditum, a. 
' (per & do,) to ruin ; to lose ; 
to destroy. 

PerdQco, -ducfire, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, a. (per &> duco,) to lead 

Perductus, a, um, parL brought ; 
led; conducted. 

Perigrinatio, onis, f, foreign trav- 
el; a residence in a foreign 

Pcregrinus, a, um, hd^, foreign. 

Perennis, e, adj. (per & annus,) 
continual; lasting; unceas- 
ing; everlasting; perennial, 

Pereo, -ire, -ii, -itum, irr. n. 
to perish ; to be slain ; to be 

Pcrfidia, le, f. perfidy ; from 

Perf*rdu8, a, um, adj. (per & 
fides,) perfidious, 

Perg&mum, i, n., & -us, i, f., pi. 
-a, orum, n. the dtadd of 
Troy; also, a cUy ofMfsitu 

situated upon the river Csi- 
cus. It was here that parch- 
ment was first made, which 
is hence called membrana Per- 

Pergo, pergftre, penrezi, peirec- 
tum, n. (per & rego,) to ad" 
vanee ; to continue, 

Pericles, is, m. an emiuent orator 
and statesman of Athens. 

Periculosus, a, um, adj. danger^ 
ous ; perilous ; hazardous ; 

PericiUum, & Periclum, i, n. 
danger; periL 

Periturus, a, um, part (peree.) 

Peritus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
skilful; experienced, 

Permeo, are, avi, atum, n. (per & 
meo,)to go through; tofiou 
through ; to penetrate ; to per- 

Permisceo, -miscere, -miscui, 
-mistum & -mixtum, a. (per 
& misceo,) to mix ; to min- 

Peimistus, a, um, part mixed; 
mingled; confused. 

Permitto, -mitt^re, -nusi, -mis- 
sum, a. (per & mitto,) to com^ 
mU ; to intrust ; to permit ; 
to allow ; to gvoe leave to ; 
to grafit, 

Permutatio, dnis, f. exchange ; 
change; from 

PermQto, are, avi, atum, a. (per 
& muto,) to change; to ezu 



Pemiciesy^i, £ (peni^o,)<2Minic- 
Uon; externwnaiion. 

FernicidsuS) a, mn, adj. (ior, is^- 
masj) pemieUms ; huriftd, 

Perpendo, -pendfire, -pendi, -pen- 
sum, a. (per & pendo,) to 
ponder ; to toeigh ; to consid- 

PerpSram, adv. wrong; cmiaa; 
raaUy; unjusUy; abmirdty; 

Perpetior, -p6ti, -pessus sum, 
dep. (per & patior,) to bear ; 
to suffer; to endure. 

Perpetuus, a, um, adj. perpetual ; 

PerrexL See Pergo. 

Persa, ©, m. a Persian ; an in- 
habitant of Persia, 

Persecatus, a, um, part from 

PersSquor, -s6qui, -sectitus sum, 
dep. (per & sequor,) to pur- 
sue; tofoUow; to continue; 
to persevere in; to perae- 

Perseus, ei & eos, m. the son of 
Jupiter and Dande ; also, the 
last king ofMacedon. 

Perslcus, a, um, adj. of Persia; 

Perspicio, -spicCre, -spexi, -spec- 
tum, a. (per & specie,) to see 
1hr<ntgh; to discern ; to become 
acquainted unth ; to discover. 

Persuadeo, -snad£re, -suasi, -sua- 
snm, a. (per &> suadeo,) to 

Perterreo, -terrfere, -terrui, -terri- 

tum, a« (per & teiieo^) U 

frighten greaUy, 
Perterritus, a, um, part affright^ 

ed; diseofwraged, 
Pertinaclter, adv. (iito, iscSra^) 

obstinaUiy; constantly; per* 

Pertitnax, acis, adj. (ior, isslmus, 

obstinaie; wilfuL 
Pertmeo, -tin^re, -tinui, n. (per 

& teneo,) to extend ; to reach 

Pervenio, -veitire, -v6iii, -venturo, 

n. (per & venio,) to come to ; 

to arrive at ; to reach, 
Pervenitur, pass. imp. one comes ; 

they come ; we come^ &c. 
Pervius, a, um, adj. (per & via,) 

pervious ; which may be pass- 
ed through ; passable. 
Pes, pedis, m. afoot, 
Pessum, adv. down; under foot ; 

to the bottom, 
Pestilentia, fe, f. (pestilens,) a 

pestilence; a plague, 
Petens, tis, part (peto.) 
Petitio, onis, f. a petition ; a ean^ 

vassing or aoliciUng for an 

office; from 
Peto, €re, ivi, itum, 8. to ask; to 

request ; to attack ; to assail ; 

to go to ; to seek ; to go for ; 

to derive ; to bring, 
Petra, te, f. the metropolis oj 

Arabia Petma, 
Petrsa, », f. (Arabia,) Arabia 

PetriBo^ the northern part of 

Arabia^ sovih of Palestine. 



Petulantia, s, f. petulance ; inso^ 
lence ; mischievousness ; wan- 

Fhteax, acis, m. a PfuBocian, or 
inhabitant of Phteacia^ now 
Corfu, The PfuBacians were 
famous/or luxury. 

Phalfine, arum, f. pL the trappings 
of a horse ; habiliments. 

Pharos, i, f. a smaU island at the 
western numth of the JVtZe, on 
which was a tower or light- 
house^ esteemed one of the sev- 
en wonders of the world. 

PharsaluB, i, m. a city of Thes- 

Pharn&ces, is, jn. a son of MUh- 
ridates, king ofPontus. 

Phasis, idis & is, £ a town and 
river of Colchis^ on the east 
side of the Euxine. 

Phidias, e, m. a celebrated Athe- 
nian statuary. 

Philteni, drum, m. pi. two Car- 
thaginian brothers, who suf- 
fered themselves to be buried 
alive, for the purpose of estab- 
lishing the controverted boun- 
dary of their country. 

Philippi, drum, m. pi. a city of 
Macedon, on the confines of 

Philippicus, a, urn, adj. belonging 
to Philippi. 

Philippldes, e, m. a comic poet, 

Philippus, i, m. PhUip ; the father 
of Alexander ; Blao^Viesonof 

Philomela, e, fl a nightingale. 

Philosophia, le, f. philosophy. 

Philosdphus, i, m. a philosopher ; 
a lover of learning and wis- 

Phineus, i, m. a king of Arcadia^ 
and priest ofApoUo. 

Phocaei, drum, m. pi. the Pho- 
ccRons; inhabitants of Pho- 
c<Ba, a maritime city of Ionia. 

Phocis, Idis, f. a country of 

Phoenice, es, f. Phcmicia, a mar- 
itime country of Syria, north 
of Palestine. 

Phcenix, icis, m. a Phoenician. 

Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian ; an 
inhabitant ofPhrygia. 

Picentes, ium, m. pi. the inhabit- 
ants of Picenum. 

Picenum, i, n. a country of Italy. 

Pictus, a, um, part (pingo,) 
painted ; embroidered : picta 
tabQla, a picture ; a painting. 

Pietas, atis, f. (pius,) piety ; flial 

Pignus, dris, n. a pledge; a 
paum; security; assurance. 

Pila, e, f. a ball. 

Pileus, i, m. a ^ ; a cap. 

Pilus, i, m. the hair. 

Pindarus, i, m. Pindar, a The- 
ban, the most eminent of the 
Greek lyric poets. 

Pingo, pinggre, pinxi, pictum, a. 
to paint ; to depict ; to deline- 
ate ; to draw ; to represent tn 
painting ; acu, to embroider 



Piii^Tiis, e, adj. ya< ; fertile ; rick. 

Pinna, le, f. ajiru 

Pirseus, i, m. the principal port 
and carsenal ofJlthens. 

Pirata, ee, m. a pirate. 

Piscator, oiis, m. a fisherman. 

Piscis, is, m. a fish. 

Pisistr&tus, i, m. an Athenian ty* 
rant, distinguished far his elo- 

Pistrinum, i, n. a miU. 

Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or sur- 
name ofMeteUus. 

Pius, a, um, adj. pious, dutiful, 
or (tffedionaie to parents. 

Placeo, ere, ui, itum, n. to please : 
sibi, to be vain or proud (f; to 
plume one*s self 

Placet, placuit, or placltum est, 
imp. it pleases ; itis determin- 
ed; it seems good to. 

Placldus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
placid ; quiet ; still ; tranquil ; 
mild; gentle. 

Plaga, te, f. a blow; a wound: 
plagse, pi. nets ; toils. 

Plan^, adv. entirely ; totally ; 

Planta, », f. a plant. 

Plat&nus, i, f. the plane-tree. 

Plat6a, s, £ a species of bird, the 

PlatO| dnis, m. an Athenian, one 
of the most celebrated of the 
Grecian philosophers. 

Plaustrum, i, n. a cart; a wag- 

Plebs, & Plebes, is, C (he peo- 

ple; (he common people ; the 

Plecto, plectfire, — plexum, a. to 

punish ; to weave. 
Plerique, pleneque, plerSLque, 

adj. pi. most; the most; many. 
Pleri^mque, adv. commonly; gen- 

^erally ; for the most part; 

Plinius, i, m. Pliny ; (he name of 

tioo distinguished Roman au- 

Plotinus, i, m. See Catifinus, 
Plumbeus, a, um, adj. of had; 

leaden; from 
Plumbum, i, n. lead. 
Pluo, plu£re, plui or pluvi, n. to 

Plurlmus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

multus,) very much; most; 

very mony. 
Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing., comp. 

of multus, §§ 125, 5, & 110,) 

more : pi. many. 
P\ii8, adv. (comp. of multi!km,) 

more; longer. 
Pluto, 6nis, m. a son of Saturn, 

and king of the infernal re- 
PocCdum, i, n. a cup. 
Po^ma, SLtis, n. a poem. 
Poena, s, £ a punishmenL 
Pcenltet, 6re, uit, imp. U repents : 

poenitet me, / repent. 
Poenus, a, um, adj. belonging to 

Carthage ; Carthaginian .•— ■ 

subs, a Carthaginian. 
Po^ta, e, m. a poet. 




Pol, adv. by PoUta; truly, 

Pollex, !cis, m. the thumb; the 
great toe. 

Polliceor, ^ri^ itus sum, dep. to 

PoUicitus, a, um, part 

Pollux, Ocis, m. a son ofLeda^ 
and tmn brother qf Castor, 

Polyx^na, te, £ a daughter of 
Priam and Hecuba. 

Pomifer, £ra, drum, adj. (pomum 
& fero,) bearing fruit : pomif- 
€rB 9xh6reBj fruit-trees. 

Pompa, IB, fl a procession ; pomp ; 

Pompeianus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Pompey. 

Pompeius, i, m. Pompey; the name 
of a Roman gens, or clan^Jrom- 
which sprang many distin- 
guished individv^ds : (Cneius,) 
a disHnguished Roman, sur- 
named the Great, 

Pompilius, i, m. See Numa. 

Pomum, i, n. an apple ; any edi- 
ble fruit growing upon a tree, 

Pondus, Sris, n. a weight. 

Pono, ponSre, posui, posltum, a. 
to place ; to put ; to set 

Pons, tis, m. a bridge, 

Pontius, i, m. (Thelesinus,) a 
general of Vie Samnites, 

Pontus, i, m. a sea: by synec- 
ddche, the Euxine or Black 
sea; also, the kingdom of 
Pontus^ on the south of the 

PoposcL See Posco. 

PopQlor, ari, &tus sum, dep. to 
lay waste ; to depopulate ; 

PopQlus, i, m, the people ; a na- 
tion; a tribe: pL nations f 

Porrectus, a, um, part from 

Ponfgo, ig^re, exi^ ectum, a. 
(porro &» rego,) to reach or 
spread out; to extend; to of- 

Pors^na, s, m. a king ffEtnp- 

Porta, s, f. a gate. 

Portans, tis, part (porto.) 

Portendo, -tendfire, -tendi, -ten- 
tum, a. (porro & tendo,) to 
presage; to forebode; topor^ 
tend; to betoken, 

Porticus, ds, f. a portico; a gal- 
lery ; a porch, 

Porto, are, avi, atum, a. to carry; 
to bear, 

Portus, t!bs, m. a port ; a harbor, 

Posco, po8c£re, poposci, b^ to de- 
mand ; to earnestly request 

Positus, a, um, part (pono,) sau- 

Possessio, onis, f. possession. 

Possessor, dris, m. a possessor; 
an occupant ; from 

Possideo, -sid^re, -s6di, -sessum, 
a. to possess. 

Possum, posse, potui, irr. n. (po- 
tis & sum, § 154, R. 7;) to be 
able; Icon, 

Post, prep, qfter: — adv. q/2er, (i^ 
ter that ; afterwards. 



Postea, adv. afterwards. 
PostSra^grum, adj. § 125, 4,(erior, 

remus,) aucfxeding ; subse-' 

quent; next: in post^rum, 

{supply tempus,) for ^ Ju- 

twre : posted, drum, (§ 205, 

R. 7, (1); posterity,^ 
Postis, is, m. a post, 
Postquam, adv. after ; after that ; 

Postriino & -hm^ adv. at last; 

JinaUy; from 
Postxemus, a, um, adj« (sup. of 

postSra, § 125, 4,) the last: 

ad postrCmam, at last, 
PostQlo, are, avi, atiim, a. (posco,) 

to ask; to ask for; to de- 

Postumius, i, m. (he name of a 

Roman gens or clan: (Spu- 
. rius,) a consul defeated by the 

SamniteSf at the Caudine 

PosuL See Pono. 
Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

Potentia, s, f. power; authority; 

Potestas, atis, f., (potis,) power, 
Potio, dnis, f. (poto,) a drink ; a 

Potior, iri, itus sum, dcp. to 

get; to possess; to obtain; 

to enjoy ; to gain possession 

Potis8imi!im, adv. (sup. of poti^ls,) 

principally ; chiefly ; especial- 


Potitofl, a, um,. part (potior,) 

having obtained, 
Potii!i8, adv. comp. (sup. potistf- 

miim,) rodher, 
Potp, potare, potavi, potatum or 

potum, a. to drink, 
Potuisse. Su Possum. 
Potus, tiBy m. drink, 
Pr®, prep, before ; for ; in corn* 

parisonoff or with, 
Prealtus, a, um, adj. very high 

or lojty, very deep, 
Prsebeo, 6re, ui, itura, a. (pne ^ 

habeo,) to offer; to supply; 

to give; to afford: speciem, 

to exhibit the appearance of: 

usum, to serve for, 
Prfficedens, tis, part from 
Pnec^do, -cedfire, -cessi, -ces- 

Bum, a. (pne & cedo,) to pre-- 

cede ; to go before, 
Pneceptor, oris, m. (priecipio,) a 

preceptor^ master^ or teacher, 
Prceccptum, i, n. (pnecipio,) a 

precept ; a doctrine ; ouivice, 
Pnecidoj -cidSre, -cidi, -cisum 

a. (pne & cedo^) to cut off, 
Pnecipio, -cip€re, -c6pi, -cep- 

tum, a. (pre & capio,] to pre^ 

scribe ; to command, 
Pneciplto, are, avi, atum, a. (prce- 

ceps,) to throw ; to throw 

down; to precipitate, 
Pnecipud, adv. especially ; par* 

ticularly; from 
Prsecipuus, a, um, adj. especial f 

distinguished; the chief; the 




Pnecl&T^ ady. exedUnUy; fa- 

fnoualy; gloriously; from 
Preclarus, a, urn, adj./amoiit. 
PnsclQdo, -cludftre, -closi, -cla- 

sum, a. (pre dt claudo,) to 

dose ; to stop ; to shut up, 
Pneco, dniii, m. a herald, 
Preda, e, f. booty; the prej^ 
Pnedico, are, &vi, atmn, a. (pne 

&dico,)(opraife; todedare; 

to assert; to affirm, 
Predico, cfire, zi, ctum, a. (pne 

&> &C0,) to predict ; to forer 

Pnedictus, a, urn, paxtfordold, 
Pnedof) aii, atus sum, dep. (pne- 

da,) to plunder. 
Preefans, tie, part from 
Pnefari, fatus, def. § 183, 6; to 

fbretdl; to announce ; toprc" 

diet. * 
Pnef^ro, -ferre, -tOli, -latum, 

irr. a. (pne & fero,) to prefer; 

to hear before. 
Pnefinio, ire, ivi, itum, a. (praB 

& finio,) to appoint; to de-' 

Pnefinitus, a, um, part 
Prelatus, a, um, part (pnef^ro.) 
Prtelians, lis, part (pnelior.) 
Prseliatus, a, um, part from 
Pnelior, ari, &tu8 sum, dep. to 

give battle; to engage; to 

Prselium, i, n. a baUle* 
Pnemium, i, n. a reward; a 

Pnemitto -mitt£re, -misi, -mis- 

sum, a. (pro & mitto,) to send 

Prsneste, is, n. a city ofLaHunu 
Pnenuntio, &re, avi, itum, a. 

(pne &. nontlo,) to announce; 

tottXLhtforehand; to signify; 

to gift notice. 
Pnep&ro, are, avi, atum, a. (pro 

& paro,) to prepare; to make 

ready ; to make. 
Pnepdno, -pon&re, -posui, -posl- 

tum, a. (pne & pono,)to set 

before; to vedue more; to 

place over ; to prefer. 
Pr8esen8,tis,adj.|?re9efi<; tmint- 

Prsesepe, is, n. a marker; a 

Prsesidium, i, n. a garrison; 

Prsestans, tis, part & adj. (ior, 

isEfmus,) (presto,) excellent; 

Pnestantia, e, f. superiority ; an 

advantage; a preeminence. 
Prcesto, stare, stSti, n. & a. (pre 

& sto,) to stand before ; to 

perform; . to pay ; to grant , 

to give ; to render ; to execute ; 

to cause ; to excd ; to be ^u- 

perior; to surpass: se, to 

show or prove one^s seff: 

priBStat, imp. it is better. 
Pnesum, -esse, -fui, irr. n. (prtB 

& sum,) to be over; to preside 

over; to have the charge or 

command of; to rule overm 
Protendo, -tend^re, -tendi, -ten- 


sum or turn, a. (pne & tendo,) 

to hold btfoTt ; to strUdi, or 

extend before ; to be opposite 

to; to pretend. 
Pneter, prep, betides; except; 

contmry to, 
Pneterea, adv. (pneter & ea,) 6e- 

sides; moreover. 
Pretereo, ire, ii, Itom, irr. a. 

§ 182, 3, (preter & eo,) to 

pass over or by ; togobeyond; 

to omit ; not to mention. 
Pnetereundus, a, um, part (pne- 

Preteriens, euntis, part (pre- 

PneterTtus, a, uni, part (pre- 

tereo,) past. 
Pneterquam, adv. except; 5e- 

sides: pneterquam si, except 

in case, 
Pretorius, i, m. (vir,) a num who 

has been a prator; one of 

pr(Btorian dignity. 
Pratum, i, n. a meadow ; a pas- 
Pravftas, &ti8, f. (iepravi(y; from 
Pravus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

depraived; bad, 
Precatus, a, um, part (precor.) 
Preci, -em, -e, f. (prex not used, 

§ 94,) a prayer : [d. preces. 
Precor, ari, atus sum, -^ep. to 

pray ; to entreat 
Premo, premfire, press!, pressum, 

a. to press; to grieve; to 

Pretiosus, a, um, a^. (ior, issi- 

mus,) precious ; veihtaUe ; 

costly; from 
Pretium, i, n. a price ; a ransom ; 

a reward : in pretio esse, to 

be valued; to be in estimeh 

Priftmus, i, m. Priam, Uu last 

king of Troy. 
Pridie, adv. the day before. 
Pridne, es, f. a maritime toirni of 

Prim6 & -iSim, adv. (sup. of pri- 

tiB^ first ; at first : quum pri- 

milm, as soon as. 
Primdris, e, adj. the first ; the 

foremost: dentes, the front 

Primus, a, um, num. adj. the 

Phnceps, Ipis, adj. (primus & ca- 

pio^) the chief ; the first: prin- 

clpes, the princes ; the chiefs ; 

chief men. 
Principatus, Os, nL a govern' 

ment; principality. 
Priscus, i, m. a cogndmen or 

surname of the elder Tar* 

Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus, 

§ 126, ],) the fanner ; prior; 

Prills, adv. btfore ; prior; first 
Priusquam, adv. sooner, <Aan; &e- 

fore that ; before. 
Privatus, a, um, adj. (privo,) pri* 

vote ; secret : ~- tubs, a pri- 

vate man. 
Pro, prep.^ ; instead ^ 



Probabdifl, e^ adj. (probo,) proba- 

Proboscis, rdis, f proboscis; the 
trunk of an elephant. 

Procas, e, m. Su Silnas. 

Proc^dens, Us, part from 

Proe^do, *ced6re, -cessi, -ces* 
sum, n. (pro & cedo,) fo pro- 
ceed; to go forth; to go for- 
ward ; to advance ; to go 

Proceiftas, atis, £ stature; 
height ; tallness ; length ; 

Procfiras, a, urn, adj. tall ; Zong'. 

Proclamo, aro, avi, atum, n. (pro 
& claroo,) to cry out; to pro- 

Proconsul, Oils, m. (pro & con- 
sul,) aproconsuL 

Procroo, aro, avi, &tum, a. (pro 
& eroo,) to beget, 

Procul, ^v.far. 

Procaro, &re, avi, alum, a. (pro 
&> euro,) to take cart of; to 
manage. « 

Procurro, currCre, curri & cu- 
curri, cursum, n. (pro & cur- 
ro,) to runfonvard; to jut 
out; to extend. 

Prodi^um, i, n. a prodigy. 

Proditor, dris, m. (prodo,) a trai- 

Prodltus, a, um, part from 

Prodo, -d£re, -dtdi, -ditum, a. 
(pro & do,) to betray ; to re- 
late ; to discover ; to disclose ; 
to manifesL 

PicbHot, All, &tiis nun, dep. to 
fght; from 

ProBlium, i, n. a battle. 

Profectus, a, um, part (profieis- 

Proficiscens, tis, part firom 

Proficiscor, icisci, ectus sum, 
dep. (pro &> facio',) to march ; 
totravd; to depart; logo. 

Profiteor, -fit&ri, -fessus sam,dep. 
(pro & fateor,) to declare; to 
avow publicly ; to profess : 
sapientiam, to profess wis- 
djom; to profess to be a phi- 

Profugio, -ftiggre, -fhgi, -fugl- 
tum, n. (pro & fugio,) to flee ; 
to escape. 

ProfUgus, a, um, adj.^etng* ; es- 
caping : — subs, a fugitive ; an 

Progredior, -grftdi, -grossus sum, 
dep. (pro & gradior,) to go for- 
ward; to proceed; to advance. 

Progrossus, a, um, part hamng 

Prohibeo, fire, ui, Itum, a. (pro & 
haheo,) to prohibit ; to hinder; 
to forbid^ 

Prohibrtus, a, um, part 

Projicio, -jicfere, -jfeci, -jectum, a. 
(pro & jacio,) to throw away; 
to throw down ; to throw. 

Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, dep. 
(pro & labor,) to fall down ; to 
faU forward. 

Prolapsus, a, um, part hmng 



Piol&to, are, avi, fttum, a. (prof- 
€ro,) to enlarge; to extend; 
to amplify. 

Proles, is, f. a race ; offspring, 

Prometheus, i, m. f&e ton of la- 
pittu and Clymine, 

Promittens, tis, part from 

Promitto, -mitt£re, -misi, -mis- 
sum, a. (pro & mitto,) to prowr 
ise ; to offer, 

Promontorium, i, d. (pro & mons,) 
apromontory; a headland; a 

Promoveo, -movftre, -moyi, -md- 
tum, n. & a. (pro & moveo,) 
to move/ortpard; to enlarge, 

PronuB, a, um, adj. inclined, 

Propago, are, avi, atum, a. to 
propagate ; to prolong ; to 

Prope, adv.& prep, (propii^s, prox- 
imo,) near; near to ; nigh, 

Prop^ro, are, avi, atum, n. to haS' 

Propinquus, a, um, adj. (prope,) 
near; related : propinqui, subs. 
relations; kinsmen* 

Propior, us, adj. comp. § 126, 1 ; 
(proximus, sup.) nearer, 

Propii!», adv. nearer; comp. of 

Propono, -pon£re, -posui, -posl- 
tum, a. (pro & pono,) to set 
he/ore ; to propose ; to offer, 

Proponor, -ponl, -posttus sum, 
pass, to he set before: pro- 
posltum est mihi, / intend or 


PropoBtis, Idifl, t (he sea o/MbbT' 

Piopotf tus, a, um, part proposed; 

Propria adv. peeuUaHy ; parties 

vlarly ; properly ; stricOy, 
Proprius, a, um, adj. peculiar; 

proper; one^sown; spedaL 
Propter, prep.yar ; on a4xouni qf, 
Propulso, are, avi, atum, fireq. 

(propello,) to drive away; to 

ward off; to repeL 
PropyliBum, i, n. t^e porch qf a 

temple ; an entrance^ the rows 

of columns leading to the A" 

cropdlis at Athens, 
Prora, m^Lthe prow of a skip, 
Proscribo, -scrib^re, -scripsi, 

-scriptum, a. (pro & scribo,) 

to proscribe ; to ouUaw ; to 

doom to death and confiscaHon 

of goods, 
Prosecotus, a, um, part having 

ProsSquor, -s6qui, -secutus sum, 

dep. (pro &, sequor,) to accom^ 

pany; to attend; to follow; 

to ceUhraie: honoribus, to 

heap or load vnlh honors ; to 

Proserpina, e, f. the daughter of 

Ceres and Jupiter^ and iDife 

of Pluto, 
Prospectus, 6s, m. (prospicio,) a 

prospect ; a distant view. 
Prosper^, adv. (prosper,) prosper^ 

ously; succestfvUy, 
Prostemo, -stemere, -stravi, 



-stratam, a. (pro &, stemo,) 

to prasiraU ; to throw down, 
Prostratu8| a, urn, part (proster- 

. no.) 
Prosnm, pnAeooe^ profui, irr. n. 

(pro & •urn, § 154» R. 6,) to 

do good ; toprqfit* 
Protagdras, e, m. a Greek phi- 

Protenus, adv. (pro &. tenus,) iap- 

mediately; direcUy, 
Prot^ro, -terfire, -trivi, -tritum, a. 

(pro & ter6,] to trample upon ; 

to tread down ; to crush* 
Protractus, a, um, part from 
Protriiho, -trah^re, -traxi, -trac- 

turn, a. (pro &. traho,) to pro- 
tract; to prolong. 
Proveniens, lis, part from « 
Provenio, -venire, -vfeni, -ven- 

tum, n. (pro & venio,] to come 

Provincia, e, f. a province. 
Provocatio, dnis, f. a provoca- 
tion ; a challenge ; from 
Provdco, are, avi, atum, a. (pro 

& voco,) to caU forth ; to call 

Old ; to defy or challenge ; to 

Proxim^ adv. (sup. of prope,) 

nearest ; very near ; next to. 
Proxlmua, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

propior,) nearest ; next. 
Prudens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

prudent; wise; expert 
Prudcntia,e,f.j9rtM2ence; launoi- 

Pseudophilippiis, i, m. a false or 

pntended PhSip^ afuane gkn 
en to Andriscvs. 

PsitULcus, i, m. a parrot. 

Psopbidius, a, um, adj. qf or bo^ 
longing to Psoj^is; Psophid' 

Psophis, idis, £ a cUy of Jtrcor 
dia. . 

PtolemiBUS, i, m. Ptolemy; the 
name of several Egyptian 

Public^ adv. (pubUcus,) /m&/ic(y ; 
ai the public expense; by pub- 
lic authority. 

Publicdla, le, m. (popillus &, co- 
lo,) a sumamie given to P. 
ValeriuSf on account of Aif 
hne of poptdariiy, 

Publicus, a, um, adj. (popCQus,) 
public: in publicum proce- 
dens, going abroad or appear- 
ing in public : — subs, publi- 
cum, the public treasury. 

Publius, iyUi. the prsnomen of 
several Romans, 

Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pudeo,) 

Puer, €ri, m. a boy ; a servant 

Puerilis,e,adj.;nim/e; childish: 
etas, boyhood; childhood. 

Pueritia, e, f. boyhood; chUd" 

Pugna, e, f. a batOe. 

Pugnans, tis, part (pugno.) 

Pugnatus, a, um, part from 

Pugno, are, avi, atum, n. tofght : 
pugnatur, pass. imp. a baitie 
i3 fought; theyfght 



Polcher, ra, mm, adj. (ior, ti- 

mus,) fair; beautiful; glo- 

Pulchritadoy IniB, f. fcnmesa; 

Pullus, if ixL (he ytnmg t^f any 

PalsuB, a, urn, part (pello.) 
Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a 22o- 

man consul ui the firgt year 

of the repuhUc, 
Punicus, a, um, adj. Punic; be- 
longing to CarOuxge ; Car- 

Punio, ire, !vi, itum, a. to punish, 
Punitus, a, um, part 
Pupillus, i, m. a pupil; a ward; 

an orphan* 
Puppis, is, f. the stem of a ship. 
Purgo, are, &vi, alum, a. to purge ; 

to purify; to dear; to dean; 

to excuse. 
PurpCira, ae, f. purple ; tJie purple 

Purpuratus, a, um, adj. dad in 

purple: purpurati, pi. court' 

iers; nobles. 
Purpureus, a, um, adj. purple. 
Purus, a, um, adj. pure ; clear, 
Pusillus, a, um, adj. small; 

Puteus, ij m. a weU. 
Puto, are, avi, atum, a. to think. 
Putresco, putrescfire, putrui, inc. 

(putreo,) to rot ; to decay. 
Pydna, e, f. a town of Macedo- 
Pygmei, drum, m. (he Pygmies, 

a race of AoarfSf inhabiiing 

a remote part qf Mia or 

Pyra, e, f. afkmatH pUs. 
Pyiftmis, IdiB, t a pyramid, 
PyrenttUi^ ii m., &. PyiQiuBi, 

dram, m. pL PyrtneeSf moun- 

tains dividing lYanu and 

Pyrrhus, i, m. a bmg of Ep^ 

Pythagdras, «, m. a Chreeian 

philosopher y bom ai Samos. 
.Pythagor^us, i, m. a Pythago-' 

rean ; a follower or disc^U of 

Pythia, », f. (he priestess of 

Apollo at DdphL 
Pytliias, le, m. a soldier (fPhiHp 

king ofMacedon. 


Q., or Qu., an abbreviation of 

Quintus. §328. 
Quadragetfmus, a, um, num. adj. 

the fortieth; from 
Quadraginta, num. adj. pi. iiyl. 

Quadriennium, i, n. (quatuor & 

annus,) the space of four years. 
Quadrign, arum, f. afour-horss 

chariot ; a team of four horses. 
QnadringenteslmuB, a, um, num. 

adj. the four hundredth, 
Quadringenti, e, a, num. adj. 

pLfour hundred. 
QuadrOpee^ pSdis, adj. (quatuor 


(|,UJBKENS — (^UlN. 

& pes,) Jumng four fut; 

Querena, tis, part from 
Qiuero, qiuertre, queeivi, que- 

Bitum, a. to oak; to seek /or; 

to inquire ; to aearth : queif- 

tur, U 18 asked; the inquiry 

is made* 
Qucestio, dnis, f. a question, 
Qusstor, orifly m. a quastor ; a 

treasurer ; an inferior miliiary 

officer who attended the consuls, 
Questus, {i9j m* gain ; a trade. 
Qualis, e, adj. of what kind; 

as ; such as ; what 
Quto, conj. & adv. as; how: 

afler comparatives, than, 
Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv. as 

long as. 
Qaamquam, or Quanquam, conj. 

though; although. 
Quamvis, conj. although. 
Quando, adv. when ; since. 
Quant6, adv. bif how much ; as. 
Quantop^re, adv. how greatly; 

how much. 
Quantum, adv. how much; "^as 

jpnvjch as. 
Quantus, a, um, adj. how great ; 

as great ; how admirable ; 

how striking. 
Quantuslibet, quantalibet, quan- 

tundibet, adj. (quantus & 

libet,) how great soever; nev- 
er so great. 
Quapropter, adv. wherefore ; 

Quare, adv. (qu& &. re,) where- 

fire ; fir which reason ; 
whence; ther^ore. 

Quartus, a, am, num. adj. the 

Quasi, adv. as if; as. 

Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor 6l 
dies,) a space of four days, 

Quatuor, num. adj. pL ind. four. 

Quatuordftcim, num. adj. pi. ind. 

Que, enclitic conj. § 198, N. 1 ; 
aiul; also. 

Queo, ire, ivi, itum, irr. § 182, 
R. 3, N ; to be able ; I can, 

Quercus, t^s, f. an oak, 

Queror, queri, questus sum, dep. 
to complain, 

Questus, a, um, part complain* 
ing ; having complained. 

Qui, que, quod, rel. pro. § IdG : 
who; which; what. 

Qui, quiB, quod, interrogative 
pro. whof which ^ whatf 
§ 137. 

Qui, adv. how ; in what manner. 

Quia, conj. § 198, 7 ; because, 

Quicunque, quiecunque, quod- 
cunque, rel. pro. § 136 ; who- 
soever ; whatsoever ; every 

Quidam, quiedam, quoddam Sl 
quiddam, pro. § 138 ; a cer^- 
tain one ; a certain person or 
thing: quidam homines, cer* 
tain men, 

Quidem, adv. § 279, 3, (d,) in- 
deed; truly; at least SeeNe. 

Quin, conj. § 198, 8 ; hut: but that 



r » 

Qidnctius, i, in. (Titus,) a jRo- 

man general* 
Quind^cim, num. adj. pL ind. 

Quingentesfmus, a, um, num. 

adj. the Jive hundredth, 
Quingenti, te, a, num. adj. pi. 

fioe hundregjL 
Quinqnag^i, te, a, num. adj. pL 

every Jijly ; Jijly. 
Quinquagei^mus, a, um, num. 

adj. JifUeth, 
Quinquaginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 


Quinque, num. adj. pi. ind.^ve. 

Qulnquies, num. adv.^ve times. 

Quinto, adv. the fifth time. 

Quintus, a, um, num. adj. the fifth. 

duintus, or Quinctius, .i, m. a 
surname among the Romans. 

Quis, qus, quid, pro. who ? what f 
quid? why 9 

Quisnam, or Quinam, quienam, 
quodnam or quidnam, pro. 
§137; who; what 

Quisquam, quiequam, quidquam 
or quiequam, pro. § 138, 3 ; 
amf one; any thing: nee 
quiequam, and no one* 

Quisque, quieqne, quodque or 
quidque, pro. each; every; 
whosoever; whatsoever. 

QuisquiQ, quidquid^ or quicquid, 
rel. pro. § 136 ; whoever ; 

Quivis, quaevis, quodvis or quid- 
vis, pra whosoever ; whatso- 
ever; anyone. 

Qu6, adv. that ; to the end that ; 

whUher: qu6 — e^ybr quan- 

to — tanto, hy how much ; by 

so mticA ; or the more — ^ the 

Qu6d, conj. that; because. 
Q,vioainii9y adv. that — not. 
Quomddo, adv. how; by whai 

Quondam, eidv. formerly ; once. 
Quoniam, conj. since ; because. 
Quoque, conj. also. 
Quot, adj. ind. pi. how many. 
Uuotannis, adv. annually ; year- 

Quotidie, adv. (quot & dies,) 

every day ; daily. 
Quoties, adv. as often as; how 

Quum, or C6m, adv. when ; 

quimi jam, as soon as :--conj. 

since; although. 


Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray ; a rod. 
Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot or 

base of a mountain. 
Ramus, i, m. a branch ; a bough, 
Rana, te, f. a frog. 
Rapina, e, f. rapine ; plunder ; 

Rapio, rap^re, rapui, raptum, a. 

to rob; to seize; topltmder; 

to hurry away. 
Raptor, dris, m. one who seizes 

or takes away by violence ; a 




RaptOrus, a, um, part (rapio.) 

RaptuB, a, um^ part (rapio,) 
seized; robbed; carried offi 

Rarltas, atis, f. rarity, 

Rar6, adv. roreTy ; seldom; from 

Rams, a, um, adj. rare ; few. 

Ratio, 6ni8, f. (reor,) a reason, 

Ratis, is, f. a raft; a ship; a 

Ratus, a, um, part (reor,) think- 
ing ; having thought, 

Rebello, are, avi, atom, n. (ro &, 
bello,) to renew a war; to 
rebel; to revolL 

Rec^do, -ced£re, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, n. (re & cedo,) to recede ; 
to yield;, to retire; to with' 

Recens, tis, adj. new; recent; 
fresh : — adv. recently ; lately ; 
netdy: recens nati, neuf-bom 

Receptus, a, um, part, (recipio.) 

Recepturus, a, um, part (re- 

Recessus, tis, m. (recede,) a re- 
cess ; a comer, 

Recipio, -cipfire, -c6pi, -ceptum, 
a. (re &, capio,) to receive ; to 
take ; to take back ; to recover : 
animam, to come to one*s self 
again ; to recover one^s senses : 
se, to return, * 

Reco^nosco, -nosc^.re, -no^, -nl- 
tum, a. (re & cognosce,) to 

Recolligo, -lig€re, -l6gi, -lec- 
tum, a. (re, con, &. lego,) to 

gather up again; to recel' 

led ; to recover,^ 
Recondltus, a, um, part from 
Recondo, d6re, didi, ditum, a. (re 

& condo,) to hide ; to coti' 

Recreatus, a, um, part from 
Recreo, are, avi, atum, a. (re & 

creo,) to restore ; to bring to 

life again. 
RectA, adv. (iiis, issimd,) right; 

rightly; from 
Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, isstmus,) 

(re go,) right; straight; up- 
right; direct, 
Recuperatus, a, um, part from 
Recup€ro, are, avi, atum, a. to 

recover ; to regain, 
Redditarus, a, um, part (reddo.) 
Reddrtus, a, um, part from 
Reddo, -d^.re, -didi, -dltum, a. 

(re & do,) to return ; to give ; 

to give back ; to make ; to 

render ; to restore ; to cause : 

verba, to repeat : animam, to 

die : voces, to imitate, 
Redeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, irr. n. (re 

& eo, § 182,) to return; to 

go back. 
Rediens, euntis, part returning, 
Redlgo, -igfire, -egi, -actum, a. 

(re & ago,) to bring back; 

to reduce: in potestatem, to 

bring into one^s power. 
Redimendus, a, um, part, from 
Redrmo, -imfire, -emi, -emptum, 

a. (re & emo,) to buy back ; 

to redeem ; to ransom. 



Reducendus, a, nmi part from 

RedOco, -duc^re, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, a. (re & duco,) to lead 
or bring htick : in gratiam, to 

Ref^rens, lis, part requiting ; 
retiuming ; referring; from 

Ref^ro, -fei're, -tuli, -latum, irr. 
a. (re & fero,) to bring back : 
gratiam, or gratias, to requite 
^ favor ; to show gratitude: 
beneiicium, to requite a bene- 
ft: victoriam, to bring back 
victory f L e. to return victori- 
ous : imaglnem, to rtfieet Vie 
image; to resemble: ad ali- 
quam rem, to refer to ; to 
reckon a part of 

Rcfluens, tis, part from 

Refluo, -flu6re, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
n. (re & fluo,) to flow back. 

Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugitum, 
n. (re &, fugio,) to fly bcxk ; to 
flee ; to retreat. 

Regia, se, f. (regius,) a palace, 

Regina, e, f. (rex,) a queen, 

Regio, onis, f. (rego,) a region ; 
a district ; a country, 

Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) royal , 
regal ; the king's, 

Regnaturus, a, um, part from 

Regno, are, avi, atum, n. (reg- 
num,) to rule ; to govern, 

Regnatur, pass. imp. kingly gov- 
ernment continues, 

Regnum, i, n. (rex,) a kingdom; 
empire; dominion; reign; 
government; rule. 

Rego, reg^re, rexi, rectum, a. 

(rex,) to rule, 
Regredior, -gr6di, -gressus sum, 

dep. (re & gradior,) to turn 

b<ick; to return. 
Regressus, a, um, part having 

Regains, i, m. a distinguished 

Roman general in the flrsi 

Punic war, 
Relatus, a, um, part (ref^ro.) 
RelictQrus, a, um, part (relin- 

Relictus, a, um, part (relinquo.) 
Religio,dnis, f. (lel^go,) religion ; 

sacredness; sanctity; revere 

ence ; religious rites, 
Relinquo, -linqu€re, -liqui, -lic- 

tum, a. (re & linquo,) to 

leave ; to desert ; to quit ; to 

Reliquife, arum, f. pi. the relics ; 

the remains ; from 
Rellquus, a, um, adj. the rest; 

the remainder ; ^e other, 
Remaneo, -manure, -man8i,-man- 

sum, n. (re & maneo,) to ro^ 

main behind. 
Remedium, i. n. (re & medeor,) 

a remedy, 
Remitto, -mittfire, -misi, -mis- 
sum, a. (re & mitto,) to send 

back ; to remit, 
Removeo, -movfere, -movi, -m6- 

tum, a. (re & movco,) to remove. 
Remus, i, m. an oar, 
Remus, i, m. the twin brother <^ 
I Romidus. 



RenovAtnSi ft, nniy jMurL from 

Rendvo, are, &yi, atuin, a. (re & 
novo,) to mdfce anew ; lo re- 

Renuntio, are, &vi, &tum, a. (re 
& nantio,) to inform; to re- 
port ; to declare ; to an- 

Reor, reri, ratus sum, dep. to be- 
lieve; to ihink, 

Rep&io, are, avi, fttum, a. (re & 
paro,) to renew; to r^^air. 

Repent^, adv. tuddetdy. 

Reperio, -perire, -p£ri, -pertum, 
a. (re & pario,)loj!nc{; to die- 
cover; toinoeni. 

Repute, -pet6re, -petivi, -peU- 
ttun, a. (re & peto,) to demand 

Repleo, ere, ^vi, etum, a. (re & 
pleo,) ioJiU; toJiU up; to re- 

Repono, -ponCre, -poeui, -pod- 
turn, a. (re & pono,) to place 
again; to restore; to re- 

Reporto, are, avi, &tum, a; (re & 
porto,) to bring bcuJc; to gain 
or obtain^ 

Repnesento, are, avi, &tum, a. to 
represent; to paint; to de- 

Repudio, ire, &vi, atum, a. to re- 
pudiaU ; to r^ect ; to slight ; 
to disregard : uxorem, to di- 

Require, -auirSre, -quicAvi, -qui- 
sitam, a. (re & qunro,) to 

seek ; to demand ; iorejuifv; 

Res, rei, £ aVdng; anc^Jmr; 
a way; a kingdom; a gov- 
ernment; a subject: res ges- 
tB^aeHon8;exploits:Tea^Tea ia- 
miliaris or domestica, domes- 
tie affairs; property 

Reserve, are, avi, atum, a. (re & 
servo^) to reserve ; to kupjw 
a future ixme, 

Resideo, -sid6re, -sftdi, n. (re & 
sedeo,) (o <t< ; fo <tl down ; to 

Resimus, a, um, adj. bent back ; 

Resisto, -sistSre, -sttti, -stitumy 
n, (re & sisto,) to resist ; to 

Resolve, -solvere, -solvi, -sola- 
tum, a. (re & solve,) to loosen ; 
to unbind ; to unloose ; to dis- 
solve ; to untie, 

Respondeo, -spond^re, -spondi, 
-sponsum, n. (re & spondeo,) 
to answer ; to reply ; to cor- 
respond' respondetur, pass, 
imp. it is answeredy or the re- 
ply is made, 

Responsum, i, n. an answer; a 

RespublTca, reipubllcoB, f. §91; 
the state; the government; 
(he commonwealth, 

Respuo, -spu^re, -spui, a. to spii 
out ; to rtject, 

Restituo, -stituSre, -stitul, -stita* 
turn, a. (re & statuoj to rt- 





store ; to replace ; to rthuUd : 

aciem, to cause (ke army to 

Retineo, -tinfire, -tmui, -tentum^ 

a. (re & teneo,) to hold hack ; 

to retain; to detain; to kin' 

Rev6r&, adv. (res & verus,) fru- 

ly ; in very deed ; in reality ; 

in good earnest, 
Reverentia, e, f. reverence. 
Reversus, a, um, part having re^ 

Reverto, -vertfire, -verti, -ver- 

sum, n. (re & verto,) to turn 

hack ; to rettum. 
Reverter, -verti, -versus sum, 

dep. to return. 
Reviresco, -viresc6re, -virui, inc. 

(revireo,) to grow green again. 
Revdco, are, &vi, atnra, a. (re &. 

voco,) to recall ; to call hack. 
Revdlo, are, avi, atum, n. (re & 

volo,) to fy hack; to Jly off 

Rex, regis, m. a king ; also, (he 

name of a pleheian family at 

Rhadamanthus, i, m. a lawgiver 

of CretCi and subsequently one 

of the three judges of (he in- 
fernal regions. 
Rheti, drum, m. pi. the inhabit' 

ants of Rhaiiaj now the Chv- 

Rhea, e, f. (Silvia,) the mother of 

Romulus and Remus. 
Rhenus, i, m. ffte river Rhine. 

Rhinoceros, otis, m. a rhinoeeros. 

Rhipeus, a, um, adj. Rhipcean 
or Riphcum : montes, motm- 
tainSf whiichf according to the 
andents, were found in the 
north of Scythia. 

Rhod&nus, i, m. f^ river Rhone* 

Rhodius, i, m. cm inhabitani qf 
Rhodes ; a Rhodian. 

Rhoddpe,*e8, f. a high mountain 
in the western part of Thrace. 

Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes; an island 
in the Mediterranean sea. 

Rhceteum, i, n. a city and prom- 
ontory of Troas. 

Rhynd&cus, i, m. a river ofMys* 

Ridens, tis, part smiling ; laugh' 
ing at ; from 

Rideo, d^re, si, sum, n. &. a. to 
laugh ; to laugh at; to mock ; 
to deride. 

Rigeo, 6re, ui, n. to be cold. 

Rigfdus, a, um, adj. severe. 

Rigo, are, avi, atum, a. to water; 
to irrigate ; to hedew ; to weL 

Ripa, le, f. a hank. 

Risi. See Rideo. 

Risus, dSf m. laughing; laugh' 

Rixor, &ri, &tus sum, dep. fo 

Rohur, dris, n. strength: robui 
milltum, the Jtoiser of the sol- 

Rogatus, a, um, part being adfc- 
ed; firom 

Rogo, ire, &vi, &tum, tu toask; 



to rtqiuHi io Veg; to enr 

Rogus, i, m. ajun/trtd fiU. 
Roma, c, £ RmMy the ddtfciiy 

o/Ralt^ tituaUd vpan the Tir 

Rom&nu8, a, urn, adj. Rom4M, 
Romanus, i, m. a Boman. 
RomQlus, i, m. the founder and 

first king of Ronu : RomCdus 

Silvius, a king ofJUba. 
Rostrum, i, n. a beak ; abUl; a 

Rota, e, f. a wheel, 
Rotundus, a, um, adj. round. 
Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj. (rior, 

enimus,) red, 
Rudis, e, adj. (ior, isslmus,) rude ; 

uncultivated ; new ; uncivU- 

Ruina, e, f. a ruin; a downfall; 

Rulliajius, i, m. a Boman gene- 

ralf who commanded the cav- 
alry in a war unth the Sam- 

Rumpo, rumpfire, nxpi, ruptum, 

a. to break ; to break off; to 

breakdown; to violate, 
Ruo, u£re, ui, utum, n. *to run 

headlong ; to fall ; tobe rmn- 

ed; to hasten down ; to rush, 
Rupes, ifl, f. a rock; a cliff, 
Ruptus, a, um, part (rumpo,) 

broken; violated, 
Rursus, adv. again, 
Rus, ruris, n. ihe country; a 


RiutleuB, a, um, adj. rustic; he- 
longing to the country, 
Rusticus, i, DL a countryman, 
Rutiliufl, iy m. a Roman eonsuL 


SaMni, drum, m. (he Sabines^ a 
people <if Maty, 

Sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj. (comp. 
not used; sup. enimus,) sa- 
cred; holy; divine; conse- 

Sacerdos, otis, c a priest; a 

Sacra, drum, n. pi. religious ser- 
vice; sacrifice; sacred rites; 
religious obseroaiiees. 

SacrificanB, tis, part (sacrift- 
co,) sacrificing ; offering sac- 

Sacriiicium, i, n. a sacrifice; 

Sacrifico, &re, &vi, atnm, a. (sa* 
cer &. facio,) to sacrifice, 

Sep^ adv. (iiOf issim^, § 194,) 
often ; frequently, 

Sevio, ire, ii, itum, n. (sstvus,) 
to rage ; tobe cruel, 

Stevltas, atis, f. cruelty; severi- 
ty; savageness; barbarity; 

Ssvusy a, um, adj. severe ; crud; 
fierce; inhuman; violent, 

Saginatus, a, um, part from 

Sagino, &re, avi, &tum, a. tofiif ■ 

Sagittay »! £ on arrow. 



feSiigantini, dram, m. pi. the So- 

guntinea; tJie inhahitanis of 

Sagimtum, i, n. a toum ofSpavfu 
Salio, salire, salui & salii, n. to 

spring; to kap, 
Salsus, a, um, adj. (sal,) saU ; 

, Salto, &re, &vi, &tmn, n. freq. 

(salio,) to dance. 
Salober, -brii^ -bre, adj. (brior, 

benlmns,) whoiesotne; salu- 

brums; heaUky, 
Salubiitas, dtis, f. salubrity ; 

Salum, i, n. the s^cu 
Salus, Otis, f. (salvus,) safety; 

sdlvaHon; health, 
SalQto, are, avi, atum, a. to sa^ 

Ivie ; to call, 
Salvus, a, um, adj. safe ; pre^ 

served; unpunished, 
Samnites, ium, m. pi. the Sam- 

nilesy a people of Italy. 
Sanctus, a, um, adj. holy ; blame- 
Sanguis, inis, m. blood. 
Sapiens, tis, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 

wise : — subs, a sage ; a vfise 

Sapientia, e, f. wisdom ; phUoso- 

Sapio, 6re, ui, n. to be wise, 
Sarclna, e, £ a pack ; a bundle, 
Sardinia, e, £ a large island in 

the Mediterranean sea, west 

Sann&tflB, &rum, xn. the Sarma- 

Hansj a people inhabiting the 

north of Europe and Jlsia, 
Sarp^don, dnis, m. a son qfJii- 

piier and Europa, 
Satelles, itis, ul a sattUite; a 

guard; a body-guard, 
Satiatus, a, um^ part &om 
Satio, are, avi, atum, a. to satiate ; 

to saHsJjf, 
Satis, adj. & adv. ewntgh; suf 

fdent ; st^fficienUy ; very ; 

Satur, (ira, tkrum, adj. satiated; 

Saturnia, m, f. a name given to 

Raly; nlsoj a citadel and town 

near Janiculum, 
Saturnus, i, m. the father qfJu* 

Saucio, are, &vi, atum, a. to 

Saxum, i, n. a rock; a stone, 
Scevdla, 8b, m. (Mucins,) a brqxte 

Roman soldi&r, 
Scateo, ere, n. to be full; to 

Scamander, dri, m. a river of 

Troas, whichfowsfrom mount 

Ida into the Hellespont, 
Scaurus, i, m. the surname of 

several Romans, 
Scelestus, a, um, adj. wicked; 

SceluB, 6ris, n. unckedness; a 

crime ; by metonymy, § 324, 

2, a wicked person, 
Scena, e, £ a scene ; a stage, 
Schceneus, i, m. a king of Ar^ 



or qfScyra$f and father 

Seheria, e, C on ancient name 

qf the idand Coreyra^ or 

Scientia^ e, f. knmoUdge ; from 
Scio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to know; 

to understand. 
Scipio, dnis, m. a diatinguished 

Roman/amiljf : Scipidnes, ihe 

ScopOlus, i, m. a diff; a rodu 
Scorpio^ dnifly m. a scorpion* 
Scotia, e, fl Scotland, 
l^riba, s, m. a unriier; a secre" 

tary ; a scribe ; from 
Scribo, BcribSre, scripsi, scrip- 
turn, a. to iorito: Bchb6re 

leges, to prepare laws, 
Scriptor, oris, m. a writer; an 

Scripturus, a, um, part, (scribo.) 
Scnptus, a, um, part (scribo.) 
Scrator, ari, atMS sum, dep. to 

search into ; to trace ouL 
Scutum, i, n. a shield, 
Scylla, e, f. the datighter qf 

Scyros, i, f. an island in the 

JEgean sea. 
Scythes, e, m. an inhabitant of 

Sofihia; a Scythian, 
Scythia, e, f. a vast country in 

the noM of Europe and 

ScythicuB, a, um, adj. Scythian, 
BficOf secare, secui, sectum, a. 

to cut. 

Sec6do, -ced£re, -cessi, -cessans 
n. (se & cedo,) to secede ; to 
Hep aside ; to unthdraw, 

Sectatus, a, um, part hamng 
followed at aitended ; firom 

Sector, an, &tu8 sum, dep. fre(i» 
(sequor, § 187, II., 1,) to fol- 
low ; to pursue ; to accom- 
pany; to attend; to strive 

Secum, (se & cum, § 133, R. 4,) 
wOh himsfHf; with herself; 
with iisey; with themselves, 

Secundus, a, um, acy. the second ; 
prosperous : res secundse, 

Seeuris, is, f. an axe, 

Secatus, a, um, part (sequor.) 

Sed, conj. ^198^9; but. 

Sed6cim, num. adj. ind. pi. (sex 
& decem,) sixteen, 

Sedeo, sed^re, sedi, sessum, it 
to sit; to light upon, 

Sedes, is, f. a seat ; a residetice ; 
a setUetnent: regni, the seat 
of government, 

Seditio, onis, f. sedition; a re-- 
heUion ; an insurrection, 

Seddlus, a, um, adj. diligent, 

Seges, £tis, f. a crop ; a harvest, 

Segnis, e, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 
dtdl; slow; slothful; slvig- 

Sejungo, -jungSre, -juiud, -junc- 
tum, a. (se & jungo,) to di- 
vide ; to sever ; to separate, 

Seleucia, », H a town of Syria, 
nearthe Orontes 



Bemel; adv. anee: ^lia semel, 

more than once. 
Sem^le, es, f. a daughier of 

Cadmus and Hermione^ and 

mother of Bacchus. 
Semirftmia, fdis, f. a warlike 

queen ofAasyriOj and the wife 

Semper, adv. always. 
Sempiteraus, a, um, adj. ever- 

SexnproniuB, i, in. ihe name of a 

Roman gens or dan : Sem- 

pronias Gracchus, a Roman 

Sena, se, f. a toum ofPieinum. 
Senator, dris, m. (senex,) a sena- 
Senatus, i^s &. i, m. (senex,) a 

Senecta, e, or Senectns, Otis, f. 

(senex,) old age. 
Senescens, tis, park from 
Senesco, senescSre, senui, inc. 

to grow old ; to wane. 
Senex, is, c. an old man or too- 

man : — adj. old : (comp. se- 

nior.) § 126, 4 
Sendnes, mn, m. pi. a people of 

SensL See Sentio. 
Sensus, HiB, m. (sentio,) sense; 

Sententia, le, f. an opinion; a 

proposition; a seniifnent; from 
Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensuin, a. 

to fed; to perceive; to be sensi- 
ble of ; to observe ; to sffppose. 

SepSro, Are, &vi, &tum, a. (se & 

paro,) to separate ; to divide. 
Sepelio, sepelire, sepelivi, se- 

pultam, a. to bury; to inter. 
Sepes, is, £ a hedge ; a fence. 
Septem, num. adj. ind. pL seven. 
Septentrio, dnis, m. ti^ MrViem 
I Bear; UtenorUu 
Septies, nmn. adv. seven Hmes. 
Septfmns, a, am, nam. adj. (sep- 
tem,) the sevewUu 
Septingenteslmos, a, um, nnm. 

adj. the seven hundredth. 
Septuagesimus, a, imi, num. adj. • 

the sevenHeth. 
Septuaginta, num. adj. ind. pL 

Sepulcrum, i, n. a grave ; a sep^ 

ulchre ; a tomh. 
Sepultora, 8b, £ burial; inter^' 

Sepultos, a, um, part (sepelio,) 

Sequ&na, «e, m. the SetnCf ariver 

in France. 
Sequens, tis, part from 
Sequor, sequi, secatus sum, dep. 

to follow; to pursue. 
Secutus, a, um, part (sequor.) 
Ser^nus, a, um, adj. serene; 

tranquU ; clear ;faxr ; bright 
Sergius, i, m. (Ike name of several 

Sermo, dnis, m. speech; a dis" 

course; conversation. 
Ser6, (series,) adv. late ; too late. 
Sero, seri&re, sevi, satum, a. to 

sow; to plant. 



Serpen% tis, e. (seipo,) a «ef]ien< ; 

8ertoriu8, i, m. a Ronuxn gent' 


Serus, a, urn, adj. late, 
Servilioay i» bl Me name qf a 

Roman family : Servilius 

Caaca, one ^f the mvardtrtn 

^f C<uar. 
Servio^ ire, ivi, itum, n. (senrus,) 

to he a slave ; to «erre, {as a 

Servitium, i, n., or Servttus, Qtis, 

£ (servua,) slavery ; bondage, 
Servius, i, m. (TuUius,) Uie sixth 

king of Rome, 
Servo, are, avi, atum, a. to pre- 

serve; to guard; to ioatch; 

to keep, 
Servug, i, m. a slave ; a servanL 
Sese, pro. ace. & abl. § 133, R. 2 ; 

himself; hersdf; themselves, 
Sestertium, i, n. a sestertiuni, or 

a thousand sesterces, § 327,(5) 
Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce^ or 

tvDo and a halfas$es, § 327, 3. 
Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a town of 

l^hrace^ on the sJiores of the 

Hellespont^ opposite to Ahy- 

Seta, e, f. a bristle, 
Setinus, a, um, adj. Setine ; be- 
longing to Sdia, a city of 

Campania, near the Pontine 

Marshesy famous for its wine. 
Sex, num. adj. ind. pi. six, 
Sexagesloius, a, um, num adj. 

the sixtieth. 

Sexaginta, num. adj. ind. pL 

Sexcentesimus, a, um, num. adj. 

4he six hundredth, 
Sextufl, a, um, num. adj. the 

Si| CODJ. 1^; whether; to see 

whether : si quando, \fat any^ 

Sic, adr. so; thus; in such a 

Siccius, i, m.(Dentatus,) the name 

of a brave Roman soldier. 
Siccus, a, um, adj. dry : sicciun, 

dry land, 
Sicilia, le, f. Sicily^ the largest 

island in the Mediterranean, 
SicOlus, a, um, adj. Sicilian: 

fretum, the straits of Messina, 
Sicut, & SicOti, adv. (sic ut,) as; 

as if, 
Sidon, onis, f. amaritime city qf 

Sidonius, a, um, adj. belonging 

to Sidon ; Sidonian. 
Sidus, £ris, n. a star, 
SigTuHco, are, avi, atum, a. (sigf- 

num & facio,) to designate; 

to mark; to express; to sig^ 

ni/^> to gif^^ notice; to tm^ 

ply or mean, 
Signum, i, n. a sign ; a token ; 

a statue; a standard; colors, 
Silens, tis, part (sileo,) silent; 

keeping silence. 
'Silentium, i, n. silence. 
Sil^nus, if XQ, the foster-father 

and instructor of Bacchus, 



Silecs fire, ui, d. lo hetHerd; to 

Silva, or Sylva, s, £ afonsi$ a 

Silvia, e, f. (Rbea,) (he maUur of 

Silvius, i, m. a ion ofJEngtUj Oie 
second tdngofAIha: Silvius 
Procas, a king qf^lbOjihe/cL-' 
ther o/MimUor andAnwlius. 

Simia, e, C on ape. 

Simllis, e, adj. (ior, llmos,) nmi- 
* lar; like. 

Similiter, adv. in like manner. 

Simplex, icis, adj. (semel &. pli- 
co,) simple ; artless ; open ; 
plain ; single. 

Simdis, entis, m. a river of TroaSy 
flowing tnto the Scamander. 

Simonides, is, m. ja Greek poet, 
bom in the island qf Ceo, 

Simul, adv. at the same time ; at 
once ; together ; as soon as : 
simul — simul, as soon as, or 
no sooner than. 

Simulacrum, i, n. (similQo,) an 
image; a statue. 

Sin, conj. hvi tf. 

Sine, prep, unthoid. 

Singularis, e, adj. single; singu- 
lar; distinguished; extraor- 
Snary: certamen singula, 
a single combaL 

Singdli, e, a, num. adj. pi. each ; 
one by one; every: singulis 
mentibuB, every numth: sin- 
gOlis singOlas partes, to each 

Sinister, ra, rum, adj. Uft. 
Sino, sinftre, sivi, situm, a. to 

Sinus, ts^m.a bosom ; a bay; a 

Siquis, siqua, siqood or nquidi 
^to. if any one ; if amy thing, 

Siquando, adv. if at any time ; \f 

Sitio, ire, ii, n* & a. to thirst ; to 
be thirsty ; to earnestly desire. 

Sitis, is, f. thirst. 

Situs, a, um, adj. placed; set; 
situaied; permitted. 

Sive, conj. or; or if; whether. 

Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober ; tern* 

Socer, 6ri, m. afaiher-in'law. 

Socialis, e, adj. (socius,) pertain^ 
ing to aUies ; social ; confed- 
erate. "^ 

Soci^tas, atis, f. society ; alliance ; 
intercourse; partnership; from 

Socius, i, m. an aUy; a companion. 

Socordia, e, f. (socors,) negti- 
gence; sloth. 

Socrates, is, m. the most eminenl 
of the Athenian philosophers. 

Sol, solis, m. the sun. 

Sol^o, ere, Itus sum, n. pass. 
§ 142,2; to be wont; to be 
accustomed : soUbat, used. 

SoUdus, a, um, adj. whole; solid; 

Solitado, inis, f. (solus,) a desert ; 
awHdemess; a soliiary place. 

Solltus, a, um, part (soleo,) cw- 
customed; usuaL 



Boners, tifl, adj. tngenious; m- 
vewtwe ; cunning ; sHffid ; 

Solleitia, s, £ iogaeity; skSl; 

Solon, 6ni8, m. fke Im^iver of 
ike JHhemans^ and one of (he 
teventoise men of CSreece. 

Solstitium, i, n. (sol & sisto,) Une 
aoUHcey partieuiariy the sum- 
mer ioUHee^ in diHincUonJrom 
bruma, the winter soUtiee ; the 
langeai day. 

Solum, i^ TL Vit earth ; the soQ; 

Soltim, adv. aUme ; only ; from 

Solus, a, um, adj. § 107 ; alone, 

BolQtus, a, um, part from 

Solvo, solvere, solvi, solotum, a. 
to diseolve; to meU; to an- 

Somnio, are, &vi, atum, n. to 
dream; from 

Somnium, i, n. a dream ; from 

Somnus, i, m. sleep, 

Sonltus, i^s, m. a sound; anmse, 

Sono, are, ui, ituro, n. to sound; 
to resound ; from 

Sonus, i, m. a sound, 

Soibeo, -6re, -ui, tosutkin; to 

Soror, 6ris, t a sister, 

Sp., an abhreviation of Spurius. 

Spargo, spargCre, sparsi, spar- 
sum, a. to sprinkle; to strew; 
to scatter; to sow. 

SparsL iSSee Spargo. 

Sparaus, a, um, part 

Sparta, s, £ Sparta or Laeed^^ 

num^ the capOal of Laco^ 

Spart&cus, i, m. (fte name of a 

cettkrated gladiator, 
Spartanus, i, m. a Spartan, 
Sparti,'6rum, m. pL a race tf 

TMin^ said to hone sprung from 

ike dragon^s teeth which Cad» 

mus sowed, 
Spartum, i, n. Spanish broomj a 

plant of which ropes were 

Spatidsus, a, um, adj. large; spO" 

cious; from 
Spatium, i, n. a space; room; 

Species, fti, f. (specio,) an ap* 

Spectacdlum, i, n. 9 spectacle ; a 

show; from 
Specto, are, avi, atum, a. fireq. 

(specio,) to behold; to see; to 

consider ; to regard; to relate ; 

to refer, 
Specus, Aa, m. £ & n. a cove. 
Spelunca, le, £ a cave, 
Spero, are, avi, &tum, n. to hope; 

to expect 

Spes, ei, £ hope; expectation f 



Speusippus, i^iSLthe n^hew and 
successor of Plato, 

Sphinx, gis, £ a Sphinx, The 
Egyptian Sphinx is represent- 
ed as a manstery hamng a wo- 
manU head on the body qf a 



Spina^ e, f. a thorn ; a sHng ; a 

qmU ; a spine ; a backbone, 
Spiritus, i!is, m. a breath ) from 
Spiro, are, avi, atum, n. to 

Splendeo, ftre, ui, il to shine $ to 

be conspicuous, 
Splendrdus, a, um, adj. splendid; 

Splendor, oris, m. brightness; 

Spolio, are, avi, atum, a. to (2e- 

spoU; to strip; to deprive; 

Spolium, i, n. spoHs ; booty, 
Spondeo, spond^re, spopondi, 

sponsum, a. to promise ; to 

Sponsa, se, f. a bride, 
Spontis, gen., sponte, abl. sing., 

f. § 94 ; ofldmself; ofitsdf; 

ozone's own accord; voluntor 

rUy; spontaneously, 
Spurius, i, m. a prsenomen among 

the Romans, 
Squama, se, £ (Ae scale of a fish, 
Stabulum,i, n. (sto,) a stall; a 

Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a 
furlong ; a measure of 125 

paces; the race-ground, 
Stannum, i, n. tin, 
Stans, stantis, part (sto.) 
Statim, adv. immediately, 
Statio, onis, f. (sto,) a station : 

navium, roadstead; an an- 

Siatua, IB, f. (statuo,) a Haiue, 

Statuarius, i, m. a statuary; a 

Statuo, ufire, ui, atum, a. to de- 
termine; to resolve; to fix; to 

judge ; to decide ; to believe. 
Status, a, um, hA], fixed; stated; 

appointed; certain, 
Statatus, a, um, part (statuo^) 

placed; resolved ; fixed ; set- 

Stella, e, f. a star, 
Sterilis, e, adj. unfruitful; ster- 

Ue; barren, 
Stert^, £re, ui, n. to snore. 
Stipes, itis, m. a stake ; the trunk 

of a tree, 
Stirps, is, f. a root ; a stock ; a 

race; aJamUy, 
Sto, stare, steti, statu m, n. to 

stand; to be stationary : stare 

a partibus, to favor the party, 
Stpicus, i, m. a Stoic, one of a 

sect of Grecian philosophers^ 

whose founder was Zeno, 
Stoliditas, atis, f. stupidity; from 
Stolldus, a, um, adj./ooZwA; sH- 

ly ; stupid, 
Strages, is, f. (stemo,) an over- 

throw; slaughter, 
StrangOlo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

Strenu^, adv. bravely ; actively ; 

vigorously; strenuously; from 
Strenuus,a,um,adj. bold; stren^ 

ttous ; brave ; valiant. 
StrophUdes, um, f. pi. two smaU 

islands in the Ionian sea, 
Struo^ 8tru£re, stnud, structum. 



a. to pvi together; to con- 
struct ; to huitd : insidias, to 
prepare an ambuscade, 

Binithiocam^lus, i, m. an ostrich 

Btrymon, dnis, m. a river which 
was anciently (he boundary be- 
tween Mticedonia and Throjce. 

Studeo, 6re, ui, n. to favor; to 
study ; to endeavor ; to attend 
to; to pursue, 

Studida^, adv. (studidsus,) studi- 
' ously ; diligently. 

Studium, i, n. zeal ; study ; dili- 
gence; eagerness. 

Stultitia, ae, ^>foUy ; from 

Stultus, a, um, adj. (ior, issfmus,) 
foolish i Btulti, ybo^. 

Stupeo, ere, ui, n. to be asUmished 
at; to be amazed. 

Stumus, i, m. a starling, 

Suadendus, a, urn, part (suadeo.) 

Suadens, lis, part, from 

Suadeo, suad^re, suasi, suasum, 
a. & n. to advise; to per- 
suade ; to urge. 

Suavitas, atis, £ (suavis,) sweet- 
ness; grcu:e; melody. 

Suavlter, adv. sweetly; agreea- 

Sub, prep, under ; near to ; near 
the Hme of; just before ; at ; 
in the time of. 

Sabdaco, -duc^re, -duxi, -due- 
turn, a. (8ub.& duco,) to with- 
draw ; to take away ; to unth- 

Subductus, a. um, part 

Subeo, ire, ivi & ii, Itum, irr. n, I 

(sub & eo, § 182,) to go un- 
der ; « to submit to : onus, to 
take up or sustain a burden. 

Subigo, -igfire, -6gi, -actum, a. 
(sub &, ago,) to suijed; to 
subdue ; to conquer. 

SubTt6, adv. suddenly ; from 

Subrtus, a, um, adj. (subeo,) sud- 
den; unexpected. 

Sublatus, a, um, part (sustoUo,) 
taken away ; lifted up. 

Sublimis, e, adj. sublime; high 
in the air : in sublime, alq/t. 

Sublim^, adv. aloji; in the air. 

sum, a. (sub & merge,) to over- 
whelm ; to sink. 

Submergor, -mergi,-mer8us sum, 
pass, to be overwhelmed; to 

Submersus, a, um, part 

Subridens, tis, part smUing at. 

Subrideo, -rid^re, -risi, -risum, 
n. (sub & rideo,) to smUe. 

Subsilio, -silire, -silui & -silii, 
n. (sub & salio,) to leap; to 

Substituo, -stitugre, -stitui, -sti- 
tutum, a. (sub & statue,) to 
put in one^s place ; to substi- 

Subter, prep, under. 

Subterraneus, a, um, adj. (sub & 
terra,) subterranean. 

Subvenio, -venire, -v6ni, -veru 
tum, n. (sub & venio,) to come 
to one's assistance ; to succor • 
to help. 



JSubTdlO) ur^ &vi, atum, n. (sub 
& volo,) iojly up» 

Succ^do, -cedfere, -cessi, -ces- 
8um, n. (sub & cedo,) to auc" 
ceed; lo follow. 

Successor, Oris, m. a successor, 

SuccuSy iy m. juice ; liquid ; 

Sufi^ro, sufferre, sustCili, subla- 
turn, irr. a. (sub & fero,) to 
take away ; to undertake ; to 

Sufietius, i, m. (Metius,) an Al- 
ban general, pxU to death by 
TuUus Hostilius, 

Sufficio, -ficfcre, -feci, -fectum, 
n. (sub & facio,) to stiffice ; to 
be suffidevd, 

Sufibdio, -fodfire, -fbdi, -fossura, 
a. (sub & Ibdio,) to dig under; 
to undermine, 

Sufibssus, a, um, part 

Suffragium, i, n. suffrage; vote; 
a baUot ; choice, 

Sui, pro. gen. § 133; of himself ; 
qf herself ; of itself : du»sibi 
similes, like one another, 

Sulla, or Sylla^ s, m. a distin- 
guished Roman generaL 

Sulpicius, i, m. (Gallus,) a Ro- 
fruH% cdebrated for his learn- 
ing and eloquence, and for his 
skiU in astrology. 

Sum, esse, fui, irr. n. § 153 ; to 
be ; to exist ; to serve for : 
terrori esse, to excite terror, 

Summus, a, um, adj. (see Sup6- 
rus,) the highest ; greatest ; 

perfect: in summ& aqulL, on 

the surface of (he water. 
Sumo, sumfire, sumpsi, sun^- 

tum, a. to take, 
Sumptus, a, um, part 
Sumptus, dSj m. expense. 
Supellex, supellectidis, C fwmSr 

ture; household goods. 
Super, prep, above ; upon. 
Superb^ adv. (iCis, isfiffm^,)proiMi- 

ly; haughtily, 
Superbia,», f. (superbus,)|>ricfe; 

Superbio, ire, ivi, itum, m to 

be proud; to be proud <ff 

Superbus, a, um, adj. proud ; a 

surname of Tarquin, the last 

king of Rome, the Proud, 
Superfluus, a, um, adj. (super- 

fluo,) superfluous, 
Superj&cio, -jacCre, -jfeci, -jac- 

tum, a. (super & jacio,) to 

throw upon ; to shoot over, 
Superjacior, -j&ci, -jactus sum, 

pass, to be shot over, 
Sup^ro, are, avi, atum, a. (super,)- 

to surpass; to conquer; to 

excel ; to vanquish, 
Superstitiosus, a, um, adj. super^ 
^ stitious, 
Supersum, -esse, -flii, irr. n. (su« 

per & sum,) to remain; to 

Supfirus, a, um, adj. (comp. su- 
perior ; sup. suprfemus or 

summus, § 125, 4,) (Aove; 

high; upper. 



Sapenrtcaofl, a, um, a^i" 'Hper- 

Supervenio, -venire, -vftni, -ven- 
tum, n. (super At vemo,) to 
come upon; toeonu; to-aw' 
prise rnddenly, 

Supervdlo^ &re, avi, atum, a (su- 
per &> volo,) tojly over, 

SuppetOy ere, ivi, itum, il (sub & 
peto,) to suffice ; to remain; to 
serve ; to be svficieni. ^ 

Supplex, [cis, adj. supplianL 

Supplicium, L n. apumshment 

Suppono, -ponlire, -posui, -poA- 
tum, a. (sub & pono,) to put 
under ; to substitute. 

Supra, prep. & adv. above ; be- 

Siurftna, e, m. (^ Htle of a Par- 
thian qffUer^ next in authority 
to the king, 

Surj^o, surg^re, surrexi, surrec- 
tum, n. to rise. ' 

Sus, uis, c. swine ; a hog. 

Suscipio, -cipSre, -c6pi, -ceptum, 
a. (sub &L capio,) to under- 
take; to take upon; to engage 
in ; to receive^ 

Su8pectU8,a, um, part & adj. (sus- 
^ieiOf) suspected ; mistrusted. 

Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi, -pen- 
sum, a* (sub &> pendo,') to sus- 
pend'; to hang; to hang 

Suspensus, a, um, 'part. 

Suspicio, -spic^re, -spexi, -spec- 
turn, a. (sub & specio,) to sus- 

Suspicor, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

suspect ; to surmise. 
Sustento, are, avi, atum, freq. to 

sustain; to support: susten- 

tare vitam, to support on^s 

self; from 
Sustineo, -tin^re, -tinui, -tentum, 

a. (sub & teneo,) to bear; to 

carry; tostatain; to support 
SustoUo, sustoll^re, sustuli, sub« 

latum, a. to take away ; to lift 

up ; to raise, 
Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; its; 

theirs. § 139, R. 2. 
Sylla. See Sulla. 
Syllaba, se, f. a syllable, 
Sylva. See Silva, 
Syphax, acis, m. a king of JVU- 

Syracasie, arum, f. pi. Syrcutue^ 

a ceUbraied diy of Sicily. 
Syria, se, £ a large country qf 

Asia^ at the eastern extremity 

of the Mediterranean sea. 
Syri&cus, a, um, adj. Syrian; &e- 

longing to Syria, 


T., an cAbreviation of T^tua. 
Tabesco, tabescfire, tabui, inc. (o 

consume ; to pine away, 
Tabala, s, f. a table ; a tabUt ; 

a picture; a painting: plum« 

bea tabola, a plate or sheet ^ 

Taceo, fire, ui, itum, il to he si" 




Taetofly 68, m. (taogo^) fftc ieudu 
Tedet, teduit, tesum 'est or 

pertesum est, impw to be 

weary of: vite eoa tsdet, 

ikey care weary qflffhrn 
TsDftrus, i, m^ At urn, i, n. « 

imnnontory tn LaeomOf now 

cfly»e Jlfotepon. 
Talentam, i, a a totetil ; a turn 

vanoudy estimated from t&SO 

to $1020. 
Talis, e, adj. nuh, 
Talpa, IB, c. a moU, 
Tain, adv. so; 90 much, 
Tamen, conj. yet ; notwUhsUmd- 

ing'; stiU; ntverlhde»s. 
Tan&kyis, m. a river between £11- 

rope and Ada^ now the Don, 
Tan&quil, His, f,1hew^eqf Tar- 

quinius Priscut, 
Tandem, adv. at length ; at last ; 

Tango^ tang^re, teflgi, tactmn, 

Tanquam, or Tamquam, adv. as ; 

as well as; astf; like, 
TantilluB, i^m, a son ofJupiUr; 

the/aiherqfPdopSf and king 

Tant6, adv. (tantua,) so much, 
Taatopere, adv. (tantua & opu^) 

io mmeh ; so greaUy. 
Tantilkni, adv* only; so much; 

TantDs, m, urn, adj. 90 great; 

sueh: iBntJ^ofsomu^value: 
' tMD^evt^Uisworihihepains; 

U flMftcf amends;^ non eat 

tanti, His not best ) iiisnui 

worth wifie, 
Tard^ adv. (ii!la, iaslm^) (taidw,) 

Tardltaa, itia, t (tardus,) s^mn 

ness; didness; heamness» 
Tardo, ire, &vi, Atum, a. to retard; 

to ehedt; to stop ; ftom 
Tardus, a, um, adj. slow; dndL 
TarenHnns, a, nm,, adj.. Tat^ 

enime; qf or belonging to 

TorenlHiii ; TarenHni, Tat* 

enimts; the inhabUants of 

Tarentum, i, n. « eidjikroM eUy 

tn the south ofRoly^ 
Tarp^ia, e, f. fJU dau^hkr of 

Sp, Tarpeku: she betrayed 

the Roman eitadd to the So* 

Tarpeius, a, nm, adj. Tarptian : 

mons, the Tarpeian or Oogro* 

toUne mount, 
Tarquinii, drum, m. pi. a city of 

Etruria^ whence the family of 

Tarqum derised their namo. 
Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin; iha 

nams qfan Ulustrious Roman' 

famHy^ ifwkkh two, Ptiseus 

and SuperbuSf wett kmgs : 

Tarquinii) drum, pL 4he Tar* 

Taitaros, i» m., & -a, dmm, pi* 
, wu TartoTMS ; the infemat TO" 

Tauiica, e, £ a lor^gt penins u la 

of the mask fWH nqw ^^M 

tike CWMBi.or!I\NrMfc 


Tanraa, ^ n. a high rtmge tf 

moufitotfit inAnm, 
Taurus, i, m. a ML 
Taygetus, i, m^ & -a, druin, pi. 

a. a NiMmlam qf Laemda^ 

nuBT SpaHitk 
Tectum, i, d. « roof; u koute, 
Tectua, a, um, part (tego,) eoo- 

tftdi deftndetL 
Teges, etia, fi a mat ; a n^; a 

coverUi; from 
Tego, gCro, xi, ctum, a. to cover ; 

Teguroentum, i, n. a covering, 
Telum, ifTL a toeapoti ,* a dart ; 

mt wrrouf* 
Temfir^ adv. at random; acci- 

dentally; raskiy* 
Tempe, n. pL indec. a heandifid 

vaU in Thessaly, ^trough 

wMck tke river Peneuajtotos. 
Temperies, i£i, f. temperateness ; 

miUnees; temperature, 
Tempestas, &ti8, t a etorm; a 

Templum, i, n. a tempte. 
Tempos, dris, lu lime ; aoeoion: 

ad tempus, at the time c^ 

pointed: ex tempore, mtkout 

premeditation, w. 

Temulentus, a, um, adj. drunk- 

en; intoxicated, 
Tendo, tenddre, tetendi, ten- 
' sum, a. to etrttth; to etretck 

out; to extend; to go; toad- 

Ten4bre, toim, f. pi. darkness, 
Teneo^ tenftre, tenui, tentum, a. 

toHM; to have; tokeep; to 
possess ; to know ; to hM by 
a garr ison: portnm, ie reac4 
ike haroar, 

Tentatus, a, um, part from 

TentiH ire, ftvi, Atum, a. fieq. 
to aUempt ; to try. 

Tentyrlte, &rum, c ph tke inr 
habitants qf Tentgra, a town 
and istand in Upper £|g3fpt 

Tenuis, e, adj. thin ; tight ; rare. 

TenuB, prep, up to; as far as. 

Tepesco, esc^ire, ui, inc. (tepeo,) 
to grow warm or cool; to fte- 
oome tepid, 

Ter, num. adv. thrice. 

TerentioB, i, m. a Romanproper 

Tergum, i, n. the back; the far' 
iher side : a tergo, from 6e- 
hind: ad terga, behmd, 

TermTno, are, avi, atum, a. to 
bound ; to limit ; to terminate. 

Terminus, i, m. a boundary ; a 
Hmit; an end; bounds, 

Temi, », a; num. adj. pL tftrec 
by three; three. 

Terra, », f. lAe earth; acouniry; 
the land: omnes terroB, the 
whole world. 

Terreo, ere, ui, {tum, a. to lerrt- 
Jjf; to scare; tofi^^hten. 

Terrester, terrestris, terrestre^ 
adj.* torrefflruil : animal ter- 
restre, a land anunoL 

Terribtlis, e, adj. terrHble. 

Terrtto, ftre, &▼!, &tum, fraq. (ter- 
reo,) to lerr|^; toqf»%U» 

TBBBrrOBIUlf— «CIRini* 


Tenitorium, i, n. (temy) lerri- 

Terrftus, a, um, part (terreo.) 
Terror, dris, m. Umfr ; eomUr" 

nation; /tar* 
Tertiofl) a, uniy niBn. adj. fJU ffctni. 
Terti6, num. adv; tiU ikird 

Testa, «, f. an earthen veifef; 

TeBtamentum, i, n. a tmtt; a 

Testodo, Inis, C a fortoife. 
TetigL Su Tango. 
Teutdnes, um, & Teutdni, drum, 

m. pi. a nation who livtd in 

the norihem part qf Oermany^ 

near the CitnbrL 
Texo, tex6re, texui, textum, a. 

to toeave ; to plaU ; to form ; 

to conttnicL 
Thalftmua, i, m. a beeMumber; 

a dwelUng, 
Thalea, is & etis, m. a Milesian^ 

one of the seven wise men of 

Thasus, i, f. on tdand on the 

coast of Thrace* 
Theatnim, i, n. « theatre. 
ThebiB, arum, f. pi. Thebes^ the, 

capital qf Bceotia, 
Thebanus, a, um, adj. Theban ; 

belonging to Thebes. 
Thelesinus, i, m. a Roman proper 

Themistdclcs, is, m. a celebrated 

JUhenian general in the Per- 


Theoddnui, i, m. tf phAosopker 

Therm6don, oRtis, m. a riser of 

Theseus, i, m. a king ofJUkems^ 

and son qf JEgeus^ was one 

qf the MOflf cdebnUed heroes 

qf antiquity. 
Thessalia, «, £ Thessaly ; a 

country qf Qreeee^ soutik qf 

Tbessftlus, a, um, adj. belonging 

to Thessaly ; Thessalian. 
Thestius, i, m. the father qfM- 

Thetis, Idis & Idos, £ one qfthe 

sea nymphs; the wife qf Pe- 

(eu«, and mother of AchUles. 
Theutobdchus, i^ m. a langqf 

the CimbrL 
Thraci% »,, f. Tliraett a large 

country east qf Macedonia. 
Thracius, a, um, adj. belonging 

to Thrace ; lliracian, 
ThrasybOlus,^], m. an •Athenian 

generalf celebrated for freeing 

his cowntry from the thirty 

Thus, thurifl, xl frankincense. 
^Tiberis, is, m. §79; the Tiber, 

afaunous river qf Italy. 
TibL Su Tu. 
Tibicen, Inis, m. one who plays 

upon theJltUe ; a piper. 
Ticinum, i, a a toton of Cisal- 
pine Gaul, where the R(h 

mans were dtfeaied by Hash 




Tigf*iiM| k, m. a king of Ar^ 

Tlgnnocerta, dram, n. a city of 

^arvnuKUL Afflf^OT) fhfUandtd by 

Tigrifly XC^{Bddtm is,) C a Hger^ 
Tigris, Id» & id, m. a river in 

Timem, tia^ paxt from 
Timeo, 6re, ui, n. & lu iofkar ; 

to dread ; tobe afimtL 
Tiinrdus, a, um, adj. Hmid; 

Timor, dris, til fear. 

Timiitus, As, m. a Hnkling, 

TintinnabAlum, i, n. a belL 

Titio,6ni0,m. a brand; ajtrebrand, 

Titus, i, m. a Roman prcndmen, 

Tol^ro, &re, avi, atum, a. to bear; 
to endure ; to admit qfi 

ToUo, tollftre, sustdli, sublatum, 
a. to raise ; to pick up ; to 
remove ; todo away witk. 

Tondeo, tond^re, totondi, ton- 
sum, a. to ahave ; to shear. 

Tonitru, u, il thunder. 

Tono, are, ui, Itum, n. to thun- 
der : tonat, U thunders. 

Tormcntum, i, n. (torqueo,) an 
engine for throwing stones 
and darts. 

Torquatus, i, m. a surname given 
to T. Manlius and his de- 

Torquis, is, d. a eoUar ; a chain. 

Tot, ind. adj. so many. 

Tolldem, ind. adj. the same num- 
ber; as many. 

Totus, a, um, adj. § 107; whole;- 
entire; aU. 

Trabsy'is, f. a beam, 

Tractatus, a, um, part irom 

Tracto, are, avi, iltiim, a. freqt 
(tndia,) to ireai ; to handle. 

Tractos, i^. In. (trabo,) a tract; 
a country ; a region. 

l^nctus, a, um, part, (traho.) 

Traditus, a, um, part from 

Trade, -d£re, -di£, -ditnm, a* 
(trans & do,) to deliver; to 
give; to give up; to relate; 
to teach: imduiitf they report: 
tradrtur, it is related; it is 
reported: tradimtur, <^ are 

TragicuB, a, um, adj. tragic. 

Traj^dia, «, Ca tragedy. 

Traho, trahiSre, traxi, tractum, a. 
to draw ; to drag : bellnm, to 
protract; to prolong: liqul- 
das aquas trah^re, to draw 
along dear waters ; to flow 
with a dear streaih. 

Trajicio, -jicfire, -jeci, -jectum, 
a. (trans &, jacio,) to convey 
over ; to pass or cross over. 

Trame8,lti8, m. (trameo,) apaih ; 
a way. 

Trano, are, avi, atum, n. (trans 
& no,) to swim over. 

TranquiUus, a, um, adj. tran- 
quU; calm; serene. 

Trans, prep, over; beyond; on 
1^ other side. 

Transactus, a, um, part (trans- 



Transeo, ire, ii, Rnxn, irr. n. 

(trans & eo,) to pa9$ or go 

Transf £rOy -ferre, -tOli, -latum, 

irr. a. (trane & fero,) to trani" 

fat ; to carry over: se ad all- 

quem, to go over to, 
Transfigo, -figure, -fixi, -fixum, a. 

(trans & figo,) to pierce $^ to 

rtm through ; to stab. 
Transf Oga, », c. a deserter, 
Transgredior, -grftdi, -gressus 

sum, dep. (trans & gradior,) 

to go or pass over, 
Translgo, -ig6re, -6gi, -actum, a. 

(trans & ago,) to transact; to 

finishj to spend, 
TransUio, -suire, -silui & -silivi, 

n. (trans ^ salio,) to leap over, 
TransitQrus, a, um, part (trans- 

eo,) abovi to pass ov^'; to 

pass on, 
Translatus, a, um, part (trans- 

Transmarinus, a, um, adj. (trans 

& mare,) beyond the sea; 

foreign; transmarine, 
Transno. Su Trano. 
Transv^ho, -vehfire, -vexi, -vec- 

tum, a. (trans & veho,) to car- 

ry over ; to convey ) to trans^ 

Transvdlo, are, &vi, atum, n. 

(trans & volo,) tojty over, 
Trasim^nus, i, m. a lake in Etrt^ 

no, near tohieh the consul Ha- 
> miraus was defaded by Han- 


Trebia, e, £ a river ofCiscdpine 

(knUj emptying into the Po, 
Trecenti, », a, num. adj. pL 

thru hundred, 
Trecenteslroos, a, um^ nmn. a^ 

the three hundredth, 
Tredficim, num. adj. pL ind* 

Tres, tria, mun. adj. pL § 1(39} 

TrevTri, drum, m. pi. a people tf 

Triangularis, e, adj. (triangAlum,) 

triangiUar; three-cornered, 
TribQnus, i, m. a tribune, 
Tribiio, u€re, ui, Qtum, a. to a<- 

tribute; to give; to grant; to 

bestow ; to commit, ^ 
Tribatura, i, n. o tribute ; a tax; 

a contribution ; an assess^ 

Triceslmus, a, um, num. adj. the 

Triduum, u n. the space of thru 

days : per triduum, for three 

Triennium, i, n. (tres & annus,) 

Vie space of three years, 
Trigemini, drum, m. pL three 

brothers bom at one birth. 
Triginta, num. adj.. pi. ind. thirty, 
Trinacria, le, f. one of the nmnea 

Triptol^mus, i, m. f ^ son of Co- 

leus^ king ofEleusis, 
Tristitia, s, £ sorrow ; grief, 
Tnumphalis,e, a^. (trium[^u^} 




TiriniiuiluuMiy tiiy ptrC ^nooi 
Triumplio^ ire, &vi^ &taiii» n. io 

Triumphus, i, in, a IriiiffipJk; a 

triuK^hal pneeasunu 
IiianiTir, Tfri, m. (tras & lUf) 

•ne ^ Uirte jin$U pMic ^H* 

eer»$ atnumvir. 
TnmB, ftdii, t a wwntry qfJlria 

MmoTy bordering ttjNNi (he 

TrochHus, i, m; a tcven. 
Tioglodytn, anun, c. pL Trog" 

lodifUtf a people qf Ethiopia^ 

who dweU m eaves, 
Troja, s, £ 2Voy, tfte eopdol ^ 

Troj&nus, a, um, adj. Trcgan. 
Truddoy ire, avi, atum, a. ioeUnf; 

io murder} to maemure* 
Trux, ucIb, adj. savage ; cruel ; 

Jkrce ; stem; grim. 
Tu, subs, pra t/bu; $ 133. 
Tuba, e, £ a trumpet. 
Tuber, eris, il a bunch ; a to- 

mar; a/>rDto&ertmce. 
TubKcen, Inia, m. (tuba & cano,) 

a trumpeter, 
Tueor, tu^ri, tultus sum, dep. to 

dtfend; toprotecL 
Tngurium, i, n. a hut; a thed. 
TulL SuFeto. 
TuUia, IB, f. the daughter of Ser^ 

viuo TSidKuo, 
Tullius, i, m. a Roman, 
TuUus, i, ID. (Hostilius,) Uu third 

Roman king, 
TVuii,adT*Men; and; fo; aiso: 

turn — tnmt^$wU — a»; Ml 

— ivui: txmdwivas^ihenJirsL 

Tumultus, tm^ UL a noiot} a tu- 

TumOlus, i,'ni^ 0mmuid; aiomb. 

Tunc, ady. thenm 

Tunica, «, C a tonte ; a dooe 

vfooUen garmentf worn under 

Turbatus, a, um, part dioturbed; 

confused; troubled; from 
Turbo, are, &vi, atum, a. (turba,) 

to disturb ; to trouble, 
Turma, e, fl a troop; a eompa* 

Turpia, e, adj. base ; disgtaeefuL 
Turpitado, inis, f, baseness ; ug* 

Uness, • 

Turris, is, f. a tower, 
Tuscia, e, f. a country tf Maly 

(he same as Etruria, 
TuscOlum, i, n. a city of Latiwn. 
Tuscus, a, um, adj. Tuscan ; be* 

longing to Tuscany; Etru- 

runt. , 
Xutor, dris, m. a guardian ; a to- 

Tutus, a, um, adj. (ior, isidmus,) 

Tuus, a, um, adj. pro. § 139; (tu,) 

thy; thine, 
Tyranni8,Idis &.Ido8, f. tyranny; 

arbitrary power, 
Tyrannus, i, m. a tyrant; a 

usurper; aJdng, . 
Tyrius, a, um, adj. Tyrian : Tyr- 

ii, Tyrians; inhabHani^ qf 




Tyirfaftiius, a, itiii, adj. Tyrrhe^ 
■■ man or TuMcan; beUnging 
fo Tuscamf. 

eS^ qf PhBdmda* 


Uber, 6ris, il an udder; a teaL 
Ubertas, atis, t/ertaUy; JruU- 

UM, adv. tohere ; uhen ; as soon 

Ubique, adv. every where. 
Ulcisor, ulcisci, idtus sum, dep. 

to idk/b revenge ; to avenge. 
UUus, a, um, adj. § 107; anys 

any one. 
Ulterior, us, (ultlmus,) § 136; I ; 

Ulterii!ls, ady. farther ; beyond ; 

Ultimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of ui- 

teiior j) the last. 
Ultra, prep, beyond; more than: 

— adv. besitles ; nuntover ; 

Ultua, a, nm, part (ulciscor,) 

having avenged, 
Ulysses, is, m. a distinguished 

Jang qf Ithaca, 
Umbra, s, fl a shade ; a shadow. 
Umbro, are, avi, aturo, a* to 

shade; to darken. 
Unl^ adv. (unus,) together. 
Unde, adv. whence ; from whkh. 
Undficim, num. adj. pL ind. 


UndettonageafmiiB, a, um, muiii 

adj. the eighty^wnlh. 
Undequinquaginta, nuin. adj. pL 

ind. ybrly*mtie. 
Undetriceitous, a, am, num. adj. 

twenty-^nmiOL [nindeenUu 
Undevice^mus, a, um, nmn. adj. 
Undeyiginti, num. adj. nineteen. 
Undique, adv. on all sides. 
Unguis, i% m. a daw; a takn ; 

anaiL « 

UngOla, s, £ a tiaw; a lolon; 

a hoqf: binis ungCdis, tiovet^ 
Unicus, a, um, adj. one ahne; 

sole; only. 
Unio, onis, m. apearL 
Universus, a, um, adj. (unus & 

versu^) whde ; universal ; alL 
Unquam, adv. ever: nee un- 

quam, and never. 
Unus, a, um, num.. adj. § 107 ; 

one ; only; (done. 
Unusquisque, unaqusque, unum- 

quodque, adj. eac4 one; each; 

§ 138, 4. 
Urbs, is, f. a city ; the chief dty; 

Uro, ur£re, ussi, ustum, a. fo 

Ursus, i, mu a bear. 
Usque, adv. even; as far as; tUl; 

Usus, a, um, part (utor.) 
UsuB, ds,m. use; custom; fr^; 

Ut, conj. thai; in order thai; so 
1 thai; adv. as. 


uTcuNqvfi — rzh. 

Utcunqae,adv.AotMoe9er; Mine- 

what ; jfi some degree, . 
Uter, tra, trum, adj. § 107 ; tMeh f 

Uterqne^ Mqae, tmmquei adj. 

§107; both;'-eadi; each of 

UtfliSf e, adj. (utor,) ut^fuL 
UUca, », f. a mariiime eUy of 

Africa^ near Carthage, 
Utor, uti, US118 sum, dep. to use ; 

tomake use qf, 
Utrinque, adv. on both sides. 
UtnlUii, adv. whether, 
Uva, s, £ a grape ; a hunch of 

grapes : passa, a raisin. 
Uxor, dris, £ a wi/k, 


Vaco, are, avi, atum, n. to be free 

Vacuus, a, um, adj. empty ; un- 
occupied; vacant; free; cor- 
empt : vacuus viator, the des- 
titute traoelUr, 
Vadosus, a, um, adj. frnrdable; 

shallow; from 
Vadum, i, n. afrtrd; a shallow, 
Vagans, tis, part (vagor.) 
Vagina, le, £ a scabbard; a 


Vagitus, (IB, m. weqnng ; crying, 

Vagor, &ri, &tu8 sum, dep. to 

wander about ; to stray. 

' Valeo, £re, ui, n. (o 6e strong; to 

avaU; to be distinguished; to 

he eminent: multum val^re. 

to be very powerfid : vtle, 

Valerius, i, m. a Roman proper 

Vallis, is, £ a vdley; a wde, 
Varifttas, fttis, £ (varius,) vario" 

iy; change, 
Vario, &re, avi, &tum, a. to dtange ; 

to vary; from 
Varios, a, um, adj. various ; di* 

Varro, dnis, m. (Marcus,) a very 

learned J2emum, some of whose 

works are stiU extant : P. Te- 

rentius, a consul^ who was <£e- 

fiated by HannibaL 
Vasto, are, &vi, atum, su to kof 

waste ; to ravage ; from 
Vastus, a, um, adj. wide ; vast ; 

Vates, is, m. a poet; a bard, 
Ve, conj. (enclitic, § 198, R. 2,) 

Vecordia, s, £ mtidness ; friOy, 
Vectus, a, um, part (veho.) 
Vehemens, tis, adj. (ior, issimiis,) 

vehtmeid; immoderate, 
Vehementer, adv. (ii^, issim^,) 

vehem/enUy ; greatly ; very ; 

much; vioUnUy, 
Veho, vehere, vexi, vectum, a. 

to bear ; to carry ; to convey, 
Veiens, tis, &, Veientanus, i, ou 

an inhabitant qf Veii, 
Veil, drum, m. pi. a city of 7W- 

eany^ memorahlefor the dtfeai 

of the Fabian family, 
Vel, conj. § 19^3; or; also: 



even: Tel lecta, even tcfteit 

read : vel — vel, either — or, 
Velio, TelliSre, yeUl w ?ulsi, vul- 

sum, a. to pluck. 
Vellua, fynSf n. a fleece, 
YelOK, dciB^'adj. (ior, isiCzttas,) 

"^fitifts rapid i acHvt. 
Velimi, if n. a aaSL 
Vcluty & Velati, ady. (vel & at,) 

as; as if, 
yenaliHi e, adj. venal; mereenor 

Venans, tis, part (venor.) 
Venatlcus, a, um, adj. Mongiiig 

to the chase : canis, a hound, 
Venator, oris, m. (venor,) ahunts- 


Vendito, are, avi, fttum, freq. to 

seU; from 
Vendo, vend^re^ vendldi, vend!- 

tam, a. (venum & do,) to sell, 
Venenatus, a, urn, Kd}, poisoned ; 

poisonous; from 
Veaenum, i, n. poison, 
Veneo, ire, ii, irr. n. § 142, 3 ; to 

be exposed for sale ; to be 

Venfitos, i nu, or Brigan^nus, a 

lake betufeen Germany and 

SwUzeriandf caUed the Boden 

seoj or lake of Constance. 
Venio^ venire, veni, ventum, n. 

1o come ; ip adoance. 
Venor, &ri, &tU8 sum, dep. to 

Venter, tria, m. lAe belly; the 

Ventofl, 1, m. a wiimI 

Venus, £ria, 1 Ikt goddess ff 

love artd beauty. 
Ver, veria, n. the spring, 
Verber, ^ris, n. a uMp; a rod; 

aUow; a stripe, 
Ver^ro, are, &vi, atom, a* to 

Verbnm, i, n. a word, 
Ver^ adv. (verus,) truly, 
Vereor, eri, Itus sum, dep, to 

fear ; tobe concerned for. 
Verge, vergCre, veisi, n. to tend 

to; to iTicline ; to verge touh 

ards; to bend; to look, 
VerisiiriEIis, e, adj. (verum & sim- 

Ilis,) probable, 
Verftus, a, um, part (vereor.) 
Ver&, conj. § 279, 3, (verus,) hut: 

— ejiy^indud; tndy, 
Verona, le, f. Verona^ a city in 

the north of Holy, 
Versatus, a, um, part from 
Versor, &ri, &tus sum, dep. freq. 

(verto,) to turn ; to revolve ; to 

dwell ; to Uve ; to reside. 
Versus, a, um, part (veitor.) 
Versiis, prep, towards. 
Vertex, Icis, m. the top ; the sum^ 

mil ; the croum qfthe head, 
Verto, tSre, ti, sum, a. to turn ; 

to change, 
Veru, u, n. § 87 ; a spit, 
Veri!tm, conj. but ; but yet; from 
Verus, a, um, adj. true. 
Vescor, i, dep. to live upon'; to 

feed upon ; to eat; to subsist 

Vesp^ri, or -^, adv. at ovesdng: 



tarn ▼csp^ii, fo late ai even- 
ing. • 
Vesta, IB, i. a goddtu^ the mother 

of Saturn, 
Vestalls, is, £ (virgo,) a Vjetal 

virgin^ a prieatess amaeeraied 

to the eervice qf Vesta. 
Vestibalum, i, n. the porch ; the 

Yes^gium/ij TL a/ooiatep ; a ves- 
tige; atraee; amark; atracHu 
Vestio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to dothe ; 

Vestis, is, C a garment ; elothea. 
VesCAus, 1, m. a high mountain 

of Ligurioj and a pari of the 

Cottian Alps. 
VeteranuB, a, urn, adj. (vetus,) 

old; a veteran. « 
Veto, are, ui, itum, a. to forbid; 

to prohibiL 
Veturia, e, f. the mother of Cori-- 

Vcturius, i, m. (Titus,) a Roman 

consul^ who teas defeated by 

the Samnites at the Caudine 

Vctus, £ri8, adj. ancient; old: 

▼clCrcs, the ancients. 
Vctustas, &tiB, f. antiquity ; age. 
'Vetustus, a, um, adj. dd; an- 

VexL See Veho. 
Via, e, f. a way ; a course ; a 

path; a journey. 
Viator, dris, tn. a traveller. 
Vic^ni, 88, a, num. adj. pL every 

twenty; twenty. 

Vicestmns, a, um, num. adj. the 

VicL Su Vinco. 
Vicies, num. adv. twenty times* 
Vicinltas, atis, £ the neighbar" 

hood; vicinity ;' ftom 
Vicinns, a, mn, adj. near; ne^gk* 

Vicinus, i, m. a neighbor. 
Vicis, gen. fl § d4 ; chctnge ; re' 

verse; a place; a turn: in 

vicem, tn turn ; in place of; 

Victlma, le, f. a victim ; a sacri» 

Victor, 6ris, m. (vinco,) a victor; 

a conqueror: — adj. vietorUms. 
Victoria, m,f. a victory. 
Victarus, a, um, part (from viva) 
Victus, a, um, part (vinco.) 
VicuB, i, m. a village. - - 
Video, vid^re, vidi, visum, a. to 

see ; to behold. 
Videor, vidftri, visus sum, pass. 

to be seen ; to seem ; to ap- 

Vidnus, a, um, adj. bereaved; 

widowed: mulier vidua, a 

Vigil, {lis, m. a watchman. 
Vigilans, tis, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 

watchful; vigilant, 
Vigilia, e, C d watching : — pL 

the watch. 
Viginti, num. adj. pL ind. twenty. 
Vilis, e, adj. vHe ; had ; mean. 
Villa, e, £ a counfyshAoHse ; a 

eouidry'Seat ; avOla. 

▼iu.tcus — ^nriDOs. 



VOKcua, ]y ID. cm overseer tifon 

eetate ; a sUuforeL 
Villus, i, m. long hair; coarse 

Vincio, vincire, vinxi, vmctam, 

a. totrin/L 
Vmco, vincire, vici, victum, a. 

to conquer; to vanquUh; to 

Vinctu8, a, urn, part (Tincio.) 
yincalum, i, o. o chain : in vin- 

cOla conjic^re, to throw i$Uo 

Vindex^ Icis, c on avenger; a 

protector; a defender; aiias- 

setter; from 
Vindlco^ are, &vi, atum, a. to 

claim ; to avenge. 
Vindicta, le, f. vengeance ; punr 

Vinum, i, n. wine, 
Vidla, IB, f. a moUL 
Vidlo, are, avi, atum, a. to wh 

late ; to pollute ; to corrupt* 
Vir, vin, m. a man. 
Vireo, Sre, ui, n. to he green ; to 

be verdant; tofiuuriah* 
Vires. See Vis. 
Virga, e, f. a rod; a small staff; 

Virgilius, i, m. VurgH^ a very 

celebraied Latin poeL 
Virginia, n, f. the daughter qf 

VirgiDius, i, m. tike nanSofa dis' 

U$iguished RovMn centurion* 
Viigo^ Inisi L a virgin; a giH; 

VirgCkla, 0, f. (dim. from yirg%) 
a small rod, 

Vin&thus, 1, m. a Jjusitanum 
general^ who was originally a 
shepherdj and afterwards a 
leader qf robbers* 

Viridom&rus, i, m. a king qfths 
Gauls f slain by Mtrcellus* 

Virtus, atis, t (vir,) virtue ; merit $ 
excellence ; power ; valor f 

Vis, vis, f. § 85 ; power ; strength f 
force : vis hominum, a mtiAi- 
tudeofmen: vimfac£re,toifo 
violence : — ^pl. vires, ium,|N>t0- 
er; strength* 

Viscus, 6ris, n. an en<rai2 : visce- 
ra, pL iAe botpels ; theJUsK 

VistOla, IB, f. a river ofPrussiOf 
whichstQl bears the same namCf 
and which was anciently the 
eastern boundary of Germany* 

y isurgis, is, m. the Weser^ a largo 
river qf Germany* 

Visus, a, um, part (video.) 

Visus, Os, m. (Ae sight* 

Vita, e, f. Jtfe* 

Vitandus, a, um, part^vito.) 

Vitlfer, fira, £rum, adj. (vitia 9l 
fero,) vine-bearit^* 

Vitii^ is, f. a vine* 

Vitium, i, xu a crime. 

Vito, &re, &vi, &tum, a. io shun; 

VitnpSro^ Are, &vi, Atom, a. to 
findfamU with; to Uame* 

Vivldos, a, nm, adj. lHody; viMf 



live; to fart; toHoevprnu 
Vivut, a, am, adj. liming; «ltpe» 
▼ix, mdt, tearedy, 
TudL See Vivo. 
Voco, &re, &vi, &tain, a. {vax^) to 

caUi to imnU ; to name, 
Yolo, Are, fiyi,&tain, n. tojtg^ 
Volo^ velle, volui, irr. a. f 178, 1 ; 
^ ibwith; to desire; tobewiU- 

Vblflci, drum, m. pi. a people of 

VolQeer, -cris, -ere, adj. winged: 

^-vaba. a bird* 
Volumnia, ib, f. the vAfe ^ CSmb- 

Volmitafl, atis, £ (toIo,) ike wHL 
Volaptas, &ti8, f. (ToMpe,)jrfeat- 

ure; Mnswd pleasure, 
Yolut&tiiB, a, um, part from 
•Volnto, &re, &yi, Atom, a. freq. 

(volvo,) to rdL 
Volvo, y£re, yi, Qtum, a. to roU ; 

Votum, i, n. (voveo,) a wuJk; a 

Vox, vocia, f. a voice; a word; 

an expression; an exdama' 

Vulcanna, i, m. Fuleon, <4e god 

tfjtre^ (he son qfJvq^iUr and 

VulgoB, i, m. or IL 4ho cothmon 


^vbneajboBf a» mn, p«rt. firam . 

Vuln^ro, are, &vi, fttumi a. to 

wound; fix)m 
Vulnus, fins, n. a wound, 
Vulpecala, n, f. dim. (volpefl^) 

Vulpes, 18, t a fox, 
Vultur, Orifl, m. a vtdtun, 
Yultna, 6b, m. (fte eountenaaee; 



Xanthippe^ et^ £ (fte w{fe tf 

Xanthi{^aa, i, m. a Laced^ano^ 

nian general^ who was seni to 

assist the CarlhagimanSf in 

the first Punic war. 
Xenocr&tes, is, m. a pihUosopher 

of Chalcidon^ the successor ^ 

Speus^lfpus in the Academla. 
Xerxes, is, in. a celebrated king 

of Persia. 


Zama, n, £ a eUy qfJtfliea, 
Zeno,6ni8, m. a philosopher i^f 
CSHum^ a town qf Cyprus^ 
and founder qfihe sod qfiht 
Zetea, is» m. a son tf Boreas, 
Zona, n, f. agwtfle; a zone. 
Zone, ea, £ a etfy and promon^ 
torif^in the western part ^ 


to TBI. 


B\ mcana of the following Notes,. the Reader can be used in connection with 
Andrews' First Latin Book. The same letters which originallyf by means of notes 
at the foot of the page, referred to the sections of Andrews and Stoddard's 
Orunniar, maj now be taken as referring also to thssti Notes, and through thsse 
to the First Latin Book. 

In preparing these Notes, while regard has constantly been had to the editor's 
former mode of commenting simply by' reference to the Grammar, occasional 
explanations have been added, for the sake of the younger classes. In some 
4n8tiances, when special reasons seemed to render it eipedient, the reference to 
. the First Lathi Book relates to a different principle from the corresponding one le 
the Grammar, and sometimes, though rarely, a reference to the Grammar is here 
left with no corresponding note. In addition, however, to the original notes, 
numerous references will be found in the following pages, to principles con> 
talned in the First Latin Book ; and as in such cases the text contains no letter of 
reference, the word or phrase to be ej^leined Is cited in the notes. 

What is the rule for the agreement of a verb 1 Less. 90, 3. 'aqb 
What is a sentence 1 L. 83, 1. Of what does a simple T* 
sentence or proposition consist 1 L. 83, 3. What is the subject 
of a sentence 1 L. S3, 4. What is the predicate 1 L. 83, 5. 
The grammatfcal subject 1 L. 84, 3. The grammatical predi- 
cate 1 L. 84, 3. How many moods have Latin verbs 1 L. 47, 1. 
How do the several moods represent an action 1 L. 47, S. 
What is an active verb 1 L. 46, 3. What are the terminations 
of the active voice, indicative mood, present tense, in eacft. 
conjugation 1 L. 52. . • L. 5, I ; and L. 17, 3. * L. 5, 1 ; and 
L. 9, 1 ; and L. 10, 1. When are the nominatives ego, tu, noi^ 


268 NOTsa. 

and vos omitted 1 L. 51, R. 4. « L. 15, 1 and S. < L. 5, IL 
arbor, L. 12, 1, and L. B., or. 

8* • L. 5, 1. ; and L. 13, 3. ftL.l3,land3. « L.9, 1; andL.ll. 
rf L. 7, 3; and L. 35 ; and L. 36, Exc. 1. sol, L. F. • L. 18, 3 and 
4. / L. 15, 1 i and L. 17, 1 ; and N^ f L. 5, N. 3. h L. 15, 1, 3, 
and 3. How does the imperfect tense represent an action 1 L. 
47, 7. What are the terminations of the aptiye voice, indicative 
mood, Imperfect tense, in each conjugation 1 L. 53, p. 75. < Ij. 
62, 3. / L. 8. How does the futare tense represent an action) 
L. 47, 8. What are the terminations of the active voice, indi- 
cative mood, Aiture tense, in each conjugation 1 L. 59, p. 75. 
Deus, L. 9, Ex. 4. * L. 12, 1 ; and L. 15, 3. i L. 13, 3, 3, and 
L. B. or. How does the perfect tense represent an action 1 L. 
47, 9. What are the terminations of the active voice, indicative 
mood, perfect tense 1 L. 54. i See Ref. <, above, and L. 63. 
*" L. 48, 6 ; and L. 49. ' See Ref. r, above. How does the 
pluperfect tense represent an action 1 L. 47, 10. What are the 
terminations of the active voice, indicative mood, pluperfect 
tense 1 L. 54, p. 78. How does the future perfect tense represent 
an action 1 L. 47, 11. What are the terminations of the active 
voice, indicative mood, future perfect tense 1 L. 54, p. 78. 

9* How do the several moods represent an action 1 L. 47, 3. 
What are the terminations of the active voice, subjunctive 
mood, present tense, in each conjugation 1 L. 56. How is the 
subjunctive used in independent sentences 1 L. 57, 2. — NoU. The 
first six sentences in the subj. pres. are to be taken independently. 
The first and fifth can be translated as hortatory, by let; the re- 
mainder as denoting wishes or requests, by wutys as, " may for- 
tune favor." • L. P. What are the terminations of the ai live 
voice, subjunctive mood, imperfect tense, in each conjugation % 
L. 56, p. 80. & L. 77. « L. 5, II. What are the terminations 
of the active voice, subjunctive mood, perfect tense 1 L. 58. < L. 
9, 1 and 2. What are the terminations of the active voice, 
subjunctive mood, pluperfect tense 1 L. 58. • L. 64. / L. 76. 
How do the several moods represent an action 1 L. 47, 3. r L. 
126, i. Define the passive voice. L. 46, 9. What is frequently 
omitted, or left indefinite, with the active voice t With the 
{>a8sive voice 1 L. 46, N. 4. What are the terminations of 
the passive voice, indicative mood, present tense, in each conju-l 
gationi L. 66. 



• L. 15, 1 ; and L. 17, 3. & L. 12, 1 ; and L. 13. . < L. 8, 1 and 10« 
9, dh. 18, 2 and 3; L. 23, 11., and R. 2. What are the termi- 
nations of the passive vpice, indicative mood, imperfect tense, in ■ 
each conjugation 1 L. 66. « L. 9, 1 ; and L. 11. What are the 
terminations of the passive voice, indicative mood, future tense, 

in each conjugation 1 L.4j^. / L. 26, 1 and 3. What are the 
terminations of the passive voice, indicative mood, perfect tense 1 
^-pluperfect tense % — ^future-perfect tense 1 L. 68. What are the 
terminations of the passive voice, subjunctive mood, present 
tense 1 — imperfect tense 1 L. 70 — perfect tense 1 — pluperfect 
tense 1 L. 72. What are the terminations of the passive voice, 
imperative mood, in each conjugation 1 L. 74. its. 126, 1. 
h L. 13, and L. G, o. 

What is the rule for the predicate-nominative 1 L. 92, 1« « L. 1 !• 
fi, OS, and L. C, os. & L. 79. « L. 5, 1. and N. 1. tf L. 15, 1 ; and 
16, 1. • L. 5, N. 3 : and L. 17, 2. What is the rule for the 
agreement of adjectives 1 L. 91, 1. What is the logical subject 
of a proposition 1 L. 85, 1 — the logical predicate 1 L.85, 1. /L. 
37; and L. 28, 2 ; and L. 17, 2. f L. 1^, 1 ; and L. 17, 1, and N. 
h Nom. plur. neut. Vetera i Gen. plur veteruMt L. 37, Sxc. p. 57. 
i L. 29, N. 2. JL. 32, 1. * How is this adjective used 1 L. 91, 
N. 1. 

«L. 90, 3. &L. 91,2. 'L. 40, 3. <<L. 121, 6, (6.) •L.88, l,!^. 
and R. 2. / L. 14, 1 and 2. f L. 18, 2 } L. 20, 2. a Is this noun 
the subject of the sentence, or is it the predicate 1 L. 83, 4 and 5. 
< L. 91, 4. / Bipedes, " two footed," i, «., on " two feet." it is 
fi predicate adjective following the verb of motion ingredtuntur, 
U 92, 2, and R. 1, (a.) » L. 90, N. 2. i L. 32, 1, and R. 3. 
« L. 82, 3-5 : What do these adverbs modify 1 What is the rule 
for the object of an active verb in the active voice 1 L. 96, 1. 
" L. 27, and Exc. « L. 9, 1; and L. 11, 1. fU 81, 2, 3 and 4. 
t L. F, £xcs. in gender and in declension — us. ' See preceding 
note. • L. G, 1., 2. < L. 12, 1, and R. «* L. B, or. «L. C, ex. 
••L.45, R.2. 

• L. C, es. h What is omitted before vinum and liUiras ? • L. 1 3« 
32, 1. dh, 45, R. 2. «L. 88, 1, and R. 1. / Novi, and other 
tenses of nosco, derived fcpm the 2d root, are used like the same 
tenses of odi and memini ; L. 81,4. ' L. 18, 2 and 3. * L. 9. < L. 

15, 1 ; and L. 17, 2. i L. J, 9. What is the rule for nouns in 
apposition 1 L. 89, 1. * L. 40, 3. i L. 39, 6, and N. 2. ■» L. 1 16, 
4. "L. 18, 2; L 20, 2. « L. 109. r L. 116, 5. f L. 5, U. 

210 IfOTSS. 


'L. 15, 1, and L. 17, 1, and N; • L. 118, 3. tU 117, N. 1. 
•L. 35. «L. 24, a What is the rule for the genitive after 
nouns 1 L. iOO. «L. 93. 

14. HfinUa^ L. 92, 3. • L. 15, 1 and 5. Ant-iqnmimui, L. 39, N. 3. 
A Ii. 90, R. 3. • Non denigwus, « a not land,'' u e., *< an unkind," 
L. 93. 'What verb is here omitt^ % L. 90, N. 3. What i» 
the rule for the genitive after adjectives 1 tu 104 — after parti*- 
UveslL.103. /L« 126,2. fL. 18,2and4. aL.34,6. iSur 
perlatives followed by a partitive genitive are used like nouns, 
agreeing in gender and number, though not in case,, with the 
geniUves following them ; 9S stuUistitna animalium^ i. e., ftultis^ 
Hma animalia. What is the rule for the dative after adjective 
and verbs 7 L. 109. /L.96, 1. * L. 45, 3. 

MM. • L. 88, 3. ft U 9, 1 ; and L. 11. « L. 33, 1. dh. 15, 1 ; and 
L.13. •L.90,R.3. /L. 97, 1. »L. 40,2. AL.ll3andN, 
i L. 31, gumma, L. 40, 3 and 39, N. 3. iL. 39, 6. * L. 99. ilu 
114. *" See ne quidem^ in Diet, under ne, » L. 91, N. 1. 
What is a prepositioni L. 83, 7— the rule for the accusative 
after prepositions 1 L. ^7, 1. « L. 91, 4. i> L. 12, 1, and L. 14, 4. 
To find the nom. sing, of culites make use of L. 22, 1., of R. 3, 
and R. 3. t L. 91, 5. ^ U 10, R. 3. MiUs is sometimes followed 
by a dative; here it takes erga with the accusative. L. 109, R. 5. 

16. 'L. 97, 3. &L. 33, 1., R. 1. •L. 47, N. 3; and L. 96, N. 3. 
What is the rule for tnSLUdsub? L. 97, 3. dU 88, 3. • L. 15, 
l;andL. 16, 3. /L.75, 3. 'L.82, (1.) &L. 8, 5. iL. 136, 
3; and L. 57, 3. What is the rule for the ablative after prepo- 
sitions 1 L. 99. iL. 117, N. 1. *L. 32, 1 and 3. 

IT. -L. 144, N. *L. 13,1, « L. 117, N. 3. ''Prmtts is trans- 
lated as if it were primnm limiting duxU, ** first led." L. 
91, 9. / Esse^ « exist," L. 95, N. 5. f L. 17, 1, and N. * Possum 
is sometimes followed by the accusative of a neuter adjective or 
pronoun, ntkil, &c., where in English we supply do or the like ; 
as, nihil potest, '* can do nothing." Dulce, L. 91, 7. <L. 95, 4. 
What is the rule for nouns denoting the cause, majmer, &c. 1 L. 
117, 1 — for utor, &c.l — for verbs signifying io rejoice^ glory or 
cmfide in, &c.1 L. 116, 4--for verbs which in English are fol- 
lowed by vnih? L. 117, 3 — for verbs signifying to abound, &c. 1 
L. 117, 3— for tKe ablative of price and time? L. 118, 1 and 2— 
for a genitive or ablative of properinf, character or qiudiiy? L. 
ICa. /L. 110, 1. *L. 89. I L. 12, 1; and L. 23, 1., and R. L 
•► L. B, er. 

M0T1C8. 391 

•L.39,N.S. iL.5, U. 'L. 9. <L.44, N. 'L. 7,3; and 18. 
L. 35, 1. . / L. 12, 1. PrioribuSj sc. peMus, *< their fore feet." f L. 
"29, N. h Sing, locus, m.f plur. commonly loca, n, i L. 103, 1. 
*L. 101. Upon what may the infinitiTe depeodi L. 95, 5. 
After what classes of verbs is the infinitire nsed withoat a sub- 
ject 1 L. 95, N. 5. After what classes of rerbs does the infini* 
tire with a subject acensative follow 1 L. 95, N. 4. 

What is the object of cupio 7 L. 95, 5 ; and L. 96, R. 3. « U 19* 
18, 3 and 3 : to find the nom. sing., see L. 23, IL, and R. 2. ft U 
76. «L.J,5. 7\Mfrtm,JLa,l.,l. <U47, N.3. «L.99,R..2. 
/L. 136, 3. f L. 93, 3. a L. 81, Ezc fL. 111. /L. 117, 1. 
What is the rule for the infinitive as a sabject 1 L. 96, 4. * L. 
90,5. iL.'91,7. 

• L. 109. With what does tu/rpi«s agree? ft Sitos being used SO* 
without reference to a^definite person, is to be translated " one's." 
What are gerunds 1 L. 47, 17. By what cases are gerunds fol« 
lowed 1 L. 133, 3. How are gerunds governed 1 L. 133, 3. 
What rule is to be given for the genitive of gerunds 1 JL 100. 
*L. 117, 1. <L. 17, 3: to find the nom. sing, see L. S3, L, and 

R. 2. « A predicate adjective. / L. 1 17, 1. Nova, L. 91, 5. ' L. 
109, and L. 91, 4, *' to pne ignorant of reading.^' a From ineo. 
i Instead of urbem delendi, etres trucidandi, notnen Romdnum 0a> 
stinguendi, L. 133, 4. What is the rule for the dative of gerunds 
and gerundives 1 L. 109. /L. 47, N. 3. * £;^-e^,see elin Diet 
What is the rule for the accusative of gerunds and gerundives 1 
L. 97. Ad discendum, L. 133, 5. 

« For what is ^dijieandam used 1 L. 133, 4. What is the rule 2 !• 
for the ablative of gerunds and gerundives 1 Answer. Either L. 
99, or L. 117, 1, according as a preposMion is or is not expressed. 
ft This adverb modifies the gerund on account of the gerund hav> 
ing the nature of a verb. L. 88 : see also L. 133, 1. LacedanumH, 
druMf subst f»., the Lacedemonians. • *< Were accustomed to 
exercise." L. 47, N. 3. What is a compound sentence 1 L. 93, 
1. How may the members of a compound sentence be con* 
nectedl L. 93, 8. What is the rule for copulative and disjunc- 
tive conjunctions 1 L. 88, II. d L. 93, 1. • L. 83, 8, (4.) What 
is the object of aceipire? L. 96, 1. / What is the subject of 
pTiotal? L. 95, 4 ; and L. 81, 8 and 9. 

• A conjunction placed before each of two or more connected 22m 
words, gives peculijar emphasis to each, ft L. 15, 1 ; and L. 17, 

R. What is the root of nox? How is the nom. sing, fofmtdl 


aia KOTM 

In CntnalallBg noz cr«<, snpfiyU before Ae rtthf and le| tlie Qona 
follow the yerb^ '< it was aight." L. 33, I^ R. 1 and 3. 'L. 90, 3. 
'To what class of conjunctions does (his belong 1 L.82, (3.) 

• L. 131, N. / U 109, R. 3 : the dative after a verb is oAen thos 
used in Latin, where the ^English idiom requires a possessive 
caM or a possessive adjective pronomn;. as, .mUU m mentem 
mdcOf " 1 recall to my mind." i On what verb does the depend- 
ent clause troeodUum eresUre depend 1 L. 95, N. 4. Why iB ctO" 
c0diJkm in the accusative 1 L. 95, 3. What is to be snpiHied in 
English before the subject of the. infinitive 1 L. 95, N« t. * L. 
198, 11. i L. 95, 1. Att^em, enim and vero occupy the secona 
or third idace-in their clause. * L. 98. ' What are the two con- 
structions which may follow the comparative degreed / ^^ij. A 
dependent clause connected by qvdm^ or an ablative. When is 
the comparative d^ree followed by an ablative 1 L* 119, 1. 
When ^ttdffi is expressed, what case follows iti Ii. 119, 3. 
« What words are to be supplied 1 ■ What is the positive of 
this adjective 1— 4ts root 1 How are the comparative and super- 
lative formed 1 L.39,6. 

23* •!.. 86,3. ft What is to be supplied before this genitive 1 «ln 
what case is fera, and why % L. 109. . Why is homini in the 
dative 1 tf L. 1 and 9. • What is the rule for the construction 
of relatives 1 L. 94, 3. / L. 78. r L. 15, 1 ; L. 17, 3; and L. 33, 
I. and 3. h L. 18, 3. < L. 117, 1. iL. 116,4. * Jb, though often 
following ftti, is commonly to be translated before it: btma, 
«*good things;" mala, "evil things" L. 91, 5. iL. 79. wLh 
104, and R 1. • L. P, us. • L. 133, 1. 

24* What mood follows cum? L. 133, 3. How is the sulq'unc- 
tive after adverbs of time to be translated 1 L. 133, R. 1. • L. 
117, 3. « L. 116, 4. d L. 15, t and 3. • See Ref. e, p. 17. / L. 
117, 1. ' L. 81, 6>13. h L. 89, 1. For what purpose is rex Ma^ 
cedonia added 1 L. 89, R. « L. 110. What is the rule for the 
mood in a clause denoting a purpose, object or result 1 L. 133, 1. 
J L. 134, 3. k L. 5, 11., aifd L. 97, 3. i Give the rules for forming 
its n(»n. sing. L. 33, 1., and R. 1 and 3. "» Rule for its nom. 
sing. • Ne-quidemt " not even," see Diet. • L. H, 1. * L. 97, 4. 

* DieOf duco and facio^ like fero^ p. 104, commonly lose e in the 
3nd pers. sing, of the imperative active, and become dic^ diucyfae* 
L. 139, p. 171. ^ L. 106, 1. « L. 109. < L. 128, L 

2ff* • ** ^f»," i. e., Alexander, ft The subj. imperfect after thepeiw 
feet indefinite, U 135, 3. « L. 116, 4. <L. 34, and L. 3, 5, {b\ 

NOTBS^ 508 

• L. 135,1. / L. 88, 1., R. 1. f L. 133, 1 and 6. ftL. 183,3; ana 
L. 117, 1. <L. 135, 1. J L. 106, 3, and R. 1. *L.95, N.6. iL. 
135, ^ In what mood ia the verb of an indiiect qaeation 1 L.129, 1. 
When is a question indirect 1 L. 129, N. How is the subjune- 
tire in indirect questions trandatedl L. 199, 3. «L. 36,* 3. 
What ia to be supplied 1 ■ Its subjects are the preceding clauses, 

• L. 90, 5, and 14. 91, 7. What is rfierule for the infinitive with the 
accusative % L. 95,^. What word ia to be supplied in English 
before the subject of the infinitive 1 L. 95, N. 1. • L. 117, N. 1. 

• L.. 117, N. 1. * Supply e»f, which is oiten omitted in the M« 
compound forms of the infioskitive. « L. 95, 3. d L. 90, 5, and L. 

91, 7. * L. 97, 1. / What preceding thing does the pronoun id 
here indicate 1 See L. 41, 1. 'L. 8, 5. What is the rule for 
the agreement of participles 1 L. 91, .1. By what cases are they 
followed 1 L. 1^1, 9. What ia said <^ the time denoted by the 
present, perfect, and future active participles 1 L. 1^1, N. 3. 
%L. 117, 1. <L. 96,3. 

• See Ref. e, p. 17. i L. 108, 1. « A Greek accusative, L. Q. St* 
n., 1 ; see also L. D, is. <iL.9a «L. Ill, and N. 1. /L..131, 

9, and L. 96, N. 2. f L. 89, R., " when a boy." h L. 117, 1. < On 
what does this infinitive depend 1 /L. 91, 4. Jt L. 110, 1 ; and L. 
91,4. iL. 116, 4. Omgregantur; the passive voice is here 
used like what is called in Greek the middle voice, or like the 
active voice with $e, ■• " In thaj." or, " in the thing," L. 91, 5. 

• What does this adverb modif/f • 105, 1. p L. 106, R. 3. 

SalidH, L. 123, 3. «L. 110. ^97, 4. * TramUuH, **whenS8* 
about to pass over," L. 121, 4 ; and L. 122, fi-^lauddMiSj *< when 
praised." L. 121, 5; and L. 132, 2. <L. 117, N. 1. •"Upon 
those which go before (them)," L. 122, 3 ; and L. 1 1 1. / L. H, 1. 
f L. 116, 5. h L. 92 — BucephdUmy a Greek noun, L. 11, 2 and 3; 
also L. 92, 1, and L. 121, 9. < L. Ill, N. 2— A^res, L. 93, 1, and 
L. 131, 9. / L. 109, R. 1. * L. 133, 1. f L. 88, 3. 

• L. 106, R. 1. ft L. 111. « L. 101. If L. 133, and L. 109. • L. S9« 
133, 1, and L. 134, 1 and 3. / L. 123, 4 and 5. ' L. 1 13, and N. 
iL. 91, 4. What is the rule fur the ablative absolute 1 L. 190. 
SenescerUe lAind^ L. 120, N. 2 : the same note is applicable to the ' 

other ablatives marked (•). <L. 97, 8. JJj. 108, 2. *L. 103, N. 
2. 'L. 120, R. 1. "L. 108, 1. 

AeuUo aminoy L. 120, N. 8. «L. 117, 1. CofiooftninAir, m a SOw 
middle or reflexive sense for h etmvohunt. See note on wngre" 
rmtw, p. 27. » L. 45, 4. « L. 183, 1, and N. 1. 


974 N0TK8. 



31* • Metu, " throagh fear," or, « influenced by fear." L. 1 17, 1 ; I* 
133^1 and 9. »L. 97,3. ^L. 118, 3. -iL. 128, R. -L. 91,4. 
/ L. 95, 3. f L. 121, 6 (*). * L. 95, N. 4. i L. 117, I. J Exo- 
rdvU here takes an ace. of the person and a subj. claase with vt, 
denoting the thing, L. 96,3, and k. 6. * L. 120, *<That having 
gnawed the nets, he would set him at liberty;" or, *'that h^ 
would gnaw the nets and set him at liberty," L. 120, N. 3; or, 
«< to gnaw the nets and," &c., L. 133, 2. LiAerdtus. L. 121, 5, (a). 
I L. 88, 2. ■• What is the object of this verb 1 L. 96, R. 2. ■ L. 
95, N. 5. • L. 129, 1 and 2. p L. 1 12, 1. « L. 122, 3. 

38. . • L. 109. * L. 127, R. « L. 90, R. 2. rf L. 90, R. 2. • L. 45, 
R. 2. / L. 94, 1 and 2. f L. 91, 4. h L. 133, 1 and 2. i L. 91, 
5. iL.88,2. A L. 88, I., R. 2. i L. 47, N. 2. •»L.89,1. «L. 
128, 1. ^ AuterUt enim and vero commonly occupy the second 
place in a clause. Dona is in the ace, the subject of amferri^ 
L. 95, 3. f The subject of oporhiit is, omnia bona in unum con^ 
ferri, L. 95, 4 : see also L. 81, 6, 8, and 9. « L. 97, 3. ' L. 120, and 
N. 2. In translating a participle, its time must conform to that 
of the verb with which it is connected; as, adveniente domino 
gmes avolantf " when the owner comes^ the cranes /y off;" adve-^ 
nieiUe domino grues avoldbant, *^ when the owner came, the cranes 
flew off," &c. • L. 1 17, I. » h^l, N. 2. 

33« •L.121,9. 7?e/t7t^is, L. 50, R. 4 and 5. &L.113. «L. 91,5. 
For the case of tulis, see L. 11 1. d Dulcia tiUis praponere is the 
subject of esi. • L. 82, (4), and L. 50, R. 3. / The adverb is 
often separated from the word which it modifies by the oblique 
case of a noun modifying the same word. ' L. 117, 1. ik L. 50, 
R.4. <U 116, 4. iL. 111. * I L. 107, 2, and N. -"Wasac- 
customed to lie," or, " kept lying," L. 47, N.2. " L. 24, 3. • U 
117, 1. f L. 103, 1, and L. 1, 6. f L. 42, I. ^ L. 116, 4. • L. 
133, 1, and 134, 1. < The subjunctive denoting a result aAer 
quern, U 133, 1, and L. 134, 2 and 3. «L. HI. «L. 132, 2. 
• L. 134, 3. 

3*I« 'L. 117, 1. ^L. 121, 9. • QiUdem follows an emphatic 

word. rfL.88,1.,1. -L. 110, 4. /L.79,N. fL.97,4. aL. 

'47, N. 2. i L. 29, N. 2. S L. 9, Exc. 3. * L. 126, 3. i L. 110, 1. 

» L. 47, 11. " L. 95, 3. • L. 88, 2. f L. 95, N. 4. « L. 40, 3. 

^ When a noun. is limited by another noun and by an ailjective, 


jhe adjectiTe usually stands first «L. 190. (L. 117, JDT. 1. 

'"L. 103, 3. • U 129, 1 and 8, -1*117, 3 •L.131, 1. fU 
119, N. 3. 

«L.91,4. ft L. 117,1. «L. 95,5. rfL. 95,N.4. « Supply vj 35. 
before ffuod, *' that which," or <* what.*' / L. 11 1. ' " Had seen, 
it first," the comparatire is used when only two are spoken of. 
L. 39, 4. i^L. 128, II., 1 and N. <L. 82, 7, (1.) i^L. 116, 4. 
' Pieto has yarions constxactions, it is here cpnstrued with the acc^ 
of the thing and the abl. of the person with a ; see L. 96, 3, and 
N.6. ■•L.98. •" Not even <wr bodies j" see note (OiPH •!* 
lib, I. pU 131, l,and(a.) 

Spectdtiur has for its subject the clause, qwUfial, L.. 90, & • L. 36r 
129, 1 and 2. h L. 120, and N. 3. • L. 94, N. 2. dU 132, 2. 
•L. 131, 1, and (a) and (^.) /" These fellows." L. 42, N. 2. 
' L. 103, 1 . A See note («), p. 32. < Epulor takes either the a«c. ot 
the o^. L. 116, 5. iL. 133, 1 and 2. *L. 128, R. fL.134,a 
••L. 132. " L. 91, 5; and L. 95, 3. • L. 95, N. 4. p L. 95, N. 
5. /L. 117, N. 1. ' L. 126, 3. • Neque^ " and not," is properly 
both an adverb and a conjunction. < L. 127, R. « L. 123, 3; and 
L, 100. •L.91, 4. -L. 121, 6, (^)> and L. 95, N. 4. ' Eof, 
pii, " those who," or " such as."- f L: 123, 3 and 5. * L. 133, 1, 
and li. 134, 1,2 and 3. 

•^JReducBft depends on eondta, h» 95,' N; 5. > L. 96, R. 2. 3 T« 

* Inter se, " between thenaselves,'* or " with each other." /*ad^ 
fvn^L.134, 1. i< L. 120, and N. 2. • L. 95, 3, and N. 4. /L. 
91, 4; and L. 111. * L. 96, R. 2. f L. 131, I. ^ L. 95, N. 4. 
The subject of fare is the clause following, beginning with ui. 

* The distributives denote the number of eggs expected eackday^ 
Ii.38,4. i L. 132, 2, and R. 1. *L.9i,N.l. iL. 117, 1. Ctmr 
tpkdU^-^iscedens. Both these participles may be translated by 
the Bnglish present participle, but the Latin words mark the 
time more accurately, as the past participle denotes an act prior 
to that of the verb with which it is connected, L. 121, N. 3, 
eanspicdtat ** having seen," or ** alter she had seen," L. 122, 1 and 
6; while the present particij^le denotes an act cofizistent with 
that of the verb in the clause — disUdens^ " departing," or '* while 
departing," or ** as she was departing." L. 122, 1, 2 and 5. » Nee 
"and— not." • Repertas, "irfound." L. 122, 2 and 6. This 
participle supplies the place of a conditional olause, which would 
have been in the subjunctive, according to L. 131, 1. • L. 131, 
(a). fL.95, 3. 


38. • L. 128, II., 1, and If . 3. a L. Idl, €,(».) «L.109. rfL.lS9» 

1. • U 91, 5. / L. no. t L. 111. A Fur that in this way, or 
by this means, they, &c. < The verb of saying on whieh an in- 
finitive with the accusative depends, is ollen implied in some 
.preceding verb. Here it is Implied in ffUumU. J '< The inquiry 

was made," its subject is the following clause. L. 81, 7, 8, 11 
and 12. * U 123, 3 ; and L. 97, 3. < L. 22, 1., and R. 2. -»L. 
88, 2. • L. 95, 5. • L. 133, 1 and a ' L. 116, 6. « L. 131, 1, 
and N. ^L. 92, 1. • L. 1 15. < What is the object of ignor&re ? 
L.96, R.2. «L.1»5, N.4. 
39* • U 97, 2. ft L. 110. What is the subject of licet? L. 81, 8. 
•L.99,R.9. <L. 133,3. •L.U6,4. /Sc eue. rL.lll,N. 

2. ft L. 115. i L. 97, 5. iL. 109, R. 1. » L. 106, 1. i L. 133, 
1 i and L. 134, 2. » L. 133, 1 and 2. " For wbat does this pro- 
noun standi L. 41, 1. • L. 92, 1. % The subject is quod caput, 
4^,, for which the pronoun it is prefixed to the verb in English. 

40. • U 117, 1. ftThe ablative of place without in. U 106, R. 2. 
«L.91,6. <L.2l. «L. in. /L. 129, land 2. fL.96,N.5. 
ftL. 133, 1; and L. 134, N. l:«ee note (*), p. 41, iL. 132, 
2. *L. 120, and N.t; and L. 121,7. iL. 117, N. 1, and L 
121, 9. •• L. 99, R. 1. ■ <* As to nappen is usual or common," 
i. «., " as often happens,** L. 81, 8. • L. 95, N. 4. « See L. 120, 
N. 2. P L. 133, 1 and 2. * What is the antecedent of quod ? h, 
94, N. 2. 

41. • L.96, 3, and N. 6. • L. 1 17, 4. f ^^ English the order of 
the subject- and predicate-nominatives in qaestions and ex- 
clamations is reversed. ^L. 129, 1. The question is denoted 
by qudm, L. 125, 1. 'The reflexive \b used because it stands 
for ashws, the subject of the leading clause. L. 127, IV. <<L. 
133, 1 and 2. 'U 128, II. I. /L. Ill, N. I. f L. 115. hA 
relative clause, containing a reason for something preceding, 
takes a subjunctive, whicli is translated by the indicative or a 
gerundive, '* who was unwilling," " because I was unwilling," 
or, "In being unwilling." iL. 117, 1. iL. 95,5. ft What is 
the antecedent of quo? i L. 101, R. 3. » L. 104, R. 2. Prima 
nocttf L. 91, 8. 

49. « Sese, the same as se, L. 127, IV. » L. 133, 1 and 2. « " That 
she," L. 95, 3, and N. 1. rfL. 96, 1. • L. 109.. /L. 119, 3.^ 
i L. 96, 3, and N. 6. h Se, '< her," i. «., the tortoise. < L. 133, f 
and 2. Arreptam, translate according to L. 122, 8. - i L. 45, R. 
2. »L. 117, 1. iL. 111. & «»m, L. 127, 1 V. PerAi^ L. 133, 

NOTEi. 18TT 

I, and N. 1. • L. 197, N. 1. ExpUn, L. 137, 1. • L. 131, 1, 
and (A.) r L. 91, 5. f K 47, 10. •• L. 120. • L. 108, 3, and R. 

• L. 98. > U 103, 1 and 2. • ^«-<^, «* both— and." <iL. 99,43. 
S. 'L. 131,9. /L. 117, 4. f L. 133, 1 and 2. &L. 120. iL. 
129, 1 and 2. ML. 107, 2. i L. 81, 6, pamUet, &c., hare no sub- 
ject expressed, and in general none can be supplied. "^Supply 
aliquem or hominem after acquiro, <• L. 91, 4. J* L. 103, 1. f Tbe 
historical present, L. 47, N, 4, and L. 135, N. What is tiie 
accusative of the thing after interrdgat, L. 96, N. 6. f What is 
to be supplied with proram ? ^U, 132, 3. • L. 49, R. 2. < L. 29, 
N. 2. » JWwtt^ TOdjor, " much larger," L. 119, 3. • L. 119, 1. 

ft L. 88, 2, and R. 2. » L. 133, 1. « L. 81, 6, 8 and 9.-- Fifm 44» 
memoraSf literally, " yon say true things," t. e., " what you say is 
true," or more concisely, «* that is true." « L. 109. — Audita voce, 
" when I hear," L. 120, N. 2 and 3. d L. I, Gen. pi. 2, • L. 117, 
1. /A predicate adjective, L. 92, 2. »L.24,7. *Qwrf?"whatI" 
An accusative depending upon an adtive verb or preposition 
understood. < Esse Rndfuisse in compound infinitives are often 
understood. ^L. 129, 1 and 2.- » Si moriendum sU, supply miMf 
L. 112, 2 and Rem. (a) and (0, " if I must die : ? as moriendwn 
sit is impersonal, see also L. 81, 7 and 10, and N. i L. 119, 3. 
«» Pradarius agrees with the clause, meo crudre aspergt, &c., 
which also is the subject of the impersonal verb ert^, L. 91, 7, 
and L. 81, 8 and 9. " Depending on praclariuSf L. 109. • L. 95, 
3, and N. 1. p L. 94, 2, and N. f L. 111. '^ L. 95, N. 4. • L. 
131. «L. 49, R.2. i!<fontor, L. 47, N. 4. 

4 L. 24, 7. « L. 131, 1 and (a), rf L. 109. • See N. («>), p. 32. 45. 
Arreptum devordvU, L. 122, 8. / L. 121, 6, (b.) t L. 109. Ovis, 
supply et^ L. 88, II., R. 3. * L. 120. < " For itself," the reflexive 
referring to labor; L. 45, R. 2. i L. 133, 1, and L. 134, 1 and 3. 
k Is as the antecedent of qui^ is usually placed after it i Is sdat, 
" let him know," L. 126, 2, and L. 57, 2. « L. 95,' N. 4 ; see N. 
{i) on p. 44. " L. 109. • L. 134, N. 2; ^i«e, « who," or, « what 
one." !» L. 117, N. 1. r When the noun depending on a preposi- 
tion is limited by a genitive or an adjective, the preposition com- 
monly stands first. •- • L. 134, 1 and 3. « L. 131. N. 

« The historical perfect, L. 47, N. 3. h Daturusessetf " proposed 46« 
to give," L.J28, II., 1 ; and L: 121, 4, (A.) 'L. 118, 2. Qua 
quwnif " when they," L. 94, 5. d The perfect infinitive, connected 
with a verb in a past tense, has the meaning of a pluperfect; 
**had taken a wife," i. e., " was married," L. 95, 1. *L. 119j 1 

/L. 116.«-nMmM, L. M, 4; and L. 15)^, 8 sad 4, andN. &£# L. 
9l,3&iid4. ft L. 139, 1 and 3. ih.i%ll. Jh.2U ^Instead 
of f^li^«^ia» L. 90, N. 1, (^). » L. 131, 4, (6). •^L.117,N.L 
PoiH^ L. 107, 3. •L.117, L 

4T. • *< Ta Ikim/' JL 109. » /if-smte omhs, Uterally, *< for them 
before the eyes," u e,, like 4nU eamm oaUos, ** before their eyes," 
L. 109, Rem. 3. • Poniret denotes the purpose for which he re- 
lated the fable, L. 133, 1 and 3, tf The indirect quotation or oro^ 
MfiM depending on dtacU^ begins at to/ws, L. 137| 3 and I. — Se 
ttte impugnaiwros, "that they, the volves," L. 137, lY. The 
agreement of the wolves constitutes a second oraUoobl^iua within 
the first, depending on pados etse, a verb of saying, l^ 95,. N. 
Aj'^DederetUur, L. 131, 1.— PZacttiise. The second oraito oUiqua 
ends with dederefUuTf and placuisse together with dUaniassef like 
|NKto5(iS»,dependson<2ta»<.. /L. 117,4. fL.88,3. aL.130. — 
OvespascenSf L. 133, 3, 3 and 6,'^Lupos depends on the verb of 
saying >E»^e9i5, L. 137, 3 and L^Aggressos esse, " had attacked," 
L. 137, N. ^--'Fingens, L. 133, 1. < L. 131, 9. >See ^_. ("•) on 
p. 46. * L. 117, N. 3. I L. 110. . « L. B, ex. " iMdire depends 
on ezisiimantesj L. 95, N. 4. • L. 133, 1, preces, L. B, ex. ' L. 
103, 1. r L. 117^ 1. • L. 94, 3 and 5. < L. Ill, N. 3. 

48* • CfratiUor is sometimes construed with the dative of the person 
and the accusative of the thing in respect to. which the congratu- 
lation is given, " to congratulate one upon," or, '< on account of 
something." » L. 138, II., 1. « L. 136, 3 and 3. d The English 
order is, eos puUos qws,'^DomvMa, sc. meus^ L. 91, 6. — Raptos^ 
« having seized," see L. 130, N. 3. • L 131, 6, (a). / L. 133, 6. 
' L. 90, 3 ; and L. 86, 3.— iZ2am, " it." a L. 95, N. 4.— Pon^re^, 
L. 133, Rem. 1. — Correptum, translate according to L. 130, N. 3. 
iJL 133, Z,^Astutior, sc. astno. JU 111. kU 139,1 and 3. 
• L. 139, 3. I L. 95, N. 5. «» Neqwo is conjugated like €o, L 
80. » L. 115, 3. 

ftO, • L. 133, 3, and L. IQ^^-^Adspicii, du^, L. 47, N. 4. * Solo, 
'< in the sea," L. 108, R. 3. • Qiit voMrimi literally, << who wish- 
ed;" the relative clause denotes the reason of the declaration, 
najure pkctor, aod the passage may be translated, " 1 am rightly 
punished for wishing, or, because I wished, though I was bom 
in the sea," &«. — Salo-^solo t here is the play upon words, called 
paronomasia, — Sums^ " his own." rf Uwusquisque nas a double 
declension, see L. 45, N. 3. • Quern praterire sineperido is the 
subject of licet, L. 81, 8. / L. 137, 3, 1., UL and IV. iShm, 


"him," i «., ihe btdl. * Supply o«; "would fly off." L.9&,N 
3. < Sapply dixU or respondeij L. 137, N. 1.— GMuii^sn/eiif, <' vh^ 
yoa lighted," L. 199, 5. f Supply unam se. |»»ram, ** the one filled," 
&c. — Propriis, " own,"^ i. «., in connection with the preceding 
nobiSf « our own."— FtttM, L. 117, 9.— Hamp, ••to gire," post itr^ 
gum dart, ** to place behind the back."^-illil»is, «c. i^tt, •* with 
the faults of otherB."^^^^ re, '* oh this account, for this reason."— 
AJii simul, the order is, simiU ahu 


• L. 89, 1., and R. — Give the rules for forming the nominative 50« 
singular of AgenoriSf dracdnem, Mortis, foTitis, custddem, prolem 
soiduxdref see I^22and L.23. »L.117,N.2. '^'Allwhohad 
come," L. 134, 1 ; or ** all such as bad come," L. 134, 9, and N. 
1. <L. 132,3 and Rem. 'L. 89, 2. /L. 101, and Rem. 3. 
* L. 118, 2. < L. 98. An7t(hiim Tiovem, lit. «» of nine years," i. ft, 
*< nine years old," L. 101, and R. 1. The rule for forming the nom. 
sing, of ApoUinis. J L. 47, N. 2. * L. 91, 2, and N. 9. 

•L. 108,1. »L.97,2 and 3. «L.117,N.l; and L.C,os.51. 
rfL. 117, 1. •L.117,N.2. /L.119,N.3. f L. 92, and (d). *A 
Greek accusative, L. G, IL, 1. < L. 127, 3 and IT. i L. 133, 1. 
*L.lip,l. iL.114. »L. 127,11. •L.90,3. The English idiom 
requires the singular number. «L.99, R. 4. 

«L. 111. »L. 96, 3, and N. 6. <L. 133, 1 and 2. <*L.5S. 
120, and N. 3. f Literally " which having been seen," L. 190, 
N. 1 J i. e., « at sight of which," L. 120, N. 2, /L. 117, N. 9, 
^um, L. 132, R. 2, pariunt, " lay," an active verb used absolutely, 
i. e., without its case. 'L. 27, Exc. Alcyonios, L. 96, N. 5. 
h L. 9, Exc. 4. < L. 134, 1. i Qua, i. e., ea, qua, " those things 
which." As antecedent is is often omitted; L. 94, 7. — ComMwU" * 
cdbiU, " used to tell," or "was wont to tell," L. 47, N. 2. » DieUur, 
sc. iUe. I " Attempts to take," L. 121, 4. '^Si super caput, «« over 
his head," L. 109, Rem. 2. 

. 'L. 111. »L. 110, 1. «L.133,2. *L. 127,N. 1. 'L. 109.53. 
/ L. 127, IL t See N. (•), p. 32. * The object of dare, i L. 197, 
L, III. and IV. J Dare, " to give," or, " that he would gtve,** be- 
cause the verb of saying is in the perfect indefinite. See on th« 


f80 N0TX8. 

connection of tenses, L. 135, remembering that the infinltiye in 
Ijitin often corresponds with the indicative, or potential in Eng«- 
lish, L. 95, N. 3. » L. 120, N. 3. i JU 108, 2. • L. Ill, N. 2. 

• AgOfmemnifM duce^ literally, "Agamemnon being the com^ 
mander," t. e., ** under the command of Agamemnon ;" L. 180, 
Rem. 1. — Qttttm jetr«f; L. 138, R. 3. — Peritunm, tsx, '<wonld 
perish," the leading rerb anrcf, being in the imperfect, see L. 135, 
and N. (i) above, f L. 1 17, 1. » " That he was concealed,** L. 1527, 
N. 2. ^ L. 103, 1. • Possessive adjectives often supply the place 
of the genitive of the corresponding noun ; as, regiw for regis, 

414. « L. 95, N. 4.— QiMS dum, «* while they," L. 94, br-AudUo, L. 
130, N. 3. » L. 95. 3. • The predicate accusative after esK, L. 
92, R. 2. — InUUeetum es<; its subject is the preceding infinitive 
clause, for which U is supplied in* English. * The adjective sep- 
arated from its noun by a genitive limiting the same noun. • L. 
108, 1. /See N. (•), p. 32. rL. 109. — Sacramg an adjective 
usually follows its noun when any thing depends upon it. h The 
comparative to be translated by the positive with tao^ L. 119, N. 
3. i Sc. illL J L. 127, 3 and L-^Non posse, « could not ;" the im- 
perfect depending on the periect indefinite, L. 135. ^ L. 95, N. 
5. 1 L. 108, 2; so Argos above. "» L. 111. " Supply earn before 

• sacerdCtem, Li. 96, 2. — jycja eversd, " after the destruction oi Troy," 
L. 120, N. 2. « L. ] 06, Rem. p L. 133, 1 and 2, and N. 1. Prth 
mitiueus, a trisyllable. ? L. 91, 9. ^ L. 129, 1. 

415. 'L. 111. » L. 133, 1 and 2. Qtbantwrnr-iantwrn., TamMmvi^ 
demonstrative adjective to which the relative adjective qtuMtus 
relates. The same is to be remarked of talis and qualisj As in of 15 and ^i, the relative word is usually placed first 
« The imperfect denoting repeated, that is, eager action, *' earnestly 
requested." iiL.127,1. « L. 133, 1 and 2. /L. 129, 1. 'L. 
133, I and 2. — Quo faclo, quod quiim, and qui qu/um, see L. 94, ft. 

• Afitfew, " putting," L. 95, N. 6. iL,109. iL.12l,N.3. *Sc. 
esse. iL. 127, IL 

Se. -L. 109, R.6. »L. 101. e L. 133, 1 and 2. iiL. 117, K. 2. 

• L. Ill, N. 2 and 1. / L. 117, 1. f L. 42, N. 2. * L. 108, 2.— 
Omditi&ne addita, L. 120, N. 3. f L- 1^- * L* l^i H. J Cadmus 
nomine, " Cadmus by name/' i. e., " named Cadmus," h. 117, 5. 
*L. 108,2. iL.133, 3. ••L.47,7. «L. 122,2. 

«T. • L. 94, 6. » L. 117, !• ♦ Why in the subjunctive, and by what 

mood to be translated 1 QwcqiUd or ^idquid. This pronoun, 

1 like the English whoever and vhaiever, seems often to include both 

N^TBf. tm 

anteocdcat and rdatire. « L. 128, II. 1. < L. 133, 1 and 9.— Gno- 
9UHS €Sl, L. 79, N. « L. 116, 5. / L. 95, 3, and N. 4.— J^, L. 
109. f L. 119, 1. ik L. 90, Rem. 2. < The present pe^t< is used for 
^Imb perfect indefinite, L. 47, N. 4; and hence id followed by the 
imperfect, L. 135, 2, ^. i L. 95, 3. k Sc. €», << it" t L. 101, Rem. 
3. « " Was wont" or " uaed," L. 47, N. 2. •L.lHiN. 1. •h. 
96, N. 4. 

• The preposition usually precedes the adjective, but particular S9. 
phrases are excepted. » L. 81, 13 ; what is the subject represented 
hyUbefMe^adiaum/uU? «L.95,4. rfL.128,II.,l. «L.117, 

1. /L.135,2. f L. Ill— d^»rmMfs^i,L.122,2. AL.132,2and 
Rem.— Ctrtm, L. G, II., a < Xi. 96, 2. i L. 131, (d). Bapkim sc. 
piseem, <* having seized it," L. 120, N. 3. ir L. 1 19, N. 3. Venan^ 
<et,L.122,2. I What is to be supplied 1 »L.117,4. 

• A dissyllable. » The genitive plural of other participles in SO. 
fus is seldom used, but veniur6rum is found in Ovid, Met. 15, 
835. * Repeated past action, L. 47, N. 2. «L. 111. <(Pxt>- 
nounced Har-py^yas ^Ab ore a, i. e., ah ore ejus^ " from his 
mouth," L. 109, R. 9, and L. Ill, N. 2. /L.96, 3. > L.135,2. 

A L. 127, III. and IV. 'L. 127, 1. iL. 117,4. tfo^uusf, L. 127, 
N. 2. SiropkddaSf L. I, Ace Plur. 2. 


* L« 96, Rem. 1, and L. 124, 3. In the actire voice it would OOi 
be (Aliquis) Tkakn (Greek ace.) itUerrogAvU^ on facta etc,, and 
the accusative of the person is changed to the nominative in the 
passive, L. 124, 2. • Laiet takes an accusative of the person from 
whom any thing is concealed. » L. 129, 1 and 2. • Ne eogitOia 
guidenif *' not even their thoughts." d From nemtnem to the end 
the wordi are in the oratio obliqua. See L. 127. « ^ i L. 127, II. 
PijthagSra, L. 8, 5. / L. 134, 3.— Anfew, see N. (•), p. 32. r L. 
133, 1 and 2. h « That he had said (so)." Hence our phrase, " a 
mere ipse dizUJ' <L. 103, N. Z.-^PrUneUy L. 8, ^.^ExfrngnA- 
turn el eversam, L. 122, 3 and 6. ir L. 133, 1 and 2, and N^ 

« L. 120, N. 3. i Vaeutts is construed with the gen,^ or ihe aU. 01« 
with or without ab* In construction, with vaeeuum supply Aom- 
Incm/ in translating, nothing is to be supplied; «than, free 


lram«ver7cftie,todevole,''Ae. *J)0rtiMeamiMtaAhfptimt9 
«0e. d SatnJUa augenda dqxnds on causA, L. 100, ** for the pM^ 
poae of enlarging (his) knowledge," L. 183, 4. « L. 131, 1. / L. 
«2»N.9l tX^^*8. 'L. 111. AL. 13$, a iThe imperfed 
denoting enstomary aeUon, L. 47, N. S. /L. 133^ N. 1. » iWittil 
in the aceoealive withoot a preposition, OMd for hm^ '^ noChing 
cbanged," or, '* in no respect changed," L. 97, 5. ^ L. 119, N^X 
«L.13S,4. AL.tlO,l. •L.133,1 and 3. <L.lS8,3;and 
UIOO. •L.117, 1.— FUMdlicr,Ul2B,IL,9. /L..79,N. 'See 
N. ('XP' 33 A L. 129, 1 and S. iL. 13B, IL, 1. iL. 106^ 9^ 
andRem* * L. 108, 1, and Rem. iL^ 111. ȣ.. 88, 3. "^L. 
107, 9 and BMSL-^RepraxnUUM, see N. (i\ p. 61. 'L. 117, 
N. 1. 
•3. •L.109. AJU 117,5. « See N. (^'X F 34. 4 L. 1S9, 1 and 3. 

• L. 134,4. /L. 116, 3, and N. rU 103,1. a infinitives and 
obliqne cases of noons generally stand before the words on ^iriilck 
they depend. * L. 128, II., 1. i What is the verb of saying on 
which this snl]ject accnsatire depends 1 k L. 98. i L. 91^ 9. 
» Lu U8, {.--Fcitd^cnt, L. 96, N. & «JL93,1 

64. 'L. 111. »L. 44^ N. <L. 133, 3 and Rem. iiL. 103, 1. 

• Present participles with kamo^ A^mises, or the liktf understood, 
sometimes sapply the place of a noun ending in tor^ and denoting 
the agenlf " the (persons) sacrificing," i. «., " the sacrificers." 
/ A Greek accusatiye, L. 34, 2 ; and L. G, II., 3. r L. 116, 5.— 
7%aas,L.J,9, ikL. 110,1. < L. 133, 1 and 2. iL. 132, 2 and 
Rem. k L. 117, & < L. 81, 13. 

6«. -L. 131, 1. ftL. 103, 3. <L. 91. 5. 'L. 96, 3, and N. 6. 

• L. Ill, N. 3. /L. 133, 1. 'L. 110, 1. hh. 108, 1. <L. 130, 
and 139, h-^AffpeUandus sis, L. 131, 6, (by JL. 93, 1. ft<<To 
one who inquired," L. 133, 3. < TV victfirem fenim^tdn, L. 92; 
Rem. 3. 

66. 'Sc esK,L. 121, 6(6). »L.95,6. •L.IU. tfL. 139, land 
3w • L. 130. / L. 101, Rem. 3. h L. 99, 4. < Ne precedes and 
qmdeni follows the emphatic word. J " Of one about to *p\ under," 
L.91,4. i^L. 133, 1. 

6T« « L. 136, 3. * See note on quantum — Utniuim, p. 55(. < L. 133, 
1. — MmenUbus 4um gwAusdam, " when certain persons cautioned 
him." . L. 183, 6. d L. 133, 1 and 3. « AHendtus is usually fpl* 
lowed by the aH. with a preposition, but here takes a dative. 
/ L. 138, II., 1. f See N. [h)^ p. 44. h L. 131, 1 and (a).— /V 
Uimn vocatim, " having eaUed Pythias," L. 190, N. 3.^AceefU 

WOTBfl. ffS 

SiJieiMte, *< when he had iearaed tlie embtrrasBOieDt,'* Ac. L. 
192,5and6. <L.117,2. iL. 119, 1. i L. 9ft, N. 5. ">L. 95, 
N. 4. "A predicate adjective, L. 9B, 5i. » L. 117, 1. p L. 105, 
8. f L. 109.— F«r««, L. 117, 1. • " For which," L. 97, ^.^Om- 
Hffit, what is its subject 1 < F\fr€ is used impersonally, its subject 
being the remaining words in the period, h. 81, 8 and 9. — Dig" 
mif, L.93,2. «L. 116,3. 

PiMT, ** while a boy," L. 89, R. • L. lift. » L. 116, 4. « L. 69. 
109. tf L. 134, 3. f L. 110, 1. /AM debeOdtd, " aiier his con^ 
quest of Asia," L. 130, N. 3. f L. 97, 1. * L. 117, 8. * L. 88, 
2.— Qtftf audUe, « when Alexander heSlrd this," L. 130, N. 3, or 
N.3. )L. 133, 1 and S. i^L. 136, 1. iL. 104. ^L. 136, 3. 
» L. 106, Rem. 4. • L. 106, Rem. 3. ' L. 106, R. 1. 

«L. 117, 3. — Ab ejus nomine, " after his name." — ProposUiSj L.60« 
130, N. 3. » L. 134, 3.— rc«M5. L. 3, Exc— fiiwiea? «* when old." 
«L. 117, 4. dLi, 106, 1. 'L. 96, 3. — F^acUtm est, impersonal: 
what is its subject 1 Pompew^ pronounced, Pom-fffyo. f L. 133, 
1 and 3. t L. 103, 1. h L. 116, 3.— AroeaH/^f, L. 130^ N. 3, or 
L. 133, 8. i L. 134, 3. iL. 103, N. 2,^Defedssel, L. 131, 1 and 
(a). * L. 119, 3. I L. 131, 4, (b). 

• L. 1 17, 3. » L. 89, 3. • Per medios ignes, ** through the midst TO« 
of the fires," L. 91, 8.— Cum periculo, ** at the risk." d L. 138, II., 

1. 'L. 111. /L.9ft,4. f*< That it afforded him," dbc. L.114,and 
N. 1 : esse being-used impersonally, its subject is the clause qudd 
patria, Ac., L. 61, 8. *"His," L. 137, IV. <"Than he," L. 
119, 1.— What is the object of didiOrat? L. 96, Rem. 3. iL. 
103, 1 . » L. 1 1 7, 3. — InspecUmU popHlOj " in view of the people," 
L. 130, N. 3. I L. 133, 1. • L. 131, 6, (b). 

• Xj. 1 1 1. h Instafudum esse is used impersonally ; supply nobis, T 1 • 
Ac., " that we ought to pursue," L. 113, 3, and Rems. (a) and (e), 

' and L. 131, 6, {b). • Cedo takes the ablative of a place with de, 
ez, or without a preposition, L.'l08, R. 8. iiL. 131, 1 and (a). — 
OiriTUho eaptA, '* by the capture of Corinth," L. 130, N. 3. •l^ 
117, 8. /L. 103, N. Uj^Eo defmuAo, " after his death," L. 190, 
N. ^—Non esset unde, ** there was no property from which." s L. 
134,4. fL. 138, 3. &L. 9ft, N.4. iL. 99, Rem. 4. iL.81,N. 
2.'^AoeepH§'^reeuperdtOf L. 130, N. 3. — Ad sues, L. 91, N. 4. i^ L 
lQ9.-^JussaSf '* ordered five cohorts," Ac., misit, *' and sent them," 
L. 133, a 1 L. 133 S.-^Reeeplwm m, " should be Ukea back," L. 
9B, N. 8 : the ftiture inf. passive, consists of the former supine 
nd tri, the present inf. pass, ofeo^ to go, L. 74^ N. 9; 


984 MOTM. 

TS. ^lu.99,(ky »L. 105, 4.-->-C<aMf,<*tfl«rth«7liad been beatni,'' 
L.129,5aiid6: or, " to be beaten,^ L. 198, 8. «L.G, L,3,aiid 
L. H, 3. «!.. 101. / Wliat is the aabject of aectdUT L. 81, 8 
aDd9. 'L. 108, R. 2. hh. U7; 8. f The aecnaative is the 
usual constraction, aceoniing to L. 96, Rem. 4: the ablative 
here appears to depend on tlie proposition u» understood, k L. 

T8« 'L. 96, Rem. 3L * L. 38, 8,^^CMrpeUui4mm, L. 103, 1. •L, 
109. 4^133,1 and SL 'L. 128,1; /L.97.4. 


74. • L. 91, 9. » L. 96, 3.— -^hi^ kae rege, *< la his relga.*^^flSfk:, 
i. e., tx Trcj^ «L. 117, N. 2. ' L. 110^-£7s benign^ reupUt^ 
"received him kindly (and)." U123,8. •L.96,8. 

741. «Xiit. " until Rome founded,"! «., *< until the fonndingof Rome." 
L.121,5, (^). ftL.108, 1. «L. 119,1. ri" Used tasay." L. 47, 
N.2^ •^cesL /L.89,3. fL..103, 1. * Jlf<9kir9uc^,'lit,<<les8 
or inferior in respect of birth," i. «., '* born later, younger," L. 
117,6. < Xi. 129, 1 and 2. iL^l^^V-^RhMm SUfciam-^VesUir 
lem virginenif ti. 96, 2. » L. 110, 1. — Geminos fXioSy Rom'uhm H 
Remvm, U 89, 3. i L. 91, 5, and L. 94, N. 2. «» L. 121, 6, (a). 

T6. "L. 129, 1 and 2. ' » L. 97, 4. «Ii. 109. <In constraction iw- 
nuseia follows rofuintnt, L. 135, 2. « / L. 133, 1 and 2. 9 The 
reflexive referring, as usual, to the leading subject a L. 128, 
II., 1. < L. 97, 2 and 3, et ea, " these also." iL. 91, 8, rdpta, see 

TT. 'See Diet, under eum. »L. 121,9. •Ortam, "which had 

arisen," L. 122,3. tf L. llh-^-^luodapsa, "after thishad passed," 

or, " at the expiration of this," L. 94, 5 $ and h. 120, N. 2. « L. 

' 406, 1. / Qmdem following the emphatic word, t Rqieated 

past action. *L. 96, N.4. iL. 117, N.2. iL.ll7,5. i^UlOO. 

78. 'L. Ill, N.2. «L.104. «L.lll. * CfenHumlindtBsenaUSns 
understood. • Aorab denotes the doer, (L. 99, N.) per signifies 
" by means of," " at the instigation of," L. 97, N. /U 116, 3. 
fL. 110, 1. 

TO. • L. 97, 4. » L. 132.— £M beni, &c. The adversatire sed (£■. 
82, (3.)) isiPi^ the fraadoleat maiauaraf obtaining tfa« 

etown impltod In the pra^iading dc^-^Ovm his, ** iDcluding those." ^ 
« L. 111. < L. 106, 9, ABd Rem.^PrimasaiutdvU, " first salTxted,** 
i. «., i* WM the" firtt to Balute,*! L. 91, 9, * " As kin^," L. 96, 2. 
/L. 103, 1. r " Heraelf." a/»^ "for." i L. 11«, 1.— ^» " against 

. » L. 108, 1. ft ifo,g"nd<iM»^etf, <*the kingdom eo&tinned," or, « the80« 
regal government lasted," Xi. 81, 13. «L. 131, 1. <*« After the 
banishme&e of the kings," i; e., of Taitjuin and his sons, L. Ii90, ' ' 
N.a «L. Ill, N. 3. /L. 133, land 2.— Qui ^i»,*< and when 
he," L. 94, 5. « L. 133, 1. a L. 101, and Rem. 3. 

• L. 117, L— TVrftTrf, «« was trying to terrify." Tne imperfect 81; 
tense not nnfrequently denotes an attempt to perform an action, 
L.47.N.2. « Supply 5tcam,L. 91^6. <L. 111. 'L. 133, 1. /L. 
49, Rem. 2. f " After the banishment <^ the kings," L. 131, 5, 
<A). * L. 108, 1. « L. 128, 11., l.^Eam, " them," referring to 
pUbem, a collective nolin, L. 5, 4. L. 133, 1 and 3. — lis refers to 
plebem, but instead of agreeing with it, like the preceding eamj 

is put in the plural referring to the individuals which the noun 
denotes. See L. 91, 3.->A/ia, L. 91, 5. iL. 133, 1. »L. 121,9, 
and L. 92, 1 and (b). i L. 89, 1. " L. 99, Rem. 4.'^Ad quintwm. 
milHarium urbis, lit, "to the fifth milestone from the city." 

• Qua facto, lit., " this having been done," L. 94, 5; or, ** having 82* 
done this," L. 120, N. 3: it may also be translated, " because he 
had done this," L. 123, 5 and 6 ; i. «., ^ for doing this," or finally, 

" for tfeis." • L. 88, 3. » « Under the command of Pabius," L. 
130, Rem., and N. 3. < L. 116, 4. dh, 133, 3. • Jlle, *'tAe cde-^ 
braied Gt. Fabius Maximns, wbo," dtc., L. 43, N. 3. / See aUer 
in Oict.*A6 urbe condttA, see N. (f), p. 81. f L. 133, 1 and 2. 
hJa. Ill, N. %^Manibus post tergum mncHs, "after tying his 
hands," &c., L. 120, N. 2 and 3. 

• L.108,2. »L.123,6,(a). «L. 133,1 and3.— C7fiem,sc.5uam.83. 
'•L. 114. «L. 138, II., 1. /Supply est from below, f L. 4^, 
ttem. 3. hlneo^aeeisin Diet, i PrasidUtm which is used as a 
collective noun takes in its own clause a verb in the singular, 
nut in the following clauses the verbs are in the plural, L. 90, 4. 
/L. 38, 3. * L. 108, R. 3. i L. lOl. •• L. 117, 4. • L. 117, 2. 

• L. 117, 5. * Depending on sedit, L* 109, but to be translated 84* 
as if it were ejus, L. 109, R. 2. • L. 1 1 7, 1. d This verb with its 

. clause is the subject offitOum est. • L. 109. / L. 1 10. f L. 1 17, 
Ml. AL. 105,4. iL.95, 3. i^Supply este; for the tranalation 
tte L. 121j 6r(&). rU^SOi lands. «L.13l,6,^> ' *' < 


•«• •Uni.— Jltcuwfi<,L..198,IL,l and N.9. tL.06,3. «i* 

138, 1. «i L. 38, 8. 'A coodittonal sentence, in vhieh tke conf 
dition is implied in eg3 enm ialUtfu viris, ** if I had such men ;* 
and the conclusion, ** I could with them," Ac.»is folly ezpiesscdi 
U 131, 1, and (a). / L. 133, 4. 

««• 'L. 131, 1. *L. 117, 1. 'L. 137, I. 48ee utter in Diet. 
• Sapply em, 

•T. •L. 130, R. and N. 3. *IL H, 1. 'L. 103, l.^JfVr^lf^ 
"haying lost," or *• after losing," L. ISO, N. 3; L. 133, 6; i. e^ 
« with the loss." rfL. 96,li,andN.6. 'L-llO, /L lia fU 
137, XL ik L. 133, 1 and 3. iU 137, N. 1. iL. 106^ 1 and 

88. •L.103. »L.99, R.4. « As a rerb^ fwirdKa >^ide has, icr ils 
logical subject, mULiA with its connected words ; as a noon, the 
same verb with its clause is the subject of the impersonal t/radar- 
«iMt ctf, L. 95, 3, 3 and 4. <L. 118,3. • L. 81, 10, U and 13. 

•9. • PtTt ** ^J means of." » L. 08. • The infinitiTe and oblique 
cases usually stand before the words on which they depend. * L. 
133| 1 and 3. • Mantle in the active Foice takes the ace. and the 
dat.| hence in the passive it retains the datire, L. 134, 4; iiia»- 
darUwr is used impersonally, and in English the subject is the 
datiye HannihaU^ L. 81, N. ^—FVotn-^Oicto^ « leaving his 
brother," L. 130, N. 3. r L. Ill, N. X^-^Commsaa-HUxepto, L. 
130, N. Z,^Sujperai^ the historical present, used instead of the 
historical perfect. So vMioter, above. ^ 

•O. • See N. (•), p. 88. * L. 104. « L. 93. * The antecedent of 
quod is the clause servi fnAwwmiMn^ &c., ** which thing was never 
dcme before," L. 94, N. 3. 'L. 110. / L. 96, R. 3.— A seniUu^ 
L. 81, 13.— Ptf^ttuseiU, L. 138, L &L. 133, I and 3. <L. 133, 
and 7. 

01* • L. 103, 1.— /Zhs^to, L. 130, N. 3. »L.A,11. *L.A,Ezc. 
a < «< When a boy." So jwfMs below, L. 89, R. r Partitive 
adjectives commonly agree in gender with the individuals, of 
which the genitive plural depending on them consists, and in 
respect to their case, they are to be parsed like nouns : hence 
muUoi is in th^ masculine gender, agreeing in this respect with 
jwoiwuM, and in the accusative after deUrruU. a L. 95, 5, and 
N. 5.— Attnim sc. mwm, i *< Their." 

•t» • Used like plusuwim, * L. 116, R. 3. « What is to be sup*. 
pUedl <I4.]17, 1. 'L. 133, land 3. • 

08. •'<Asahostage,"Xi.89,R. _»L.89, !• <Bc.fK. •L.103, 1. 

MOTBi* Wt 

fOmk is often used with ^ fthlatiys'of m^mer^ when accom- 
panied by an adjective. 

«L.101. *L«106,R. 8. •After for JeeiMufitf. rf^* From the 04« 
bnOding of the cUy," L. 121,6,(*)w /" Though defended^'' JU. 
l-i2, 3. • "••■'' . 

• L.a9, 1. »Ih9],N.4. tL.81,3. 95. 
C95S., L. 120, k. and N. 2. • L. 128, U., 1> » L. 110, 1. « L. * M. 

14»,1. ^L. 133/4 •L.92>1. 

• L.81, 10, 11 and 12. tL. 113^N;2. .'See o^ in Diet. IK. 
4 li. 117r^, 3. ' /^ 9«o<^> " ^0 thing which :" U stands for the 

. Idea contained in the danse/us dmtdtUf ^bc / L. 133, 1 and 
^•^Rdicta, L. 190, N. 3. 

« L 403, K. 2.-^£vma, L. l^j N; 3. iL.117,3. «L.121, 9^« 
b,(J>). ,«I^120,N.2. /L.96,3. ir|^.180,N.3. AL.108,2. 

maipfsim can be translated passively,' al agreeing with MUkn" 
i<4Ue^: the.o})}ett:of the verb, or actively with LueuUntj its snb- 
jhctl i L. 102, 2. • L. U8r 3. ' <' 0nder ^e command of," 
L* 120, R. and N« 3. ^ L. 106, 1^ / L. 110, 3. • L. 100, R. 8. 
/^ ^'^i, 109, R. I. « L. 134, 1 and 3/ 'L. 108, R. 3. <L. 101. lOO. 
• L 08. /"He, theformcr," I* 49, 1 and 3. r L.46, R; 3. 
*^,To him," ».^^ to Pompey. . 4L. 105» 4. * L. 117; 3. r L. 
128, II., 1. . 

iU 99i R. 4. « L. 117, 1, and L. 133, a <L. 118, 3. lOI. 

. Qttfff^so. amsuWum,, • The hnperfect) denoting that which 1 03« 
was^proposed,: or on the point of being done, L. 47, N. 3. ^ *^ ft 
; was 4^ppo9ed,^" L. 81, 9. 4L. 101. « L. 81, 10, 11 and 13. 

JnspldiUiiis, hi ll9t N. 3. «L. 81, 10, 11 and 13.^/nlei/6c«tf 103. 
Casdreyh. 122/6. »L. IJLO, 1. <L. 109, R. 1. <L. iSl, 4. 
<L. 161. • 

• Li. 91, N* 3, and.L. 133, 8. ^ijnse, in.«iich sentences, may 10<Aa 
. agree either widi the subject or the case depending on the yerb^ 

according as either is intended to be emphatic - 




IOC. • L. 89, 3. » *' Aa booDdariet," L. 96, N. 4. « A Greek ao- 

loe« •L.133,9L »L.H,9L «<L. n7,3and5. «L.1U. /'<Yon 
would believe," or, " one would think.'' fL.10i. *L. 116,5. 

lOT* Qui, put S0| 4u^^ i. e., ea, qua, • L. 109, R. 5. » Qi^^m^A — 
teiOff/ L. 119, 3. « U 100, R, 4. tf L. 91, 4. • Supply the pre- 
position a. /L. in. f L. 109, and L. 123, 3*asd 4. i^U 
H, I. <L.9a iL.97,4. 

t#8« «L. 117, I, and L. 183,3. » L. 100, and L. 123, 3. «Lul09, 
R. ft. tf Mordri is the subject of esi«. understood, L. 95, 4 ; and 
pericMsum agrees with suTriiri, L. 91, 7. « L. 109. / L. UO, 
I. fL.103, N.3. ikL.9a 

lOO. FrpMiU tak The two preceding infinitire clauses are the 
subject of this predicate, L. 95, 4, and X«. 91, 7. '"The 
reign of Claudius," L. 180, N. 8. *L. Jil7, ft. •U 119, 1. 
tfL. 116, ft. •!.. 117,3. /L. 119, 3. fin such expressions 
the comparative is to be translated by the positive degree, 
••than it Is wide,"i. «., **iu length far exceeds its breadth." 
i U 109. /*< And there is clearly no other," 6b^ 

110. 'L. 134,4. I "Of that kind." Gemi^ixkidt hoc, quod, Sue., 
Is put in the accusative without a preposition. • L. 111. ' L. 
90, N. 8. « I.. 117, a /L; 138,8. 

lit. • L. 117, &.--What is the logical subject of verttiimUe esi? 
iL. Ill, N. 8. • L. iQO.'-JaaMmfuirU, L. 187, IL 

119. « L. 189, 1 and 8.-^What is the logical subject of appAret 7 
»L.lOe,R.8. ^L. 110,1. •L.90,N. 3. /L.103,a 'L. 
117, ft. 4L.104. iL.48, 1. /L.111,N.8. 

1 1 a. • SigniJUdsse depends on fama esi, which is equivalent to a 
verb of saying, L. 95, 1. * Like the old English expression, 
*< at what time,'! for, " at the time when," or, ** in which." 
« L. 106, 1. d L. 134, 3. • L. 1 17, 5. / ** By means of which." 
f See note«(»), page 104. 

114. 'What is the subject 7 L. 38, 1. «L. liUB.-^ViderUur, h. 
134, A tfL.90, N. 3. «L. 81, 10, 11 and 18. /L. 117,5. 
# L. 189, 1 and 8. a L. 108, a 

ii4l« Coharet, sc. «a, i. e., Peloponnisus. •!.. 91, 8. »L. 11, 8 
and 3. * ** Which they call ;" both the subject of appeUatU and 

NOTSfl. Ml 

its objeet are to be supplied. Opibvs-^€opU$, L. 117, 5. « " As 
colonists," L. 96, N. 4. Ebdre, L. 22, R. 4 and (d), raeia, 
sc es<, L. 90, N. 3. ' L. 123, 4 and 5. • L. 81, 10, 11 and 12. 
Resgestas suaswwminUf " their memorable occurrences," which 
they reckoned by Olympiads, or periods of four years, the time 
which intervened between the celebration of the Olympic 
games. /L. 90, 3 and R. S. rh, 117, 5. Plviresqu£$ the 
English idiom requires that qui should here be translated *' or.* 
A The comparatire and superlative of prvpef viz., propiis and 
yro^mi^ are followed by either the accusative or the dative* 
i " They say." 

• L. 103, 1. »L. 111. « L. 95, 4, and L. 81, a <L. 134, 4L 116.* 
Arisument, L. 127, 1. 'L. 127, II. / L. 12&, 3. 

Fintf, L. 1 17, 5. NeminVms^'fiMryUkta i why in the ablative t 1 If* 
• L. 109, R. 5. Contendo^ with the aec. id, signifies, <• to strive 
eagerly for this." Mercide datdf L. 121, 5, (b), • Cftm^-4iMii, 
see rftm in Diet Rerufiir^-^copid f the genitive separated by a 
relative -clause from the noun which it limits. 'L. 117, 5. 
HeritSt L. C, o. Pnei Trojam dvrniamj L. 121, 5, (b). Zone, 
sc., iWMefh hoAet. 

«L. 91, 8. *L. 117, 3. <L. 134, 4. 'L. 119, 3. • Qirif 118. 
after the particles, si,%e, luw, ubi, msij nitm, quo, quaiUo and 
quum^ signifies « some one," or, ** any one." / L. 116, 5. r L» 
119, t. Ik L. 91, N. 4. Maxtfna JUtminum, L. 103, 1 ; the ad-, 
jective on which a partitive genitive depends, commonly, as 
here, agrees in gender with the following genitive, rather than 
with the noun or nouns which it limits, unless it follows the 
latter, i ** We have spoken," L. 81, 11 and IS. 

«L. 123,9. i:L.24,9L *See N. (*), p. 115. <L. 117, 3. 110. 
<( L. 1 18, 3. Sine, " free fh>m, exempt from."- « / L. 107, 3 and 
N, Beaiissimum, L. 96, 2, and N. 5. Locis, Ij. 117, 4. ESus, 
sc. Oeednus, Asia nomine, Ac. In En^ish the relative clause 
often separates the principal subject ih>m its predicate. ' L. 
97, N. Stadia, L.9S. 

• L. 109. » L. 101. • Bimtnes is often to be supplied with 1M» 
verbs of saying, &c,, and to be translated ** people, men," dtcu, 

#r simply, " they." d L. 131, (<0. Asia propria dicta, L e., 
of Asia Min<»-. • *< Clear}y, unquestionably." / A noun is 
often annexed to a relative for the purpose of explaining its ' 
anteced^t. e L. 111. aL. 101, R. 1. Nuiniro, h. 117, 5. 
AUiiudlne^ L. 101 ; a genitive (sexaginta pedum) supplies the 


place of tlie adfectfre in HiBitfaig oUibMie r see Andiewv and 
Stoddafd'aLat-Gr. t(9ll, R..6, (1). 

1%U «JL90, W.3. »L. 109, <L. 104. 4L. 116, 4. imei, te. 
siniLS, •< the Issfc guif." • L. 101. / Sc; se, L. 96, N. 3. t L. 
lil3, 1. ih, 8t, 10 and 11. < Those who are entering, L. 
91,4. . 

in. 'L. 91, 4, and 133,3. *L. ^, N.3. «L.46,R.S. Om 
terra atnjiwncta^ ** joined to the mainland." ii L. 81, 10 and 11. 
<L. 133, 1, and L. 134,1 and N. 1. /L.116»& Fnmmse 
Xomdnis^J^ 103, N. 9. BaekidmB, se. am&L In this pas- 
sage from the 8th boolr of Pliny, eamelus is feminine, but in 
' the best authors it is always mascnline. TVMns, L. B, er. 
*L. 117,3. *L.G,I.„a. 

1 93« Btbantf L. 133, 1. • L; 98 : so abore, quatriduo, ***A hun- 
dred each," L. 38. 4. 'L. 117, 3. <L. 119, 3. -L. 97, 4. 
/This genitive limits amiUu, f See note on aUU%dl%e, p. 130. 
AL.89, 1. <L. 103, 1. iL.95,4. »L. 119, 1. iL.91, 7. 

194. «I..99, R.4. *L. 117,3. «L. 91, 3. 'L. 90, 4. Nefas, 
sc esse, the predicate of the two preceding infinitive claases 
taken as subjects. ^L. 116, 5. ilrdnis, L. 111. /L. 119, N.3. 
JVtf/it, L. 117,5. 

\%S. TransituH, L. 133, 3j and L. 131, 4, (a). 'L. 103, N. 3. 
»'L. 103, 1. 'L. 81, 4. Cruras L. F, Exc. in Dec!, us. tfL. 
113: so above, denitbus, « "They cover." / Navigdre is 
sometimes used actively, in the sense of saUing over^ when it 
is followed by ocedTwm, aquor^ &c. ; the expression here used 
by Pliny, insilai navigdre^ appears to be peculiar, and to sig- 
nify, to sail or carry on navigation among the islands, fid 
stands for the idea in the preceding clause and hence is neuter, 

1M« CenUna. Whyis the distributive number used t Omkium, 
L. 103, 1. Silfi similes, " like each other." * L. 111. » L. 95, 
4. Uni&neSf h, Dj 10. ArdbasilA, I, ace* plur. 3. 'L. 104, 
and R. 3. *L. I, gen. plur. 6. « " This thing, this fact," i. «., 

*' • Its fertility, L. 91, 7. 

1«T. tTw, L. 117, 3. «L. 110,4. »L. 101. • The place of th« 
adjective with the limiting noun is supplied by a genitive, s^ 
&ote on oMudtne, p. 130. <(L. 118, 3. Mefnpkin, L. O, I^ U 

19S* Pedum guindiUnrnmiMum, This IB wholiyenoiieoxia. The 
slant height of the largest pyramid is variously estimated, ftott 
600 to 800 feet • Centum duos, supply eL Pedum centum, tile*^ 

NOTES. 291 


L. 101, R. 1. h L. 117, 2, see N. («), p. 129. «L. 90, N. 3. 
4 L. 133,6. •L. 81, 10 and 11. «L.123,2. Pergami, Parch- 
ment was sometimes called eharta PergamSna, because invented 
atPerg&mus; in this sentence, Pergami does not depend on 
mem^diuis, but is the genitive of place, L. 108, 1. 

• L. 95, 4 and 1. Mersum, L. 122, 4, or 8. * Supply thus: 190* 
[Aptm] aU&rum [tkaldimm] intrdsse Uetum est; in aUiro [iUe] 

dira portendU, ** To have entered the one is, &c., [by being] in 
the other he," Ac. Canunt, L. 90, 4. * L. 103, 1. • L. 117, 
2; with the names of materials of is used rather than toiih. 

AUa efusmddi sigfM fntmS'-~effusL Two genitives depend on 13 <!• 
rignas — maris effusi, *< of the sea having extended." « L. 90, 
R. 2. » L. 81, 8. Convenissent, L. 128, 1. • L. 127, II. 

Potus est lao-^bus earo ; which are the subject-nominatives 7 1 3 1 • 
t» speeiibus^ L. 26, 4, * L. 1 13. • Ipse in snch sentences is put 
in Uie nominative or in the accusative, according as the sub- 
ject or the object is emphatic. See N. (ft), p. 104. d The pre- 
terite tenses of nasco are used like the same tenses of odi and 
mml»t, L. 81, 4. 'L. 111. ' 

• Vicin^m for vicenOrumt see L. 11, R. 4. 133« 


The following are given merely as examples of exercises 
in ortiiograpfay and etjrmology, and can be varied by the 
teacher at his pleasure. Their object is to secure a perfect 
knowledge of all those parts of the grammar which relate to 
the forms of words and their division into syllables. These 
exercises can be easily imitated by the student who com- 
mences with the larger grammar. 

I. 1. Write down the nominative singular of all nouns 
and lidjectives of the first declension, found on the eleventh 
page of the Reader. 

{a) If any of these nouns are excepted in gender or declension, 


an MOTK0. 

write opposite to them a reference to the passage in the First Latia 
Book, if such can be found, where the exception is mentioned: tba% 

Europa, culpa, terra, 

peninsula, tna, rotunda, 

pofita, m. L. 5, 1. mora, amicitia, 

inertia, nulla, L. 32, land 2, yera, 

insania, via, sempltema. 

sylva, parva, 

(b) Mark the quantity of the penult in each word, making use for 
this purpose of the general rules of quantity in Lesson 3, and of the 
dictionary, when no rule can be found. 

(c) Mark the accented syllable in each word according to Lesson 
2, 4 and 5. 

(d) Divide each word into syllables, according to Lesson 2,1 ; and 
XiCsson A ; putting a point between the syllables, and repeating from 
memory the rule for the division of each syllable. Thus e. g. say, 
«* Eurdpa has three syllables, because " (here repeat Less. 2, 1) " It 
is thus divided, Eu^of-pa j for p must be joined to the last vowel, 
because " (here repeat Less. A, 1.) ; and r must be joined to the pe- 
nult, because," (repeat Less. A, 3.) 

2. Prepare a similar exercise on each of the following 
pages to page 30. 

II. 1. Write down the nominative singular of all nouns 
and adjectives of the second declension found on page ll, 
marking the gender of each, and referring for exceptions in 
gender or declension to the First Latin Book, thus : 

vitium, n. annus, m, 

electus, m. L. 91, 1. dirum, n, L. 91, 1. 

Ctuintius, m. L. 9, Kxc. 3. helium, m. 
Fabius, m. L. 9, Exc. 3. 

2. Finish this exercise like the preceding one acoordine 
to {b), (c) and (d). 

3. Prepare a similar exercise on each of the following 
pages to page 30. 

III. Write down the nominative singular of all nouns 
and adjectives of the third declension found on page 1 1. 

(a) Mark the gender of each noun and the rule or exception on 
which its gender or genitive depends, thus; 

NOTES. 301 

t^j n, L. B, OS : L. C, os. irreparabile, n. L. 91, 1 : L. 35. 

lapis, m, L. D, is ; L. E, is. tempus, n, L. 18, 2, and 4. 

homo, c, L. 5, N. 3: L. C, o. glaci&lis,/. L. 91, 1: L. 35. 

ebrigtas,/. L. 15, 1 : L.*16, 1. hiems,/. L. 15, J : L. 17, 1 andN. 

dtix,c. Li.5,N. 3: L. 17,2. brevis,/. See glacialis. 
fugax, m. L. 91,1: L. 28, 2 : L. 37, 2. vduptas,/. See ebrigtas. 

vetas,/. L. 91, 1. L. 37, 1 & 2: abl. sing, e^ L. 37, Elzc. 

(b) Write the root of each of the preceding words, and from the 
root form the nominative singular by Lessons 22 and 23, giving the 
same rules for the adjectives as for the nouns, thus : 

Lapidf by L. 22, 1., Cwhich repeat) becomes lapids, by Remark 1, 
(which repeat) it becomes lapis, 
J^ugaCf by L. 22, I., becomes fugacs^ i. e., by Remark 2, fugax, 

(c) Mark the quantity and the accented syllable of each of these 
nouns and adjectives, and divide them into syllables according to the 
modes pointed out in the first exercise (6), (c) and (d), 

2. Prepare a similar exercise on each of the following, 
pages to p. 30. 

IV. Write the nouns of the 4th and 5th declensions, 
found on the 1 ith, 1 2th and 13th pages, and prepare them 
in all respects as directed in the first and second exercises. 

2. Do the same with each three of the succeeding pages 
to page 30. 

V. 1. Write the first person singular, in the indicative 
mood present tense, of each verb on the 1 1th page, separat- 
ing the four conjugations and also the irregular verbs; 

1. saluto, 2. — 3. eligo, 4. venio. irr. sum, L. 62. 

sto, fugio, L. 74, N. 1. fio. L. 79. 

paro. cresco, 

. labor, dep. L.75. 

2. Repeat from memory the principal parts of each, as set 
down in the Dictionary. 

3. Kepcat all the roots of each verb ; thus, salut^ salutav 
salutat: — st, stet, stat, Sfc, 

4. Do the same with each of the following pages to 
page 30. 

904 NOTSi. 

TI. 1. Write in separate oolumnB, aeoording to their 
land, all the particles fonnd on pages 12, 13 and 14. 

OmftmetUmg, Adverb; JPnpo9iHtm§, 

et, L. 83, (1). semper, diu, ' a, L. 99. 

•qiie,L.83,(l)&(4}. non, qnotannis, inter, L. 97,1. 

atque, L. 83, (1 ). interdnm, minlme, L. 83, S d&4. 

neqne, L. 83, (1). dtids, L. 83,3 & 4. bene, 

8eria8,L.83,3&4. longd, 

nonqnam, qn&m, 

diligentisslme, L. ^, 3 and 4. 

Do the same with each three pages following, to {igo SO. 

To avoid fine, this book should be returned on 
or before the date last stamped below 

ion — C^O